diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2012-05-02 21:50:45 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2012-05-02 21:50:45 +0000 |
| commit | aa1776c78dfdb456e2228fbceaa886e64e36174c (patch) | |
| tree | 7967af7f0f2079a632809a813221918af16ba8cc /Master/texmf-dist/source | |
| parent | a86d14742b305868a1c2b1f33f1263a6b7d0e03d (diff) | |
oberdiek (1may12)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@26177 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source')
190 files changed, 18529 insertions, 2704 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/accsupp.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/accsupp.dtx index fd1c8370651..2e6efda5cbd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/accsupp.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/accsupp.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: accsupp.dtx % Version: 2010/01/16 v0.3 -% +% Info: Accessibility support by marked content +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,22 +16,22 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file accsupp.dtx % and the derived files % accsupp.sty, accsupp.pdf, accsupp.ins, accsupp.drv, % accsupp-pdftex.def, accsupp-dvipdfm.def, accsupp-dvips.def, % accsupp-example1.tex, accsupp-example2.tex, % accsupp-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/accsupp.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/accsupp.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If accsupp.ins is present: % tex accsupp.ins @@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{accsupp.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If accsupp.drv is present: % latex accsupp.drv @@ -49,14 +50,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex accsupp.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist accsupp.idx % pdflatex accsupp.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist accsupp.idx % pdflatex accsupp.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/accsupp.sty % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/accsupp-pdftex.def @@ -137,6 +138,10 @@ and the derived files \file{accsupp-example2.tex}{\from{accsupp.dtx}{example2}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{accsupp-test1.tex}{\from{accsupp.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{accsupp.xml}{\from{accsupp.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -166,7 +171,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{accsupp.drv}% [2010/01/16 v0.3 Accessibility support by marked content (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{accsupp.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -1087,12 +1092,48 @@ A\notparallel B %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{accsupp.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='accsupp'> + <name>accsupp</name> + <caption>Better accessibility support for PDF files.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.3'/> + <description> + Since PDF 1.5 portions of a page can be marked for better accessibility + support. For example, replacement texts or expansions of abbreviations can + be provided. This package starts with providing a minimal low-level + interface for programmers; its status is experimental. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/accsupp.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/accsupp.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \bibitem{pdfspec} % Adobe Systems Incorporated, % \textit{PDF Reference}, 6th edition, 2006. % \url{http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf} -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/aliascnt.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/aliascnt.dtx index a8de27e7081..e7dec6f56ed 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/aliascnt.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/aliascnt.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: aliascnt.dtx % Version: 2009/09/08 v1.3 -% +% Info: Alias counters +% % Copyright (C) 2006, 2009 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file aliascnt.dtx % and the derived files % aliascnt.sty, aliascnt.pdf, aliascnt.ins, aliascnt.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/aliascnt.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/aliascnt.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If aliascnt.ins is present: % tex aliascnt.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{aliascnt.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If aliascnt.drv is present: % latex aliascnt.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex aliascnt.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist aliascnt.idx % pdflatex aliascnt.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist aliascnt.idx % pdflatex aliascnt.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/aliascnt.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/aliascnt.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: aliascnt 2009/09/08 v1.3 Alias counter (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: aliascnt 2009/09/08 v1.3 Alias counters (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{aliascnt.drv}{\from{aliascnt.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{aliascnt.sty}{\from{aliascnt.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{aliascnt.xml}{\from{aliascnt.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,9 +148,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{aliascnt.drv}% - [2009/09/08 v1.3 Alias counter (HO)]% + [2009/09/08 v1.3 Alias counters (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{aliascnt.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -253,7 +258,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{aliascnt}% - [2009/09/08 v1.3 Alias counter (HO)]% + [2009/09/08 v1.3 Alias counters (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Create new alias counter} @@ -539,31 +544,66 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{aliascnt.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='aliascnt'> + <name>aliascnt</name> + <caption>Alias counters.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2009'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + This package introduces aliases for counters, that + share the same counter register and clear list. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/aliascnt.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/aliascnt.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Acknowledgement} -% +% % \begin{description} % \item[Ulrich Schwarz:] The package is based on his draft for % ``Die \TeX nische Kom\"odie'', see \cite{schwarz}. % \end{description} % % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{schwarz} % Ulrich Schwarz: % \textit{Was hinten herauskommt z\"ahlt: Counter Aliasing in \LaTeX}, % \textit{Die \TeX nische Kom\"odie}, 3/2006, pages 8--14, Juli 2006. -% +% % \bibitem{remreset} % David Carlisle: \textit{The \xpackage{remreset} package}; % 1997/09/28; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/carlisle/remreset.sty}. -% +% % \bibitem{hyperref} % Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The \xpackage{hyperref} package}; % 2006/08/16 v6.75c; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/alphalph.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/alphalph.dtx index 587dc417e1b..27718341b62 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/alphalph.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/alphalph.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: alphalph.dtx -% Version: 2010/04/18 v2.3 -% -% Copyright (C) 1999, 2006-2008, 2010 by +% Version: 2011/05/13 v2.4 +% Info: Convert numbers to letters +% +% Copyright (C) 1999, 2006-2008, 2010, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,23 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file alphalph.dtx % and the derived files % alphalph.sty, alphalph.pdf, alphalph.ins, alphalph.drv, % alphalph-test1.tex, alphalph-test2.tex, alphalph-test3.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/alphalph.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/alphalph.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If alphalph.ins is present: % tex alphalph.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{alphalph.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If alphalph.drv is present: % latex alphalph.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex alphalph.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist alphalph.idx % pdflatex alphalph.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist alphalph.idx % pdflatex alphalph.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/alphalph.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/alphalph.pdf @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: alphalph 2010/04/18 v2.3 Converting numbers to letters (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: alphalph 2011/05/13 v2.4 Convert numbers to letters (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -93,9 +94,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: alphalph -Version: 2010/04/18 v2.3 +Version: 2011/05/13 v2.4 -Copyright (C) 1999, 2006-2008, 2010 by +Copyright (C) 1999, 2006-2008, 2010, 2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -132,6 +133,10 @@ and the derived files \file{alphalph-test1.tex}{\from{alphalph.dtx}{test1}}% \file{alphalph-test2.tex}{\from{alphalph.dtx}{test2,etex}}% \file{alphalph-test3.tex}{\from{alphalph.dtx}{test2,noetex}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{alphalph.xml}{\from{alphalph.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -158,10 +163,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{alphalph.drv}% - [2010/04/18 v2.3 Converting numbers to letters (HO)]% + [2011/05/13 v2.4 Convert numbers to letters (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] -\usepackage{alphalph}[2010/04/18] +\usepackage{alphalph}[2011/05/13] \makeatletter \newalphalph{\fnsymbolwrap}[wrap]{\@fnsymbol}{} \newcommand*{\fnsymbolsingle}[1]{% @@ -187,13 +191,14 @@ and the derived files \mathrel{\mathop{:}}=% }% } +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{alphalph.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{1213} +% \CheckSum{1218} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -214,14 +219,14 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{alphalph.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{alphalph} package} -% \date{2010/04/18 v2.3} +% \date{2011/05/13 v2.4} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle % % \begin{abstract} % The package provides methods to represent numbers with a limited -% set of symbols. Both \LaTeX\ and \plainTeX are supported. +% set of symbols. Both \hologo{LaTeX} and \hologo{plainTeX} are supported. % \end{abstract} % % \tableofcontents @@ -229,7 +234,7 @@ and the derived files % \section{Documentation} % % \subsection{Introduction} -% \LaTeX\ counter can be represented in different ways +% \hologo{LaTeX} counters can be represented in different ways % by using presentation commands: % \begin{quote} % \cs{arabic}, \cs{roman}, \cs{Roman},\\ @@ -237,7 +242,7 @@ and the derived files % \end{quote} % The ranges of supported counter values are more or less % restricted. Only \cs{arabic} can be used with any counter -% value \TeX\ supports. +% value \hologo{TeX} supports. % \begin{quote} % \catcode`\|=12 % % \begin{tabular}{@{}l|l|l|l@{}} @@ -300,7 +305,7 @@ and the derived files % % Nine footnote symbols are quite a few. % Too soon the symbols are consumed -% and \LaTeX\ complains with the error ``Counter too large''. +% and \hologo{LaTeX} complains with the error ``Counter too large''. % However, it could be acceptable to start again with the symbols % from the beginning, especially if there are less than nine symbols % on a page. @@ -329,7 +334,7 @@ and the derived files % % \subsubsection{Multiple symbols} % -% \LaTeX's standard set of footnote symbols contains doubled +% \Hologo{LaTeX}'s standard set of footnote symbols contains doubled % symbols at the higher positions. Could this principle % be generalized? % Yes, but first we need a clean footnote symbol list without @@ -398,17 +403,17 @@ and the derived files % % \begin{description} % \item[Counter presentation command] is a macro that -% expects a \LaTeX\ counter name as argument. +% expects a \hologo{LaTeX} counter name as argument. % Numbers cannot be used. Examples: % \cs{arabic}, \cs{alph}, \cs{fnsymbol}. % \item[Number presentation command] is a macro that % expects a number as argument. A number is anything -% that \TeX\ accepts as number including \cs{value}. +% that \hologo{TeX} accepts as number including \cs{value}. % Examples: \cs{alphalph}, \cs{AlphAlph}, \cs{alphalph@alph} % % However, \cs{alph} or \cs{fnsymbol} are not number % presentation commands because they expect a counter -% name as argument. Happily \LaTeX\ counter presentation +% name as argument. Happily \hologo{LaTeX} counter presentation % commands internally uses number presentation commands % with the same name, but prefixed by `@'. Thus % \cs{@alph}, \cs{@fnsymbol} are number presentation commands. @@ -424,11 +429,11 @@ and the derived files % % \subsection{Package usage} % -% The package \Package{alphalph} can be used with both \plainTeX\ -% and \LaTeX: +% The package \Package{alphalph} can be used with both \hologo{plainTeX} +% and \hologo{LaTeX}: % \begin{description} -% \item[\plainTeX:] |\input alphalph.sty| -% \item[\LaTeXe:] |\usepackage{alphalph}|\\ +% \item[\hologo{plainTeX}:] |\input alphalph.sty| +% \item[\hologo{LaTeX2e}:] |\usepackage{alphalph}|\\ % There aren't any options. % \end{description} % @@ -438,7 +443,7 @@ and the derived files % \cs{alphalph} \M{number} % \end{declcs} % Both macros are number presentation commands that -% expects a number as argument. \LaTeX\ counters +% expects a number as argument. \hologo{LaTeX} counters % are used with \cs{value}. % % The macros represents a number by letters. @@ -490,7 +495,7 @@ and the derived files % % The last argument is the number of symbols. % If the argument is empty, then \cs{newalphalph} tries -% to find this number itself. \LaTeX's number presentation +% to find this number itself. \hologo{LaTeX}'s number presentation % commands throw an error message, if the number is too large. % This error message is put in a macro \cs{@ctrerr}. % Thus \cs{newalphalph} calls the symbol provider and tests @@ -511,7 +516,7 @@ and the derived files % \end{declcs} % They are basically the same as \cs{@Alph} and \cs{@alph}. % Some languages of package \xpackage{babel} redefine -% \LaTeX's macros to include some font setup that +% \hologo{LaTeX}'s macros to include some font setup that % breaks expandibility. Therefore \cs{AlphAlph} and \cs{alphalph} % are based on \cs{alphalph@Alph} and \cs{alphalph@alph} to get % the letters. The behaviour of these symbol providers for numbers @@ -528,22 +533,22 @@ and the derived files % \item They are fully expandable. This means that they can safely % \begin{itemize} % \item be written to a file, -% \item used in moving arguments (\LaTeX: they are \emph{robust}), +% \item used in moving arguments (\hologo{LaTeX}: they are \emph{robust}), % \item used in a \cmd{\csname}-\cmd{\endcsname} pair. % \end{itemize} % \item If the argument is zero or negative, the commands expand % to nothing like \cmd{\romannumeral}. -% \item The argument is a \TeX\ number. Anything that would be +% \item The argument is a \hologo{TeX} number. Anything that would be % accepted by \cmd{\number} is a valid argument: % \begin{itemize} % \item explicite constants, % \item macros that expand to a number, -% \item count registers, \LaTeX\ counter can used +% \item count registers, \hologo{LaTeX} counter can used % via \cmd{\value}, e.\,g.:\\ % |\alphalph{\value{page}}| % \item \dots % \end{itemize} -% \item \eTeX's numeric expressions are supported, if \eTeX\ is +% \item \hologo{eTeX}'s numeric expressions are supported, if \hologo{eTeX} is % available. Then \cs{numexpr} is applied to the argument. % Package \cs{calc}'s expressions are not supported. % That would violate the expandibility. @@ -552,12 +557,12 @@ and the derived files % \subsubsection{General usability} % % \begin{description} -% \item[\TeX\ format:] -% The package does not depend on \LaTeX, it can also be used -% by \plainTeX, for example. -% \item[\eTeX:] \eTeX is supported, the macros are shorter and +% \item[\hologo{TeX} format:] +% The package does not depend on \hologo{LaTeX}, it can also be used +% by \hologo{plainTeX}, for example. +% \item[\hologo{eTeX}:] \eTeX is supported, the macros are shorter and % faster. But \eTeX's extensions are not requirements. -% Without \eTeX, just the implementation changes. The properties +% Without \hologo{eTeX}, just the implementation changes. The properties % remain unchanged. % \end{description} % @@ -640,7 +645,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@alphalph.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{alphalph}% - [2010/04/18 v2.3 Converting numbers to letters (HO)]% + [2011/05/13 v2.4 Convert numbers to letters (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -709,7 +714,7 @@ and the derived files \fi % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{\eTeX\ detection} +% \subsection{\hologo{eTeX} detection} % % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup @@ -766,7 +771,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macro}{\@ReturnAfterFi} % The following commands moves the `then' and `else' part respectively % behind the |\if|-construct. This prevents a too deep |\if|-nesting -% and so a \TeX\ capacity error because of a limited input stack size. +% and so a \hologo{TeX} capacity error because of a limited input stack size. % I use this trick in several packages, so I don't prefix these internal % commands in order not to have the same macros with different names. % (It saves memory.) @@ -778,8 +783,8 @@ and the derived files % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\@gobblefour} -% \LaTeX\ defines commands for eating arguments. -% Define \cs{@gobblefour} if it is not defined (\plainTeX). +% \Hologo{LaTeX} defines commands for eating arguments. +% Define \cs{@gobblefour} if it is not defined (\hologo{plainTeX}). % \begin{macrocode} \expandafter\ifx\csname @gobblefour\endcsname\relax \long\def\@gobblefour#1#2#3#4{}% @@ -822,7 +827,7 @@ and the derived files % The output of \cs{alphalph} and \cs{AlphAlph} should be % usable as part of command names (see \cs{@namedef}, \cs{csname}, \dots). % Unhappily some languages of package \xpackage{babel} -% redefine \LaTeX's \cs{@alph} and \cs{@Alph} in a manner that +% redefine \hologo{LaTeX}'s \cs{@alph} and \cs{@Alph} in a manner that % they cannot be used in expandable context any more. % Therefore package \xpackage{alphalph} provides its own % commands. @@ -1418,7 +1423,7 @@ and the derived files } \DisableNumexpr %</noetex> -\usepackage{alphalph}[2010/04/18] +\usepackage{alphalph}[2011/05/13] %<noetex>\RestoreNumexpr \usepackage{qstest} \IncludeTests{*} @@ -1821,6 +1826,45 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{alphalph.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='alphalph'> + <name>alphalph</name> + <caption>Convert numbers to letters.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999,2006-2008,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.4'/> + <description> + Provides commands <tt>\alphalph</tt> and <tt>\AlphAlph.</tt> They + are like <tt>\number</tt> but the expansion consists of lowercase + and uppercase letters respectively (1 to a, 26 to z, 27 to aa, 52 + to zz, 53 to ba, 702 to zz, 703 to aaa, etc.). Can be used as a + replacement for LaTeX's <tt>\@alph</tt> and <tt>\@Alph</tt> + macros. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/alphalph.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/alphalph.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{1999/03/19 v0.1} % \item @@ -1843,7 +1887,7 @@ and the derived files % \item % Documentation added in dtx format. % \item -% \eTeX\ support added. +% \hologo{eTeX} support added. % \end{Version} % \begin{Version}{1999/04/13 v1.1} % \item @@ -1859,7 +1903,7 @@ and the derived files % \end{Version} % \begin{Version}{2006/02/20 v1.3} % \item -% Reload check (for \plainTeX) +% Reload check (for \hologo{plainTeX}) % \item % New DTX framework. % \item @@ -1876,7 +1920,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{Version}{2007/09/09 v2.0} % \item % New implementation that uses package \cs{intcalc}. -% This removes the dependency on \eTeX. +% This removes the dependency on \hologo{eTeX}. % \item % \cs{newalphalph} is extended to support new methods `wrap' and 'multi'. % \item @@ -1891,12 +1935,19 @@ and the derived files % \end{Version} % \begin{Version}{2010/03/01 v2.2} % \item -% Compatibility with \iniTeX. +% Compatibility with \hologo{iniTeX}. % \end{Version} % \begin{Version}{2010/04/18 v2.3} % \item % Documentation fixes (Martin M\"unch). % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/05/13 v2.4} +% \item +% Documentation fixes (Jim Diamond) and using package +% \xpackage{hologo} for the documentation. +% \item +% Catalogue file added. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/askinclude.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/askinclude.dtx index f653c8142b3..6b286f2b8d5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/askinclude.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/askinclude.dtx @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: askinclude.dtx -% Version: 2008/08/11 v2.1 -% +% Version: 2011/12/02 v2.2 +% Info: Interactive asking of included files +% % Copyright (C) 1991-1994 by Pablo A. Straub -% Copyright (C) 2007, 2008 by +% Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -16,32 +17,33 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file askinclude.dtx % and the derived files % askinclude.sty, askinclude.pdf, askinclude.ins, askinclude.drv, -% askinclude-a.tex, askinclude-b.tex, askinclude-c.tex, -% askinclude-test1.tex, askinclude-test2.tex, -% askinclude-test3.tex, askinclude-test4.tex, -% askinclude-test5.tex, askinclude-test6.tex, -% askinclude-test7.tex, askinclude-test8.tex, -% askinclude-test9.tex, askinclude-test10.tex, -% askinclude-test11.tex, askinclude-test12.tex, -% askinclude-test13.tex, askinclude-test14.tex, -% askinclude-test15.tex, askinclude-test16.tex, -% askinclude-test17.tex, askinclude-test18.tex, -% askinclude-test19.tex, askinclude-test20.tex, -% askinclude-test21.tex, askinclude-test22.tex, -% askinclude-test23.tex, askinclude-test24.tex. -% +% askinclude.bib, askinclude-a.tex, askinclude-b.tex, +% askinclude-c.tex, askinclude-test1.tex, +% askinclude-test2.tex, askinclude-test3.tex, +% askinclude-test4.tex, askinclude-test5.tex, +% askinclude-test6.tex, askinclude-test7.tex, +% askinclude-test8.tex, askinclude-test9.tex, +% askinclude-test10.tex, askinclude-test11.tex, +% askinclude-test12.tex, askinclude-test13.tex, +% askinclude-test14.tex, askinclude-test15.tex, +% askinclude-test16.tex, askinclude-test17.tex, +% askinclude-test18.tex, askinclude-test19.tex, +% askinclude-test20.tex, askinclude-test21.tex, +% askinclude-test22.tex, askinclude-test23.tex, +% askinclude-test24.tex. +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/askinclude.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/askinclude.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If askinclude.ins is present: % tex askinclude.ins @@ -50,7 +52,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{askinclude.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If askinclude.drv is present: % latex askinclude.drv @@ -60,14 +62,15 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex askinclude.dtx +% bibtex askinclude.aux % makeindex -s gind.ist askinclude.idx % pdflatex askinclude.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist askinclude.idx % pdflatex askinclude.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/askinclude.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/askinclude.pdf @@ -115,7 +118,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: askinclude 2008/08/11 v2.1 Interactive asking of included files} +\Msg{* Package: askinclude 2011/12/02 v2.2 Interactive asking of included files} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -127,10 +130,10 @@ This is a generated file. Project: askinclude -Version: 2008/08/11 v2.1 +Version: 2011/12/02 v2.2 Copyright (C) 1991-1994 by Pablo A. Straub -Copyright (C) 2007, 2008 by +Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -150,19 +153,20 @@ This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. This work consists of the main source file askinclude.dtx and the derived files askinclude.sty, askinclude.pdf, askinclude.ins, askinclude.drv, - askinclude-a.tex, askinclude-b.tex, askinclude-c.tex, - askinclude-test1.tex, askinclude-test2.tex, - askinclude-test3.tex, askinclude-test4.tex, - askinclude-test5.tex, askinclude-test6.tex, - askinclude-test7.tex, askinclude-test8.tex, - askinclude-test9.tex, askinclude-test10.tex, - askinclude-test11.tex, askinclude-test12.tex, - askinclude-test13.tex, askinclude-test14.tex, - askinclude-test15.tex, askinclude-test16.tex, - askinclude-test17.tex, askinclude-test18.tex, - askinclude-test19.tex, askinclude-test20.tex, - askinclude-test21.tex, askinclude-test22.tex, - askinclude-test23.tex, askinclude-test24.tex. + askinclude.bib, askinclude-a.tex, askinclude-b.tex, + askinclude-c.tex, askinclude-test1.tex, + askinclude-test2.tex, askinclude-test3.tex, + askinclude-test4.tex, askinclude-test5.tex, + askinclude-test6.tex, askinclude-test7.tex, + askinclude-test8.tex, askinclude-test9.tex, + askinclude-test10.tex, askinclude-test11.tex, + askinclude-test12.tex, askinclude-test13.tex, + askinclude-test14.tex, askinclude-test15.tex, + askinclude-test16.tex, askinclude-test17.tex, + askinclude-test18.tex, askinclude-test19.tex, + askinclude-test20.tex, askinclude-test21.tex, + askinclude-test22.tex, askinclude-test23.tex, + askinclude-test24.tex. \endpreamble \let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent @@ -170,6 +174,11 @@ and the derived files \generate{% \file{askinclude.ins}{\from{askinclude.dtx}{install}}% \file{askinclude.drv}{\from{askinclude.dtx}{driver}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \file{askinclude.bib}{\from{askinclude.dtx}{bib}}% + \usepreamble\defaultpreamble + \usepostamble\defaultpostamble \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{askinclude.sty}{\from{askinclude.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% @@ -200,6 +209,10 @@ and the derived files \file{askinclude-test22.tex}{\from{askinclude.dtx}{test0,test22}}% \file{askinclude-test23.tex}{\from{askinclude.dtx}{test0,test23}}% \file{askinclude-test24.tex}{\from{askinclude.dtx}{test0,test24}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{askinclude.xml}{\from{askinclude.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -220,24 +233,68 @@ and the derived files \endbatchfile %</install> +%<*bib> +@online{texlive, + author={Fairbairns, Robin}, + title={[tex-live] licence on includeonly.sty}, + date={2007-10-13}, + url={http://www.tug.org/pipermail/tex-live/2007-October/014928.html}, + urldate={2011-12-02}, +} +@online{newsthread, + author={Vo{\ss}, Herbert}, + title={askinclude.sty}, + note={Thread in newsgroup {\xnewsgroup{comp.text.tex}}; + Message-ID: {\texttt{fev72m\$b35\$02\$2@news.t-online.com}}}, + date={2007-10-15}, + url={http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/728a3e73c04c6789/349e31865c40d00c}, + urldate={2011-12-02}, +} +@manual{makematch, + author={Kastrup, David}, + title={makematch.sty: Pattern matching with wildcards}, + date={2007-02-23}, + version={1.7925}, + url={http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/qstest/makematch.pdf}, + urldate={2011-12-02}, +} +@manual{excludeonly, + author={Luecking, Daniel H. and Arseneau, Donald}, + title={The excludeonly package}, + date={2003-03-14}, + url={http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/excludeonly/excludeonly.pdf}, + urldate={2011-12-02}, +} +%</bib> %<*ignore> \fi %</ignore> %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{askinclude.drv}% - [2008/08/11 v2.1 Interactive asking of included files]% + [2011/12/02 v2.2 Interactive asking of included files]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] +\usepackage{ifluatex} +\ifluatex +\else + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}% + \usepackage{lmodern}% +\fi +\usepackage{csquotes} +\usepackage[ + bibencoding=ascii, + alldates=iso8601, +]{biblatex}[2011/11/13] +\bibliography{oberdiek-source} +\bibliography{askinclude} \begin{document} \DocInput{askinclude.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{2076} +% \CheckSum{2078} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -258,7 +315,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{askinclude.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{askinclude} package} -% \date{2008/08/11 v2.1} +% \date{2011/12/02 v2.2} % \author{ % Pablo A. Straub\\[1ex] % Heiko Oberdiek (maintainer)\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com} @@ -644,7 +701,7 @@ and the derived files \TMP@EnsureCode{96}{12}% ` \edef\AskInc@AtEnd{\AskInc@AtEnd\noexpand\endinput} \ProvidesPackage{askinclude}% - [2008/08/11 v2.1 Interactive asking of included files]% + [2011/12/02 v2.2 Interactive asking of included files]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Delay action after preamble} @@ -1688,11 +1745,11 @@ and the derived files %<*!test1> \ifx\AtBeginDocumentMode Y% \AtBeginDocument{% - \usepackage{askinclude}[2008/08/11]% + \usepackage{askinclude}[2011/12/02]% }% \else %</!test1> - \usepackage{askinclude}[2008/08/11]% + \usepackage{askinclude}[2011/12/02]% %<*!test1> \fi %</!test1> @@ -2784,6 +2841,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{quote} %\begin{verbatim} %pdflatex askinclude.dtx +%bibtex askinclude.aux %makeindex -s gind.ist askinclude.idx %pdflatex askinclude.dtx %makeindex -s gind.ist askinclude.idx @@ -2791,8 +2849,45 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{askinclude.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='askinclude'> + <name>askinclude</name> + <caption>Interactive use of \includeonly</caption> + <authorref id='auth:straub'/> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner="Pablo A. Straub" year='1991-1994'/> + <copyright owner="Heiko Oberdiek" year='2007,2008,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.2'/> + <description> + The package asks the user which files to put in a \includeonly + command. There is provision for answering “same as last + time” or “all files”. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/askinclude.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/askinclude.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Acknowledgement} -% +% % \begin{description} % \item[Tom Scavo] % suggested saving the include file list @@ -2800,35 +2895,9 @@ and the derived files % \item[Joseph Wright] suggested questions for each \cs{include}. % \end{description} % -% \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% \bibitem{texlive} -% Posting in mailing list \verb|texlive@tug.org|\\ -% From: Robin Fairbairns\\ -% Subject: licence on includeonly.sty\\ -% Date: Sat Oct 13 13:28:47 CEST 2007\\ -% \url{http://www.tug.org/pipermail/tex-live/2007-October/014928.html} -% -% \bibitem{newsthread} -% Thread in newsgroup \xnewsgroup{comp.text.tex}\\ -% From: Herbert Voss\\ -% Subject: askinclude.sty\\ -% Date: Mon, 15 Oct 2007 10:06:45 +0200\\ -% Message-ID: \verb|fev72m$b35$02$2@news.t-online.com|\\ -% \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/728a3e73c04c6789/349e31865c40d00c?\#349e31865c40d00c} -% -% \bibitem{makematch} -% David Kastrup: -% \textit{makematch.sty: Pattern matching with wildcards}; -% 2007/02/23; -% \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/qstest/makematch.dtx}. -% -% \bibitem{excludeonly} -% Daniel H. Luecking, Donald Arsenau: -% \textit{excludeonly.sty: eponymous command opposite to \cs{includeonly}}; -% 2003/03/14; -% \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/misc/excludeonly.sty}. -% -% \end{thebibliography} +% \printbibliography[ +% heading=bibnumbered, +% ] % % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{1991/11/05 v0.95} @@ -2887,6 +2956,10 @@ and the derived files % \item % URLs updated. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/12/02 v2.2} +% \item +% Bibliography rewritten for biblatex. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atbegshi.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atbegshi.dtx index 28cf960e580..6d19ab58da6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atbegshi.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atbegshi.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: atbegshi.dtx -% Version: 2011/01/30 v1.15 -% +% Version: 2011/10/05 v1.16 +% Info: At begin shipout hook +% % Copyright (C) 2007-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file atbegshi.dtx % and the derived files % atbegshi.sty, atbegshi.pdf, atbegshi.ins, atbegshi.drv, % atbegshi-example1.tex, atbegshi-example2.tex, % atbegshi-test1.tex, atbegshi-test2.tex, atbegshi-test3.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atbegshi.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atbegshi.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If atbegshi.ins is present: % tex atbegshi.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{atbegshi.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If atbegshi.drv is present: % latex atbegshi.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex atbegshi.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist atbegshi.idx % pdflatex atbegshi.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist atbegshi.idx % pdflatex atbegshi.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/atbegshi.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/atbegshi.pdf @@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: atbegshi 2011/01/30 v1.15 At begin shipout hook (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: atbegshi 2011/10/05 v1.16 At begin shipout hook (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: atbegshi -Version: 2011/01/30 v1.15 +Version: 2011/10/05 v1.16 Copyright (C) 2007-2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> @@ -139,6 +140,10 @@ and the derived files \file{atbegshi-test1.tex}{\from{atbegshi.dtx}{test1}}% \file{atbegshi-test2.tex}{\from{atbegshi.dtx}{test2}}% \file{atbegshi-test3.tex}{\from{atbegshi.dtx}{test3}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{atbegshi.xml}{\from{atbegshi.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -165,16 +170,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{atbegshi.drv}% - [2011/01/30 v1.15 At begin shipout hook (HO)]% + [2011/10/05 v1.16 At begin shipout hook (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{atbegshi.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{1524} +% \CheckSum{1889} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -195,7 +200,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{atbegshi.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{atbegshi} package} -% \date{2011/01/30 v1.15} +% \date{2011/10/05 v1.16} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -225,7 +230,8 @@ and the derived files % The hooks are executed in this order. The following three macros % provide the user interface for adding code to these hooks: % -% \begin{declcs}{AtBeginShipout} \M{code} +% \begin{declcs}{AtBeginShipout} \M{code}\\ +% \cs{AtBeginShipoutBox} % \end{declcs} % Execute the \meta{code} for every page. % The page contents is held in box register \cs{AtBeginShipoutBox} @@ -290,6 +296,26 @@ and the derived files % \cs{AtBeginShipoutInit} forces the immediate redefinition % of \cs{shipout}. % +% \begin{declcs}{AtBeginShipoutAddToBox} \M{stuff}\\ +% \cs{AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground} \M{stuff} +% \end{declcs} +% A quite common use case is the addition of \cs{special} +% or other whatsits to the page output box. Macro +% \cs{AtBeginShipoutAddToBox} puts \meta{stuff} in a +% box with zeroed dimensions. The box with the \meta{stuff} +% is put in the upper left corner of the shipout box +% \cs{AtBeginShipoutBox}. Macro \cs{AtBeginShipoutAddToBox} +% puts the \meta{stuff} in the background, the other macro +% \cs{AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground} in the foreground +% after the original shipout box contents is set. +% +% A void shipout box (that means a discarded page) +% remains void that means \meta{stuff} is ignored in this case. +% The box type of \cs{AtBeginShipoutBox} is preserved. +% Also the box nesting level for the original contents +% of \cs{AtBeginShipoutBox} remains, for example, to avoid trouble +% with links across pages in case of \hologo{pdfTeX}. +% % \begin{declcs}{AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft} \M{background material} % \end{declcs} % This is a macro that puts material in the background of @@ -318,11 +344,27 @@ and the derived files % See \cs{AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft}. The difference is that the material % is put in the foreground. % -% \begin{declcs}{AtBeginShipoutOriginalShipout} \M{box} +% \begin{declcs}{AtBeginShipoutOriginalShipout} \meta{box} % \end{declcs} % It stores the meaning of \cs{shipout} at the time this package % is loaded. % +% \begin{declcs}{AtBeginShipoutBoxWidth}\\ +% \cs{AtBeginShipoutBoxHeight}\\ +% \cs{AtBeginShipoutBoxDepth}\\ +% \end{declcs} +% These macros store the dimensions of the output box \cs{AtBeginShipoutBox} +% before the original shipout is called. If \cs{shipout} is not +% redefined before the package loading or the box dimensions +% are not changed by the redefined \cs{shipout}, these macros +% contain the dimensions of the shipout box. These values can be +% remembered by \cs{label} and \cs{ref}. For example, this is done +% by the package module \xpackage{zref-pagelayout} of project \xpackage{zref}. +% The dimensions of the shipout page can be used in some \hologo{TeX} +% engines (\hologo{pdfTeX} in PDF mode, \hologo{XeTeX}) to calculate +% the media size of the shipout page if \cs{pdfpagewidth} and +% \cs{pdfpageheight} are not set. +% % \subsection{Examples} % % \subsubsection{Example: circle in background} @@ -877,7 +919,7 @@ The last page. \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@atbegshi.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{atbegshi}% - [2011/01/30 v1.15 At begin shipout hook (HO)]% + [2011/10/05 v1.16 At begin shipout hook (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -975,9 +1017,11 @@ The last page. % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\ifAtBegShi@Discarded} % \begin{macrocode} \ltx@newif\ifAtBegShi@Discarded % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutDiscard} % \begin{macrocode} \AtBegShi@CheckDefinable\AtBeginShipoutDiscard @@ -1050,6 +1094,11 @@ X \endgroup \else \AtBegShi@First \let\protect\AtBegShi@OrgProtect + \AtBegShi@GetBoxSize\AtBeginShipoutBox + \ltx@ifundefined{AtNextShipout}{% + }{% + \AtNextShipout{\AtBegShi@GetBoxSize\@cclv}% + }% \AtBeginShipoutOriginalShipout\box\AtBeginShipoutBox \fi \fi @@ -1057,6 +1106,31 @@ X \endgroup % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\AtBegShi@GetBoxSize} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\AtBegShi@GetBoxSize#1{% + \xdef\AtBeginShipoutBoxWidth{\the\wd#1}% + \xdef\AtBeginShipoutBoxHeight{\the\ht#1}% + \xdef\AtBeginShipoutBoxDepth{\the\dp#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutBoxWidth} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\AtBeginShipoutBoxWidth{0pt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutBoxHeight} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\AtBeginShipoutBoxHeight{0pt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutBoxDepth} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\AtBeginShipoutBoxDepth{0pt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macrocode} \catcode`\X=11 % \catcode`\E=11 % @@ -1065,29 +1139,12 @@ X \endgroup % \begin{macro}{\AtBegShi@First} % \begin{macrocode} \def\AtBegShi@First{% - \begingroup - \def\@empty{}% - \ifx\AtBegShi@HookFirst\@empty - \else - \setbox\ltx@zero=\vbox{% - \begingroup - \AtBegShi@HookFirst - \endgroup - }% - \wd\ltx@zero=0pt % - \ht\ltx@zero=0pt % - \dp\ltx@zero=0pt % - \global\setbox\AtBeginShipoutBox=\vbox{% - \baselineskip 0pt\relax - \lineskip 0pt\relax - \lineskiplimit 0pt\relax - \copy\ltx@zero - \copy\AtBeginShipoutBox - }% - \fi - \global\let\AtBegShi@First\@empty - \global\let\AtBeginShipoutFirst\AtBegShi@FirstDisabled - \endgroup + \ifx\AtBegShi@HookFirst\ltx@empty + \else + \AtBeginShipoutAddToBox{\AtBegShi@HookFirst}% + \fi + \global\let\AtBegShi@First\ltx@empty + \global\let\AtBeginShipoutFirst\AtBegShi@FirstDisabled } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1215,14 +1272,153 @@ X \endgroup \fi % \end{macrocode} % +% \subsection{Additions to the shipout box} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutAddToBox} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\AtBeginShipoutAddToBox#1{% + \ifhbox\AtBeginShipoutBox + \edef\AtBegShi@restore{% + \hfuzz=\the\hfuzz\relax + \hbadness=\the\hbadness\relax + }% + \hfuzz=1073741823sp\relax + \hbadness=2147483647\relax + \setbox\AtBeginShipoutBox=\hbox to \wd\AtBeginShipoutBox{% + \setbox\ltx@zero=\hbox{% + \begingroup + \AtBegShi@restore + #1% + \endgroup + }% + \wd\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \ht\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \dp\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \raise\ht\AtBeginShipoutBox\copy\ltx@zero + \unhcopy\AtBeginShipoutBox + }% + \AtBegShi@restore + \else + \ifvbox\AtBeginShipoutBox + \edef\AtBegShi@restore{% + \vfuzz=\the\vfuzz\relax + \vbadness=\the\vbadness\relax + \dimen\ltx@zero=\the\dimen\ltx@zero\relax + }% + \edef\AtBegShi@restorebox{% + \ht\AtBeginShipoutBox=\the\ht\AtBeginShipoutBox\relax + \dp\AtBeginShipoutBox=\the\dp\AtBeginShipoutBox\relax + }% + \vfuzz=1073741823sp\relax + \vbadness=2147483647\relax + \dimen\ltx@zero=\ht\AtBeginShipoutBox + \advance\dimen\ltx@zero by \dp\AtBeginShipoutBox + \setbox\AtBeginShipoutBox=\vbox to \dimen\ltx@zero{% + \setbox\ltx@zero=\hbox{% + \begingroup + \AtBegShi@restore + #1% + \endgroup + }% + \wd\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \ht\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \dp\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \baselineskip=0pt\relax + \lineskip=0pt\relax + \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax + \copy\ltx@zero + \unvbox\AtBeginShipoutBox + \kern0pt% + }% + \AtBegShi@restore + \AtBegShi@restorebox + \fi + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground#1{% + \ifhbox\AtBeginShipoutBox + \edef\AtBegShi@restore{% + \hfuzz=\the\hfuzz\relax + \hbadness=\the\hbadness\relax + }% + \hfuzz=1073741823sp\relax + \hbadness=2147483647\relax + \setbox\AtBeginShipoutBox=\hbox to \wd\AtBeginShipoutBox{% + \unhcopy\AtBeginShipoutBox + \kern-\wd\AtBeginShipoutBox + \setbox\ltx@zero=\hbox{% + \begingroup + \AtBegShi@restore + #1% + \endgroup + }% + \wd\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \ht\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \dp\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \raise\ht\AtBeginShipoutBox\copy\ltx@zero + \kern\wd\AtBeginShipoutBox + }% + \AtBegShi@restore + \else + \ifvbox\AtBeginShipoutBox + \edef\AtBegShi@restore{% + \vfuzz=\the\vfuzz\relax + \vbadness=\the\vbadness\relax + \dimen\ltx@zero=\the\dimen\ltx@zero\relax + }% + \edef\AtBegShi@restorebox{% + \ht\AtBeginShipoutBox=\the\ht\AtBeginShipoutBox\relax + \dp\AtBeginShipoutBox=\the\dp\AtBeginShipoutBox\relax + }% + \vfuzz=1073741823sp\relax + \vbadness=2147483647\relax + \dimen\ltx@zero=\ht\AtBeginShipoutBox + \advance\dimen\ltx@zero by \dp\AtBeginShipoutBox + \setbox\AtBeginShipoutBox=\vbox to \dimen\ltx@zero{% + \setbox\ltx@zero=\hbox{% + \begingroup + \AtBegShi@restore + #1% + \endgroup + }% + \wd\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \ht\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \dp\ltx@zero=0pt\relax + \baselineskip=0pt\relax + \lineskip=0pt\relax + \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax + \unvbox\AtBeginShipoutBox + \kern-\dimen\ltx@zero + \copy\ltx@zero + \kern\dimen\ltx@zero + }% + \AtBegShi@restore + \AtBegShi@restorebox + \fi + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsection{Positioning} % % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup \expandafter\ifx\csname RequirePackage\endcsname\relax - \input ifpdf.sty\relax + \def\TMP@RequirePackage#1[#2]{% + \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#1.sty\endcsname\relax + \input #1.sty\relax + \fi + }% + \TMP@RequirePackage{ifpdf}[2011/01/30]% \else - \RequirePackage{ifpdf}\relax + \RequirePackage{ifpdf}[2011/01/30]% \fi % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1280,46 +1476,41 @@ X \endgroup \fi % \end{macrocode} % +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft} +% A surrounding \cs{rlap} is not necessary, because +% the stuff is put in an \cs{hbox} with zero width. % \begin{macrocode} \def\AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft#1{% - \global\setbox\AtBeginShipoutBox=\hbox{% - \rlap{% - \kern-\AtBegShi@horigin\relax - \vbox to 0pt{% - \kern-\AtBegShi@vorigin\relax - \kern-\ht\AtBeginShipoutBox - \AtBegShi@BeginPicture - #1% - \AtBegShi@EndPicture - \vss - }% + \AtBeginShipoutAddToBox{% + \kern-\AtBegShi@horigin\relax + \vbox to 0pt{% + \kern-\AtBegShi@vorigin\relax + \AtBegShi@BeginPicture + #1% + \AtBegShi@EndPicture + \vss }% - \box\AtBeginShipoutBox }% } % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutUpperLeftForeground} % \begin{macrocode} \def\AtBeginShipoutUpperLeftForeground#1{% - \global\setbox\AtBeginShipoutBox=\hbox to \wd\AtBeginShipoutBox{% - \rlap{% - \copy\AtBeginShipoutBox - }% - \rlap{% - \kern-\AtBegShi@horigin\relax - \vbox to 0pt{% - \kern-\AtBegShi@vorigin\relax - \kern-\ht\AtBeginShipoutBox - \AtBegShi@BeginPicture - #1% - \AtBegShi@EndPicture - \vss - }% + \AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground{% + \kern-\AtBegShi@horigin\relax + \vbox to 0pt{% + \kern-\AtBegShi@vorigin\relax + \AtBegShi@BeginPicture + #1% + \AtBegShi@EndPicture + \vss }% - \hss }% } % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsection{Patches} % @@ -1412,6 +1603,7 @@ X \endgroup \setbox\AtBeginShipoutBox=\vbox{% \CROP@shiplist }% + \AtBegShi@GetBoxSize\AtBeginShipoutBox \expandafter\CROP@shipout \expandafter\box \expandafter\AtBeginShipoutBox @@ -1540,16 +1732,81 @@ X \endgroup }% \fi }% + \def\AtBegShi@Memoir@PatchAB{% + \ifvoid\AtBeginShipoutBox + \else + \setbox\AtBeginShipoutBox=\vbox{% + \trimmarks + \ifvbox\AtBeginShipoutBox + \unvbox\AtBeginShipoutBox + \else + \box\AtBeginShipoutBox + \fi + }% + \AtBegShi@GetBoxSize\AtBeginShipoutBox + \expandafter\mem@oldshipout + \expandafter\box + \expandafter\AtBeginShipoutBox + \fi + }% + \def\AtBegShi@Memoir@shipiiC{% 2008/08/07 v1.6180339a + \ifvoid\@cclv + \mem@oldshipout\box\@cclv + \else + \ifshowtrims + \mem@oldshipout\vbox{\trimmarks\unvbox\@cclv}% + \else + \mem@oldshipout\box\@cclv + \fi + \fi + }% + \def\AtBegShi@Memoir@shipiiD{% 2011/03/06 v3.6j + \ifvoid\@cclv + \mem@oldshipout\box\@cclv + \else + \ifshowtrims + \mem@oldshipout\vbox{% + \trimmarks + \nointerlineskip + \box\@cclv + }% + \else + \mem@oldshipout\box\@cclv + \fi + \fi + }% + \def\AtBegShi@Memoir@PatchCD{% + \ifvoid\AtBeginShipoutBox + \else + \ifshowtrims + \setbox\AtBeginShipoutBox=\vbox{% + \trimmarks + \nointerlineskip + \box\AtBeginShipoutBox + }% + \fi + \AtBegShi@GetBoxSize\AtBeginShipoutBox + \expandafter\mem@oldshipout + \expandafter\box + \expandafter\AtBeginShipoutBox + \fi + }% \ifx\AtBegShi@Memoir@shipi\mem@shipi - \ifcase\ifx\AtBegShi@Memoir@shipiiA\mem@shipii - \ltx@zero - \else - \ifx\AtBegShi@Memoir@shipiiB\mem@shipii - \ltx@zero - \else - \ltx@one - \fi - \fi + \let\AtBegShi@found\ltx@one + \ifx\AtBegShi@Memoir@shipiiA\mem@shipii + \let\AtBegShi@found\ltx@zero + \global\let\AtBegShi@Memoir@PatchX\AtBegShi@Memoir@PatchAB + \else\ifx\AtBegShi@Memoir@shipiiB\mem@shipii + \let\AtBegShi@found\ltx@zero + \global\let\AtBegShi@Memoir@PatchX\AtBegShi@Memoir@PatchAB + \else\ifx\AtBegShi@Memoir@shipiiC\mem@shipii + \let\AtBegShi@found\ltx@zero + \global\let\AtBegShi@Memoir@PatchX\AtBegShi@Memoir@PatchCD + \else\ifx\AtBegShi@Memoir@shipiiD\mem@shipii + \let\AtBegShi@found\ltx@zero + \global\let\AtBegShi@Memoir@PatchX\AtBegShi@Memoir@PatchCD + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifcase\AtBegShi@found \let\AtBegShi@found\relax \ifx\shipout\AtBegShi@Memoir@shipout \def\AtBegShi@found{\shipout}% @@ -1579,22 +1836,7 @@ X \endgroup \fi \mem@shipii }% - \def\mem@shipii{% - \ifvoid\AtBeginShipoutBox - \else - \setbox\AtBeginShipoutBox=\vbox{% - \trimmarks - \ifvbox\AtBeginShipoutBox - \unvbox\AtBeginShipoutBox - \else - \box\AtBeginShipoutBox - \fi - }% - \expandafter\mem@oldshipout - \expandafter\box - \expandafter\AtBeginShipoutBox - \fi - }% + \let\mem@shipii\AtBegShi@Memoir@PatchX \@PackageInfoNoLine{atbegshi}{Class `memoir' patched}% \begingroup \fi @@ -1729,7 +1971,7 @@ X \endgroup %<*test2> \input atbegshi.sty\relax \def\msg#{\immediate\write16} -\msg{File: atbegshi-test2.tex 2011/01/30 v1.15 Test file for plain-TeX} +\msg{File: atbegshi-test2.tex 2011/10/05 v1.16 Test file for plain-TeX} \def\testmsg#1#2{% \msg{}% \msg{*** Test with box (#1), expected page output [#2]}% hash-ok @@ -1826,7 +2068,7 @@ Hello World % \begin{macrocode} %<*test3> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesFile{atbegshi-test3.tex}[2011/01/30 v1.15 Test file for LaTeX] +\ProvidesFile{atbegshi-test3.tex}[2011/10/05 v1.16 Test file for LaTeX] \RequirePackage{color} \pagecolor{yellow} \documentclass[a5paper,showtrims]{memoir} @@ -2065,6 +2307,43 @@ Hello World %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{atbegshi.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='atbegshi'> + <name>atbegshi</name> + <caption>Execute stuff at \shipout time.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.16'/> + <description> + This package is a modern reimplementation of package + <xref refid='everyshi'>everyshi</xref>, providing various commands + to be executed before a <tt>\shipout</tt> command. It makes use of + e-TeX’s facilities if they are available. The package may + be used either with LaTeX or with plain TeX. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atbegshi.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atbegshi.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/04/17 v1.0} % \item @@ -2149,6 +2428,15 @@ Hello World % \item % Already loaded package files are not input in \hologo{plainTeX}. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/10/05 v1.16} +% \item +% \cs{AtBeginShipoutAddToBox}, \cs{AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground} added. +% \item +% \cs{AtBeginShipoutBoxWidth}, \cs{AtBeginShipoutBoxHeight}, +% \cs{AtBeginShipoutBoxDepth} added. +% \item +% Updates for patches of class \xclass{memoir}. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atenddvi.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atenddvi.dtx index 2ceacbaf26b..35318586021 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atenddvi.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atenddvi.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: atenddvi.dtx % Version: 2007/04/17 v1.1 -% +% Info: At end DVI hook +% % Copyright (C) 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file atenddvi.dtx % and the derived files % atenddvi.sty, atenddvi.pdf, atenddvi.ins, atenddvi.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atenddvi.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atenddvi.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If atenddvi.ins is present: % tex atenddvi.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{atenddvi.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If atenddvi.drv is present: % latex atenddvi.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex atenddvi.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist atenddvi.idx % pdflatex atenddvi.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist atenddvi.idx % pdflatex atenddvi.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/atenddvi.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/atenddvi.pdf @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{atenddvi.drv}{\from{atenddvi.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{atenddvi.sty}{\from{atenddvi.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{atenddvi.xml}{\from{atenddvi.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -145,14 +150,14 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{atenddvi.drv}% [2007/04/17 v1.1 At end DVI hook (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{atenddvi.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{97} +% \CheckSum{103} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -557,6 +562,44 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{atenddvi.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='atenddvi'> + <name>atenddvi</name> + <caption>Provides the \AtEndDvi command.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + LaTeX offers <tt>\AtBeginDvi</tt>. This package provides the + counterpart <tt>\AtEndDvi</tt>. The execution of its argument is + delayed to the end of the document at the end of the last page. + At this point <tt>\special</tt> and <tt>\write</tt> remain + effective, because they are put into the last page. This is the + main difference from the LaTeX command <tt>\AtEndDocument</tt>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atenddvi.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atenddvi.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/03/20 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/attachfile2.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/attachfile2.dtx index f7fad293898..85d77f3634a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/attachfile2.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/attachfile2.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: attachfile2.dtx -% Version: 2010/09/27 v2.6 -% -% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 by +% Version: 2012/04/18 v2.7 +% Info: Attach files into PDF +% +% Copyright (C) 2005-2010, 2012 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,21 +16,21 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file attachfile2.dtx % and the derived files % attachfile2.sty, attachfile2.pdf, attachfile2.ins, attachfile2.drv, % atfi-dvips.def, atfi-pdftex.def, atfi-dvipdfmx.def, % pdfatfi.pl. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/attachfile2.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/attachfile2.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If attachfile2.ins is present: % tex attachfile2.ins @@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{attachfile2.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If attachfile2.drv is present: % latex attachfile2.drv @@ -48,14 +49,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex attachfile2.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist attachfile2.idx % pdflatex attachfile2.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist attachfile2.idx % pdflatex attachfile2.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/attachfile2.sty % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/atfi-dvips.def @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: attachfile2 2010/09/27 v2.6 attach files into PDF (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: attachfile2 2012/04/18 v2.7 Attach files into PDF (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -92,9 +93,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: attachfile2 -Version: 2010/09/27 v2.6 +Version: 2012/04/18 v2.7 -Copyright (C) 2005-2010 by +Copyright (C) 2005-2010, 2012 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -133,6 +134,8 @@ and the derived files \usedir{scripts/oberdiek}% \csname execfiletrue\endcsname \file{pdfatfi.pl}{\from{attachfile2.dtx}{pdfatfi}}% + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{attachfile2.xml}{\from{attachfile2.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -164,9 +167,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{attachfile2.drv}% - [2010/09/27 v2.6 attach files into PDF (HO)]% + [2012/04/18 v2.7 Attach files into PDF (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{attachfile2.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -194,7 +197,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{attachfile2.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{attachfile2} package} -% \date{2010/09/27 v2.6} +% \date{2012/04/18 v2.7} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -421,7 +424,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{attachfile2}% - [2010/09/27 v2.6 attach files into PDF (HO)]% + [2012/04/18 v2.7 Attach files into PDF (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsubsection{Loading of packages} @@ -1604,7 +1607,7 @@ and the derived files %<*pdftex> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{atfi-pdftex.def}% - [2010/09/27 v2.6 attachfile2 driver for pdfTeX (HO)]% + [2012/04/18 v2.7 attachfile2 driver for pdfTeX (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \paragraph{\LuaTeX} @@ -1826,7 +1829,7 @@ and the derived files %<*dvips> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{atfi-dvips.def}% - [2010/09/27 v2.6 attachfile2 driver for dvips (HO)]% + [2012/04/18 v2.7 attachfile2 driver for dvips (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \paragraph{Macros for graphics data} @@ -2401,7 +2404,7 @@ and the derived files %<*dvipdfmx> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{atfi-dvipdfmx.def}% - [2010/09/27 v2.6 attachfile2 driver for dvipdfmx/XeTeX (HO)]% + [2012/04/18 v2.7 attachfile2 driver for dvipdfmx/XeTeX (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \paragraph{Macros for graphics data} @@ -2645,7 +2648,7 @@ $^W=1; # turn warning on # # pdfatfi.pl # -# Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Heiko Oberdiek. +# Copyright (C) 2005-2010, 2012 Heiko Oberdiek. # # This work may be distributed and/or modified under the # conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either @@ -2667,17 +2670,19 @@ $^W=1; # turn warning on # This file "pdfatfi.pl" may be renamed to "pdfatfi" # for installation purposes. # -my $file = "pdfatfi.pl"; +my $prj = 'pdfatfi'; +my $file = "$prj.pl"; my $program = uc($&) if $file =~ /^\w+/; -my $version = "2.6"; -my $date = "2010/09/27"; +my $version = "2.7"; +my $date = "2012/04/18"; my $author = "Heiko Oberdiek"; -my $copyright = "Copyright (c) 2005-2010 by $author."; +my $copyright = "Copyright (c) 2005-2010, 2012 by $author."; # # History: # 2005/05/21 v1.0: First release. # 2006/08/16 v2.2: Included in DTX file of attachfile2.dtx. # 2010/09/27 v2.6: Keys ModDateTZ and CreationDateTZ added. +# 2012/04/18 v2.7: Option --version added. # use POSIX qw(strftime); # %z is used (GNU) @@ -2698,12 +2703,14 @@ $::opt_help = 0; $::opt_quiet = 0; $::opt_debug = 0; $::opt_verbose = 0; +$::opt_version = 0; my $usage = <<"END_OF_USAGE"; ${title}Syntax: \L$program\E [options] <file[.atfi]> Function: Help program for LaTeX package "attachfile2". Options: (defaults:) --help print usage + --version print version number --(no)quiet suppress messages ($bool[$::opt_quiet]) --(no)verbose verbose printing ($bool[$::opt_verbose]) --(no)debug debug informations ($bool[$::opt_debug]) @@ -2714,11 +2721,16 @@ my @OrgArgv = @ARGV; use Getopt::Long; GetOptions( "help!", + "version!", "quiet!", "debug!", "verbose!", ) or die $usage; !$::opt_help or die $usage; +if ($::opt_version) { + print "$prj $date v$version\n"; + exit(0); +} @ARGV == 1 or die "$usage$Error Missing jobname!\n"; $::opt_quiet = 0 if $::opt_verbose; @@ -3002,7 +3014,6 @@ __END__ %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % - % % \subsection{Some details for the interested} % @@ -3051,33 +3062,73 @@ __END__ %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{attachfile2.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='attachfile2'> + <name>attachfile2</name> + <caption>Attach files into PDF.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2005-2010,2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.7'/> + <description> + This package can be used to attach files to a PDF document. + It is a further development of Scott Pakin’s package + <xref refid='attachfile'>attachfile</xref> for + <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref>. Apart from bug fixes, + this package adds support for dvips, + some new options, and gets and writes meta information data about + the attached files. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/attachfile2.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/attachfile2.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \bibitem{attachfile} % Scott Pakin: \textit{The \xpackage{attachfile} package}; % 2005/02/20 v1.2; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/attachfile/}. -% +% % \bibitem{embedfile} % Heiko Oberdiek: \textit{The \xpackage{embedfile} package}; % 2006/08/16 v1.0; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/embedfile.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{pdfspec} % Adobe Systems Incorporated: % \href{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/pdf/PDFReference16.pdf}% % {\textit{PDF Reference, Fifth Edition, Version 1.6}},% % November 2004; % \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/pdf/index_reference.html}. -% +% % \bibitem{mime} % Network Working Group: RFC 2046, \textit{Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Two: % Media Types}, November 1996; \url{http://www.rfc-editor.org/}. -% +% % \bibitem{types} % IANA (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority): % \textit{MIME Media Types}, May 2006; % \url{http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -3150,10 +3201,14 @@ __END__ % Bug fix: \cs{textattachfile} now adds an entry into % the \xext{atfi} file. % \item -% Program pdfatfi.pl sets modification and creation time with +% Program \xfile{pdfatfi.pl} sets modification and creation time with % time zone, because the time zone offset might differ with % the file date. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2012/04/18 v2.7} +% \item +% Program \xfile{pdfatfi.pl}: Option \xoption{version} added. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atveryend.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atveryend.dtx index 1479518f2be..0338c827444 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atveryend.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/atveryend.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: atveryend.dtx -% Version: 2011/04/23 v1.7 -% +% Version: 2011/06/30 v1.8 +% Info: Hooks at the very end of document +% % Copyright (C) 2009-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file atveryend.dtx % and the derived files % atveryend.sty, atveryend.pdf, atveryend.ins, atveryend.drv, % atveryend-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atveryend.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atveryend.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If atveryend.ins is present: % tex atveryend.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{atveryend.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If atveryend.drv is present: % latex atveryend.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex atveryend.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist atveryend.idx % pdflatex atveryend.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist atveryend.idx % pdflatex atveryend.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/atveryend.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/atveryend.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: atveryend 2011/04/23 v1.7 Hooks at very end of document (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: atveryend 2011/06/30 v1.8 Hooks at the very end of document (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -88,7 +89,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: atveryend -Version: 2011/04/23 v1.7 +Version: 2011/06/30 v1.8 Copyright (C) 2009-2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{atveryend.sty}{\from{atveryend.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{atveryend-test1.tex}{\from{atveryend.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{atveryend.xml}{\from{atveryend.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,16 +153,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{atveryend.drv}% - [2011/04/23 v1.7 Hooks at very end of document (HO)]% + [2011/06/30 v1.8 Hooks at the very end of document (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{atveryend.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{1084} +% \CheckSum{1203} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -178,7 +183,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{atveryend.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{atveryend} package} -% \date{2011/04/23 v1.7} +% \date{2011/06/30 v1.8} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -268,7 +273,7 @@ and the derived files % \item Hooks that are provided by others are used (package % \xpackage{scrlfile} or class \xclass{revtex4-1}. % \item It redefines \cs{@checkend} and \cs{@dofilelist} to insert -% the hooks similar to package{scrlfile}. +% the hooks similar to package \xpackage{scrlfile}. % \item The hook execution is wrapped in a macro that % is redefined by its first call to prevent calling the hook % more than once. @@ -334,7 +339,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{atveryend}% - [2011/04/23 v1.7 Hooks at very end of document (HO)] + [2011/06/30 v1.8 Hooks at the very end of document (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Tools} @@ -589,6 +594,94 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \subsubsection{\LaTeX\ kernel 2011/06/27} +% +% The \hologo{LaTeX2e} release 2011/06/27 has changed \cs{enddocument} +% (\cs{input} is replaced by \cs{@@input}). +% \begin{macro}{\AtVeryEnd@test@standard20110627} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter\def\csname AtVeryEnd@test@standard20110627\endcsname{% + \let\AtEndDocument\@firstofone + \@enddocumenthook + \@checkend{document}% + \clearpage + \begingroup + \if@filesw + \immediate\closeout\@mainaux + \let\@setckpt\@gobbletwo + \let\@newl@bel\@testdef + \@tempswafalse + \makeatletter + \@@input\jobname.aux % + \fi + \@dofilelist + \ifdim \font@submax >\fontsubfuzz\relax + \@font@warning{Size substitutions with differences\MessageBreak + up to \font@submax\space have occurred.\@gobbletwo}% + \fi + \@defaultsubs + \@refundefined + \if@filesw + \ifx \@multiplelabels \relax + \if@tempswa + \@latex@warning@no@line{Label(s) may have changed. % + Rerun to get cross-references right}% + \fi + \else + \@multiplelabels + \fi + \fi + \endgroup + \deadcycles\z@ + \@@end +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\AtVeryEnd@enddocument@standard20110627} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter\def\csname AtVeryEnd@enddocument@standard20110627\endcsname{% + \let\AtEndDocument\@firstofone + \@enddocumenthook + \@checkend{document}% + \Call@BeforeClearDocument + \clearpage + \Call@AfterLastShipout + \begingroup + \if@filesw + \immediate\closeout\@mainaux + \let\@setckpt\@gobbletwo + \let\@newl@bel\@testdef + \@tempswafalse + \makeatletter + \@@input\jobname.aux % + \fi + \Call@AtVeryEndDocument + \@dofilelist + \Call@AtEndAfterFileList + \ifdim \font@submax >\fontsubfuzz\relax + \@font@warning{Size substitutions with differences\MessageBreak + up to \font@submax\space have occurred.\@gobbletwo}% + \fi + \@defaultsubs + \@refundefined + \if@filesw + \ifx \@multiplelabels \relax + \if@tempswa + \@latex@warning@no@line{Label(s) may have changed. % + Rerun to get cross-references right}% + \fi + \else + \@multiplelabels + \fi + \fi + \endgroup + \deadcycles\z@ + \Call@AtVeryVeryEnd + \@@end +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsubsection{Package \xpackage{booklet}, file \xpackage{2up.tex}} % % \begin{macro}{\AtVeryEnd@test@booklet} @@ -866,6 +959,7 @@ and the derived files \def\AtVeryEnd@RedefEndDocument#1{% \ifx#1\@undefined \else + \AtVeryEnd@Test#1{standard20110627}% \AtVeryEnd@Test#1{standard}% \AtVeryEnd@Test#1{booklet}% \AtVeryEnd@Test#1{dinbrief}% @@ -1378,8 +1472,46 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{atveryend.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='atveryend'> + <name>atveryend</name> + <caption>Hooks at the very end of a document.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.8'/> + <description> + This LaTeX packages provides two hooks for <tt>\end{document}</tt> + that are executed after the hook of <tt>\AtEndDocument</tt>: + <tt>\AfterLastShipout</tt> can be used for code that is to be executed + right after the last <tt>\clearpage</tt> before the `<tt>.aux</tt>' file + is closed. <tt>\AtVeryEndDocument</tt> is used for code after closing + and final reading of the `<tt>.aux</tt>' file. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atveryend.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atveryend.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Acknowledgement} -% +% % \begin{description} % \item[Arthur Ogawa:] He proposed the new API with \cs{AfterLastShipout} % and gave me much feedback, comprehensive class/package lists, many @@ -1387,49 +1519,49 @@ and the derived files % \end{description} % % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{clsguide} % The \LaTeX3 Project: % \textit{\LaTeX2e\ for class and package writers} % 2006/02/15; % \CTAN{macros/latex/doc/clsguide.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{endfloat} % James Darrell McCauley, Jeff Goldberg: % \textit{The \xpackage{endfloat} package}; % 1995/10/11 v2.4i; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/endfloat/endfloat.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{etoolbox} % Philipp Lehmann: % \textit{The \xpackage{etoolbox} package}; % 2009/08/06 v1.8; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/etoolbox.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{hyperref} % Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The \xpackage{hyperref} package}; % 2009/12/05 v6.79l; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}. -% +% % \bibitem{koma} % Markus Kohm: % \textit{KOMA-Script}; % 2009/07/24 v3.04a; % \url{http://www.komascript.de/}. -% +% % \bibitem{lastpage} % Jeff Goldberg: % \textit{The \xpackage{lastpage} package}; % 1994/07/20 v0.1b; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/lastpage/lastpage.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{revtex} % APS, AIP, Arthur Orgawa; % ReVTeX 4.1; % 2009/10/13 v4.1; % \url{http://authors.aps.org/revtex4/}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -1473,6 +1605,10 @@ and the derived files % to avoid error because of undefined control sequence % in some circumstances (thanks to D.P. Story for bug report). % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/06/30 v1.8} +% \item +% Support of changed \cs{enddocument} of \hologo{LaTeX2e} 2011/06/27. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/auxhook.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/auxhook.dtx index 36607b802bf..59bf8d1119d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/auxhook.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/auxhook.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: auxhook.dtx % Version: 2011/03/04 v1.3 -% +% Info: Hooks for auxiliary files +% % Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2009, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file auxhook.dtx % and the derived files % auxhook.sty, auxhook.pdf, auxhook.ins, auxhook.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/auxhook.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/auxhook.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If auxhook.ins is present: % tex auxhook.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{auxhook.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If auxhook.drv is present: % latex auxhook.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex auxhook.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist auxhook.idx % pdflatex auxhook.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist auxhook.idx % pdflatex auxhook.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/auxhook.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/auxhook.pdf @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{auxhook.drv}{\from{auxhook.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{auxhook.sty}{\from{auxhook.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{auxhook.xml}{\from{auxhook.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -145,7 +150,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{auxhook.drv}% [2011/03/04 v1.3 Hooks for auxiliary files (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{auxhook.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -585,24 +590,58 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{auxhook.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='auxhook'> + <name>auxhook</name> + <caption>Hooks for auxiliary files.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2007,2009,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + This package auxhook provides hooks for adding stuff at + the begin of <tt>.aux</tt> files. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/auxhook.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/auxhook.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{hypdestopt} % Heiko Oberdiek: \textit{The \xpackage{hypdestopt} package}; % 2006/05/30 v1.0; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdestopt.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{hyperref} % Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The \xpackage{hyperref} package}; % 2006/08/16 v6.75c; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}. -% +% % \bibitem{zref} % Heiko Oberdiek: \textit{The \xpackage{zref} package}; % 2006/05/25 v1.2; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/zref.pdf}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bigintcalc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bigintcalc.dtx index 7466dbd34ba..239d2d99f2c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bigintcalc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bigintcalc.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: bigintcalc.dtx -% Version: 2011/01/30 v1.2 -% -% Copyright (C) 2007, 2011 by +% Version: 2012/04/08 v1.3 +% Info: Expandable calculations on big integers +% +% Copyright (C) 2007, 2011, 2012 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file bigintcalc.dtx % and the derived files % bigintcalc.sty, bigintcalc.pdf, bigintcalc.ins, bigintcalc.drv, % bigintcalc-test1.tex, bigintcalc-test2.tex, % bigintcalc-test3.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bigintcalc.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bigintcalc.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If bigintcalc.ins is present: % tex bigintcalc.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{bigintcalc.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If bigintcalc.drv is present: % latex bigintcalc.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex bigintcalc.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist bigintcalc.idx % pdflatex bigintcalc.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist bigintcalc.idx % pdflatex bigintcalc.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/bigintcalc.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/bigintcalc.pdf @@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: bigintcalc 2011/01/30 v1.2 Expandable big integer calculations (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: bigintcalc 2012/04/08 v1.3 Expandable calculations on big integers (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -94,9 +95,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: bigintcalc -Version: 2011/01/30 v1.2 +Version: 2012/04/08 v1.3 -Copyright (C) 2007, 2011 by +Copyright (C) 2007, 2011, 2012 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -134,6 +135,10 @@ and the derived files \file{bigintcalc-test1.tex}{\from{bigintcalc.dtx}{test1}}% \file{bigintcalc-test2.tex}{\from{bigintcalc.dtx}{test2,etex}}% \file{bigintcalc-test3.tex}{\from{bigintcalc.dtx}{test2,noetex}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{bigintcalc.xml}{\from{bigintcalc.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -160,9 +165,8 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{bigintcalc.drv}% - [2011/01/30 v1.2 Expandable big integer calculations (HO)]% + [2012/04/08 v1.3 Expandable calculations on big integers (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] \usepackage{wasysym} \let\iint\relax \let\iiint\relax @@ -198,13 +202,14 @@ and the derived files \newcommand*{\op}[1]{% \textsf{#1}% } +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{bigintcalc.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{3722} +% \CheckSum{3723} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -225,7 +230,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{bigintcalc.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{bigintcalc} package} -% \date{2011/01/30 v1.2} +% \date{2012/04/08 v1.3} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -704,7 +709,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@bigintcalc.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{bigintcalc}% - [2011/01/30 v1.2 Expandable big integer calculations (HO)]% + [2012/04/08 v1.3 Expandable calculations on big integers (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -824,6 +829,7 @@ and the derived files }% \TMP@RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}[2007/11/11]% \else + \RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}[2007/11/11]% \fi % \end{macrocode} % @@ -3506,7 +3512,7 @@ $ \BIC@Temp 9{18\or27\or36\or45\or54\or63\or72\or81}% \makeatletter \chardef\BIC@TestMode=1 % \makeatother -\usepackage{bigintcalc}[2011/01/30] +\usepackage{bigintcalc}[2012/04/08] %<noetex>\let\numexpr\SavedNumexpr \usepackage{qstest} \IncludeTests{*} @@ -4490,6 +4496,40 @@ $ \BIC@Temp 9{18\or27\or36\or45\or54\or63\or72\or81}% %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{bigintcalc.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='bigintcalc'> + <name>bigintcalc</name> + <caption>Integer calculations on very large numbers.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2011,2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + This package provides expandable arithmetic operations + with big integers that can exceed TeX's number limits. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bigintcalc.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bigintcalc.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/09/27 v1.0} % \item @@ -4503,6 +4543,10 @@ $ \BIC@Temp 9{18\or27\or36\or45\or54\or63\or72\or81}% % \item % Already loaded package files are not input in \hologo{plainTeX}. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2012/04/08 v1.3} +% \item +% Fix: \xpackage{pdftexcmds} wasn't loaded in case of \hologo{LaTeX}. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bitset.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bitset.dtx index 38da87716e5..c7441d36a34 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bitset.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bitset.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: bitset.dtx % Version: 2011/01/30 v1.1 -% +% Info: Handle bit-vector datatype +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,23 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file bitset.dtx % and the derived files % bitset.sty, bitset.pdf, bitset.ins, bitset.drv, bitset-test1.tex, % bitset-test2.tex, bitset-test3.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bitset.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bitset.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If bitset.ins is present: % tex bitset.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{bitset.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If bitset.drv is present: % latex bitset.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex bitset.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist bitset.idx % pdflatex bitset.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist bitset.idx % pdflatex bitset.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/bitset.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/bitset.pdf @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: bitset 2011/01/30 v1.1 Data type bit set (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: bitset 2011/01/30 v1.1 Handle bit-vector datatype (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -132,6 +133,10 @@ and the derived files \file{bitset-test1.tex}{\from{bitset.dtx}{test1}}% \file{bitset-test2.tex}{\from{bitset.dtx}{test2,etex}}% \file{bitset-test3.tex}{\from{bitset.dtx}{test2,noetex}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{bitset.xml}{\from{bitset.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -158,12 +163,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{bitset.drv}% - [2011/01/30 v1.1 Data type bit set (HO)]% + [2011/01/30 v1.1 Handle bit-vector datatype (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{amstext} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{ifluatex} +\ifluatex +\else + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}% + \usepackage{lmodern}% +\fi \begin{document} \DocInput{bitset.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -740,7 +749,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@bitset.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{bitset}% - [2011/01/30 v1.1 Data type bit set (HO)]% + [2011/01/30 v1.1 Handle bit-vector datatype (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -4182,6 +4191,41 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{bitset.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='bitset'> + <name>bitset</name> + <caption>Handle bit-vector datatype.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + This package defines and implements the data type bit set, + a vector of bits. The size of the vector may grow dynamically. + Individual bits can be manipulated. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bitset.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bitset.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/09/28 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bmpsize.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bmpsize.dtx index 987694f515b..770addda305 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bmpsize.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bmpsize.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: bmpsize.dtx % Version: 2009/09/04 v1.6 -% +% Info: Extract size/resolution from bitmap files +% % Copyright (C) 2006-2009 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,21 +16,21 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file bmpsize.dtx % and the derived files % bmpsize.sty, bmpsize.pdf, bmpsize.ins, bmpsize.drv, % bmpsize-base.sty, bmpsize-test.tex, bmpsize-dvips.def, % bmpsize-dvipdfm.def, bmpsize-dvipdfmx.def. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bmpsize.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bmpsize.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If bmpsize.ins is present: % tex bmpsize.ins @@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{bmpsize.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If bmpsize.drv is present: % latex bmpsize.drv @@ -48,14 +49,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex bmpsize.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist bmpsize.idx % pdflatex bmpsize.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist bmpsize.idx % pdflatex bmpsize.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/bmpsize.sty % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/bmpsize-base.sty @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: bmpsize 2009/09/04 v1.6 Extract size and resolution data from bitmap files (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: bmpsize 2009/09/04 v1.6 Extract size/resolution from bitmap files (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -131,6 +132,10 @@ and the derived files \file{bmpsize-dvips.def}{\from{bmpsize.dtx}{dvips}}% \file{bmpsize-dvipdfm.def}{\from{bmpsize.dtx}{dvipdfm}}% \file{bmpsize-dvipdfmx.def}{\from{bmpsize.dtx}{dvipdfmx}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{bmpsize.xml}{\from{bmpsize.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -159,9 +164,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{bmpsize.drv}% - [2009/09/04 v1.6 Extract size and resolution data from bitmap files (HO)]% + [2009/09/04 v1.6 Extract size/resolution from bitmap files (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{bmpsize.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -3088,7 +3093,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*package> \ProvidesPackage{bmpsize}% - [2009/09/04 v1.6 Extract size and resolution data from bitmap files (HO)]% + [2009/09/04 v1.6 Extract size/resolution from bitmap files (HO)]% \RequirePackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf \PackageInfo{bmpsize}{Superseded by pdfTeX in PDF mode}% @@ -3915,32 +3920,75 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{bmpsize.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='bmpsize'> + <name>bmpsize</name> + <caption>Extract size and resolution data from bitmap files.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2009'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.6'/> + <description> + This package analyzes bitmap images to extract size and resolution + data. It adds this feature to the graphics package so it is no + longer necessary to provide a separate bounding box files for + bitmap images. dditionally the implementation for the inclusion + of bitmap images in some drivers of package + <xref refid='graphicx'>graphicx</xref> are rewritten to support + options viewport, trim and clip. The package requires + <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> version 1.30.0 or later (the + relevant pdfTeX primitive operates in both DVI and PDF output + modes). + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bmpsize.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bmpsize.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \bibitem{grfguide} % D.\,P.\,Carlisle, The \LaTeX\ Project: % \textit{Packages in the `graphics' bundle}, % 2005/11/14; % \CTAN{macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf}. -% +% % \subsection{URLs for bitmap format descriptions} -% +% % \subsubsection{JPEG} % \begin{itemize} % \item \url{http://www.w3.org/Graphics/JPEG/jfif3.pdf} % \item \url{http://exif.org/Exif2-2.PDF} % \end{itemize} -% +% % \subsubsection{PNG} % \begin{itemize} % \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PNG} % \item \url{http://www.w3.org/TR/PNG/} % \end{itemize} -% +% % \subsubsection{GIF} % \begin{itemize} % \item \url{http://www.w3.org/Graphics/GIF/spec-gif89a.txt} % \end{itemize} -% +% % \subsubsection{BMP} % \begin{itemize} % \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windows_bitmap} @@ -3948,51 +3996,51 @@ and the derived files % \item \url{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms532311.aspx} % \item \url{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms532321.aspx} % \end{itemize} -% +% % \subsubsection{PCX} % \begin{itemize} % \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PCX} % \item \url{http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/PCX} % \item \url{http://www.qzx.com/pc-gpe/pcx.txt} % \end{itemize} -% +% % \subsubsection{MSP} % \begin{itemize} % \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microsoft_Paint} % \item Sources of \xpackage{dvips}. % \end{itemize} -% +% % \subsubsection{TIFF} % \begin{itemize} % \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TIFF} % \item \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/tiff/TIFF6.pdf} % \end{itemize} -% +% % \subsubsection{TGA} % \begin{itemize} % \item \url{http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Targa_Image_File} % \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Truevision_TGA} % \item \url{http://www.dca.fee.unicamp.br/~martino/disciplinas/ea978/tgaffs.pdf} % \end{itemize} -% +% % \subsubsection{SGI} % \begin{itemize} % \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Silicon_Graphics_Image} % \item \url{ftp://ftp.sgi.com/graphics/SGIIMAGESPEC} % \end{itemize} -% +% % \subsubsection{WMF} % \begin{itemize} % \item \url{http://www.fileformat.info/format/wmf/} % \end{itemize} -% +% % \subsubsection{XPM} % \begin{itemize} % \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XPM_%28image_format%29} % \item \url{http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Xpm} % \item \url{http://koala.ilog.fr/ftp/pub/xpm/xpm-README.html} % \end{itemize} -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bookmark.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bookmark.dtx index e4603494c7e..d808bc07946 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bookmark.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/bookmark.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: bookmark.dtx -% Version: 2011/04/21 v1.21 -% +% Version: 2011/12/02 v1.24 +% Info: PDF bookmarks +% % Copyright (C) 2007-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,22 +16,22 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file bookmark.dtx % and the derived files % bookmark.sty, bookmark.pdf, bookmark.ins, bookmark.drv, % bkm-dvipdfm.def, bkm-dvips.def, bkm-dvipsone.def, % bkm-textures.def, bkm-pdftex.def, bkm-vtex.def, % bookmark-example.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bookmark.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bookmark.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If bookmark.ins is present: % tex bookmark.ins @@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{bookmark.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If bookmark.drv is present: % latex bookmark.drv @@ -49,14 +50,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex bookmark.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist bookmark.idx % pdflatex bookmark.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist bookmark.idx % pdflatex bookmark.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/bookmark.sty % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/bkm-dvipdfm.def @@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: bookmark 2011/04/21 v1.21 PDF bookmarks (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: bookmark 2011/12/02 v1.24 PDF bookmarks (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: bookmark -Version: 2011/04/21 v1.21 +Version: 2011/12/02 v1.24 Copyright (C) 2007-2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> @@ -138,6 +139,10 @@ and the derived files \file{bkm-vtex.def}{\from{bookmark.dtx}{vtex}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{bookmark-example.tex}{\from{bookmark.dtx}{example}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{bookmark.xml}{\from{bookmark.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -166,16 +171,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{bookmark.drv}% - [2011/04/21 v1.21 PDF bookmarks (HO)]% + [2011/12/02 v1.24 PDF bookmarks (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{bookmark.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{2323} +% \CheckSum{2326} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -196,7 +201,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{bookmark.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{bookmark} package} -% \date{2011/04/21 v1.21} +% \date{2011/12/02 v1.24} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -268,8 +273,7 @@ and the derived files % If a \LaTeX\ file is compiled several times, then a little % time can be saved, if option \xoption{draft} is used to % disable the bookmark stuff of this package. Default is -% \xoption{final}. If \cs{pdfdraftmode} is available, then -% the default is {draft} if draft mode is enabled. +% \xoption{final}. % Both options are boolean options, without % value the value |true| is used. |draft=true| is the same % as |final=false|. @@ -656,7 +660,7 @@ and the derived files open, openlevel=2, atend -]{bookmark}[2011/04/21] +]{bookmark}[2011/12/02] \bookmarksetup{color=blue} @@ -759,7 +763,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{bookmark}% - [2011/04/21 v1.21 PDF bookmarks (HO)]% + [2011/12/02 v1.24 PDF bookmarks (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsubsection{Requirements} @@ -929,7 +933,6 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareBoolOption{draft} \DeclareComplementaryOption{final}{draft} -\pdf@ifdraftmode\BKM@drafttrue{} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\BKM@DisableOptions} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1708,7 +1711,8 @@ and the derived files \let\BookmarkAtEnd\ltx@gobble \let\bookmarkdefinestyle\ltx@gobbletwo \let\bookmarkget\ltx@gobble - \renewcommand*{\pdfbookmark}[3][]{}% + \let\pdfbookmark\ltx@undefined + \newcommand*{\pdfbookmark}[3][]{}% \let\currentpdfbookmark\ltx@gobbletwo \let\subpdfbookmark\ltx@gobbletwo \let\belowpdfbookmark\ltx@gobbletwo @@ -1805,7 +1809,8 @@ and the derived files % % \begin{macro}{\pdfbookmark} % \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand*{\pdfbookmark}[3][0]{% +\let\pdfbookmark\ltx@undefined +\newcommand*{\pdfbookmark}[3][0]{% \bookmark[level=#1,dest={#3.#1}]{#2}% \hyper@anchorstart{#3.#1}\hyper@anchorend } @@ -1813,14 +1818,14 @@ and the derived files % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\currentpdfbookmark} % \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand*{\currentpdfbookmark}{% +\def\currentpdfbookmark{% \pdfbookmark[\BKM@currentlevel]% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\subpdfbookmark} % \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand*{\subpdfbookmark}{% +\def\subpdfbookmark{% \BKM@CalcExpr\BKM@CalcResult\BKM@currentlevel+1% \expandafter\pdfbookmark\expandafter[\BKM@CalcResult]% } @@ -1828,7 +1833,7 @@ and the derived files % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\belowpdfbookmark} % \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand*{\belowpdfbookmark}[2]{% +\def\belowpdfbookmark#1#2{% \xdef\BKM@gtemp{\number\BKM@currentlevel}% \subpdfbookmark{#1}{#2}% \global\let\BKM@currentlevel\BKM@gtemp @@ -1839,7 +1844,7 @@ and the derived files % Section number, text, label, level, file % \begin{macro}{\Hy@writebookmark} % \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand*{\Hy@writebookmark}[5]{% +\def\Hy@writebookmark#1#2#3#4#5{% \ifnum#4>\BKM@depth\relax \else \def\BKM@type{#5}% @@ -1880,7 +1885,7 @@ and the derived files %<*dvipdfm> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{bkm-dvipdfm.def}% - [2011/04/21 v1.21 bookmark driver for dvipdfm (HO)]% + [2011/12/02 v1.24 bookmark driver for dvipdfm (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\BKM@id} @@ -2055,7 +2060,7 @@ and the derived files %<*vtex> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{bkm-vtex.def}% - [2011/04/21 v1.21 bookmark driver for VTeX (HO)]% + [2011/12/02 v1.24 bookmark driver for VTeX (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2263,7 +2268,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macro}{\BKM@toHexDigit} % \begin{macrocode} \def\BKM@toHexDigit#1{% - \expandafter\ifcase\expandafter\@firstofone\expandafter{\number#1} % + \ifcase\expandafter\@firstofone\expandafter{\number#1} % 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F% \fi @@ -2386,7 +2391,7 @@ and the derived files %<*pdftex> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{bkm-pdftex.def}% - [2011/04/21 v1.21 bookmark driver for pdfTeX (HO)]% + [2011/12/02 v1.24 bookmark driver for pdfTeX (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\BKM@DO@entry} @@ -2542,7 +2547,7 @@ and the derived files %<*dvips> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{bkm-dvips.def}% - [2011/04/21 v1.21 bookmark driver for dvips (HO)]% + [2011/12/02 v1.24 bookmark driver for dvips (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\BKM@PSHeaderFile} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2561,7 +2566,7 @@ and the derived files %<*dvipsone> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{bkm-dvipsone.def}% - [2011/04/21 v1.21 bookmark driver for dvipsone (HO)]% + [2011/12/02 v1.24 bookmark driver for dvipsone (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\BKM@PSHeaderFile} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2580,7 +2585,7 @@ and the derived files %<*textures> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{bkm-textures.def}% - [2011/04/21 v1.21 bookmark driver for textures (HO)]% + [2011/12/02 v1.24 bookmark driver for textures (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\BKM@PSHeaderFile} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -3248,20 +3253,59 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{bookmark.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='bookmark'> + <name>bookmark</name> + <caption>A new bookmark (outline) organization for hyperref.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.24'/> + <description> + This package implements a new bookmark (outline) organization for + package <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref>. Bookmark properties such + as style and color can now be set. Other action types + are available (URI, GoToR, Named). The bookmarks are + generated in the first compile run. Package + <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref> uses two runs. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bookmark.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bookmark.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{hyperref} % Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The \xpackage{hyperref} package}; % 2011/04/17 v6.82g; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/} -% +% % \bibitem{currfile} % Martin Scharrer: % \textit{The \xpackage{currfile} package}; % 2011/01/09 v0.4. % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/currfile/} -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -3439,6 +3483,20 @@ and the derived files % Some support for file name and line number in error messages % at end of document (pdfTeX and pdfmark based drivers). % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/05/13 v1.22} +% \item +% Change of version 2010/11/05 v1.18 reverted, because otherwise +% draftmode disables some \xext{aux} file entries. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/09/19 v1.23} +% \item +% Some \cs{renewcommand}s changed to \cs{def} to avoid trouble +% if the commands are not defined, because hyperref stopped early. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/12/02 v1.24} +% \item +% Small optimization in \cs{BKM@toHexDigit}. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/accsupp.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/accsupp.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ff1c44da8e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/accsupp.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='accsupp'> + <name>accsupp</name> + <caption>Better accessibility support for PDF files.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.3'/> + <description> + Since PDF 1.5 portions of a page can be marked for better accessibility + support. For example, replacement texts or expansions of abbreviations can + be provided. This package starts with providing a minimal low-level + interface for programmers; its status is experimental. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/accsupp.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/accsupp.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/aliascnt.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/aliascnt.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c3b7909b5a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/aliascnt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='aliascnt'> + <name>aliascnt</name> + <caption>Alias counters.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2009'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + This package introduces aliases for counters, that + share the same counter register and clear list. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/aliascnt.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/aliascnt.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/alphalph.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/alphalph.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..64930e4887c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/alphalph.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='alphalph'> + <name>alphalph</name> + <caption>Convert numbers to letters.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999,2006-2008,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.4'/> + <description> + Provides commands <tt>\alphalph</tt> and <tt>\AlphAlph.</tt> They + are like <tt>\number</tt> but the expansion consists of lowercase + and uppercase letters respectively (1 to a, 26 to z, 27 to aa, 52 + to zz, 53 to ba, 702 to zz, 703 to aaa, etc.). Can be used as a + replacement for LaTeX's <tt>\@alph</tt> and <tt>\@Alph</tt> + macros. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/alphalph.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/alphalph.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/askinclude.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/askinclude.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0260a66823d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/askinclude.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='askinclude'> + <name>askinclude</name> + <caption>Interactive use of \includeonly</caption> + <authorref id='auth:straub'/> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner="Pablo A. Straub" year='1991-1994'/> + <copyright owner="Heiko Oberdiek" year='2007,2008,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.2'/> + <description> + The package asks the user which files to put in a \includeonly + command. There is provision for answering “same as last + time” or “all files”. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/askinclude.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/askinclude.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/atbegshi.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/atbegshi.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6d81374be77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/atbegshi.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='atbegshi'> + <name>atbegshi</name> + <caption>Execute stuff at \shipout time.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.16'/> + <description> + This package is a modern reimplementation of package + <xref refid='everyshi'>everyshi</xref>, providing various commands + to be executed before a <tt>\shipout</tt> command. It makes use of + e-TeX’s facilities if they are available. The package may + be used either with LaTeX or with plain TeX. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atbegshi.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atbegshi.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/atenddvi.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/atenddvi.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..17090b961dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/atenddvi.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='atenddvi'> + <name>atenddvi</name> + <caption>Provides the \AtEndDvi command.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + LaTeX offers <tt>\AtBeginDvi</tt>. This package provides the + counterpart <tt>\AtEndDvi</tt>. The execution of its argument is + delayed to the end of the document at the end of the last page. + At this point <tt>\special</tt> and <tt>\write</tt> remain + effective, because they are put into the last page. This is the + main difference from the LaTeX command <tt>\AtEndDocument</tt>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atenddvi.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atenddvi.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/attachfile2.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/attachfile2.xml new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..b04722d99a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/attachfile2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='attachfile2'> + <name>attachfile2</name> + <caption>Attach files into PDF.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2005-2010,2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.7'/> + <description> + This package can be used to attach files to a PDF document. + It is a further development of Scott Pakin’s package + <xref refid='attachfile'>attachfile</xref> for + <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref>. Apart from bug fixes, + this package adds support for dvips, + some new options, and gets and writes meta information data about + the attached files. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/attachfile2.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/attachfile2.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/atveryend.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/atveryend.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1ab55735134 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/atveryend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='atveryend'> + <name>atveryend</name> + <caption>Hooks at the very end of a document.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.8'/> + <description> + This LaTeX packages provides two hooks for <tt>\end{document}</tt> + that are executed after the hook of <tt>\AtEndDocument</tt>: + <tt>\AfterLastShipout</tt> can be used for code that is to be executed + right after the last <tt>\clearpage</tt> before the `<tt>.aux</tt>' file + is closed. <tt>\AtVeryEndDocument</tt> is used for code after closing + and final reading of the `<tt>.aux</tt>' file. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atveryend.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atveryend.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/auxhook.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/auxhook.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc409691299 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/auxhook.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='auxhook'> + <name>auxhook</name> + <caption>Hooks for auxiliary files.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2007,2009,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + This package auxhook provides hooks for adding stuff at + the begin of <tt>.aux</tt> files. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/auxhook.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/auxhook.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bigintcalc.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bigintcalc.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..660c4bb694e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bigintcalc.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='bigintcalc'> + <name>bigintcalc</name> + <caption>Integer calculations on very large numbers.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2011,2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + This package provides expandable arithmetic operations + with big integers that can exceed TeX's number limits. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bigintcalc.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bigintcalc.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bitset.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bitset.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..599c410e44b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bitset.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='bitset'> + <name>bitset</name> + <caption>Handle bit-vector datatype.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + This package defines and implements the data type bit set, + a vector of bits. The size of the vector may grow dynamically. + Individual bits can be manipulated. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bitset.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bitset.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bmpsize.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bmpsize.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33fbeaa2b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bmpsize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='bmpsize'> + <name>bmpsize</name> + <caption>Extract size and resolution data from bitmap files.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2009'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.6'/> + <description> + This package analyzes bitmap images to extract size and resolution + data. It adds this feature to the graphics package so it is no + longer necessary to provide a separate bounding box files for + bitmap images. dditionally the implementation for the inclusion + of bitmap images in some drivers of package + <xref refid='graphicx'>graphicx</xref> are rewritten to support + options viewport, trim and clip. The package requires + <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> version 1.30.0 or later (the + relevant pdfTeX primitive operates in both DVI and PDF output + modes). + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bmpsize.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bmpsize.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bookmark.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bookmark.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..423dcb8e58a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/bookmark.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='bookmark'> + <name>bookmark</name> + <caption>A new bookmark (outline) organization for hyperref.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.24'/> + <description> + This package implements a new bookmark (outline) organization for + package <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref>. Bookmark properties such + as style and color can now be set. Other action types + are available (URI, GoToR, Named). The bookmarks are + generated in the first compile run. Package + <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref> uses two runs. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bookmark.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bookmark.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/catchfile.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/catchfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..690b90a570f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/catchfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='catchfile'> + <name>catchfile</name> + <caption>Catch an external file into a macro.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.6'/> + <description> + This package catches the contents of a file and puts it in a macro. + It requires <xref refid='etex'>e-TeX</xref>. Both + <xref refid='latex'>LaTeX</xref> and + <xref refid='plain'>plain TeX</xref> are supported. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/catchfile.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/catchfile.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/centernot.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/centernot.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a2356581c5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/centernot.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='centernot'> + <name>centernot</name> + <caption>Centred \not command.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2007,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + The package provides <tt>\centernot</tt> that prints the symbol + <tt>\not</tt> on the following argument. Unlike the default + <tt>\not</tt> command, the symbol is horizontally centered. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/centernot.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/centernot.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/chemarr.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/chemarr.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26a6b9d8948 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/chemarr.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='chemarr'> + <name>chemarr</name> + <caption>Arrows for chemists.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2006'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + Very often chemists need a longer version of reaction arrows + (<tt>\rightleftharpoons</tt>) with the possibility to put text + above and below. Analogous to <xref refid='amsmath'>amsmath</xref>'s + <tt>\xrightarrow</tt> and <tt>\xleftarrow</tt> this package + provides the macro <tt>\xrightleftharpoons</tt>. The package + requires amsmath. To use it, <tt>\usepackage{chemarr}</tt>, + then <tt>\xrightleftharpoons[below]{above}</tt> . + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/chemarr.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/chemarr.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/classlist.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/classlist.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fa2568bf341 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/classlist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='classlist'> + <name>classlist</name> + <caption>Record classes used in a document.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2005,2006,2008,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + Load this package before \documentclass: + <p/> + <tt>\RequirePackage{classlist}</tt><br/> + <tt>\documentclass[some,options]{whatever}</tt> + <p/> + After doing this, <tt>\MainClass</tt> contains the name of the + first loaded class, <tt>\ClassList</tt> contains a set of triples + <class name>, <options directly requested>, and + <version requested>. (The package may also be loaded after + <tt>\documentclass</tt>, in which case some information is not + available.) + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/classlist.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/classlist.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/colonequals.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/colonequals.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f65e0807604 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/colonequals.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='colonequals'> + <name>colonequals</name> + <caption>Colon equals symbols.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + This package defines poor man‘s symbols for mathematical + relation symbols such as “colon equals”. + The colon is centered around the horizontal math axis. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/colonequals.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/colonequals.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/dvipscol.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/dvipscol.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..41ef2492694 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/dvipscol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='dvipscol'> + <name>dvipscol</name> + <caption>Alter the usage of the dvips colour stack.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2000,2006,2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + The package modifies <tt>\color</tt> (and related commands) to + deal with the occasional dvips error: “! out of color + stack space” + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/dvipscol.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/dvipscol.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/embedfile.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/embedfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3433edbc221 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/embedfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='embedfile'> + <name>embedfile</name> + <caption>Embed files into PDF.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.6'/> + <description> + This package embeds files in a PDF document, using the PDF + format's embedding operation (note the contrast with the attach + operation used by the <xref refid='attachfile'>attachfile</xref> + and <xref refid='attachfile2'>attachfile2</xref> packages). + Currently only <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> >=1.30, in + PDF mode, is supported. + + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/embedfile.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/embedfile.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/engord.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/engord.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0e7c4c3aeed --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/engord.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='engord'> + <name>engord</name> + <caption>Converts numbers to English ordinal numbers.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2000,2003,2006-2008,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.8'/> + <description> + Defines <tt>\engord</tt> (used like <tt>\arabic</tt>, + <tt>\roman</tt>, etc.), and <tt>\engordnumber</tt> (which formats + a “TeX number”). + <p/> + So <tt>\pagenumbering{engord}</tt> gives page numbers <tt>1st, + 2nd, 3rd, ...</tt> + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/engord.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/engord.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/eolgrab.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/eolgrab.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..047da119639 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/eolgrab.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='eolgrab'> + <name>eolgrab</name> + <caption>Catch arguments delimited by end of line.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + The package defines the command <tt>\eolgrab</tt> that reads an + string terminated by end of line, and then calls a macro with that + string as argument. Thus + <pre>\eolgrab\section My title</pre> is equivalent to + <pre>\section{My title}</pre> + <p/> + A second command <tt>\eolgrabopt</tt> provides the string as an + optional argument (which is useful for <tt>\item</tt>, for example). + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/eolgrab.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/eolgrab.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/epstopdf-pkg.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/epstopdf-pkg.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87e64d07a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/epstopdf-pkg.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='epstopdf-pkg'> + <name>epstopdf-pkg</name> + <caption>Call epstopdf "on the fly"</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2006-2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.5'/> + <description> + The package adds support for EPS files in the + <xref refid='graphicx'>graphicx</xref> package when running under + PDFTeX. If an EPS graphic is detected, the package spawns a + process to convert the EPS to PDF, using the script + <xref refid='epstopdf'>epstopdf</xref>. This of course requires + that shell escape is enabled for the PDFTeX run. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/epstopdf.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/epstopdf.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/etexcmds.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/etexcmds.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6696f1b39fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/etexcmds.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='etexcmds'> + <name>etexcmds</name> + <caption>Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.5'/> + <description> + New primitive commands are introduced in e-TeX; sometimes the + names collide with existing macros. This package solves the + name clashes by adding a prefix to e-TeX’s commands. For + example, eTeX’s <tt>\unexpanded</tt> is provided as + <tt>\etex@unexpanded</tt>. + + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/etexcmds.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/etexcmds.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/flags.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/flags.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d5b7c754b45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/flags.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='flags'> + <name>flags</name> + <caption>Setting and clearing of flags in bit fields.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.4'/> + <description> + This package allows the setting and clearing + of flags in bit fields and converts the bit field into a + decimal number. Currently the bit field is limited to 31 bits. + <p/> + It is now deprecated because of new more powerful + package <xref refid='bitset'>bitset</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/flags.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/flags.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/gettitlestring.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/gettitlestring.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e2babe33383 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/gettitlestring.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='gettitlestring'> + <name>gettitlestring</name> + <caption>Clean up title references.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + Cleans up the title string (removing <tt>\label</tt> commands) for + packages (such as <xref refid='nameref'>nameref</xref>) that + typeset such strings. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/gettitlestring.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/gettitlestring.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/grfext.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/grfext.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a54a182002 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/grfext.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='grfext'> + <name>grfext</name> + <caption>Manipulate the graphics package's list of extensions.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + This package provides macros for adding to, and reordering the list of + graphics file extensions recognised by package + <xref refid='graphics'>graphics</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grfext.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grfext.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/grffile.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/grffile.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..67c9f439c97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/grffile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='grffile'> + <name>grffile</name> + <caption>Extended file name support for graphics.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.16'/> + <description> + The package extends the file name processing of package + <xref refid='graphics'>graphics</xref> to support a larger range + of file names. For example, the file name may contain several dots. + + Or in case of <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> in PDF mode the + file name may contain spaces. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grffile.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grffile.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hobsub.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hobsub.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3c4be6572a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hobsub.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hobsub'> + <name>hobsub</name> + <caption>Construct package bundles</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2011,2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.12'/> + <description> + The package offers a means of loading a bundle of (other) packages + “at once”, offering a means of reducing the amount of log output + as the packages are loaded, and an aide-memoire for complicated + requirements. In some ways, loading a package via hobsub behaves + much like loading the package in the normal way; for example, + reloads are suppressed, as in LaTeX proper, and correct + <tt>\listfiles</tt> output is produced. + <p/> + Examples provided are a ‘generic’ bundle (comprising the author’s + packages that can be used with Plain TeX) and a ‘hyperref’ bundle + (comprising packages useful when generating hypertext output with + LaTeX). + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hobsub.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hobsub.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hologo.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hologo.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..19ace2e38f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hologo.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hologo'> + <name>hologo</name> + <caption>A collection of logos with bookmark support.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2010-2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.10'/> + <description> + The package defines a single command <tt>\hologo</tt>, whose + argument is the usual case-confused ASCII version of the logo. + The command is bookmark-enabled, so that every logo becomes + available in bookmarks without further work. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hologo.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hologo.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/holtxdoc.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/holtxdoc.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8999a448a26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/holtxdoc.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='holtxdoc'> + <name>holtxdoc</name> + <caption>Documentation macros for oberdiek bundle, etc.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999-2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.24'/> + <description> + These are personal macros, which are not necessarily useful to + other authors (they are provided as part off the source of others + of the author's packages). Macros that may be of use to other + authors are available separately, in package + <xref refid='hypdoc'>hypdoc</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/holtxdoc.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/holtxdoc.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hopatch.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hopatch.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11c10195dd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hopatch.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hopatch'> + <name>hopatch</name> + <caption>Load patches for packages.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + The hopatch package provides a command with which the user may + register a piece of patch code for a particular package. Hopatch + will apply the patch immediately, if the relevant package has + already been loaded; otherwise it will store the patch until the + package appears. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hopatch.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hopatch.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hycolor.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hycolor.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2269eadcccb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hycolor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hycolor'> + <name>hycolor</name> + <caption>Implements colour for packages hyperref and bookmark.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.7'/> + <description> + This package provides the code for the color option + that is used by packages <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref> + and <xref refid='bookmark'>bookmark</xref>. + It is not intended as package for the user. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hycolor.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hycolor.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypbmsec.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypbmsec.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4c457726263 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypbmsec.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hypbmsec'> + <name>hypbmsec</name> + <caption>Hypertext bookmarks in sectioning commands.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1998-2000,2006,2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.4'/> + <description> + Bookmark entries can be given as another argument to the LaTeX + sectioning commands. The <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref> + package is required to get the bookmarks, but the syntax + works without it. + <p/> + This package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypbmsec.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypbmsec.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypcap.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypcap.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5db5f187e5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypcap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hypcap'> + <name>hypcap</name> + <caption>Adjusting the anchors of captions.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999-2001,2006-2008,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.11'/> + <description> + The package offers a solution to the problem that when you link to + a float using <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref>, the link + anchors to below the float's caption, rather than the beginning of + the float. + <p/> + Hypcap defines a separate \capstart command, which you put where + you want links to end; you should have a \capstart command for each + \caption command. Package options can be used to auto-insert a + \capstart at the start of a float environment. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypdestopt.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypdestopt.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a648fbd55d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypdestopt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hypdestopt'> + <name>hypdestopt</name> + <caption>Hyperref destination optimizer.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2008,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.3'/> + <description> + This package supports <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref>'s + pdftex driver. It removes unnecessary destinations + and shortens the destination names or uses numbered destinations + to get smaller PDF files. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdestopt.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdestopt.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypdoc.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypdoc.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d00dba7248d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypdoc.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hypdoc'> + <name>hypdoc</name> + <caption>Hyper extensions for doc.sty.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2002,2006,2007,2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.11'/> + <description> + This package adds hypertext features to the package + <xref refid='doc'>doc</xref> that is used in the documentation + system of <xref refid='latex'>LaTeX2e</xref>. Bookmarks are added + and references are linked as far as possible. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdoc.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdoc.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypgotoe.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypgotoe.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d887a6d3d60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hypgotoe.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hypgotoe'> + <name>hypgotoe</name> + <caption>Links to embedded files.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.1'/> + <description> + This experimental package is a first experiment for links to embedded + files. It is named after the PDF action name <tt>/GoToE</tt>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypgotoe.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypgotoe.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hyphsubst.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hyphsubst.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..efa1bc63187 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/hyphsubst.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hyphsubst'> + <name>hyphsubst</name> + <caption>Substitute hyphenation patterns.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.2'/> + <description> + A TeX format file may include alternative hyphenation patterns + for a language with a different name. If the naming convention + follows <xref refid='babel'>babel’s</xref> rules, then the + hyphenation patterns + for a language can be replaced by the alternative hyphenation patterns, + provided in the format file. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hyphsubst.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hyphsubst.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifdraft.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifdraft.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8e68b31c6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifdraft.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='ifdraft'> + <name>ifdraft</name> + <caption>Detect "draft" and "final" class options.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999,2005,2006,2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + The package defines commands that switch according to the + prevailing ‘draft’ or ‘final’ + options; each command takes two arguments, the first for the + ‘true’, the second for the ‘false’ + case. Commands are:<br/> + — <tt>\ifdraft</tt> determines whether we're operating in + draft (‘true’) or final mode;<br/> + + — <tt>\ifoptiondraft</tt> determines whether a + ‘draft’ option has been given; and<br/> + — <tt>\ifoptionfinal</tt> determines whether a + ‘final’ option has been given. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifdraft.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifdraft.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/iflang.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/iflang.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4a7c78376f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/iflang.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='iflang'> + <name>iflang</name> + <caption>Expandable checks for the current language.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.5'/> + <description> + This package provides expandable checks for the current language + based on macro <tt>\languagename</tt> or hyphenation patterns. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/iflang.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/iflang.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifluatex.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifluatex.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..19245b71934 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifluatex.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='ifluatex'> + <name>ifluatex</name> + <caption>Provides the \ifluatex switch.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2009,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + The package looks for LuaTeX regardless of its mode and provides + the switch <tt>\ifluatex</tt>; it works with Plain TeX or LaTeX. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifluatex.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifluatex.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='ifluatex'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifpdf.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifpdf.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0302ae13301 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifpdf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='ifpdf'> + <name>ifpdf</name> + <caption>Provides the \ifpdf conditional.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2005-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.3'/> + <description> + This package looks for pdfTeX in pdf mode and implements and + sets the switch <tt>\ifpdf</tt>. The detection is based on the + value of <tt>\pdfoutput</tt> (which the package will not + change). The package works with plain or LaTeX formats. To use + it with LaTeX simply <tt>\usepackage{ifpdf}</tt>. Then use + <tt>\ifpdf ... \else ... \fi</tt>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifvtex.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifvtex.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9ffbfb8a84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ifvtex.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='ifvtex'> + <name>ifvtex</name> + <caption>Detects use of VTeX and its facilities.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2006-2008,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.5'/> + <description> + The package looks for VTeX and sets the switch <tt>\ifvtex</tt>. + In the presence of VTeX, the mode switches <tt>\ifvtexdvi</tt>, + <tt>\ifvtexpdf</tt> and <tt>\ifvtexps</tt> are set; + <tt>\ifvtexgex</tt> tells you whether GeX is operating. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifvtex.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifvtex.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/infwarerr.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/infwarerr.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..147c35f8034 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/infwarerr.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='infwarerr'> + <name>infwarerr</name> + <caption>Complete set of information/warning/error messages.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + This package provides a complete set of macros for information, + warning and error messages. Under LaTeX, the commands are + wrappers for the corresponding LaTeX commands; under Plain TeX + they are also available as complete implementations. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/infwarerr.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/infwarerr.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/inputenx.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/inputenx.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18ca3f2433e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/inputenx.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='inputenx'> + <name>inputenx</name> + <caption>Enhanced input encoding handling.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.10'/> + <description> + This package deals with input encodings. The first stage + provides input encodings using + standard mappings and covers nearly all slots. Thus it + serves as more uptodate replacement for package + <xref refid='inputenc'>inputenc</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/inputenx.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/inputenx.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/intcalc.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/intcalc.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2b2ca66b990 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/intcalc.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='intcalc'> + <name>intcalc</name> + <caption>Expandable arithmetic operations with integers.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + This package provides expandable arithmetic operations + with integers, using the e-TeX extension <tt>\numexpr</tt> if it + is available. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/intcalc.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/intcalc.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/kvdefinekeys.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/kvdefinekeys.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ec0a60fa17f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/kvdefinekeys.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='kvdefinekeys'> + <name>kvdefinekeys</name> + <caption>Define keys for use in the kvsetkeys package.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + The package provides a macro <tt>\kv@define@key</tt> (analogous to + <xref refid='keyval'>keyval’s</xref> <tt>\define@key</tt>, to + define keys for use by <xref refid='kvsetkeys'>kvsetkeys</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/kvoptions.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/kvoptions.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b41d057c9fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/kvoptions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% No we don't need the option 'color'. +%% With color support option 'emphcolor' will dynamically +%% change the color of \emph statements. +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='kvoptions'> + <name>kvoptions</name> + <caption>Key value format for package options.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2004,2006,2007,2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='3.11'/> + <description> + This package offers support for package authors who want to + use options in key-value format for their package options. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvoptions.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvoptions.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/kvsetkeys.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/kvsetkeys.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6d467172902 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/kvsetkeys.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='kvsetkeys'> + <name>kvsetkeys</name> + <caption>Key value parser with default handler support.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2007,2009-2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.16'/> + <description> + This package provides \kvsetkeys, a variant of package + <xref refid='keyval'>keyval</xref>'s <tt>\setkeys</tt>. It allows + the user to specify a handler that deals with unknown options. + Active commas and equal signs may be used (e.g. see + <xref refid='babel'>babel</xref>'s shorthands) and only one level + of curly braces are removed from the values. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/letltxmacro.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/letltxmacro.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a56fb723f45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/letltxmacro.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='letltxmacro'> + <name>letltxmacro</name> + <caption>Let assignment for LaTeX macros.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2008,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + TeX’s <tt>\let</tt> assignment does not work for LaTeX macros + with optional arguments or for macros that are defined + as robust macros by <tt>\DeclareRobustCommand</tt>. This package + defines <tt>\LetLtxMacro</tt> that also takes care of the involved + internal macros. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/letltxmacro.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/letltxmacro.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/listingsutf8.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/listingsutf8.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f4dd19f46c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/listingsutf8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='listingsutf8'> + <name>listingsutf8</name> + <caption>Allow UTF-8 in listings input.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + Package <xref refid='listings'>listings</xref> does not support files + with multi-byte encodings such as UTF-8. In the case of + <tt>\lstinputlisting</tt>, a simple workaround is possible if a + one-byte encoding exists that the file can be converted to. The + package requires the e-TeX extensions under pdfTeX (in either PDF + or DVI output mode). + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/listingsutf8.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/listingsutf8.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ltxcmds.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ltxcmds.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..56a964db4e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/ltxcmds.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='ltxcmds'> + <name>ltxcmds</name> + <caption>Some LaTeX kernel commands for general use.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.22'/> + <description> + This package exports some utility macros + from the LaTeX kernel into a separate namespace and + also makes them available for other formats such as plain TeX. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ltxcmds.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ltxcmds.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/luacolor.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/luacolor.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6a0a082be37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/luacolor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='luacolor'> + <name>luacolor</name> + <caption>Color support based on LuaTeX's node attributes.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.8'/> + <description> + This package implements color support based on LuaTeX's node + attributes. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luacolor.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luacolor.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/luatex.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/luatex.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ec6e643b97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/luatex.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='luatex'> + <name>luatex</name> + <caption>The LuaTeX engine.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2009,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.4'/> + <description> + LuaTeX is an extended version of pdfTeX using Lua as an embedded + scripting language. The LuaTeX project’s main objective + is to provide an open and configurable variant of TeX while at the + same time offering downward compatibility. + <p/> + LuaTeX uses Unicode (as UTF-8) as its default input encoding, and + is able to use modern (OpenType) fonts (for both text and mathematics). + <p/> + It should be noted that LuaTeX is still under development; its + specification has been declared stable, but absolute stability + may not in practice be assumed. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luatex.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luatex.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/magicnum.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/magicnum.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1da2527c9e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/magicnum.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='magicnum'> + <name>magicnum</name> + <caption>Access TeX systems' "magic numbers".</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + This package allows access to the various parameter values in + TeX (catcode values), e-TeX (group, if and node types, and + interaction mode), and LuaTeX (pdfliteral mode) by a hierarchical + name system. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/magicnum.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/magicnum.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/makerobust.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/makerobust.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e7ce5e8758e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/makerobust.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='makerobust'> + <name>makerobust</name> + <caption>Making a macro robust.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + This package provides the command MakeRobustCommand + that converts an existing macro to a robust one. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/makerobust.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/makerobust.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/mleftright.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/mleftright.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ee36a2f5a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/mleftright.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='mleftright'> + <name>mleftright</name> + <caption>Variants of delimiters that act as maths open/close.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + The package defines variants <tt>\mleft</tt> and <tt>\mright</tt> + of <tt>\left</tt> and <tt>\right</tt>, that make the delimiters + act as <tt>\mathopen</tt> and <tt>\mathclose</tt>. These commands + address spacing difficulties in subformulas. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/mleftright.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/mleftright.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pagegrid.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pagegrid.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2f10fa2aa0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pagegrid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pagegrid'> + <name>pagegrid</name> + <caption>Print page grid in background.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + This package puts a grid on the paper. It was written for + developers of a class or package + who have to put elements on definite locations on a page + (e.g. letter class). The grid allows a faster optical check, + whether the positions are correct. If the previewer already + offers features for measuring, the package might be unnecessary. + Otherwise it saves the developer from printing the page and + measuring by hand. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagegrid.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagegrid.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pagesel.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pagesel.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5bbcba73c49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pagesel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pagesel'> + <name>pagesel</name> + <caption>Select pages of a document for output.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999,2003,2006-2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.8'/> + <description> + Selects single pages, ranges of pages, odd pages or even pages + for output. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagesel.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagesel.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcol.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcol.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fd7ebc8aaef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcol'> + <name>pdfcol</name> + <caption>Defines macros fpr maintaining color stacks under pdfTeX.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + Since version 1.40 pdfTeX supports color stacks. + The driver file <tt>pdftex.def</tt> for package + <xref refid='color'>color</xref> defines and uses a main color + stack since version v0.04b. + <p/> + This package is intended for package writers. + It defines macros for setting and maintaining new color stacks. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcol.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcol.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolfoot.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolfoot.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06e5a1095b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolfoot.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcolfoot'> + <name>pdfcolfoot</name> + <caption>Separate color stack for footnotes with pdfTeX.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + Since version 1.40 <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> supports + several colour stacks. This package uses a separate colour stack + for footnotes that can break across pages. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolmk.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolmk.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..92a182caef2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolmk.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcolmk'> + <name>pdfcolmk</name> + <caption>Improving colour support under pdftex.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2000,2005-2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + The package provides macros that emulate the ‘colour stack’ + functionality of dvips. The colour stack deals with colour + manipulations when asynchronous events (like page-breaking) occur; + pdftex does not (yet) have such a stack, but dvips does, and the + <xref refid='color'>color</xref> package makes extensive use of + it. + <p/> + This package is an experimental solution to the problem, and works + best with pdf-e-tex. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolparallel.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolparallel.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..36b3b09fa2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolparallel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcolparallel'> + <name>pdfcolparallel</name> + <caption>Fix colour problems in package 'parallel'.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2008,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + Since version 1.40 pdfTeX supports colour stacks. + This package uses them to fix colour problems in + package <xref refid='parallel'>parallel</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolparcolumns.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolparcolumns.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..35f3521eb3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcolparcolumns.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcolparcolumns'> + <name>pdfcolparcolumns</name> + <caption>Fix colour problems in package 'parcolumns'.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2008,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + Since version 1.40 pdfTeX supports colour stacks. + This package uses them to fix colour problems in + package <xref refid='parcolumns'>parcolumns</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcrypt.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcrypt.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e388c41540b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfcrypt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcrypt'> + <name>pdfcrypt</name> + <caption>Allows the setting of pdf encryption.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2006,2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + Allows the setting of pdf encryption options for VTeX and some + older versions of pdfTeX. The options can be set as package + options or in the command <tt>\pdfcryptsetup</tt>. Options + include <tt>owner=OwnerPassword</tt>, <tt>user=UserPassword, + print</tt>, <tt>copy</tt>, <tt>edit</tt>, <tt>annotate=true, + false all, none</tt>. The encryption is set at + <tt>\begin{document}</tt> by default, but this can be forced for + an earlier time by option ‘set’. + <p/> + Example: + <tt>\usepackage[owner=Donald,user=Knuth,print=false]{pdfcrypt}</tt> + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfescape.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfescape.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1eca170b0f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfescape.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfescape'> + <name>pdfescape</name> + <caption>Implements pdfTeX's escape features using TeX or e-TeX.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.13'/> + <description> + This package implements <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref>'s + escape features (<tt>\pdfescapehex</tt>, <tt>\pdfunescapehex</tt>, + <tt>\pdfescapename</tt>, <tt>\pdfescapestring</tt>) using TeX or + e-TeX. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfescape.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfescape.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdflscape.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdflscape.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fe0c9d65fab --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdflscape.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdflscape'> + <name>pdflscape</name> + <caption>Make landscape pages display as landscape.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2004,2006-2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.10'/> + <description> + The package adds PDF support to the landscape environment of + package <xref refid='lscape'>lscape</xref>, by setting the PDF + <tt>/Rotate</tt> page attribute. Pages with this attribute will be + displayed in landscape orientation by conforming PDF viewers. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdflscape.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdflscape.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfrender.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfrender.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a37b36994d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdfrender.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfrender'> + <name>pdfrender</name> + <caption>Control rendering parameters.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + The package provides interfaces for the user to control PDF + parameters, such as line width or text rendering mode. The + control operations work in a manner very similar to that of the + <xref refid='color'>color</xref> package. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfrender.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfrender.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdftexcmds.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdftexcmds.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..847a5d0030b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pdftexcmds.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdftexcmds'> + <name>pdftexcmds</name> + <caption>LuaTeX support for pdfTeX utility functions.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.20'/> + <description> + LuaTeX provides most of the commands of + <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> 1.40. However, a number of + utility functions are not available. This package tries to fill + the gap and implements some of the missing primitives using Lua. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/picture.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/picture.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dedb0ad56bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/picture.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='picture'> + <name>picture</name> + <caption>Dimens for picture macros.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2009'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + There are macro and environment arguments that expect numbers + that will internally be multiplied by <tt>\unitlength</tt>. + This package extends the syntax of these arguments, so that + dimensions with calculation support may be used for these arguments. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/picture.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/picture.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pmboxdraw.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pmboxdraw.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d17c78ead74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/pmboxdraw.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pmboxdraw'> + <name>pmboxdraw</name> + <caption>Poor man's box drawing characters.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + This package declares box drawing characters of + old code pages, e.g. cp437. It uses rules instead of using a font. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/protecteddef.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/protecteddef.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33866396600 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/protecteddef.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='protecteddef'> + <name>protecteddef</name> + <caption>Define protected commands.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + The package defines a command <tt>\ProtectedDef</tt> that will + create LaTeX ‘robust’ command or an e-TeX + ‘protected’ command as appropriate + to its environment. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/protecteddef.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/protecteddef.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/refcount.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/refcount.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5764b28eebb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/refcount.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='refcount'> + <name>refcount</name> + <caption>Counter operations with label references.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1998,2000,2006,2008,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='3.4'/> + <description> + Provides commands <tt>\setcounterref</tt> and + <tt>\addtocounterref</tt> which use the section (or whatever) + number from the reference as the value to put into the counter, as + in: + + <pre> + ...\label{sec:foo} + ... + \setcounterref{foonum}{sec:foo} + </pre> + Commands <tt>\setcounterpageref</tt> and + <tt>\addtocounterpageref</tt> do the corresponding thing with the + page reference of the label. + <p/> + No <tt>.ins</tt> file is distributed; process the + <tt>.dtx</tt> with plain TeX to create one. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/refcount.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/refcount.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/rerunfilecheck.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/rerunfilecheck.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..facfed3904b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/rerunfilecheck.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='rerunfilecheck'> + <name>rerunfilecheck</name> + <caption>Checksum based rerun checks on auxiliary files.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.7'/> + <description> + The package provides additional rerun warnings if some + auxiliary files have changed. It is based on MD5 checksum, + provided by pdfTeX. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/resizegather.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/resizegather.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1a06e52e23d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/resizegather.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='resizegather'> + <name>resizegather</name> + <caption>Automatically resize overly large equations.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + Equations that are too large are resized to fit the available + space. The environment ‘gather’ of package + <xref refid='amsmath'>amsmath</xref> is supported. Also the + environments ‘equation’ and + ‘displaymath’ are redefined using + ‘gather’ and its starred version. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/resizegather.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/resizegather.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/rotchiffre.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/rotchiffre.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8dc7bcf38b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/rotchiffre.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='rotchiffre'> + <name>rotchiffre</name> + <caption>Perform simple rotation cyphers.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + The package defines a command <tt>\EdefRot</tt> that defines a + macro (whose name is given as an argument) to the rotation of the + given string. Available rotations are <tt>ROT13</tt> (for + letters), <tt>ROT5</tt> (for digits), <tt>ROT18</tt> (for digits + and letters together) and <tt>ROT47</tt> (for all ASCII + characters). + <p/> + The package is part of the + <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rotchiffre.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rotchiffre.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/scrindex.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/scrindex.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..55320303269 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/scrindex.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='scrindex'> + <name>scrindex</name> + <caption>Make index package work with Koma-script classes.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + This package redefines environment `theindex' of package `index', + if a class from <xref refid='koma-script'>KOMA-Script</xref> is loaded. + Also option `idxtotoc' is supported. Index preambles can be given + either by means of package `index' or via the interface provided + by <xref refid='koma-script'>KOMA-Script</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/scrindex.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/scrindex.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/selinput.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/selinput.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ae1a48d0f8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/selinput.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='selinput'> + <name>selinput</name> + <caption>Semi-automatic detection of input encoding.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + This package selects the input encoding by specifying pairs + of input characters and their glyph names. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/selinput.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/selinput.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/setouterhbox.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/setouterhbox.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5cde75ab799 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/setouterhbox.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='setouterhbox'> + <name>setouterhbox</name> + <caption>Set hbox in outer horizontal mode.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2005-2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.7'/> + <description> + If math stuff is set in an <tt>\hbox</tt>, then TeX + performs some optimization and omits the implicit + penalties <tt>\binoppenalty</tt> and <tt>\relpenalty</tt>. + This packages tries to put stuff into an <tt>\hbox</tt> + without losing those penalties. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/setouterhbox.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/setouterhbox.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/settobox.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/settobox.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a22dda02e08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/settobox.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='settobox'> + <name>settobox</name> + <caption>Assigning dimensions of a box to a length register.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2000,2006-2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + Commands to assist the reuse of boxes (set up by <tt>\sbox</tt> or + by the <tt>lrbox</tt> environment); the <tt>\settobox...</tt> + commands behave similarly to the <tt>\settowidth</tt> (etc.) + commands. For example: + <pre> + \newsavebox{\mybox} + \newlength{\mylength} + \sbox{\mybox}{Hello World} + \settoboxwidth{\mylength}{\mybox} + </pre> + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/settobox.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/settobox.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/soulutf8.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/soulutf8.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..def76e1e4a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/soulutf8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='soulutf8'> + <name>soulutf8</name> + <caption>Permit use of UTF-8 characters in soul.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + This package extends package <xref refid='soul'>soul</xref> and adds + some support for UTF-8. Namely the input encodings in + ‘<tt>utf8.def</tt>’ from package + <xref refid='inputenc'>inputenc</xref> and + ‘<tt>utf8x.def</tt>’ from package + <xref refid='unicode'>ucs</xref> are supported. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/soulutf8.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/soulutf8.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/stackrel.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/stackrel.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c45459a7bd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/stackrel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='stackrel'> + <name>stackrel</name> + <caption>Enhancement to the \stackrel command.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + This package adds an optional argument to <tt>\stackrel</tt> for + putting something below the relational symbol and defines + <tt>\stackbin</tt> for binary symbols. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stackrel.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stackrel.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/stampinclude.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/stampinclude.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5cf6aae6315 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/stampinclude.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='stampinclude'> + <name>stampinclude</name> + <caption>Inclusion based on .aux file date stamps.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + This package replaces <tt>\includeonly</tt> and selects the files for + <tt>\include</tt> by inspecting the timestamp of the <tt>.aux</tt> file. + The file is selected for inclusion if the <tt>.aux</tt> file does + not yet exist or is older than the corresponding <tt>.tex</tt> file. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stampinclude.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stampinclude.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/stringenc.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/stringenc.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9b14b76f1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/stringenc.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='stringenc'> + <name>stringenc</name> + <caption>Converting a string between different encodings.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.10'/> + <description> + This package provides <tt>\StringEncodingConvert</tt> for converting + a string between different encodings. + Both <xref refid='latex'>LaTeX</xref> and + <xref refid='plain'>plain-TeX</xref> are supported. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stringenc.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stringenc.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/tabularht.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/tabularht.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6f5525211b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/tabularht.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='tabularht'> + <name>tabularht</name> + <caption>Tabular environments with height specified.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2005-2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.5'/> + <description> + The tabularht package defines some environments that add a height + specification to tabular and array environments. The default set + of new environments take a value for their height in the first + argument: defined environments are: <tt>tabularht</tt>, + <tt>tabularht*</tt> and <tt>arrayht</tt>. If package + <xref refid='tabularx'>tabularx</xref> is also loaded, + the package also defines environments <tt>tabularxht</tt> and + <tt>tabularxht*</tt>. + <p/> + The places where stretching is to happen are signalled by<br/> + <tt>\noalign{\vfill}</tt><br/> + immediately after the <tt>\\</tt> that ends a row of the table or + array. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularht.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularht.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/tabularkv.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/tabularkv.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2bec5259a27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/tabularkv.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='tabularkv'> + <name>tabularkv</name> + <caption>Tabular environments with key-value interface.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2005,2006'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + The tabularkv package creates an environment <tt>tabularkv</tt>, whose + arguments are specified in key-value form. The arguments chosen + determine which other type of tabular is to be used (whether + standard LaTeX ones, or environments from the + <xref refid='tabularx'>tabularx</xref> or the + <xref refid='tabularht'>tabularx</xref> package). + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularkv.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularkv.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/telprint.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/telprint.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2b42ef0b557 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/telprint.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='telprint'> + <name>telprint</name> + <caption>Format German phone numbers.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1996,1997,2004-2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.10'/> + <description> + The package provides a command <tt>\telprint</tt> for formatting + German telephone numbers. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/telprint.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/telprint.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/transparent.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/transparent.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cdf02558f3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/transparent.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='transparent'> + <name>transparent</name> + <caption>Using a color stack for transparency with pdfTeX.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + Since version 1.40 <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> supports + several color stacks. This package shows how a separate colour stack + can be used for transparency, a property other than colour. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/transparent.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/transparent.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/twoopt.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/twoopt.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..65683a2d7a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/twoopt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='twoopt'> + <name>twoopt</name> + <caption>Definitions with two optional arguments.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999,2006,2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.5'/> + <description> + Variants of <tt>\newcommand</tt>, <tt>\renewcommand</tt> and + <tt>\providecommand</tt> are provided. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/twoopt.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/twoopt.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/uniquecounter.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/uniquecounter.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5fdd6ebcb7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/uniquecounter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='uniquecounter'> + <name>uniquecounter</name> + <caption>Provides unlimited unique counter.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + This package provides a kind of counter that provides unique + number values. Several counters can be created with different names. + The numeric values are not limited. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/uniquecounter.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/uniquecounter.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/zref.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/zref.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d777d469f85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue/zref.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='zref'> + <name>zref</name> + <caption>A new reference scheme for LaTeX.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.24'/> + <description> + This package offers a means to remove the limitation, of only two + properties, that is inherent in the way LaTeX’s reference system + works. The package implements an extensible referencing system, + where properties are handled in a more flexible way. It provides + an interface for macro programmers to access the new reference + scheme and some applications that use it. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/zref.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/zref.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catchfile.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catchfile.dtx index 9d56e3e5d99..64c89370ec5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catchfile.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/catchfile.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: catchfile.dtx % Version: 2011/03/01 v1.6 -% +% Info: Catch the contents of a file +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2010, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file catchfile.dtx % and the derived files % catchfile.sty, catchfile.pdf, catchfile.ins, catchfile.drv, % catchfile-test1.tex, catchfile-test2.tex, % catchfile-test3.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/catchfile.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/catchfile.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If catchfile.ins is present: % tex catchfile.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{catchfile.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If catchfile.drv is present: % latex catchfile.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex catchfile.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist catchfile.idx % pdflatex catchfile.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist catchfile.idx % pdflatex catchfile.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/catchfile.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/catchfile.pdf @@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: catchfile 2011/03/01 v1.6 Catches the contents of a file (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: catchfile 2011/03/01 v1.6 Catch the contents of a file (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -134,6 +135,10 @@ and the derived files \file{catchfile-test1.tex}{\from{catchfile.dtx}{test1}}% \file{catchfile-test2.tex}{\from{catchfile.dtx}{test2}}% \file{catchfile-test3.tex}{\from{catchfile.dtx}{test3}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{catchfile.xml}{\from{catchfile.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -160,9 +165,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{catchfile.drv}% - [2011/03/01 v1.6 Catches the contents of a file (HO)]% + [2011/03/01 v1.6 Catch the contents of a file (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{catchfile.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -299,7 +304,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@catchfile.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{catchfile}% - [2011/03/01 v1.6 Catches the contents of a file (HO)]% + [2011/03/01 v1.6 Catch the contents of a file (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -1061,6 +1066,43 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{catchfile.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='catchfile'> + <name>catchfile</name> + <caption>Catch an external file into a macro.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.6'/> + <description> + This package catches the contents of a file and puts it in a macro. + It requires <xref refid='etex'>e-TeX</xref>. Both + <xref refid='latex'>LaTeX</xref> and + <xref refid='plain'>plain TeX</xref> are supported. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/catchfile.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/catchfile.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/05/30 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/centernot.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/centernot.dtx index 2cf8a945ab9..3e46c1910f2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/centernot.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/centernot.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: centernot.dtx -% Version: 2010/03/29 v1.2 -% -% Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2010 by +% Version: 2011/07/11 v1.3 +% Info: Centers the not symbol horizontally +% +% Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2010, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file centernot.dtx % and the derived files % centernot.sty, centernot.pdf, centernot.ins, centernot.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/centernot.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/centernot.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If centernot.ins is present: % tex centernot.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{centernot.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If centernot.drv is present: % latex centernot.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex centernot.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist centernot.idx % pdflatex centernot.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist centernot.idx % pdflatex centernot.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/centernot.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/centernot.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: centernot 2010/03/29 v1.2 Centers the not symbol horizontally (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: centernot 2011/07/11 v1.3 Centers the not symbol horizontally (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -86,9 +87,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: centernot -Version: 2010/03/29 v1.2 +Version: 2011/07/11 v1.3 -Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2010 by +Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2010, 2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{centernot.drv}{\from{centernot.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{centernot.sty}{\from{centernot.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{centernot.xml}{\from{centernot.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,10 +148,15 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{centernot.drv}% - [2010/03/29 v1.2 Centers the not symbol horizontally (HO)]% + [2011/07/11 v1.3 Centers the not symbol horizontally (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] -\usepackage{centernot} +\makeatletter +%\@namedef{ver@fontspec.sty}{} +\@namedef{ver@unicode-math.sty}{} +\def\setmathfont#1{} +\makeatother +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] +\usepackage{centernot}[2011/07/11] \usepackage{amssymb} \DeclareFontFamily{U}{matha}{\hyphenchar\font45} \DeclareFontShape{U}{matha}{m}{n}{% @@ -162,7 +172,7 @@ and the derived files %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{23} +% \CheckSum{26} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -183,7 +193,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{centernot.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{centernot} package} -% \date{2010/03/29 v1.2} +% \date{2011/07/11 v1.3} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -255,7 +265,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{centernot} - [2010/03/29 v1.2 Centers the not symbol horizontally (HO)]% + [2011/07/11 v1.3 Centers the not symbol horizontally (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \noindent @@ -305,7 +315,6 @@ and the derived files {#2}% }% } -\makeatother % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -494,6 +503,42 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{centernot.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='centernot'> + <name>centernot</name> + <caption>Centred \not command.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2007,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + The package provides <tt>\centernot</tt> that prints the symbol + <tt>\not</tt> on the following argument. Unlike the default + <tt>\not</tt> command, the symbol is horizontally centered. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/centernot.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/centernot.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2006/12/02 v1.0} % \item @@ -507,6 +552,10 @@ and the derived files % \item % Documentation fix: `negotiated' to `negated' (Hartmut Henkel). % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/07/11 v1.3} +% \item +% Superfluous \cs{makeatother} removed (Martin M\"unch). +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/chemarr.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/chemarr.dtx index de57d21cdc0..b0e3eb9ac41 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/chemarr.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/chemarr.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: chemarr.dtx % Version: 2006/02/20 v1.2 -% +% Info: Arrows for chemical reactions +% % Copyright (C) 2001, 2006 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file chemarr.dtx % and the derived files % chemarr.sty, chemarr.pdf, chemarr.ins, chemarr.drv, % chemarr-example.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/chemarr.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/chemarr.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If chemarr.ins is present: % tex chemarr.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{chemarr.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If chemarr.drv is present: % latex chemarr.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex chemarr.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist chemarr.idx % pdflatex chemarr.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist chemarr.idx % pdflatex chemarr.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/chemarr.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/chemarr.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: chemarr 2006/02/20 v1.2 Chemical reaction arrows (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: chemarr 2006/02/20 v1.2 Arrows for chemical reactions (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{chemarr.sty}{\from{chemarr.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{chemarr-example.tex}{\from{chemarr.dtx}{example}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{chemarr.xml}{\from{chemarr.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,17 +153,17 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{chemarr.drv}% - [2006/02/20 v1.2 Chemical reaction arrows (HO)]% + [2006/02/20 v1.2 Arrows for chemical reactions (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] -\usepackage{chemarr} +\usepackage{chemarr}[2006/02/20] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{chemarr.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{48} +% \CheckSum{54} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -250,7 +255,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{chemarr}% - [2006/02/20 v1.2 Chemical reaction arrows (HO)] + [2006/02/20 v1.2 Arrows for chemical reactions (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -494,6 +499,46 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{chemarr.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='chemarr'> + <name>chemarr</name> + <caption>Arrows for chemists.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2006'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + Very often chemists need a longer version of reaction arrows + (<tt>\rightleftharpoons</tt>) with the possibility to put text + above and below. Analogous to <xref refid='amsmath'>amsmath</xref>'s + <tt>\xrightarrow</tt> and <tt>\xleftarrow</tt> this package + provides the macro <tt>\xrightleftharpoons</tt>. The package + requires amsmath. To use it, <tt>\usepackage{chemarr}</tt>, + then <tt>\xrightleftharpoons[below]{above}</tt> . + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/chemarr.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/chemarr.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2001/06/21 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/classlist.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/classlist.dtx index 836f2e3b38b..38edbd29182 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/classlist.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/classlist.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: classlist.dtx -% Version: 2008/08/11 v1.3 -% -% Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 by +% Version: 2011/10/17 v1.4 +% Info: Record classes used in a document +% +% Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file classlist.dtx % and the derived files % classlist.sty, classlist.pdf, classlist.ins, classlist.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/classlist.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/classlist.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If classlist.ins is present: % tex classlist.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{classlist.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If classlist.drv is present: % latex classlist.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex classlist.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist classlist.idx % pdflatex classlist.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist classlist.idx % pdflatex classlist.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/classlist.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/classlist.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: classlist 2008/08/11 v1.3 Record loaded classes (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: classlist 2011/10/17 v1.4 Record classes used in a document (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -86,9 +87,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: classlist -Version: 2008/08/11 v1.3 +Version: 2011/10/17 v1.4 -Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 by +Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008, 2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{classlist.drv}{\from{classlist.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{classlist.sty}{\from{classlist.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{classlist.xml}{\from{classlist.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,16 +148,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{classlist.drv}% - [2008/08/11 v1.3 Record loaded classes (HO)]% + [2011/10/17 v1.4 Record classes used in a document (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{classlist.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{162} +% \CheckSum{168} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -173,7 +178,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{classlist.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{classlist} package} -% \date{2008/08/11 v1.3} +% \date{2011/10/17 v1.4} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -218,7 +223,7 @@ and the derived files % longer available here. % % \begin{description} -% \item[\cs{MainClass}] contains the first loaded class. +% \item[\cs{MainClassName}] contains the first loaded class. % \item[\cs{ClassList}] stores the class entries, eg. % \begin{quote} % \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{ }l@{}} @@ -254,7 +259,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{classlist}% - [2008/08/11 v1.3 Record loaded classes (HO)] + [2011/10/17 v1.4 Record classes used in a document (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -582,6 +587,50 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{classlist.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='classlist'> + <name>classlist</name> + <caption>Record classes used in a document.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2005,2006,2008,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + Load this package before \documentclass: + <p/> + <tt>\RequirePackage{classlist}</tt><br/> + <tt>\documentclass[some,options]{whatever}</tt> + <p/> + After doing this, <tt>\MainClass</tt> contains the name of the + first loaded class, <tt>\ClassList</tt> contains a set of triples + <class name>, <options directly requested>, and + <version requested>. (The package may also be loaded after + <tt>\documentclass</tt>, in which case some information is not + available.) + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/classlist.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/classlist.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2005/06/19 v1.0} % \item @@ -606,6 +655,10 @@ and the derived files % \item % URLs updated. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/10/17 v1.4} +% \item +% Documentation fix: \cs{MainClass} $\rightarrow$ \cs{MainClassName}. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/colonequals.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/colonequals.dtx index 4e81397d8ca..0552911a082 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/colonequals.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/colonequals.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: colonequals.dtx % Version: 2006/08/01 v1.0 -% +% Info: Colon equals symbols +% % Copyright (C) 2006 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file colonequals.dtx % and the derived files % colonequals.sty, colonequals.pdf, colonequals.ins, colonequals.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/colonequals.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/colonequals.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If colonequals.ins is present: % tex colonequals.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{colonequals.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If colonequals.drv is present: % latex colonequals.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex colonequals.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist colonequals.idx % pdflatex colonequals.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist colonequals.idx % pdflatex colonequals.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/colonequals.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/colonequals.pdf @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{colonequals.drv}{\from{colonequals.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{colonequals.sty}{\from{colonequals.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{colonequals.xml}{\from{colonequals.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -145,7 +150,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{colonequals.drv}% [2006/08/01 v1.0 Colon equals symbols (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{colonequals} \usepackage{array} \usepackage{capt-of} @@ -606,18 +611,54 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{colonequals.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='colonequals'> + <name>colonequals</name> + <caption>Colon equals symbols.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + This package defines poor man‘s symbols for mathematical + relation symbols such as “colon equals”. + The colon is centered around the horizontal math axis. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/colonequals.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/colonequals.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{txfonts} % Young Ryu: \textit{The TX Fonts}; % 2000/12/15; % \CTAN{fonts/txfonts/}. -% +% % \bibitem{mathabx} % Anthony Phan: \textit{Mathabx font series}; % 2005/05/16; % \CTAN{fonts/mathabx/}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/dvipscol.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/dvipscol.dtx index 3e5b999b581..f793fbbbe06 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/dvipscol.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/dvipscol.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: dvipscol.dtx % Version: 2008/08/11 v1.2 -% +% Info: Alter the usage of the dvips color stack +% % Copyright (C) 2000, 2006, 2008 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file dvipscol.dtx % and the derived files % dvipscol.sty, dvipscol.pdf, dvipscol.ins, dvipscol.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/dvipscol.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/dvipscol.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If dvipscol.ins is present: % tex dvipscol.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{dvipscol.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If dvipscol.drv is present: % latex dvipscol.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex dvipscol.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist dvipscol.idx % pdflatex dvipscol.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist dvipscol.idx % pdflatex dvipscol.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/dvipscol.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/dvipscol.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: dvipscol 2008/08/11 v1.2 Fix for dvips.def (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: dvipscol 2008/08/11 v1.2 Alter the usage of the dvips color stack (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{dvipscol.drv}{\from{dvipscol.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{dvipscol.sty}{\from{dvipscol.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{dvipscol.xml}{\from{dvipscol.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,16 +148,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{dvipscol.drv}% - [2008/08/11 v1.2 Fix for dvips.def (HO)]% + [2008/08/11 v1.2 Alter the usage of the dvips color stack (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{dvipscol.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{49} +% \CheckSum{50} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -254,7 +259,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{dvipscol}% - [2008/08/11 v1.2 Fix for dvips.def (HO)] + [2008/08/11 v1.2 Alter the usage of the dvips color stack (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -491,6 +496,42 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{dvipscol.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='dvipscol'> + <name>dvipscol</name> + <caption>Alter the usage of the dvips colour stack.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2000,2006,2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + The package modifies <tt>\color</tt> (and related commands) to + deal with the occasional dvips error: “! out of color + stack space” + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/dvipscol.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/dvipscol.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2000/08/31 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/embedfile.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/embedfile.dtx index a3d6a338752..50ef3ec7ae0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/embedfile.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/embedfile.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: embedfile.dtx % Version: 2011/04/13 v2.6 -% +% Info: Embed files into PDF +% % Copyright (C) 2006-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,14 +16,14 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file embedfile.dtx % and the derived files % embedfile.sty, embedfile.pdf, embedfile.ins, embedfile.drv, @@ -30,11 +31,11 @@ % embedfile-example-collection.tex, embedfile-test1.tex, % embedfile-test2.tex, embedfile-test3.tex, % embedfile-test4.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/embedfile.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/embedfile.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If embedfile.ins is present: % tex embedfile.ins @@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{embedfile.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If embedfile.drv is present: % latex embedfile.drv @@ -53,14 +54,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex embedfile.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist embedfile.idx % pdflatex embedfile.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist embedfile.idx % pdflatex embedfile.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/embedfile.sty % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/dtx-attach.sty @@ -88,7 +89,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: embedfile 2011/04/13 v2.6 embed files into PDF (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: embedfile 2011/04/13 v2.6 Embed files into PDF (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -148,6 +149,10 @@ and the derived files \file{embedfile-test2.tex}{\from{embedfile.dtx}{test2}}% \file{embedfile-test3.tex}{\from{embedfile.dtx}{test3}}% \file{embedfile-test4.tex}{\from{embedfile.dtx}{test4}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{embedfile.xml}{\from{embedfile.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -174,9 +179,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{embedfile.drv}% - [2011/04/13 v2.6 embed files into PDF (HO)]% + [2011/04/13 v2.6 Embed files into PDF (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{embedfile.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -721,7 +726,7 @@ You need Acrobat Reader 8 or higher. \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@embedfile.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{embedfile}% - [2011/04/13 v2.6 embed files into PDF (HO)]% + [2011/04/13 v2.6 Embed files into PDF (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -2029,33 +2034,73 @@ Test (plain-\TeX): {\tt embedfile.dtx} should be embedded.% %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{embedfile.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='embedfile'> + <name>embedfile</name> + <caption>Embed files into PDF.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.6'/> + <description> + This package embeds files in a PDF document, using the PDF + format's embedding operation (note the contrast with the attach + operation used by the <xref refid='attachfile'>attachfile</xref> + and <xref refid='attachfile2'>attachfile2</xref> packages). + Currently only <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> >=1.30, in + PDF mode, is supported. + + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/embedfile.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/embedfile.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \bibitem{attachfile} % Scott Pakin: \textit{The \xpackage{attachfile} package}; % 2005/02/20 v1.2; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/attachfile/}. -% +% % \bibitem{attachfile2} % Heiko Oberdiek: \textit{The \xpackage{attachfile2} package}; % 2006/08/16 v2.2; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/attachfile2.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{pdfspec} % Adobe Systems Incorporated: % \href{http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf}% % {\textit{PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, Version 1.7}},% % Oktober 2006; % \url{http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html}. -% +% % \bibitem{mime} % Network Working Group: RFC 2046, \textit{Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Two: % Media Types}, November 1996; \url{http://www.rfc-editor.org/}. -% +% % \bibitem{types} % IANA (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority): % \textit{MIME Media Types}, May 2006; % \url{http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/engord.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/engord.dtx index 3504739111f..1021074773c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/engord.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/engord.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: engord.dtx % Version: 2010/03/01 v1.8 -% +% Info: Provides English ordinal numbers +% % Copyright (C) 2000, 2003, 2006-2008, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,22 +16,22 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file engord.dtx % and the derived files % engord.sty, engord.pdf, engord.ins, engord.drv, engord-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/engord.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/engord.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If engord.ins is present: % tex engord.ins @@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{engord.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If engord.drv is present: % latex engord.drv @@ -49,14 +50,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex engord.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist engord.idx % pdflatex engord.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist engord.idx % pdflatex engord.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/engord.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/engord.pdf @@ -126,6 +127,10 @@ and the derived files \file{engord.sty}{\from{engord.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{engord-test1.tex}{\from{engord.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{engord.xml}{\from{engord.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -154,14 +159,14 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{engord.drv}% [2010/03/01 v1.8 Provides English ordinal numbers (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{engord.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{552} +% \CheckSum{557} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -935,6 +940,45 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{engord.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='engord'> + <name>engord</name> + <caption>Converts numbers to English ordinal numbers.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2000,2003,2006-2008,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.8'/> + <description> + Defines <tt>\engord</tt> (used like <tt>\arabic</tt>, + <tt>\roman</tt>, etc.), and <tt>\engordnumber</tt> (which formats + a “TeX number”). + <p/> + So <tt>\pagenumbering{engord}</tt> gives page numbers <tt>1st, + 2nd, 3rd, ...</tt> + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/engord.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/engord.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2000/05/23 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/enparen.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/enparen.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ca0c38ad95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/enparen.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,980 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% File: enparen.dtx +% Version: 2012/01/07 v1.0 +% Info: Parentheses nesting +% +% Copyright (C) 2012 by +% Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later +% version. This version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt +% and the latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of +% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. +% +% This work consists of the main source file enparen.dtx +% and the derived files +% enparen.sty, enparen.pdf, enparen.ins, enparen.drv. +% +% Distribution: +% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/enparen.dtx +% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/enparen.pdf +% +% Unpacking: +% (a) If enparen.ins is present: +% tex enparen.ins +% (b) Without enparen.ins: +% tex enparen.dtx +% (c) If you insist on using LaTeX +% latex \let\install=y\input{enparen.dtx} +% (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) +% +% Documentation: +% (a) If enparen.drv is present: +% latex enparen.drv +% (b) Without enparen.drv: +% latex enparen.dtx; ... +% The class ltxdoc loads the configuration file ltxdoc.cfg +% if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. +% use A4 as paper format: +% \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} +% +% Programm calls to get the documentation (example): +% pdflatex enparen.dtx +% makeindex -s gind.ist enparen.idx +% pdflatex enparen.dtx +% makeindex -s gind.ist enparen.idx +% pdflatex enparen.dtx +% +% Installation: +% TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/enparen.sty +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/enparen.pdf +% TDS:source/latex/oberdiek/enparen.dtx +% +%<*ignore> +\begingroup + \catcode123=1 % + \catcode125=2 % + \def\x{LaTeX2e}% +\expandafter\endgroup +\ifcase 0\ifx\install y1\fi\expandafter + \ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi + \ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi\relax +\else\csname fi\endcsname +%</ignore> +%<*install> +\input docstrip.tex +\Msg{************************************************************************} +\Msg{* Installation} +\Msg{* Package: enparen 2012/01/07 v1.0 Parentheses nesting (HO)} +\Msg{************************************************************************} + +\keepsilent +\askforoverwritefalse + +\let\MetaPrefix\relax +\preamble + +This is a generated file. + +Project: enparen +Version: 2012/01/07 v1.0 + +Copyright (C) 2012 by + Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> + +This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later +version. This version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt +and the latest version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of +LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". + +This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. + +This work consists of the main source file enparen.dtx +and the derived files + enparen.sty, enparen.pdf, enparen.ins, enparen.drv. + +\endpreamble +\let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent + +\generate{% + \file{enparen.ins}{\from{enparen.dtx}{install}}% + \file{enparen.drv}{\from{enparen.dtx}{driver}}% + \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% + \file{enparen.sty}{\from{enparen.dtx}{package}}% +} + +\catcode32=13\relax% active space +\let =\space% +\Msg{************************************************************************} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} +\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* enparen.sty} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `enparen.drv'} +\Msg{* through LaTeX.} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* Happy TeXing!} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{************************************************************************} + +\endbatchfile +%</install> +%<*ignore> +\fi +%</ignore> +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesFile{enparen.drv}% + [2012/01/07 v1.0 Parentheses nesting (HO)]% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] +\usepackage{enparen}[2012/01/07] +\begin{document} + \DocInput{enparen.dtx}% +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \CheckSum{339} +% +% \CharacterTable +% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +% +% \GetFileInfo{enparen.drv} +% +% \title{The \xpackage{enparen} package} +% \date{2012/01/07 v1.0} +% \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% The package defines macros to set parentheses that automatically +% change the symbols from inner to outer fences. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \tableofcontents +% +% \section{Documentation} +% +% The \hologo{LaTeX} package provides macros for automatically changed +% parentheses symbols depending on the fence order. +% The innermost parentheses are always using the same +% parentheses. The symbols changes for the outer fences. +% +% Example: +% \begin{quote} +% \enparen{a \enparen{b} \enparen{c \enparen{d}} \enparen{e}} +% \end{quote} +% is generated by +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\documentclass{article} +%\usepackage{enparen} +%\begin{document} +% \enparen{a \enparen{b} \enparen{c \enparen{d}} \enparen{e}} +%\end{document} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% +% The package is the result of a newsgroup thread. Dan gives +% the following specification \cite{dan}: +% \begin{quote} +% ``On the other hand, the rules for fences are usually the reverse: +% innermost fences are always |()|, next outer are |[]|, etc. This means +% the opening fence has to wait until all the fences between it and +% the matching close have been detected before it can decide whether +% to be |(| or |[| or |{|.'' +% \end{quote} +% +% The fence level counting starts from innermost parentheses with one. +% For the next outer fences the level is increased by one. +% The example above with level indexes: +% \begin{quote} +% \def\1{\ensuremath{_{1}}} +% \def\2{\ensuremath{_{2}}} +% \def\3{\ensuremath{_{3}}} +% \enparen{\3a \enparen{\1b}\1 \enparen{\2c \enparen{\1d}\1}\2 \enparen{e}}\3 +% \end{quote} +% The correct level is only known at the closing symbol. Therefore the +% correct value is remembered in the main \xext{aux} file and used +% in the second \hologo{LaTeX} run. +% +% \subsection{User macros} +% +% \begin{declcs}{enparen} \M{text} +% \end{declcs} +% The macro \cs{enparen} puts its argument \meta{text} in parentheses. +% If the macro is nested, the used fence symbols change for the +% outer fences. +% +% \begin{declcs}{enparenLeft}\\ +% \cs{enparenRight} +% \end{declcs} +% Instead of |\enparen{text}| the left and right symbol can be +% used separately, but in pairs: +% \begin{quote} +% |\enparenLeft text\enparenRight| +% \end{quote} +% \cs{enparenLeft} and \cs{enparenRight} may be used at different +% group levels, but they must be properly nested. +% +% \begin{declcs}{enparenSetSymbols} \M{level} \M{opening symbol} \M{closing symbol} +% \end{declcs} +% Macro \cs{enparenSetSymbols} configures the \meta{opening symbol} and +% \meta{closing symbol} for the \meta{level}. The \meta{level} +% is a number and the counting starts with one. Level zero is used, +% if the correct level is not known (e.g. in the first \hologo{LaTeX} run). +% The package defines the following sets: +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\enparenSetSymbols{0}{(}{)} +%\enparenSetSymbols{1}{(}{)} +%\enparenSetSymbols{2}{[}{]} +%\enparenSetSymbols{3}{\{}{\}} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% Example for changing the third and adding a fourth level: +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\enparenSetSymbols{3}{\ensuremath{\langle}}{\ensuremath{\rangle}} +%\enparenSetSymbols{4}{\{}{\}} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% +% \begin{declcs}{enparenUnsetSymbols} \M{level} +% \end{declcs} +% The symbols for level \meta{level} are removed. +% Example scenario: Only two nesting levels must be used, +% the package defines more, then the third level can be +% disabled by |\enparenUnsetSymbols{3}| and the user +% gets warnings if parentheses at level 3 are needed. +% +% \subsection{Contexts} +% +% \begin{declcs}{enparenBeginContext} \M{name}\\ +% \cs{enparenEndContext} \M{name} +% \end{declcs} +% If the current text is interrupted by footnotes, floats +% with captions, then the parentheses inside the text of footnotes, +% captions, \dots should restart from scratch. This can be achieved +% by embedding the text inside macros \cs{enparenBeginContext} +% and \cs{enparenEndContext}. These macros must be properly nested. +% The \meta{name} for the begin and end macro must be the same. +% It is a help for debugging problems, because the warning messages +% show the context name. But it is not necessary that the +% begin\slash end pairs have different names. Example: +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\enparenLeft text before table ... +%\begin{table} +% \caption{Table caption} +% \enparenBegin{Context}{table} +% Other text \enparen{foobar}. +% \enparenEnd{Context}{table} +%\end{table} +%text after table ... +%\enparenRight +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% The parentheses inside the table environment and context `table' +% are not nested inside other parentheses: \enparen{foobar}. +% In case of captions and footnotes the contexts are automatically +% added, see next section about options. +% +% \subsection{Options} +% +% \begin{declcs}{enparenSetup} \M{key value list} +% \end{declcs} +% Some options (currently all) can also be set after the +% package is loaded. They can be set in the argument +% \meta{key value list} of \cs{enparenSetup}. Options are disabled +% after they are used the last time. Currently all options are boolean +% options and are disabled in |\begin{document}|. +% +% \begin{description} +% \item[\xoption{caption}:] The caption text is put in a +% context |caption|. +% \item[\xoption{footnote}:] The footnote text is put in a +% context |footnote|. +% \end{description} +% +% Example for disabling the two options at different places: +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\usepackage[caption=false]{enparen} +%\enparenSetup{footnote=false} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% +% \subsection{Notes} +% +% \begin{description} +% \item[Implicite kerning:] +% Unexpandable stuff might affect the implicite kerning. +% The package cannot avoid this, because it need to define +% and redefine macros at the occurence of each symbol. +% This is done before the opening and after the closing +% symbol, thus that the implicite kerning inside +% is not affected. +% \end{description} +% +% \StopEventually{ +% } +% +% \section{Implementation} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*package> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesPackage{enparen} + [2012/01/07 v1.0 Parentheses nesting (HO)]% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Resources} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/11/09] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ltx@IfUndefined{numexpr}{% + \PackageError{enparen}{% + Missing e-TeX's \ltx@backslashchar numexpr.\MessageBreak + The package will continue with emergency definitions% + }\@ehc + \def\enparenLeft{(}% + \def\enparenRight{)}% + \long\def\enparen#1{\enparenLeft#1\enparenRight}% + \let\enparenSetup\ltx@gobble + \let\enparenSetSymbols\ltx@gobblethree + \let\enparenUnsetSymbols\ltx@gobble + \endinput +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{protecteddef}[2011/01/31] +\RequirePackage{atveryend}[2011/06/30] +\RequirePackage{uniquecounter}[2011/01/30] +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] +\RequirePackage{kvoptions}[2011/06/30] +\RequirePackage{kvsetkeys}[2011/10/18] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@wrapper@mainaux} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand{\zref@wrapper@mainaux}[1]{% + \ifx\@auxout\@mainaux + #1% + \else + \begingroup + \let\@auxout\@mainaux + #1% + \endgroup + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\UniqueCounterNew{enparen} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\zref@newprop{enparen}[0]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Contexts} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparenContextDefault} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparenContextDefault{main} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@ctx} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\enparen@ctx\ltx@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@stack} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\enparen@stack\ltx@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Stack for contexts} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@CtxStack} +% \begin{macrocode} +\global\let\enparen@CtxStack\ltx@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@CtxStackPush} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparen@CtxStackPush#1{% + \xdef\enparen@CtxStack{% + {\enparen@ctx}{\enparen@stack}% + \enparen@CtxStack + }% + \xdef\enparen@ctx{#1}% + \global\let\enparen@stack\ltx@empty +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@CtxStackPop} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparen@CtxStackPop{% + \ifx\enparen@CtxStack\ltx@empty + \PackageWarning{enparen}{% + Pop request for empty context stack% + }% + \global\let\enparen@ctx\enparenContextDefault + \global\let\enparen@stack\ltx@empty + \else + \xdef\enparen@ctx{% + \expandafter\ltx@car\enparen@CtxStack\@nil + }% + \xdef\enparen@stack{% + \expandafter\ltx@carsecond\enparen@CtxStack\@nil + }% + \xdef\enparen@CtxStack{% + \expandafter\ltx@cdrtwo\enparen@CtxStack\@nil + }% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Context user macros} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparenBeginContext} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProtectedDef*{\enparenBeginContext}[1]{% + \enparen@CtxStackPush{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\enparenEndContext} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProtectedDef*{\enparenEndContext}[1]{% + \edef\enparen@temp{#1}% + \ifx\enparen@temp\enparen@ctx + \else + \PackageWarning{enparen}{% + Context mismatch in end request.\MessageBreak + `#1' should be ended, but current context\MessageBreak + is `\enparen@ctx'% + }% + \fi + \enparenCheckEmptyStack + \enparen@CtxStackPop +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparenCheckEmptyStack} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProtectedDef*{\enparenCheckEmptyStack}[0]{% + \ifx\enparen@stack\ltx@empty + \else + \PackageWarning{enparen}{% + Ending non-empty stack `\enparen@ctx':\MessageBreak + \enparen@PrintStack\MessageBreak + }% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@PrintStack} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparen@PrintStack{% + \expandafter\enparen@PrintStackAux + \enparen@stack\ltx@empty\ltx@empty +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@PrintStackAux} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparen@PrintStackAux#1#2{% + \ifx\ltx@empty#1% + \else + {#1:#2}% + \expandafter\enparen@PrintStackAux + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Symbols} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparenSetSymbols} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProtectedDef*{\enparenSetSymbols}[3]{% + \expandafter + \def\csname enparen@symbol\the\numexpr#1L\endcsname{#2}% + \expandafter + \def\csname enparen@symbol\the\numexpr#1R\endcsname{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\enparenUnsetSymbols} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProtectedDef*{\enparenUnsetSymbols}[1]{% + \expandafter + \let\csname enparen@symbol\the\numexpr#1L\endcsname\ltx@undefined + \expandafter + \let\csname enparen@symbol\the\numexpr#1R\endcsname\ltx@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\enparenSetSymbols{0}{(}{)} +\enparenSetSymbols{1}{(}{)} +\enparenSetSymbols{2}{[}{]} +\enparenSetSymbols{3}{\{}{\}} +\enparenSetSymbols{4}{\ensuremath{\langle}}{\ensuremath{\rangle}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Main user macros} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparen} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProtectedDef{\enparen}[1]{% + \enparenLeft#1\enparenRight +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparenLeft} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProtectedDef*{\enparenLeft}[0]{% + \UniqueCounterCall{enparen}\enparen@Left +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@Left} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparen@Left#1{% + \xdef\enparen@stack{% + {#1}{1}% + \expandafter\enparen@Inc\expandafter2\expandafter!% + \enparen@stack\ltx@empty\ltx@empty + }% + \edef\enparen@tmp{\zref@extract{enparen#1}{enparen}}% + \ltx@IfUndefined{enparen@symbol\enparen@tmp L}{% + \PackageWarning{enparen}{% + Undefined symbols for level \enparen@tmp + }% + \csname enparen@symbol0L\endcsname + }{% + \csname enparen@symbol\enparen@tmp L\endcsname + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@Inc} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparen@Inc#1!#2#3{% + \ifx\ltx@empty#2% + \else + \ifnum#3<#1 % + {#2}{#1}% + \expandafter\enparen@Inc + \the\numexpr#1+1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter!% + \else + {#2}{#3}% + \fi + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparenRight} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProtectedDef*{\enparenRight}[0]{% + \ifx\enparen@stack\ltx@empty + \PackageWarning{enparen}{% + Missing left symbol for right symbol% + }% + \csname enparen@symbol0R\endcsname + \else + \expandafter\enparen@Right\enparen@stack\@nil + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@Right} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparen@Right#1#2#3\@nil{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{% + enparen@symbol% + \zref@extract{enparen#1}{enparen}% + R% + }{% + \csname enparen@symbol0R\endcsname + }{% + \csname + enparen@symbol% + \zref@extract{enparen#1}{enparen}% + R% + \endcsname + }% + \zref@wrapper@mainaux{% + \zref@setcurrent{enparen}{#2}% + \zref@labelbyprops{enparen#1}{enparen}% + }% + \xdef\enparen@stack{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetupKeyvalOptions{% + family=enparen,% + prefix=enparen@,% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparenSetup} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProtectedDef*{\enparenSetup}[0]{% + \kvsetkeys{enparen}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareBoolOption[true]{footnote} +\DeclareBoolOption[true]{caption} +\ProcessKeyvalOptions* +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Context settings} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@AtBegin} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparen@AtBegin{% + \ifenparen@footnote + \let\enparen@org@makefntext\@makefntext + \long\def\@makefntext##1{% + \enparen@org@makefntext{% + \enparenBeginContext{footnote}% + ##1% + \enparenEndContext{footnote}% + }% + }% + \fi + \enparen@Disable{footnote}% + \ifenparen@caption + \let\enparen@org@makecaption\@makecaption + \long\def\@makecaption##1##2{% + \enparen@org@makecaption{##1}{% + \enparenBeginContext{caption}% + ##2% + \enparenEndContext{caption}% + }% + }% + \fi + \enparen@Disable{caption}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@Disable} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparen@Disable#1{% + \DisableKeyvalOption[% + action=warning,% + package=enparen,% + ]{enparen}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{\enparen@AtBegin} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{At end of document} +% +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@AtEnd} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparen@AtEnd{% + \enparenCheckEmptyStack + \ifx\enparen@CtxStack\ltx@empty + \else + \PackageWarningNoLine{enparen}{% + Context stack is not empty at end of document.\MessageBreak + Current stack and contents of context stack:\MessageBreak + [\enparen@ctx]:[\enparen@PrintStack]% + \expandafter + \enparen@PrintContextStack\enparen@CtxStack\relax\relax + }% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\enparen@PrintContextStack} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\enparen@PrintContextStack#1#2{% + \ifx\relax#1\ltx@empty + \else + \MessageBreak + [#1]:[\enparen@PrintStackAux#2\ltx@empty\ltx@empty]% hash-ok + \expandafter\enparen@PrintContextStack + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtVeryEndDocument{\enparen@AtEnd} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Installation} +% +% \subsection{Download} +% +% \paragraph{Package.} This package is available on +% CTAN\footnote{\url{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/}}: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/enparen.dtx}] The source file. +% \item[\CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/enparen.pdf}] Documentation. +% \end{description} +% +% +% \paragraph{Bundle.} All the packages of the bundle `oberdiek' +% are also available in a TDS compliant ZIP archive. There +% the packages are already unpacked and the documentation files +% are generated. The files and directories obey the TDS standard. +% \begin{description} +% \item[\CTAN{install/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek.tds.zip}] +% \end{description} +% \emph{TDS} refers to the standard ``A Directory Structure +% for \TeX\ Files'' (\CTAN{tds/tds.pdf}). Directories +% with \xfile{texmf} in their name are usually organized this way. +% +% \subsection{Bundle installation} +% +% \paragraph{Unpacking.} Unpack the \xfile{oberdiek.tds.zip} in the +% TDS tree (also known as \xfile{texmf} tree) of your choice. +% Example (linux): +% \begin{quote} +% |unzip oberdiek.tds.zip -d ~/texmf| +% \end{quote} +% +% \paragraph{Script installation.} +% Check the directory \xfile{TDS:scripts/oberdiek/} for +% scripts that need further installation steps. +% Package \xpackage{attachfile2} comes with the Perl script +% \xfile{pdfatfi.pl} that should be installed in such a way +% that it can be called as \texttt{pdfatfi}. +% Example (linux): +% \begin{quote} +% |chmod +x scripts/oberdiek/pdfatfi.pl|\\ +% |cp scripts/oberdiek/pdfatfi.pl /usr/local/bin/| +% \end{quote} +% +% \subsection{Package installation} +% +% \paragraph{Unpacking.} The \xfile{.dtx} file is a self-extracting +% \docstrip\ archive. The files are extracted by running the +% \xfile{.dtx} through \plainTeX: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|tex enparen.dtx| +% \end{quote} +% +% \paragraph{TDS.} Now the different files must be moved into +% the different directories in your installation TDS tree +% (also known as \xfile{texmf} tree): +% \begin{quote} +% \def\t{^^A +% \begin{tabular}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l@{ $\rightarrow$ }>{\ttfamily}l@{}} +% enparen.sty & tex/latex/oberdiek/enparen.sty\\ +% enparen.pdf & doc/latex/oberdiek/enparen.pdf\\ +% enparen.dtx & source/latex/oberdiek/enparen.dtx\\ +% \end{tabular}^^A +% }^^A +% \sbox0{\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \begingroup +% \advance\linewidth by\leftmargin +% \advance\linewidth by\rightmargin +% \edef\x{\endgroup +% \def\noexpand\lw{\the\linewidth}^^A +% }\x +% \def\lwbox{^^A +% \leavevmode +% \hbox to \linewidth{^^A +% \kern-\leftmargin\relax +% \hss +% \usebox0 +% \hss +% \kern-\rightmargin\relax +% }^^A +% }^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\small\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\footnotesize\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\scriptsize\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\tiny\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \lwbox +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \end{quote} +% If you have a \xfile{docstrip.cfg} that configures and enables \docstrip's +% TDS installing feature, then some files can already be in the right +% place, see the documentation of \docstrip. +% +% \subsection{Refresh file name databases} +% +% If your \TeX~distribution +% (\teTeX, \mikTeX, \dots) relies on file name databases, you must refresh +% these. For example, \teTeX\ users run \verb|texhash| or +% \verb|mktexlsr|. +% +% \subsection{Some details for the interested} +% +% \paragraph{Attached source.} +% +% The PDF documentation on CTAN also includes the +% \xfile{.dtx} source file. It can be extracted by +% AcrobatReader 6 or higher. Another option is \textsf{pdftk}, +% e.g. unpack the file into the current directory: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|pdftk enparen.pdf unpack_files output .| +% \end{quote} +% +% \paragraph{Unpacking with \LaTeX.} +% The \xfile{.dtx} chooses its action depending on the format: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\plainTeX:] Run \docstrip\ and extract the files. +% \item[\LaTeX:] Generate the documentation. +% \end{description} +% If you insist on using \LaTeX\ for \docstrip\ (really, +% \docstrip\ does not need \LaTeX), then inform the autodetect routine +% about your intention: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|latex \let\install=y\input{enparen.dtx}| +% \end{quote} +% Do not forget to quote the argument according to the demands +% of your shell. +% +% \paragraph{Generating the documentation.} +% You can use both the \xfile{.dtx} or the \xfile{.drv} to generate +% the documentation. The process can be configured by the +% configuration file \xfile{ltxdoc.cfg}. For instance, put this +% line into this file, if you want to have A4 as paper format: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|\PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article}| +% \end{quote} +% An example follows how to generate the +% documentation with pdf\LaTeX: +% \begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%pdflatex enparen.dtx +%makeindex -s gind.ist enparen.idx +%pdflatex enparen.dtx +%makeindex -s gind.ist enparen.idx +%pdflatex enparen.dtx +%\end{verbatim} +% \end{quote} +% +% \begin{thebibliography}{9} +% \raggedright +% \bibitem{dan} +% Dan Luecking: \textit{Re: bracket order}; +% newsgroup \xnewsgroup{comp.text.tex}; +% message id \texttt{\small$\langle$9b07c9c8-ff92-4cbf-b3a9-84efecfeb506@l24g2000yqm.googlegroups.com$\rangle$} +% 2012-01-05. +% \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/8774519da31c2352} +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \begin{History} +% \begin{Version}{2012/01/07 v1.0} +% \item +% First version. +% \end{Version} +% \end{History} +% +% \PrintIndex +% +% \Finale +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/eolgrab.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/eolgrab.dtx index 538044d4f77..a1d105f8d36 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/eolgrab.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/eolgrab.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: eolgrab.dtx % Version: 2011/01/12 v1.0 -% +% Info: Catch arguments delimited by end of line +% % Copyright (C) 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,25 +16,25 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file eolgrab.dtx % and the derived files % eolgrab.sty, eolgrab.pdf, eolgrab.ins, eolgrab.drv, % eolgrab-example-ltx.tex, eolgrab-example-env.tex, % eolgrab-example-sec.tex, eolgrab-test1.tex, % eolgrab-test2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/eolgrab.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/eolgrab.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If eolgrab.ins is present: % tex eolgrab.ins @@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{eolgrab.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If eolgrab.drv is present: % latex eolgrab.drv @@ -52,14 +53,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex eolgrab.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist eolgrab.idx % pdflatex eolgrab.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist eolgrab.idx % pdflatex eolgrab.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/eolgrab.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/eolgrab.pdf @@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: eolgrab 2011/01/12 v1.0 Grab line end delimited argument (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: eolgrab 2011/01/12 v1.0 Catch arguments delimited by end of line (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -141,6 +142,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{eolgrab-test1.tex}{\from{eolgrab.dtx}{test1}}% \file{eolgrab-test2.tex}{\from{eolgrab.dtx}{test2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{eolgrab.xml}{\from{eolgrab.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -167,16 +172,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{eolgrab.drv}% - [2011/01/12 v1.0 Grab line end delimited argument (HO)]% + [2011/01/12 v1.0 Catch arguments delimited by end of line (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{eolgrab.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{472} +% \CheckSum{478} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -514,7 +519,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@eolgrab.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{eolgrab}% - [2011/01/12 v1.0 Grab line end delimited argument (HO)]% + [2011/01/12 v1.0 Catch arguments delimited by end of line (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -1006,6 +1011,46 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{eolgrab.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='eolgrab'> + <name>eolgrab</name> + <caption>Catch arguments delimited by end of line.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + The package defines the command <tt>\eolgrab</tt> that reads an + string terminated by end of line, and then calls a macro with that + string as argument. Thus + <pre>\eolgrab\section My title</pre> is equivalent to + <pre>\section{My title}</pre> + <p/> + A second command <tt>\eolgrabopt</tt> provides the string as an + optional argument (which is useful for <tt>\item</tt>, for example). + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/eolgrab.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/eolgrab.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \raggedright % \bibitem{trautmann-request} @@ -1014,21 +1059,21 @@ and the derived files % mailing list \texttt{texthax@tug.org}, % 2011-01-06; % \url{http://tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2011-January/016517.html}. -% +% % \bibitem{taylor} % Philip Taylor, % \textit{Re: [texhax] read argument until EOL}; % mailing list \texttt{texhax@tug.org}, % 2011-01-06; % \url{http://tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2011-January/016519.html}. -% +% % \bibitem{oberdiek-eolgrab} % Heiko Oberdiek, % \textit{Re: [texhax] read argument until EOL}; % mailing list \texttt{texhax@tug.org}, % 2011-01-06; % \url{http://tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2011-January/016526.html}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf.dtx index 029925d3700..816322e684f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: epstopdf.dtx % Version: 2010/02/09 v2.5 -% +% Info: Conversion with epstopdf on the fly +% % Copyright (C) 2001, 2006-2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file epstopdf.dtx % and the derived files % epstopdf.sty, epstopdf.pdf, epstopdf.ins, epstopdf.drv, % epstopdf-base.sty, epstopdf-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/epstopdf.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/epstopdf.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If epstopdf.ins is present: % tex epstopdf.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{epstopdf.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If epstopdf.drv is present: % latex epstopdf.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex epstopdf.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist epstopdf.idx % pdflatex epstopdf.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist epstopdf.idx % pdflatex epstopdf.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf.sty % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty @@ -124,6 +125,10 @@ and the derived files \file{epstopdf-base.sty}{\from{epstopdf.dtx}{base}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{epstopdf-test1.tex}{\from{epstopdf.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{epstopdf-pkg.xml}{\from{epstopdf.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -152,7 +157,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{epstopdf.drv}% [2010/02/09 v2.5 Conversion with epstopdf on the fly (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{epstopdf.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -1478,6 +1483,45 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{epstopdf-pkg.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='epstopdf-pkg'> + <name>epstopdf-pkg</name> + <caption>Call epstopdf "on the fly"</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2006-2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.5'/> + <description> + The package adds support for EPS files in the + <xref refid='graphicx'>graphicx</xref> package when running under + PDFTeX. If an EPS graphic is detected, the package spawns a + process to convert the EPS to PDF, using the script + <xref refid='epstopdf'>epstopdf</xref>. This of course requires + that shell escape is enabled for the PDFTeX run. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/epstopdf.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/epstopdf.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2001/01/06 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/etexcmds.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/etexcmds.dtx index 5892a6a8b30..7cfc2662c3d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/etexcmds.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/etexcmds.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: etexcmds.dtx % Version: 2011/02/16 v1.5 -% +% Info: Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2010, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file etexcmds.dtx % and the derived files % etexcmds.sty, etexcmds.pdf, etexcmds.ins, etexcmds.drv, % etexcmds-test1.tex, etexcmds-test2.tex, etexcmds-test3.tex, % etexcmds-test4.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/etexcmds.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/etexcmds.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If etexcmds.ins is present: % tex etexcmds.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{etexcmds.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If etexcmds.drv is present: % latex etexcmds.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex etexcmds.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist etexcmds.idx % pdflatex etexcmds.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist etexcmds.idx % pdflatex etexcmds.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/etexcmds.pdf @@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Prefix for e-TeX command names (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -136,6 +137,10 @@ and the derived files \file{etexcmds-test2.tex}{\from{etexcmds.dtx}{test2}}% \file{etexcmds-test3.tex}{\from{etexcmds.dtx}{test3}}% \file{etexcmds-test4.tex}{\from{etexcmds.dtx}{test4}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{etexcmds.xml}{\from{etexcmds.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -162,16 +167,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{etexcmds.drv}% - [2011/02/16 v1.5 Prefix for e-TeX command names (HO)]% + [2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{etexcmds.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{656} +% \CheckSum{658} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -231,7 +236,7 @@ and the derived files % % \subsection{\cs{expanded}} % -% Probably \cs{expanded} will be added in \pdfTeX\ 1.50.4 and +% Probably \cs{expanded} will be added in \pdfTeX\ 1.50 and % \LuaTeX. Again Con\TeX t defines this as macro. % Therefore version 1.2 of this packages also provides % \cs{etex@expanded} and \cs{ifetex@unexpanded}. @@ -317,7 +322,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@etexcmds.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{etexcmds}% - [2011/02/16 v1.5 Prefix for e-TeX command names (HO)]% + [2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -900,6 +905,45 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{etexcmds.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='etexcmds'> + <name>etexcmds</name> + <caption>Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.5'/> + <description> + New primitive commands are introduced in e-TeX; sometimes the + names collide with existing macros. This package solves the + name clashes by adding a prefix to e-TeX’s commands. For + example, eTeX’s <tt>\unexpanded</tt> is provided as + <tt>\etex@unexpanded</tt>. + + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/etexcmds.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/etexcmds.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/05/06 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/fibnum.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/fibnum.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..17408f2e4dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/fibnum.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,1172 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% File: fibnum.dtx +% Version: 2012/04/08 v1.0 +% Info: Fibonacci numbers +% +% Copyright (C) 2012 by +% Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later +% version. This version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt +% and the latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of +% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. +% +% The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', +% because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. +% +% This work consists of the main source file fibnum.dtx +% and the derived files +% fibnum.sty, fibnum.pdf, fibnum.ins, fibnum.drv, fibnum.bib, +% fibnum-test1.tex, fibnum-test-calc.tex. +% +% Distribution: +% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/fibnum.dtx +% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/fibnum.pdf +% +% Unpacking: +% (a) If fibnum.ins is present: +% tex fibnum.ins +% (b) Without fibnum.ins: +% tex fibnum.dtx +% (c) If you insist on using LaTeX +% latex \let\install=y\input{fibnum.dtx} +% (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) +% +% Documentation: +% (a) If fibnum.drv is present: +% latex fibnum.drv +% (b) Without fibnum.drv: +% latex fibnum.dtx; ... +% The class ltxdoc loads the configuration file ltxdoc.cfg +% if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. +% use A4 as paper format: +% \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} +% +% Programm calls to get the documentation (example): +% pdflatex fibnum.dtx +% bibtex fibnum.aux +% makeindex -s gind.ist fibnum.idx +% pdflatex fibnum.dtx +% makeindex -s gind.ist fibnum.idx +% pdflatex fibnum.dtx +% +% Installation: +% TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/fibnum.sty +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/fibnum.pdf +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/fibnum-test1.tex +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/fibnum-test-calc.tex +% TDS:source/latex/oberdiek/fibnum.dtx +% +%<*ignore> +\begingroup + \catcode123=1 % + \catcode125=2 % + \def\x{LaTeX2e}% +\expandafter\endgroup +\ifcase 0\ifx\install y1\fi\expandafter + \ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi + \ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi\relax +\else\csname fi\endcsname +%</ignore> +%<*install> +\input docstrip.tex +\Msg{************************************************************************} +\Msg{* Installation} +\Msg{* Package: fibnum 2012/04/08 v1.0 Fibonacci numbers (HO)} +\Msg{************************************************************************} + +\keepsilent +\askforoverwritefalse + +\let\MetaPrefix\relax +\preamble + +This is a generated file. + +Project: fibnum +Version: 2012/04/08 v1.0 + +Copyright (C) 2012 by + Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> + +This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later +version. This version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt +and the latest version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of +LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". + +This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. + +The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', +because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. + +This work consists of the main source file fibnum.dtx +and the derived files + fibnum.sty, fibnum.pdf, fibnum.ins, fibnum.drv, fibnum.bib, + fibnum-test1.tex, fibnum-test-calc.tex. + +\endpreamble +\let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent + +\generate{% + \file{fibnum.ins}{\from{fibnum.dtx}{install}}% + \file{fibnum.drv}{\from{fibnum.dtx}{driver}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \file{fibnum.bib}{\from{fibnum.dtx}{bib}}% + \usepreamble\defaultpreamble + \usepostamble\defaultpostamble + \usedir{tex/generic/oberdiek}% + \file{fibnum.sty}{\from{fibnum.dtx}{package}}% + \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% + \file{fibnum-test1.tex}{\from{fibnum.dtx}{test1}}% + \file{fibnum-test-calc.tex}{\from{fibnum.dtx}{test-calc}}% +} + +\catcode32=13\relax% active space +\let =\space% +\Msg{************************************************************************} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} +\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* fibnum.sty} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `fibnum.drv'} +\Msg{* through LaTeX.} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* Happy TeXing!} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{************************************************************************} + +\endbatchfile +%</install> +%<*bib> +@online{texhax:abraham, + author={Abraham, Jan}, + title={[texhax] Beginner in TEX MACRO to compute functions}, + date={2012-04-07}, + url={http://tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2012-April/019146.html}, + urldate={2012-04-08}, +} +@article{knuth:negafibonacci, + author={Knuth, Donald E.}, + title={Negafibonacci Numbers and the Hyperbolic Plane}, + date={2008-12-11}, + url={http://research.allacademic.com/meta/p206842_index.html}, +} +@online{wikipedia:negafibonacci, + author={{Wikipedia contributors}}, + organization={{Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia}}, + title={Fibonacci numbers}, + language={langenglish}, + version={486266088}, + date={2012-04-08}, + url={http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Fibonacci_number&oldid=486266088}, + urldate={2012-04-08}, +} +%</bib> +%<*ignore> +\fi +%</ignore> +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesFile{fibnum.drv}% + [2012/04/08 v1.0 Fibonacci numbers (HO)]% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{amsmath} +\usepackage{siunitx} +\usepackage{array} +\usepackage{tabularx} +\usepackage{fibnum}[2012/04/08] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] +\usepackage{csquotes} +\usepackage[ + bibencoding=ascii, + alldates=iso8601, +]{biblatex}[2011/11/13] +\bibliography{oberdiek-source} +\bibliography{fibnum} +\begin{document} + \DocInput{fibnum.dtx}% +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \CheckSum{786} +% +% \CharacterTable +% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +% +% \GetFileInfo{fibnum.drv} +% +% \title{The \xpackage{fibnum} package} +% \date{2012/04/08 v1.0} +% \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% The package \xpackage{fibnum} provides expandable fibonacci +% numbers for both \hologo{LaTeX} and \hologo{plainTeX}. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \tableofcontents +% +% \section{Documentation} +% +% In the mailing list \textsf{texhax} Jan Abraham asked the question, +% how to get Fibonacci numbers in \hologo{TeX} \cite{texhax:abraham}: +% \begin{quote} +% Write a Macro in \hologo{TeX} that compute the function |\fib{m}| +% All fibonacci numbers from 1 to $m$ ($m < 40$). +% \end{quote} +% This packages provides an expandable implementation for the +% calculation of these numbers for a much larger set of indexes. +% For practical reasons the index is restricted to the same limitations +% that apply for \hologo{TeX} integer numbers. +% The range of the Fibonacci numbers, however, are not limited +% by the algorithm. They are only restricted to memory limitations, +% if they are hit. +% +% The package is loaded as \hologo{LaTeX} package in \hologo{LaTeX}: +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage{fibnum}| +% \end{quote} +% and as file in \hologo{plainTeX}: +% \begin{quote} +% |\input fibnum.sty| +% \end{quote} +% The package does not know any options and it provides +% the macros \cs{fibnum} and \cs{fibnumPreCalc}. +% +% \begin{declcs}{fibnum} \M{index} +% \end{declcs} +% Macro \cs{fibnum} expects a \hologo{TeX} number as \meta{index} +% in the official \hologo{TeX} number range from $-(2^{31}-1)$ up to +% $2^{31}-1$. In exact two expansion steps the macro expands to +% the Fibnoacci number $F_{\text{\meta{index}}}$. In case of a negative +% \meta{index}, the ``negafibonacci'' number \cite{wikipedia:negafibonacci} +% is used. Formally the Fibonacci number $F_n$ with integer +% index~$n$, $n\in\mathbb{Z}$ and +% $n\in[\num{-2147483647},\num{2147483647}]$ that is returned by macro +% \cs{fibnum} with numerical argument $n$ is defined the following way: +% \begin{gather} +% \label{eq:def} +% F_n = +% \begin{cases} +% 0 & \text{for $n=0$}\\ +% 1 & \text{for $n=1$}\\ +% F_{n-1} + F_{n-2} & \text{for $n>1$}\\ +% (-1)^{n+1}F_n & \text{for $n<0$} +% \end{cases} +% \end{gather} +% Examples: +% \begin{quote} +% \makeatletter +% \def\x#1{\cs{fibnum}\{#1\}& +% \edef\X{\fibnum{#1}}\edef\Y{\expandafter\ltx@car\X\@nil}^^A +% \if-\Y +% \edef\X{\expandafter\ltx@cdr\X\@nil}^^A +% \noindent +% \llap{-}\X +% \else +% \X +% \fi +% \tabularnewline +% } +% \def\y{\multicolumn{1}{@{}c@{}}{$\vdots$}\tabularnewline} +% \DeclareUrlCommand\UrlNum{^^A +% \urlstyle{tt}^^A +% \def\UrlBreaks{\do\0\do\1\do\2\do\3\do\4\do\5\do\6\do\7\do\8\do\9}^^A +% } +% \begin{tabularx}{\dimexpr\linewidth+5.7pt\relax}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l@{ $\rightarrow$ \hphantom{\ttfamily-}}>{\ttfamily}X@{}} +% \x{-6} +% \x{-5} +% \x{-4} +% \x{-3} +% \x{-2} +% \x{-1} +% \x{0} +% \x{1} +% \x{2} +% \x{3} +% \x{4} +% \x{5} +% \x{6} +% \y +% \x{10} +% \y +% \x{46} +% \y +% \cs{fibnum}\{100\} & 354224848179261915075 +% \tabularnewline +% \y +% \cs{fibnum}\{200\} & 280571172992510140037611932413038677189525 +% \tabularnewline +% \y +% \cs{fibnum}\{1000\} & +% \raggedright +% \UrlNum{^^A +% 434665576869374564356885276750406258025646^^A +% 605173717804024817290895365554179490518904^^A +% 038798400792551692959225930803226347752096^^A +% 896232398733224711616429964409065331879382^^A +% 98969649928516003704476137795166849228875^^A +% } +% \tabularnewline +% \end{tabularx}\kern-5.7pt\mbox{} +% \end{quote} +% +% \begin{declcs}{fibnumPreCalc} \M{index} +% \end{declcs} +% The package already provides precalculated Fibonacci numbers up to +% index~46. That means that calculations are not necessary for +% Fibonacci numbers that fit into the range of \hologo{TeX} +% numbers. Because macro \cs{fibnum} is expandable, it cannot +% store calculated Fibonacci numbers for later use. Macro definitions +% are forbidden in expandable contexts. If larger Fibonacci numbers +% are used more than once, than the compilation time can be shortened +% by calculating and storing the Fibonacci numbers beforehand. +% The argument \meta{index} is a \hologo{TeX} number and macro +% \cs{fibnumPreCalc} ensures that the Fibonacci numbers +% $F_0$ up to $F_{\lvert\text{\meta{index}}\rvert}$ that are not +% already known are calculated +% and stored in internal macros. Internally only non-negative +% Fibonacci numbers are stored. If \meta{index} is negative, then +% the needed positive Fibonacci numbers are calculated and stored. +% Example: +% \begin{quote} +% \def\x#1{\begingroup\itshape\texttt{\%} #1\endgroup} +% |\fibnumPreCalc{50}|\\ +% \x{calculates and stores the values for indexes 47..50.}\\ +% \x{(Values for 0..46 are already stored by the package.)}\\ +% |\fibnum{49}| \x{uses the stored value}\\ +% |\fibnum{51}| +% \x{only calculates $F_{51}$ from stored values $F_{49}$ and $F_{50}$}\\ +% |\fibnumPreCalc{100}|\\ +% \x{calculates and stores the values for indexes 51..100}\\ +% |\fibnum{100}| \x{uses the stored value for $F_{100}$}\\ +% |\fibnum{-100}| +% \x{uses the stored value for $F_{100}$}\\ +% \x{$F_{-100}=-F_{100}$ according to equation \eqref{eq:def}.} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{ +% } +% +% \section{Implementation} +% +% \subsection{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*package> +% \end{macrocode} +% Reload check, especially if the package is not used with \LaTeX. +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax% + \catcode13=5 % ^^M + \endlinechar=13 % + \catcode35=6 % # + \catcode39=12 % ' + \catcode44=12 % , + \catcode45=12 % - + \catcode46=12 % . + \catcode58=12 % : + \catcode64=11 % @ + \catcode123=1 % { + \catcode125=2 % } + \expandafter\let\expandafter\x\csname ver@fibnum.sty\endcsname + \ifx\x\relax % plain-TeX, first loading + \else + \def\empty{}% + \ifx\x\empty % LaTeX, first loading, + % variable is initialized, but \ProvidesPackage not yet seen + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname PackageInfo\endcsname\relax + \def\x#1#2{% + \immediate\write-1{Package #1 Info: #2.}% + }% + \else + \def\x#1#2{\PackageInfo{#1}{#2, stopped}}% + \fi + \x{fibnum}{The package is already loaded}% + \aftergroup\endinput + \fi + \fi +\endgroup% +% \end{macrocode} +% Package identification: +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax% + \catcode13=5 % ^^M + \endlinechar=13 % + \catcode35=6 % # + \catcode39=12 % ' + \catcode40=12 % ( + \catcode41=12 % ) + \catcode44=12 % , + \catcode45=12 % - + \catcode46=12 % . + \catcode47=12 % / + \catcode58=12 % : + \catcode64=11 % @ + \catcode91=12 % [ + \catcode93=12 % ] + \catcode123=1 % { + \catcode125=2 % } + \expandafter\ifx\csname ProvidesPackage\endcsname\relax + \def\x#1#2#3[#4]{\endgroup + \immediate\write-1{Package: #3 #4}% + \xdef#1{#4}% + }% + \else + \def\x#1#2[#3]{\endgroup + #2[{#3}]% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \xdef#1{#3}% + \fi + \ifx#1\relax + \xdef#1{#3}% + \fi + }% + \fi +\expandafter\x\csname ver@fibnum.sty\endcsname +\ProvidesPackage{fibnum}% + [2012/04/08 v1.0 Fibonacci numbers (HO)]% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax% + \catcode13=5 % ^^M + \endlinechar=13 % + \catcode123=1 % { + \catcode125=2 % } + \catcode64=11 % @ + \def\x{\endgroup + \expandafter\edef\csname FibNum@AtEnd\endcsname{% + \endlinechar=\the\endlinechar\relax + \catcode13=\the\catcode13\relax + \catcode32=\the\catcode32\relax + \catcode35=\the\catcode35\relax + \catcode61=\the\catcode61\relax + \catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax + \catcode123=\the\catcode123\relax + \catcode125=\the\catcode125\relax + }% + }% +\x\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax% +\catcode13=5 % ^^M +\endlinechar=13 % +\catcode35=6 % # +\catcode64=11 % @ +\catcode123=1 % { +\catcode125=2 % } +\def\TMP@EnsureCode#1#2{% + \edef\FibNum@AtEnd{% + \FibNum@AtEnd + \catcode#1=\the\catcode#1\relax + }% + \catcode#1=#2\relax +} +\TMP@EnsureCode{33}{12}% ! +%\TMP@EnsureCode{36}{3}% $ +%\TMP@EnsureCode{38}{4}% & +\TMP@EnsureCode{40}{12}% ( +\TMP@EnsureCode{41}{12}% ) +\TMP@EnsureCode{45}{12}% - +\TMP@EnsureCode{46}{12}% . +\TMP@EnsureCode{47}{12}% / +\TMP@EnsureCode{58}{12}% : +\TMP@EnsureCode{60}{12}% < +\TMP@EnsureCode{62}{12}% > +\TMP@EnsureCode{91}{12}% [ +%\TMP@EnsureCode{96}{12}% ` +\TMP@EnsureCode{93}{12}% ] +%\TMP@EnsureCode{94}{12}% ^ (superscript) (!) +%\TMP@EnsureCode{124}{12}% | +\edef\FibNum@AtEnd{\FibNum@AtEnd\noexpand\endinput} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Package resources} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname RequirePackage\endcsname\relax + \def\TMP@RequirePackage#1[#2]{% + \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#1.sty\endcsname\relax + \input #1.sty\relax + \fi + }% + \TMP@RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/04/18]% + \TMP@RequirePackage{intcalc}[2007/09/27]% + \TMP@RequirePackage{bigintcalc}[2007/11/11]% +\else + \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/04/18]% + \RequirePackage{intcalc}[2007/09/27]% + \RequirePackage{bigintcalc}[2007/11/11]% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Setup precalculated values} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\FibNum@temp#1{% + \expandafter\def\csname FibNum@#1\endcsname +} +\catcode46=9 % dots are ignored +\FibNum@temp{0}{0} +\FibNum@temp{1}{1} +\FibNum@temp{2}{1} +\FibNum@temp{3}{2} +\FibNum@temp{4}{3} +\FibNum@temp{5}{5} +\FibNum@temp{6}{8} +\FibNum@temp{7}{13} +\FibNum@temp{8}{21} +\FibNum@temp{9}{34} +\FibNum@temp{10}{55} +\FibNum@temp{11}{89} +\FibNum@temp{12}{144} +\FibNum@temp{13}{233} +\FibNum@temp{14}{377} +\FibNum@temp{15}{610} +\FibNum@temp{16}{987} +\FibNum@temp{17}{1.597} +\FibNum@temp{18}{2.584} +\FibNum@temp{19}{4.181} +\FibNum@temp{20}{6.765} +\FibNum@temp{21}{10.946} +\FibNum@temp{22}{17.711} +\FibNum@temp{23}{28.657} +\FibNum@temp{24}{46.368} +\FibNum@temp{25}{75.025} +\FibNum@temp{26}{121.393} +\FibNum@temp{27}{196.418} +\FibNum@temp{28}{317.811} +\FibNum@temp{29}{514.229} +\FibNum@temp{30}{832.040} +\FibNum@temp{31}{1.346.269} +\FibNum@temp{32}{2.178.309} +\FibNum@temp{33}{3.524.578} +\FibNum@temp{34}{5.702.887} +\FibNum@temp{35}{9.227.465} +\FibNum@temp{36}{14.930.352} +\FibNum@temp{37}{24.157.817} +\FibNum@temp{38}{39.088.169} +\FibNum@temp{39}{63.245.986} +\FibNum@temp{40}{102.334.155} +\FibNum@temp{41}{165.580.141} +\FibNum@temp{42}{267.914.296} +\FibNum@temp{43}{433.494.437} +\FibNum@temp{44}{701.408.733} +\FibNum@temp{45}{1.134.903.170} +\FibNum@temp{46}{1.836.311.903} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\FibNum@max} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\FibNum@max{46} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Macros for precalculating values} +% +% \begin{macro}{\fibnumPreCalc} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\fibnumPreCalc#1{% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \FibNum@PreCalc\intcalcNum{#1}/% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\FibNum@PreCalc} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\FibNum@PreCalc#1/{% + \ifnum#1<\ltx@zero + \expandafter\FibNum@PreCalc\ltx@gobble#1/% + \else + \ifnum#1>\FibNum@max + \begingroup + \ltx@LocDimenA=#1sp\relax + \countdef\FibNum@i=255\relax + \FibNum@i=\FibNum@max\relax + \edef\FibNum@temp{% + \csname FibNum@\the\FibNum@i\endcsname/% + }% + \advance\FibNum@i by -1\relax + \edef\FibNum@temp{% + \FibNum@temp + \csname FibNum@\the\FibNum@i\endcsname + }% + \advance\FibNum@i\ltx@two + \iftrue + \expandafter\FibNum@PreCalcAux\FibNum@temp + \fi + \endgroup + \fi + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\FibNum@PreCalcAux} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\FibNum@PreCalcAux#1/#2\fi{% + \fi + \edef\FibNum@temp{\BigIntCalcAdd#1!#2!}% + \global\expandafter + \let\csname FibNum@\the\FibNum@i\endcsname\FibNum@temp + \ifnum\FibNum@i=\ltx@LocDimenA + \xdef\FibNum@max{\the\FibNum@i}% + \else + \advance\FibNum@i\ltx@one + \expandafter\FibNum@PreCalcAux\FibNum@temp/#1% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Expandable calculations} +% +% \begin{macro}{\fibnum} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\fibnum#1{% + \romannumeral + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\FibNum@Do\intcalcNum{#1}/% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\FibNum@Do} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\FibNum@Do#1/{% + \ifnum#1<\ltx@zero + \FibNum@ReturnAfterElseFiFi{% + \ifodd#1 % + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ltx@zero + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ltx@zero + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter-% + \fi + \romannumeral + \expandafter\FibNum@Do\ltx@gobble#1/% + }% + \else + \ifnum\FibNum@max<#1 % + \ltx@ReturnAfterElseFi{% + \expandafter + \FibNum@ExpCalc\number\expandafter\IntCalcInc\FibNum@max!% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter/% + \csname FibNum@\FibNum@max + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter/% + \csname FibNum@\expandafter\IntCalcDec\FibNum@max!% + \endcsname/% + #1% + }% + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ltx@zero + \csname FibNum@#1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname + \fi + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\FibNum@ReturnAfterElseFiFi} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\FibNum@ReturnAfterElseFiFi#1\else#2\fi\fi{\fi#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\FibNum@ExpCalc} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\FibNum@ExpCalc#1/#2/#3/#4\fi{% + \fi + \ifnum#1=#4 % + \ltx@ReturnAfterElseFi{% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ltx@zero + \BigIntCalcAdd#2!#3!% + }% + \else + \expandafter\FibNum@ExpCalc + \number\IntCalcInc#1!% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter/% + \BigIntCalcAdd#2!#3!/% + #2/#4% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\FibNum@AtEnd% +%</package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Test} +% +% \subsection{Catcode checks for loading} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*test1> +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\catcode`\{=1 % +\catcode`\}=2 % +\catcode`\#=6 % +\catcode`\@=11 % +\expandafter\ifx\csname count@\endcsname\relax + \countdef\count@=255 % +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname @gobble\endcsname\relax + \long\def\@gobble#1{}% +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname @firstofone\endcsname\relax + \long\def\@firstofone#1{#1}% +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname loop\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\@firstofone +\else + \expandafter\@gobble +\fi +{% + \def\loop#1\repeat{% + \def\body{#1}% + \iterate + }% + \def\iterate{% + \body + \let\next\iterate + \else + \let\next\relax + \fi + \next + }% + \let\repeat=\fi +}% +\def\RestoreCatcodes{} +\count@=0 % +\loop + \edef\RestoreCatcodes{% + \RestoreCatcodes + \catcode\the\count@=\the\catcode\count@\relax + }% +\ifnum\count@<255 % + \advance\count@ 1 % +\repeat + +\def\RangeCatcodeInvalid#1#2{% + \count@=#1\relax + \loop + \catcode\count@=15 % + \ifnum\count@<#2\relax + \advance\count@ 1 % + \repeat +} +\def\RangeCatcodeCheck#1#2#3{% + \count@=#1\relax + \loop + \ifnum#3=\catcode\count@ + \else + \errmessage{% + Character \the\count@\space + with wrong catcode \the\catcode\count@\space + instead of \number#3% + }% + \fi + \ifnum\count@<#2\relax + \advance\count@ 1 % + \repeat +} +\def\space{ } +\expandafter\ifx\csname LoadCommand\endcsname\relax + \def\LoadCommand{\input fibnum.sty\relax}% +\fi +\def\Test{% + \RangeCatcodeInvalid{0}{47}% + \RangeCatcodeInvalid{58}{64}% + \RangeCatcodeInvalid{91}{96}% + \RangeCatcodeInvalid{123}{255}% + \catcode`\@=12 % + \catcode`\\=0 % + \catcode`\%=14 % + \LoadCommand + \RangeCatcodeCheck{0}{36}{15}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{37}{37}{14}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{38}{47}{15}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{48}{57}{12}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{58}{63}{15}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{64}{64}{12}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{65}{90}{11}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{91}{91}{15}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{92}{92}{0}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{93}{96}{15}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{97}{122}{11}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{123}{255}{15}% + \RestoreCatcodes +} +\Test +\csname @@end\endcsname +\end +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +%</test1> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Test calculations} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*test-calc> +\catcode`\{=1 % +\catcode`\}=2 % +\catcode`\#=6 % +\catcode`\@=11 % +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname RequirePackage\endcsname\relax + \input fibnum.sty\relax +\else + \RequirePackage{fibnum}[2012/04/08]% +\fi +\def\TestSet{% + \test{0}{0}% + \test{1}{1}% + \test{2}{1}% + \test{3}{2}% + \test{4}{3}% + \test{5}{5}% + \test{6}{8}% + \test{7}{13}% + \test{8}{21}% + \test{9}{34}% + \test{10}{55}% + \test{11}{89}% + \test{12}{144}% + \test{13}{233}% + \test{14}{377}% + \test{15}{610}% + \test{16}{987}% + \test{17}{1597}% + \test{18}{2584}% + \test{19}{4181}% + \test{20}{6765}% + \test{21}{10946}% + \test{22}{17711}% + \test{23}{28657}% + \test{24}{46368}% + \test{25}{75025}% + \test{26}{121393}% + \test{27}{196418}% + \test{28}{317811}% + \test{29}{514229}% + \test{30}{832040}% + \test{31}{1346269}% + \test{32}{2178309}% + \test{33}{3524578}% + \test{34}{5702887}% + \test{35}{9227465}% + \test{36}{14930352}% + \test{37}{24157817}% + \test{38}{39088169}% + \test{39}{63245986}% + \test{40}{102334155}% + \test{41}{165580141}% + \test{42}{267914296}% + \test{43}{433494437}% + \test{44}{701408733}% + \test{45}{1134903170}% + \test{46}{1836311903}% + \test{47}{2971215073}% + \test{48}{4807526976}% + \test{49}{7778742049}% + \test{50}{12586269025}% + \test{51}{20365011074}% + \test{52}{32951280099}% + \test{53}{53316291173}% + \test{54}{86267571272}% + \test{55}{139583862445}% + \test{56}{225851433717}% + \test{57}{365435296162}% + \test{58}{591286729879}% + \test{59}{956722026041}% + \test{60}{1548008755920}% + \test{61}{2504730781961}% + \test{62}{4052739537881}% + \test{63}{6557470319842}% + \test{64}{10610209857723}% + \test{65}{17167680177565}% + \test{66}{27777890035288}% + \test{67}{44945570212853}% + \test{68}{72723460248141}% + \test{69}{117669030460994}% + \test{70}{190392490709135}% + \test{71}{308061521170129}% + \test{72}{498454011879264}% + \test{73}{806515533049393}% +} +\def\msg#{\immediate\write16} +\def\test#1#2{% + \TestAux{#1}{#2}% + \ifnum#1=0 % + \else + \ifodd#1 % + \TestAux{-#1}{#2}% + \else + \TestAux{-#1}{-#2}% + \fi + \fi +} +\def\TestAux#1#2{% + \def\Expected{#2}% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\Result + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \fibnum{#1}% + }% + \ltx@onelevel@sanitize\Result + \ifx\Result\Expected + \msg{* #1: ok.}% + \else + \msg{! fib(#1) = #2}% + \errmessage{fib(#1) <> \Result}% + \fi +} +\TestSet +\setbox0=\hbox{% + \msg{* PreCalc{73}}% + \fibnumPreCalc{73}% +} +\ifdim\wd0=0pt +\else + \errmessage{Unwanted stuff in PreCalc}% +\fi +\TestSet +\csname @@end\endcsname\end +%</test-calc> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Installation} +% +% \subsection{Download} +% +% \paragraph{Package.} This package is available on +% CTAN\footnote{\url{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/}}: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/fibnum.dtx}] The source file. +% \item[\CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/fibnum.pdf}] Documentation. +% \end{description} +% +% +% \paragraph{Bundle.} All the packages of the bundle `oberdiek' +% are also available in a TDS compliant ZIP archive. There +% the packages are already unpacked and the documentation files +% are generated. The files and directories obey the TDS standard. +% \begin{description} +% \item[\CTAN{install/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek.tds.zip}] +% \end{description} +% \emph{TDS} refers to the standard ``A Directory Structure +% for \TeX\ Files'' (\CTAN{tds/tds.pdf}). Directories +% with \xfile{texmf} in their name are usually organized this way. +% +% \subsection{Bundle installation} +% +% \paragraph{Unpacking.} Unpack the \xfile{oberdiek.tds.zip} in the +% TDS tree (also known as \xfile{texmf} tree) of your choice. +% Example (linux): +% \begin{quote} +% |unzip oberdiek.tds.zip -d ~/texmf| +% \end{quote} +% +% \paragraph{Script installation.} +% Check the directory \xfile{TDS:scripts/oberdiek/} for +% scripts that need further installation steps. +% Package \xpackage{attachfile2} comes with the Perl script +% \xfile{pdfatfi.pl} that should be installed in such a way +% that it can be called as \texttt{pdfatfi}. +% Example (linux): +% \begin{quote} +% |chmod +x scripts/oberdiek/pdfatfi.pl|\\ +% |cp scripts/oberdiek/pdfatfi.pl /usr/local/bin/| +% \end{quote} +% +% \subsection{Package installation} +% +% \paragraph{Unpacking.} The \xfile{.dtx} file is a self-extracting +% \docstrip\ archive. The files are extracted by running the +% \xfile{.dtx} through \plainTeX: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|tex fibnum.dtx| +% \end{quote} +% +% \paragraph{TDS.} Now the different files must be moved into +% the different directories in your installation TDS tree +% (also known as \xfile{texmf} tree): +% \begin{quote} +% \def\t{^^A +% \begin{tabular}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l@{ $\rightarrow$ }>{\ttfamily}l@{}} +% fibnum.sty & tex/generic/oberdiek/fibnum.sty\\ +% fibnum.pdf & doc/latex/oberdiek/fibnum.pdf\\ +% test/fibnum-test1.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/fibnum-test1.tex\\ +% test/fibnum-test-calc.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/fibnum-test-calc.tex\\ +% fibnum.dtx & source/latex/oberdiek/fibnum.dtx\\ +% \end{tabular}^^A +% }^^A +% \sbox0{\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \begingroup +% \advance\linewidth by\leftmargin +% \advance\linewidth by\rightmargin +% \edef\x{\endgroup +% \def\noexpand\lw{\the\linewidth}^^A +% }\x +% \def\lwbox{^^A +% \leavevmode +% \hbox to \linewidth{^^A +% \kern-\leftmargin\relax +% \hss +% \usebox0 +% \hss +% \kern-\rightmargin\relax +% }^^A +% }^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\small\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\footnotesize\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\scriptsize\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\tiny\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \lwbox +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \end{quote} +% If you have a \xfile{docstrip.cfg} that configures and enables \docstrip's +% TDS installing feature, then some files can already be in the right +% place, see the documentation of \docstrip. +% +% \subsection{Refresh file name databases} +% +% If your \TeX~distribution +% (\teTeX, \mikTeX, \dots) relies on file name databases, you must refresh +% these. For example, \teTeX\ users run \verb|texhash| or +% \verb|mktexlsr|. +% +% \subsection{Some details for the interested} +% +% \paragraph{Attached source.} +% +% The PDF documentation on CTAN also includes the +% \xfile{.dtx} source file. It can be extracted by +% AcrobatReader 6 or higher. Another option is \textsf{pdftk}, +% e.g. unpack the file into the current directory: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|pdftk fibnum.pdf unpack_files output .| +% \end{quote} +% +% \paragraph{Unpacking with \LaTeX.} +% The \xfile{.dtx} chooses its action depending on the format: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\plainTeX:] Run \docstrip\ and extract the files. +% \item[\LaTeX:] Generate the documentation. +% \end{description} +% If you insist on using \LaTeX\ for \docstrip\ (really, +% \docstrip\ does not need \LaTeX), then inform the autodetect routine +% about your intention: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|latex \let\install=y\input{fibnum.dtx}| +% \end{quote} +% Do not forget to quote the argument according to the demands +% of your shell. +% +% \paragraph{Generating the documentation.} +% You can use both the \xfile{.dtx} or the \xfile{.drv} to generate +% the documentation. The process can be configured by the +% configuration file \xfile{ltxdoc.cfg}. For instance, put this +% line into this file, if you want to have A4 as paper format: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|\PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article}| +% \end{quote} +% An example follows how to generate the +% documentation with pdf\LaTeX: +% \begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%pdflatex fibnum.dtx +%bibtex fibnum.aux +%makeindex -s gind.ist fibnum.idx +%pdflatex fibnum.dtx +%makeindex -s gind.ist fibnum.idx +%pdflatex fibnum.dtx +%\end{verbatim} +% \end{quote} +% +% \printbibliography[ +% heading=bibnumbered, +% ] +% +% \begin{History} +% \begin{Version}{2012/04/08 v1.0} +% \item +% First version. +% \end{Version} +% \end{History} +% +% \PrintIndex +% +% \Finale +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/flags.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/flags.dtx index 4e54289f5df..d0f5aaec49c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/flags.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/flags.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: flags.dtx % Version: 2007/09/30 v0.4 -% +% Info: Setting/clearing of flags in bit fields +% % Copyright (C) 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file flags.dtx % and the derived files % flags.sty, flags.pdf, flags.ins, flags.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/flags.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/flags.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If flags.ins is present: % tex flags.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{flags.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If flags.drv is present: % latex flags.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex flags.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist flags.idx % pdflatex flags.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist flags.idx % pdflatex flags.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/flags.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/flags.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: flags 2007/09/30 v0.4 Flag setting in bit fields (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: flags 2007/09/30 v0.4 Setting/clearing of flags in bit fields (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{flags.drv}{\from{flags.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{flags.sty}{\from{flags.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{flags.xml}{\from{flags.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,9 +148,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{flags.drv}% - [2007/09/30 v0.4 Flag setting in bit fields (HO)]% + [2007/09/30 v0.4 Setting/clearing of flags in bit fields (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{flags.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -266,7 +271,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{flags}% - [2007/09/30 v0.4 Flag setting in bit fields (HO)]% + [2007/09/30 v0.4 Setting/clearing of flags in bit fields (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -641,6 +646,45 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{flags.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='flags'> + <name>flags</name> + <caption>Setting and clearing of flags in bit fields.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.4'/> + <description> + This package allows the setting and clearing + of flags in bit fields and converts the bit field into a + decimal number. Currently the bit field is limited to 31 bits. + <p/> + It is now deprecated because of new more powerful + package <xref refid='bitset'>bitset</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/flags.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/flags.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/02/18 v0.1} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/gettitlestring.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/gettitlestring.dtx index b3dc8b71a40..35fa26fe5fa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/gettitlestring.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/gettitlestring.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: gettitlestring.dtx % Version: 2010/12/03 v1.4 -% +% Info: Cleanup title references +% % Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file gettitlestring.dtx % and the derived files % gettitlestring.sty, gettitlestring.pdf, gettitlestring.ins, % gettitlestring.drv, gettitlestring-test1.tex, % gettitlestring-test2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/gettitlestring.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/gettitlestring.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If gettitlestring.ins is present: % tex gettitlestring.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{gettitlestring.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If gettitlestring.drv is present: % latex gettitlestring.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex gettitlestring.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist gettitlestring.idx % pdflatex gettitlestring.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist gettitlestring.idx % pdflatex gettitlestring.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/gettitlestring.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/gettitlestring.pdf @@ -132,6 +133,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{gettitlestring-test1.tex}{\from{gettitlestring.dtx}{test1}}% \file{gettitlestring-test2.tex}{\from{gettitlestring.dtx}{test2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{gettitlestring.xml}{\from{gettitlestring.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -160,14 +165,14 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{gettitlestring.drv}% [2010/12/03 v1.4 Cleanup title references (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{gettitlestring.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{720} +% \CheckSum{721} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -937,26 +942,61 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{gettitlestring.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='gettitlestring'> + <name>gettitlestring</name> + <caption>Clean up title references.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + Cleans up the title string (removing <tt>\label</tt> commands) for + packages (such as <xref refid='nameref'>nameref</xref>) that + typeset such strings. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/gettitlestring.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/gettitlestring.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{memoir} % Peter Wilson, Lars Madsen: % \textit{The Memoir Class}; % 2009/11/17 v1.61803398c; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/memoir/} -% +% % \bibitem{titleref} % Donald Arsenau: % \textit{Titleref.sty}; % 2001/04/05 ver 3.1; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/misc/titleref.sty} -% +% % \bibitem{zref} % Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The \xpackage{zref} package}; % 2009/12/08 v2.7; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/zref.pdf} -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/grfext.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/grfext.dtx index cdfaab57921..9340e902262 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/grfext.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/grfext.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: grfext.dtx % Version: 2010/08/19 v1.1 -% +% Info: Manage graphics extensions +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file grfext.dtx % and the derived files % grfext.sty, grfext.pdf, grfext.ins, grfext.drv, grfext-test1.tex, % grfext-test2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grfext.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grfext.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If grfext.ins is present: % tex grfext.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{grfext.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If grfext.drv is present: % latex grfext.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex grfext.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist grfext.idx % pdflatex grfext.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist grfext.idx % pdflatex grfext.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/grfext.pdf @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Managing graphics extensions (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -124,6 +125,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{grfext-test1.tex}{\from{grfext.dtx}{test1}}% \file{grfext-test2.tex}{\from{grfext.dtx}{test2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{grfext.xml}{\from{grfext.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -150,9 +155,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{grfext.drv}% - [2010/08/19 v1.1 Managing graphics extensions (HO)]% + [2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{grfext.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -377,7 +382,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@grfext.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{grfext}% - [2010/08/19 v1.1 Managing graphics extensions (HO)]% + [2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -1108,13 +1113,48 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{grfext.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='grfext'> + <name>grfext</name> + <caption>Manipulate the graphics package's list of extensions.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + This package provides macros for adding to, and reordering the list of + graphics file extensions recognised by package + <xref refid='graphics'>graphics</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grfext.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grfext.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{graphics} % David Carlisle, Sebastian Rahtz: \textit{The \xpackage{graphics} package}; % 2006/02/20 v1.0o; % \CTAN{macros/latex/required/graphics/graphics.dtx}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/grffile.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/grffile.dtx index f2e7e30bc33..fc0e87ae098 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/grffile.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/grffile.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: grffile.dtx -% Version: 2010/12/09 v1.13 -% -% Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by +% Version: 2012/04/05 v1.16 +% Info: Extended file name support for graphics +% +% Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file grffile.dtx % and the derived files % grffile.sty, grffile.pdf, grffile.ins, grffile.drv, % grffile-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grffile.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grffile.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If grffile.ins is present: % tex grffile.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{grffile.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If grffile.drv is present: % latex grffile.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex grffile.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist grffile.idx % pdflatex grffile.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist grffile.idx % pdflatex grffile.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/grffile.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/grffile.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: grffile 2010/12/09 v1.13 Extended file name support for graphics (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: grffile 2012/04/05 v1.16 Extended file name support for graphics (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -88,9 +89,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: grffile -Version: 2010/12/09 v1.13 +Version: 2012/04/05 v1.16 -Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by +Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{grffile.sty}{\from{grffile.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{grffile-test1.tex}{\from{grffile.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{grffile.xml}{\from{grffile.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,16 +153,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{grffile.drv}% - [2010/12/09 v1.13 Extended file name support for graphics (HO)]% + [2012/04/05 v1.16 Extended file name support for graphics (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{grffile.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{803} +% \CheckSum{868} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -178,7 +183,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{grffile.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{grffile} package} -% \date{2010/12/09 v1.13} +% \date{2012/04/05 v1.16} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -394,7 +399,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{grffile}% - [2010/12/09 v1.13 Extended file name support for graphics (HO)]% + [2012/04/05 v1.16 Extended file name support for graphics (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcode stuff} @@ -573,9 +578,10 @@ and the derived files \fi \fi \fi - \toks@\expandafter{\grffile@filename}% +% \toks@\expandafter{\grffile@filename}% \edef\x{\endgroup - \noexpand\grffile@Ginclude@graphics{\the\toks@}% +% \noexpand\grffile@Ginclude@graphics{\the\toks@}% + \noexpand\grffile@Ginclude@graphics{\grffile@filename}% }% \x } @@ -650,7 +656,7 @@ and the derived files \grffile@XeTeX@IfFileExists{\reserved@b#1}{% \edef\grffile@file@found{\reserved@b#1}% \let\reserved@a\@firstoftwo - \@break@tfor + \iftrue\@break@tfor\fi }{}% }% \fi @@ -713,6 +719,48 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \fi \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\grffile@org@Gread@eps} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\grffile@org@Gread@eps\Gread@eps +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\grffile@temp#1\immediate\openin#2 #3\grffile@nil#4\grffile@NIL{% + \begingroup + \toks@{#2}% + \edef\grffile@temp{\the\toks@}% + \def\grffile@test{\@inputcheck####1}% + \ifx\grffile@temp\grffile@test + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi + {% + \toks@{% + #1% + \immediate\openin\@inputcheck"##1"\relax + #3% + }% + \expandafter\endgroup + \expandafter\def\expandafter\Gread@eps + \expandafter##\expandafter1\expandafter{% + \the\toks@ + }% + \PackageInfo{grffile}{% + \string\Gread@eps\space patched% + }% + }{% + \PackageWarning{grffile}{% + Unsupported \string\Gread@eps\space not patched% + }% + \endgroup + }% + }% + \expandafter\grffile@temp\Gread@eps{#1}\grffile@nil + \immediate\openin{} \grffile@nil\grffile@NIL +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} \else \begingroup \let\on@line\@empty @@ -1195,19 +1243,58 @@ showpage %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{grffile.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='grffile'> + <name>grffile</name> + <caption>Extended file name support for graphics.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.16'/> + <description> + The package extends the file name processing of package + <xref refid='graphics'>graphics</xref> to support a larger range + of file names. For example, the file name may contain several dots. + + Or in case of <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> in PDF mode the + file name may contain spaces. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grffile.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/grffile.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{graphics} % David Carlisle, Sebastian Rahtz: \textit{The \xpackage{graphics} package}; % 2006/02/20 v1.0o; % \CTAN{macros/latex/required/graphics/graphics.dtx}. -% +% % \bibitem{graphicx} % Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The \xpackage{graphicx} package}; % 1999/02/16 v1.0f; % \CTAN{macros/latex/required/graphics/graphicx.dtx}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -1283,6 +1370,21 @@ showpage % \item % Option \xoption{space} also supports \hologo{XeTeX}. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/10/04 v1.14} +% \item +% Fix for option \xoption{space} support of \hologo{XeTeX} +% for EPS files (\cs{Gread@eps}). (Bug reported by Peter Davis.) +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/10/17 v1.15} +% \item +% Bug fix for option \xoption{space} support of \hologo{XeTeX}. +% Wrong usage of \cs{@break@tfor} fixed. +% (Bug reported by Martin Schr\"oder.) +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2012/04/05 v1.16} +% \item +% Some fix for option \xoption{extendedchars}. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hobsub.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hobsub.dtx index bccdae405c9..4b36371f841 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hobsub.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hobsub.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: hobsub.dtx -% Version: 2011/04/23 v1.4 -% -% Copyright (C) 2011 by +% Version: 2012/04/25 v1.12 +% Info: Construct package bundles +% +% Copyright (C) 2011, 2012 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,23 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file hobsub.dtx % and the derived files % hobsub.sty, hobsub.pdf, hobsub.ins, hobsub.drv, hobsub-generic.sty, % hobsub-hyperref.sty, hobsub-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hobsub.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hobsub.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If hobsub.ins is present: % tex hobsub.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{hobsub.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If hobsub.drv is present: % latex hobsub.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex hobsub.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hobsub.idx % pdflatex hobsub.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hobsub.idx % pdflatex hobsub.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/hobsub.sty % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/hobsub-generic.sty @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: hobsub 2011/04/23 v1.4 Subsetting bundle oberdiek (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: hobsub 2012/04/25 v1.12 Construct package bundles (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -93,9 +94,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: hobsub -Version: 2011/04/23 v1.4 +Version: 2012/04/25 v1.12 -Copyright (C) 2011 by +Copyright (C) 2011, 2012 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -130,6 +131,10 @@ and the derived files \file{hobsub.sty}{\from{hobsub.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{hobsub-test1.tex}{\from{hobsub.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{hobsub.xml}{\from{hobsub.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \let\hobsubSavedNormalLine\normalLine \def\hobsubGobble#1{} @@ -280,9 +285,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{hobsub.drv}% - [2011/04/23 v1.4 Subsetting bundle oberdiek (HO)]% + [2012/04/25 v1.12 Construct package bundles (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{array} \usepackage{caption} \renewcommand*{\bottomfraction}{.5} @@ -293,7 +298,7 @@ and the derived files %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{764} +% \CheckSum{765} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -314,7 +319,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{hobsub.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{hobsub} package} -% \date{2011/04/23 v1.4} +% \date{2012/04/25 v1.12} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -328,28 +333,28 @@ and the derived files % % \def\TableGeneric{^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{infwarerr}}{}{2010/04/08 v1.3}^^A -% \TableEntry{\xpackage{ltxcmds}}{}{2011/04/18 v1.20}^^A +% \TableEntry{\xpackage{ltxcmds}}{}{2011/11/09 v1.22}^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{ifluatex}}{}{2010/03/01 v1.3}^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{ifvtex}}{}{2010/03/01 v1.5}^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{intcalc}}{}{2007/09/27 v1.1}^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{ifpdf}}{\xpackage{ifluatex}}{2011/01/30 v2.3}^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{etexcmds}}{}{2011/02/16 v1.5}^^A -% \TableEntry{\xpackage{kvsetkeys}}{}{2011/04/07 v1.13}^^A +% \TableEntry{\xpackage{kvsetkeys}}{}{2012/04/25 v1.16}^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{kvdefinekeys}}{}{2011/04/07 v1.3}^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{luatex-loader}}{}{2010/03/09 v0.4}^^A -% \TableEntry{\xpackage{pdftexcmds}}{\xpackage{ifluatex}, \xpackage{ifpdf}, \xpackage{infwarerr}, \xpackage{ltxcmds}, \xpackage{luatex-loader}}{2011/04/22 v0.16}^^A -% \TableEntry{\xpackage{pdfescape}}{\xpackage{ltxcmds}, \xpackage{pdftexcmds}}{2011/04/04 v1.12}^^A -% \TableEntry{\xpackage{bigintcalc}}{\xpackage{pdftexcmds}}{2011/01/30 v1.2}^^A +% \TableEntry{\xpackage{pdftexcmds}}{\xpackage{ifluatex}, \xpackage{ifpdf}, \xpackage{infwarerr}, \xpackage{ltxcmds}, \xpackage{luatex-loader}}{2011/11/29 v0.20}^^A +% \TableEntry{\xpackage{pdfescape}}{\xpackage{ltxcmds}, \xpackage{pdftexcmds}}{2011/11/25 v1.13}^^A +% \TableEntry{\xpackage{bigintcalc}}{\xpackage{pdftexcmds}}{2012/04/08 v1.3}^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{bitset}}{\xpackage{bigintcalc}, \xpackage{infwarerr}, \xpackage{intcalc}}{2011/01/30 v1.1}^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{uniquecounter}}{\xpackage{bigintcalc}, \xpackage{infwarerr}}{2011/01/30 v1.2}^^A % } % \def\TableHyperref{^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{letltxmacro}}{}{2010/09/02 v1.4}^^A -% \TableEntry{\xpackage{hopatch}}{}{2011/01/30 v1.0}^^A +% \TableEntry{\xpackage{hopatch}}{}{2011/06/24 v1.1}^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{xcolor-patch}}{}{2011/01/30 v1.7}^^A -% \TableEntry{\xpackage{atveryend}}{}{2011/04/23 v1.7}^^A -% \TableEntry{\xpackage{atbegshi}}{\xpackage{ifpdf}, \xpackage{infwarerr}, \xpackage{ltxcmds}}{2011/01/30 v1.15}^^A -% \TableEntry{\xpackage{refcount}}{\xpackage{infwarerr}, \xpackage{ltxcmds}}{2010/12/01 v3.2}^^A +% \TableEntry{\xpackage{atveryend}}{}{2011/06/30 v1.8}^^A +% \TableEntry{\xpackage{atbegshi}}{\xpackage{ifpdf}, \xpackage{infwarerr}, \xpackage{ltxcmds}}{2011/10/05 v1.16}^^A +% \TableEntry{\xpackage{refcount}}{\xpackage{infwarerr}, \xpackage{ltxcmds}}{2011/10/16 v3.4}^^A % \TableEntry{\xpackage{hycolor}}{\xpackage{xcolor-patch}}{2011/01/30 v1.7}^^A % } % @@ -524,7 +529,7 @@ and the derived files % using \xpackage{hobsub}: % \begin{quote} % \dots\\ -% |\RequirePackage{hobsub}[2011/04/23]|\\ +% |\RequirePackage{hobsub}[2012/04/25]|\\ % \dots\\ % |\hobsub@StartPackage{foo1}|\\ % \textit{\dots\unskip\ package code of \xfile{foo1.sty} \dots}\\ @@ -627,7 +632,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@hobsub.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{hobsub}% - [2011/04/23 v1.4 Subsetting bundle oberdiek (HO)]% + [2012/04/25 v1.12 Construct package bundles (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</package> @@ -709,7 +714,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@hobsub-generic.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{hobsub-generic}% - [2011/04/23 v1.4 Bundle oberdiek, subset generic (HO)]% + [2012/04/25 v1.12 Bundle oberdiek, subset generic (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</generic> @@ -791,7 +796,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@hobsub-hyperref.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{hobsub-hyperref}% - [2011/04/23 v1.4 Bundle oberdiek, subset hyperref (HO)]% + [2012/04/25 v1.12 Bundle oberdiek, subset hyperref (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</hyperref> @@ -855,7 +860,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*hyperref> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\RequirePackage{hobsub-generic}[2011/04/23] +\RequirePackage{hobsub-generic}[2012/04/25] %</hyperref> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1006,11 +1011,11 @@ and the derived files \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup \expandafter\ifx\csname ProvidesPackage\endcsname\relax \immediate\write-1{% - Package: hobsub 2011/04/23 v1.4 Subsetting bundle oberdiek (HO)% + Package: hobsub 2012/04/25 v1.12 Construct package bundles (HO)% }% \else \ProvidesPackage{hobsub}% - [2011/04/23 v1.4 Subsetting bundle oberdiek (HO)]% + [2012/04/25 v1.12 Construct package bundles (HO)]% \fi %</preamble> % \end{macrocode} @@ -1357,6 +1362,50 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{hobsub.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hobsub'> + <name>hobsub</name> + <caption>Construct package bundles</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2011,2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.12'/> + <description> + The package offers a means of loading a bundle of (other) packages + “at once”, offering a means of reducing the amount of log output + as the packages are loaded, and an aide-memoire for complicated + requirements. In some ways, loading a package via hobsub behaves + much like loading the package in the normal way; for example, + reloads are suppressed, as in LaTeX proper, and correct + <tt>\listfiles</tt> output is produced. + <p/> + Examples provided are a ‘generic’ bundle (comprising the author’s + packages that can be used with Plain TeX) and a ‘hyperref’ bundle + (comprising packages useful when generating hypertext output with + LaTeX). + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hobsub.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hobsub.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \raggedright % \bibitem{lualatex:quiet} @@ -1365,7 +1414,7 @@ and the derived files % mailing list \textsf{lualatex-dev at tug.org}, % 2011-01-29; % \url{http://tug.org/pipermail/lualatex-dev/2011-January/001031.html}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -1390,6 +1439,38 @@ and the derived files % \item % Package updates. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/06/24 v1.5} +% \item +% Package updates. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/06/30 v1.6} +% \item +% Package updates. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/07/01 v1.7} +% \item +% Package updates. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/07/28 v1.8} +% \item +% Package updates. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/08/22 v1.9} +% \item +% Package updates. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/10/16 v1.10} +% \item +% Package updates. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/11/29 v1.11} +% \item +% Package updates. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2012/04/25 v1.12} +% \item +% Package updates. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hologo.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hologo.dtx index 93eafb54ca8..78d52f74f02 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hologo.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hologo.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: hologo.dtx -% Version: 2011/04/21 v1.5 -% -% Copyright (C) 2010, 2011 by +% Version: 2012/04/26 v1.10 +% Info: A logo collection with bookmark support +% +% Copyright (C) 2010-2012 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file hologo.dtx % and the derived files -% hologo.sty, hologo.pdf, hologo.ins, hologo.drv, hologo-test1.tex, -% hologo-test-spacefactor.tex. -% +% hologo.sty, hologo.pdf, hologo.ins, hologo.drv, hologo-example.tex, +% hologo-test1.tex, hologo-test-spacefactor.tex, +% hologo-test-list.tex. +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hologo.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hologo.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If hologo.ins is present: % tex hologo.ins @@ -40,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{hologo.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If hologo.drv is present: % latex hologo.drv @@ -50,19 +52,21 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex hologo.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hologo.idx % pdflatex hologo.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hologo.idx % pdflatex hologo.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/hologo.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/hologo.pdf +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/example/hologo-example.tex % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/hologo-test1.tex % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/hologo-test-spacefactor.tex +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/hologo-test-list.tex % TDS:source/latex/oberdiek/hologo.dtx % %<*ignore> @@ -80,7 +84,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: hologo 2011/04/21 v1.5 Logo collection (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: hologo 2012/04/26 v1.10 A logo collection with bookmark support (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -92,9 +96,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: hologo -Version: 2011/04/21 v1.5 +Version: 2012/04/26 v1.10 -Copyright (C) 2010, 2011 by +Copyright (C) 2010-2012 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -116,8 +120,9 @@ because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. This work consists of the main source file hologo.dtx and the derived files - hologo.sty, hologo.pdf, hologo.ins, hologo.drv, hologo-test1.tex, - hologo-test-spacefactor.tex. + hologo.sty, hologo.pdf, hologo.ins, hologo.drv, hologo-example.tex, + hologo-test1.tex, hologo-test-spacefactor.tex, + hologo-test-list.tex. \endpreamble \let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent @@ -127,9 +132,16 @@ and the derived files \file{hologo.drv}{\from{hologo.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/generic/oberdiek}% \file{hologo.sty}{\from{hologo.dtx}{package}}% + \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/example}% + \file{hologo-example.tex}{\from{hologo.dtx}{example}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{hologo-test1.tex}{\from{hologo.dtx}{test1}}% \file{hologo-test-spacefactor.tex}{\from{hologo.dtx}{test-spacefactor}}% + \file{hologo-test-list.tex}{\from{hologo.dtx}{test-list}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{hologo.xml}{\from{hologo.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -156,19 +168,22 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{hologo.drv}% - [2011/04/21 v1.5 Logo collection (HO)]% + [2012/04/26 v1.10 A logo collection with bookmark support (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] -\usepackage{hologo}[2011/04/21] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] +\usepackage{hologo}[2012/04/26] \usepackage{longtable} \usepackage{array} +\usepackage{paralist} +%\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +%\usepackage{lmodern} \begin{document} \DocInput{hologo.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{1330} +% \CheckSum{2906} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -189,7 +204,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{hologo.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{hologo} package} -% \date{2011/04/21 v1.5} +% \date{2012/04/26 v1.10} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -210,45 +225,24 @@ and the derived files % Macro \cs{hologo} sets the logo with name \meta{name}. % The following table shows the supported names. % -% \newcommand*{\entry}{} -% \def\entry#1#2[#3]{^^A -% #1&\hologoLogoSetup{#1}{variant=#2}\hologo{#1}\tabularnewline -% } -% \begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}l>{\ttfamily}lll} -% \rmfamily\bfseries{name} & \rmfamily\bfseries variant -% & \bfseries logo & \bfseries since\\ -% \hline -% \endhead -% \entry{AmSLaTeX}{}[2010/04/16] -% \entry{AmSTeX}{}[2010/04/16] -% \entry{ConTeXt}{}[2011/03/25] -% \entry{ConTeXt}{narrow}[2011/03/25] -% \entry{ConTeXt}{simple}[2011/03/25] -% \entry{eTeX}{}[2010/04/08] -% \entry{iniTeX}{}[2010/11/21] -% \entry{LaTeX}{}[2010/04/08] -% \entry{LaTeX2e}{}[2010/04/08] -% \entry{LaTeX3}{}[2010/04/24] -% \entry{LaTeXe}{}[2010/04/08] -% \entry{LuaLaTeX}{}[2010/04/08] -% \entry{LuaTeX}{}[2010/04/08] -% \entry{pdfTeX}{}[2010/04/08] -% \entry{pdfLaTeX}{}[2010/04/08] -% \entry{plainTeX}{}[2010/04/08] -% \entry{plainTeX}{space}[2010/04/16] -% \entry{plainTeX}{hyphen}[2010/04/16] -% \entry{plainTeX}{runtogether}[2010/04/16] -% \entry{TeX}{}[2010/04/08] -% \entry{virTeX}{}[2010/11/21] -% \entry{VTeX}{}[2010/04/24] -% \entry{XeLaTeX}{}[2010/04/08] -% \entry{XeTeX}{}[2010/04/08] -% \end{longtable} +% \begingroup +% \def\hologoEntry#1#2#3{^^A +% #1&\hologoLogoSetup{#1}{variant=#2}\hologo{#1}\tabularnewline +% } +% \begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}l>{\ttfamily}lll} +% \rmfamily\bfseries{name} & \rmfamily\bfseries variant +% & \bfseries logo & \bfseries since\\ +% \hline +% \endhead +% \hologoList +% \end{longtable} +% \endgroup % % \begin{declcs}{Hologo} \M{name} % \end{declcs} % Macro \cs{Hologo} starts the logo \meta{name} with an uppercase -% letter. +% letter. As an exception small greek letters are not converted +% to uppercase. Examples, see \hologo{eTeX} and \hologo{ExTeX}. % % \subsection{Setup macros} % @@ -304,6 +298,298 @@ and the derived files % Then ``plain-\TeX'' contains one break point after the hyphen. % \end{quote} % +% \subsection{Driver options} +% +% Sometimes graphical operations are needed to construct some +% glyphs (e.g.\ \hologo{XeTeX}). If package \xpackage{graphics} +% or package \xpackage{pgf} are found, then the macros are taken +% from there. Otherwise the packge defines its own operations +% and therefore needs the driver information. Many drivers are +% detected automatically (\hologo{pdfTeX}/\hologo{LuaTeX} +% in PDF mode, \hologo{XeTeX}, \hologo{VTeX}). These have precedence +% over a driver option. The driver can be given as package option +% or using \cs{hologoDriverSetup}. +% The following list contains the recognized driver options: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \xoption{pdftex}, \xoption{luatex} +% \item \xoption{dvipdfm}, \xoption{dvipdfmx} +% \item \xoption{dvips}, \xoption{dvipsone}, \xoption{xdvi} +% \item \xoption{xetex} +% \item \xoption{vtex} +% \end{itemize} +% The left driver of a line is the driver name that is used internally. +% The following names are aliases for drivers that use the +% same method. Therefore the entry in the \xext{log} file for +% the used driver prints the internally used driver name. +% \begin{description} +% \item[\xoption{driverfallback}:] +% This option expects a driver that is used, +% if the driver could not be detected automatically. +% \end{description} +% +% \begin{declcs}{hologoDriverSetup} \M{driver option} +% \end{declcs} +% The driver can also be configured after package loading +% using \cs{hologoDriverSetup}, also the way for \hologo{plainTeX} +% to setup the driver. +% +% \subsection{Font setup} +% +% Some logos require a special font, but should also be usable by +% \hologo{plainTeX}. Therefore the package provides some ways +% to influence the font settings. The options below +% take font settings as values. Both font commands +% such as \cs{sffamily} and macros that take one argument +% like \cs{textsf} can be used. +% +% \begin{declcs}{hologoFontSetup} \M{key value list} +% \end{declcs} +% Macro \cs{hologoFontSetup} sets the fonts for all logos. +% Supported keys: +% \begin{description} +% \def\entry#1{\item[\xoption{#1}:]} +% \entry{general} +% This font is used for all logos. The default is empty. +% That means no special font is used. +% \entry{bibsf} +% This font is used for +% {\hologoLogoSetup{BibTeX}{variant=sf}\hologo{BibTeX}} +% with variant \xoption{sf}. +% \entry{rm} +% This font is a serif font. It is used for \hologo{ExTeX}. +% \entry{sc} +% This font specifies a small caps font. It is used for +% {\hologoLogoSetup{BibTeX}{variant=sc}\hologo{BibTeX}} +% with variant \xoption{sc}. +% \entry{sf} +% This font specifies a sans serif font. The default +% is \cs{sffamily}, then \cs{sf} is tried. Otherwise +% a warning is given. It is used by \hologo{KOMAScript}. +% \entry{sy} +% This is the font for math symbols (e.g. cmsy). +% It is used by \hologo{AmS}, \hologo{NTS}, \hologo{ExTeX}. +% \entry{logo} +% \hologo{METAFONT} and \hologo{METAPOST} are using that font. +% In \hologo{LaTeX} \cs{logofamily} is used and +% the definitions of package \xpackage{mflogo} are used +% if the package is not loaded. +% Otherwise the \cs{tenlogo} is used and defined +% if it does not already exists. +% \end{description} +% +% \begin{declcs}{hologoLogoFontSetup} \M{logo} \M{key value list} +% \end{declcs} +% Fonts can also be set for a logo or logo component separately, +% see the following list. +% The keys are the same as for \cs{hologoFontSetup}. +% +% \begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}l>{\sffamily}ll} +% \meta{logo} & keys & result\\ +% \hline +% \endhead +% BibTeX & bibsf & {\hologoLogoSetup{BibTeX}{variant=sf}\hologo{BibTeX}}\\[.5ex] +% BibTeX & sc & {\hologoLogoSetup{BibTeX}{variant=sc}\hologo{BibTeX}}\\[.5ex] +% ExTeX & rm & \hologo{ExTeX}\\ +% SliTeX & rm & \hologo{SliTeX}\\[.5ex] +% AmS & sy & \hologo{AmS}\\ +% ExTeX & sy & \hologo{ExTeX}\\ +% NTS & sy & \hologo{NTS}\\[.5ex] +% KOMAScript & sf & \hologo{KOMAScript}\\[.5ex] +% METAFONT & logo & \hologo{METAFONT}\\ +% METAPOST & logo & \hologo{METAPOST}\\[.5ex] +% SliTeX & sc \hologo{SliTeX} +% \end{longtable} +% +% \subsubsection{Font order} +% +% For all logos the font \xoption{general} is applied first. +% Example: +%\begin{quote} +%|\hologoFontSetup{general=\color{red}}| +%\end{quote} +% will print red logos. +% Then if the font uses a special font \xoption{sf}, for example, +% the font is applied that is setup by \cs{hologoLogoFontSetup}. +% If this font is not setup, then the common font setup +% by \cs{hologoFontSetup} is used. Otherwise a warning is given, +% that there is no font configured. +% +% \subsection{Additional user macros} +% +% Usually a variant of a logo is configured by using +% \cs{hologoLogoSetup}, because it is bad style to mix +% different variants of the same logo in the same text. +% There the following macros are a convenience for testing. +% +% \begin{declcs}{hologoVariant} \M{name} \M{variant}\\ +% \cs{HologoVariant} \M{name} \M{variant} +% \end{declcs} +% Logo \meta{name} is set using \meta{variant} that specifies +% explicitely which variant of the macro is used. If the argument +% is empty, then the default form of the logo is used +% (configurable by \cs{hologoLogoSetup}). +% +% \cs{HologoVariant} is used if the logo is set in a context +% that needs an uppercase first letter (beginning of a sentence, \dots). +% +% \begin{declcs}{hologoList}\\ +% \cs{hologoEntry} \M{logo} \M{variant} \M{since} +% \end{declcs} +% Macro \cs{hologoList} contains all logos that are provided +% by the package including variants. The list consists of calls +% of \cs{hologoEntry} with three arguments starting with the +% logo name \meta{logo} and its variant \meta{variant}. An empty +% variant means the current default. Argument \meta{since} specifies +% with version of the package \xpackage{hologo} is needed to get +% the logo. If the logo is fixed, then the date gets updated. +% Therefore the date \meta{since} is not exactly the date of +% the first introduction, but rather the date of the latest fix. +% +% Before \cs{hologoList} can be used, macro \cs{hologoEntry} needs +% a definition. The example file in section \ref{sec:example} +% shows applications of \cs{hologoList}. +% +% \subsection{Supported contexts} +% +% Macros \cs{hologo} and friends support special contexts: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \hologo{LaTeX}'s protection mechanism. +% \item Bookmarks of package \xpackage{hyperref}. +% \item Package \xpackage{tex4ht}. +% \item The macros can be used inside \cs{csname} constructs, +% if \cs{ifincsname} is available (\hologo{pdfTeX}, \hologo{XeTeX}, +% \hologo{LuaTeX}). +% \end{itemize} +% +% \subsection{Example} +% \label{sec:example} +% +% The following example prints the logos in different fonts. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*example> +%<<verbatim +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\documentclass[a4paper]{article} +\usepackage[ + hmargin=20mm, + vmargin=20mm, +]{geometry} +\pagestyle{empty} +\usepackage{hologo}[2012/04/26] +\usepackage{longtable} +\usepackage{array} +\setlength{\extrarowheight}{2pt} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{pdflscape} +\usepackage[ + pdfencoding=auto, +]{hyperref} +\hypersetup{ + pdfauthor={Heiko Oberdiek}, + pdftitle={Example for package `hologo'}, + pdfsubject={Logos with fonts lmr, lmss, qtm, qpl, qhv}, +} +\usepackage{bookmark} + +% Print the logo list on the console + +\begingroup + \typeout{}% + \typeout{*** Begin of logo list ***}% + \newcommand*{\hologoEntry}[3]{% + \typeout{#1 \ifx\\#2\\\else(#2) \fi[#3]}% + }% + \hologoList + \typeout{*** End of logo list ***}% + \typeout{}% +\endgroup + +\begin{document} +\begin{landscape} + + \section{Example file for package `hologo'} + + % Table for font names + + \begin{longtable}{>{\bfseries}ll} + \textbf{font} & \textbf{Font name}\\ + \hline + lmr & Latin Modern Roman\\ + lmss & Latin Modern Sans\\ + qtm & \TeX\ Gyre Termes\\ + qhv & \TeX\ Gyre Heros\\ + qpl & \TeX\ Gyre Pagella\\ + \end{longtable} + + % Logo list with logos in different fonts + + \begingroup + \newcommand*{\SetVariant}[2]{% + \ifx\\#2\\% + \else + \hologoLogoSetup{#1}{variant=#2}% + \fi + }% + \newcommand*{\hologoEntry}[3]{% + \SetVariant{#1}{#2}% + \raisebox{1em}[0pt][0pt]{\hypertarget{#1@#2}{}}% + \bookmark[% + dest={#1@#2},% + ]{% + #1\ifx\\#2\\\else\space(#2)\fi: \Hologo{#1}, \hologo{#1} % + [Unicode]% + }% + \hypersetup{unicode=false}% + \bookmark[% + dest={#1@#2},% + ]{% + #1\ifx\\#2\\\else\space(#2)\fi: \Hologo{#1}, \hologo{#1} % + [PDFDocEncoding]% + }% + \texttt{#1}% + &% + \texttt{#2}% + &% + \Hologo{#1}% + &% + \SetVariant{#1}{#2}% + \hologo{#1}% + &% + \SetVariant{#1}{#2}% + \fontfamily{qtm}\selectfont + \hologo{#1}% + &% + \SetVariant{#1}{#2}% + \fontfamily{qpl}\selectfont + \hologo{#1}% + &% + \SetVariant{#1}{#2}% + \textsf{\hologo{#1}}% + &% + \SetVariant{#1}{#2}% + \fontfamily{qhv}\selectfont + \hologo{#1}% + \tabularnewline + }% + \begin{longtable}{llllllll}% + \textbf{\textit{logo}} & \textbf{\textit{variant}} & + \texttt{\string\Hologo} & + \textbf{lmr} & \textbf{qtm} & \textbf{qpl} & + \textbf{lmss} & \textbf{qhv} + \tabularnewline + \hline + \endhead + \hologoList + \end{longtable}% + \endgroup + +\end{landscape} +\end{document} +%verbatim +%</example> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \StopEventually{ % } % @@ -382,7 +668,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@hologo.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{hologo}% - [2011/04/21 v1.5 Logo collection (HO)]% + [2012/04/26 v1.10 A logo collection with bookmark support (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -420,7 +706,9 @@ and the derived files } \TMP@EnsureCode{10}{12}% ^^J \TMP@EnsureCode{33}{12}% ! +\TMP@EnsureCode{34}{12}% " \TMP@EnsureCode{36}{3}% $ +\TMP@EnsureCode{38}{4}% & \TMP@EnsureCode{39}{12}% ' \TMP@EnsureCode{40}{12}% ( \TMP@EnsureCode{41}{12}% ) @@ -449,22 +737,104 @@ and the derived files \escapechar=92 % % \end{macrocode} % +% \subsection{Logo list} +% +% \begin{macro}{\hologoList} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\hologoList{% + \hologoEntry{(La)TeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{AmSLaTeX}{}{2010/04/16}% + \hologoEntry{AmSTeX}{}{2010/04/16}% + \hologoEntry{biber}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{BibTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{BibTeX}{sf}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{BibTeX}{sc}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{BibTeX8}{}{2011/11/22}% + \hologoEntry{ConTeXt}{}{2011/03/25}% + \hologoEntry{ConTeXt}{narrow}{2011/03/25}% + \hologoEntry{ConTeXt}{simple}{2011/03/25}% + \hologoEntry{emTeX}{}{2010/04/26}% + \hologoEntry{eTeX}{}{2010/04/08}% + \hologoEntry{ExTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{HanTheThanh}{}{2011/11/29}% + \hologoEntry{iniTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{KOMAScript}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{La}{}{2010/05/08}% + \hologoEntry{LaTeX}{}{2010/04/08}% + \hologoEntry{LaTeX2e}{}{2010/04/08}% + \hologoEntry{LaTeX3}{}{2010/04/24}% + \hologoEntry{LaTeXe}{}{2010/04/08}% + \hologoEntry{LaTeXML}{}{2011/11/22}% + \hologoEntry{LaTeXTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{LuaLaTeX}{}{2010/04/08}% + \hologoEntry{LuaTeX}{}{2010/04/08}% + \hologoEntry{LyX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{METAFONT}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{MetaFun}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{METAPOST}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{MetaPost}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{MiKTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{NTS}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{OzMF}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{OzMP}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{OzTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{OzTtH}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{PCTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{pdfTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{pdfLaTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{PiC}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{PiCTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{plainTeX}{}{2010/04/08}% + \hologoEntry{plainTeX}{space}{2010/04/16}% + \hologoEntry{plainTeX}{hyphen}{2010/04/16}% + \hologoEntry{plainTeX}{runtogether}{2010/04/16}% + \hologoEntry{SageTeX}{}{2011/11/22}% + \hologoEntry{SLiTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{SLiTeX}{lift}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{SLiTeX}{narrow}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{SLiTeX}{simple}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{SliTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{SliTeX}{narrow}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{SliTeX}{simple}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{SliTeX}{lift}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{teTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{TeX}{}{2010/04/08}% + \hologoEntry{TeX4ht}{}{2011/11/22}% + \hologoEntry{TTH}{}{2011/11/22}% + \hologoEntry{virTeX}{}{2011/10/01}% + \hologoEntry{VTeX}{}{2010/04/24}% + \hologoEntry{Xe}{}{2010/04/08}% + \hologoEntry{XeLaTeX}{}{2010/04/08}% + \hologoEntry{XeTeX}{}{2010/04/08}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsection{Load resources} % % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup \expandafter\ifx\csname RequirePackage\endcsname\relax - \input ltxcmds.sty\relax - \input infwarerr.sty\relax - \input kvsetkeys.sty\relax - \input kvdefinekeys.sty\relax - \input pdftexcmds.sty\relax - \input ifpdf.sty\relax - \input ifluatex.sty\relax - \input ifxetex.sty\relax - \input ifvtex.sty\relax + \def\TMP@RequirePackage#1[#2]{% + \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#1.sty\endcsname\relax + \input #1.sty\relax + \fi + }% + \TMP@RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/02/04]% + \TMP@RequirePackage{infwarerr}[2010/04/08]% + \TMP@RequirePackage{kvsetkeys}[2010/03/01]% + \TMP@RequirePackage{kvdefinekeys}[2010/03/01]% + \TMP@RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}[2010/04/01]% + \TMP@RequirePackage{ifpdf}[2010/01/28]% + \TMP@RequirePackage{ifluatex}[2010/03/01]% + \ltx@IfUndefined{newif}{% + \expandafter\let\csname newif\endcsname\ltx@newif + }{}% + \TMP@RequirePackage{ifxetex}[2009/01/23]% + \TMP@RequirePackage{ifvtex}[2010/03/01]% \else - \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2010/04/16]% + \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/02/04]% \RequirePackage{infwarerr}[2010/04/08]% \RequirePackage{kvsetkeys}[2010/03/01]% \RequirePackage{kvdefinekeys}[2010/03/01]% @@ -511,7 +881,7 @@ and the derived files \@PackageError{hologo}{% Unknown logo `\HOLOGO@name'% }\@ehc - \@gobble + \ltx@gobble }{% \HOLOGO@Setup }% @@ -529,7 +899,7 @@ and the derived files % % \subsection{Options} % -% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@DefineBoolOption} +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@DeclareBoolOption} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HOLOGO@DeclareBoolOption#1{% \expandafter\chardef\csname HOLOGOOPT@#1\endcsname\ltx@zero @@ -740,7 +1110,232 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \subsection{\cs{hologo}} +% \subsection{Font support} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoFont@font} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} +% |#1|:& logo name\\ +% |#2|:& font short name\\ +% |#3|:& text +% \end{tabular} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoFont@font#1#2#3{% + \begingroup + \ltx@IfUndefined{HoLogoFont@logo@#1.#2}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{HoLogoFont@font@#2}{% + \@PackageWarning{hologo}{% + Missing font `#2' for logo `#1'% + }% + #3% + }{% + \csname HoLogoFont@font@#2\endcsname{#3}% + }% + }{% + \csname HoLogoFont@logo@#1.#2\endcsname{#3}% + }% + \endgroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoFont@Def} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoFont@Def#1{% + \expandafter\def\csname HoLogoFont@font@#1\endcsname +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoFont@LogoDef} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoFont@LogoDef#1#2{% + \expandafter\def\csname HoLogoFont@logo@#1.#2\endcsname +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Font defaults} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoFont@font@general} +% \begin{macrocode} +\HoLogoFont@Def{general}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoFont@font@rm} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ltx@IfUndefined{rmfamily}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{rm}{% + }{% + \HoLogoFont@Def{rm}{\rm}% + }% +}{% + \HoLogoFont@Def{rm}{\rmfamily}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoFont@font@sf} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ltx@IfUndefined{sffamily}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{sf}{% + }{% + \HoLogoFont@Def{sf}{\sf}% + }% +}{% + \HoLogoFont@Def{sf}{\sffamily}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoFont@font@bibsf} +% In case of \hologo{plainTeX} the original small caps +% variant is used as default. In \hologo{LaTeX} +% the definition of package \xpackage{dtklogos} \cite{dtklogos} +% is used. +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\DeclareRobustCommand{\BibTeX}{% +% B% +% \kern-.05em% +% \hbox{% +% $\m@th$% %% force math size calculations +% \csname S@\f@size\endcsname +% \fontsize\sf@size\z@ +% \math@fontsfalse +% \selectfont +% I% +% \kern-.025em% +% B +% }% +% \kern-.08em% +% \-% +% \TeX +%} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ltx@IfUndefined{selectfont}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{tensc}{% + \font\tensc=cmcsc10\relax + }{}% + \HoLogoFont@Def{bibsf}{\tensc}% +}{% + \HoLogoFont@Def{bibsf}{% + $\mathsurround=0pt$% + \csname S@\f@size\endcsname + \fontsize\sf@size{0pt}% + \math@fontsfalse + \selectfont + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoFont@font@sc} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ltx@IfUndefined{scshape}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{tensc}{% + \font\tensc=cmcsc10\relax + }{}% + \HoLogoFont@Def{sc}{\tensc}% +}{% + \HoLogoFont@Def{sc}{\scshape}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoFont@font@sy} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ltx@IfUndefined{usefont}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{tensy}{% + }{% + \HoLogoFont@Def{sy}{\tensy}% + }% +}{% + \HoLogoFont@Def{sy}{% + \usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoFont@font@logo} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup + \def\x{LaTeX2e}% +\expandafter\endgroup +\ifx\fmtname\x + \ltx@IfUndefined{logofamily}{% + \DeclareRobustCommand\logofamily{% + \not@math@alphabet\logofamily\relax + \fontencoding{U}% + \fontfamily{logo}% + \selectfont + }% + }{}% + \ltx@IfUndefined{logofamily}{% + }{% + \HoLogoFont@Def{logo}{\logofamily}% + }% +\else + \ltx@IfUndefined{tenlogo}{% + \font\tenlogo=logo10\relax + }{}% + \HoLogoFont@Def{logo}{\tenlogo}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Font setup} +% +% \begin{macro}{\hologoFontSetup} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\hologoFontSetup{% + \let\HOLOGO@name\relax + \HOLOGO@FontSetup +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\hologoLogoFontSetup} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\hologoLogoFontSetup#1{% + \edef\HOLOGO@name{#1}% + \ltx@IfUndefined{HoLogo@\HOLOGO@name}{% + \@PackageError{hologo}{% + Unknown logo `\HOLOGO@name'% + }\@ehc + \ltx@gobble + }{% + \HOLOGO@FontSetup + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@FontSetup} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HOLOGO@FontSetup{% + \kvsetkeys{HoLogoFont}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HOLOGO@temp#1{% + \kv@define@key{HoLogoFont}{#1}{% + \ifx\HOLOGO@name\relax + \HoLogoFont@Def{#1}{##1}% + \else + \HoLogoFont@LogoDef\HOLOGO@name{#1}{##1}% + \fi + }% +} +\HOLOGO@temp{general} +\HOLOGO@temp{sf} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Generic logo commands} % % \begin{macrocode} \HOLOGO@IfExists\hologo{% @@ -750,99 +1345,309 @@ and the derived files }\@ehc \HOLOGO@AtEnd }% -\HOLOGO@IfExists\hologorobust{% +\HOLOGO@IfExists\hologoRobust{% \@PackageError{hologo}{% - \string\hologorobust\ltx@space is already defined.\MessageBreak + \string\hologoRobust\ltx@space is already defined.\MessageBreak Package loading is aborted% }\@ehc \HOLOGO@AtEnd }% % \end{macrocode} % -% \begin{macro}{\hologorobust} +% \subsubsection{\cs{hologo} and friends} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifluatex + \expandafter\ltx@firstofone +\else + \expandafter\ltx@gobble +\fi +{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{ifincsname}{% + \ifnum\luatexversion<36 % + \expandafter\ltx@gobble + \else + \expandafter\ltx@firstofone + \fi + {% + \begingroup + \ifcase0% + \directlua{% + if tex.enableprimitives then % + tex.enableprimitives('HOLOGO@', {'ifincsname'})% + else % + tex.print('1')% + end% + }% + \ifx\HOLOGO@ifincsname\@undefined 1\fi% + \relax + \expandafter\ltx@firstofone + \else + \endgroup + \expandafter\ltx@gobble + \fi + {% + \global\let\ifincsname\HOLOGO@ifincsname + }% + \HOLOGO@temp + }% + }{}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ltx@IfUndefined{ifincsname}{% + \catcode`$=14 % +}{% + \catcode`$=9 % +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\hologo} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\hologo#1{% +$ \ifincsname +$ \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogoCs@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}}{% +$ #1% +$ }{% +$ \csname HoLogoCs@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}\endcsname\ltx@firstoftwo +$ }% +$ \else + \HOLOGO@IfExists\texorpdfstring\texorpdfstring\ltx@firstoftwo + {% + \hologoRobust{#1}% + }{% + \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogoBkm@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}}{% + \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogo@#1}{?#1?}{#1}% + }{% + \csname HoLogoBkm@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}\endcsname + \ltx@firstoftwo + }% + }% +$ \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\Hologo} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\Hologo#1{% +$ \ifincsname +$ \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogoCs@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}}{% +$ #1% +$ }{% +$ \csname HoLogoCs@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}\endcsname\ltx@secondoftwo +$ }% +$ \else + \HOLOGO@IfExists\texorpdfstring\texorpdfstring\ltx@firstoftwo + {% + \HologoRobust{#1}% + }{% + \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogoBkm@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}}{% + \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogo@#1}{?#1?}{#1}% + }{% + \csname HoLogoBkm@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}\endcsname + \ltx@secondoftwo + }% + }% +$ \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\hologoVariant} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\hologoVariant#1#2{% + \ifx\relax#2\relax + \hologo{#1}% + \else +$ \ifincsname +$ \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogoCs@#1@#2}{% +$ #1% +$ }{% +$ \csname HoLogoCs@#1@#2\endcsname\ltx@firstoftwo +$ }% +$ \else + \HOLOGO@IfExists\texorpdfstring\texorpdfstring\ltx@firstoftwo + {% + \hologoVariantRobust{#1}{#2}% + }{% + \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogoBkm@#1@#2}{% + \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogo@#1}{?#1?}{#1}% + }{% + \csname HoLogoBkm@#1@#2\endcsname + \ltx@firstoftwo + }% + }% +$ \fi + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HologoVariant} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HologoVariant#1#2{% + \ifx\relax#2\relax + \Hologo{#1}% + \else +$ \ifincsname +$ \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogoCs@#1@#2}{% +$ #1% +$ }{% +$ \csname HoLogoCs@#1@#2\endcsname\ltx@secondoftwo +$ }% +$ \else + \HOLOGO@IfExists\texorpdfstring\texorpdfstring\ltx@firstoftwo + {% + \HologoVariantRobust{#1}{#2}% + }{% + \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogoBkm@#1@#2}{% + \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogo@#1}{?#1?}{#1}% + }{% + \csname HoLogoBkm@#1@#2\endcsname + \ltx@secondoftwo + }% + }% +$ \fi + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\catcode`\$=3 % +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{\cs{hologoRobust} and friends} +% +% \begin{macro}{\hologoRobust} % \begin{macrocode} \ltx@IfUndefined{protected}{% \ltx@IfUndefined{DeclareRobustCommand}{% - \def\hologorobust#1% + \def\hologoRobust#1% }{% - \DeclareRobustCommand*\hologorobust[1]% + \DeclareRobustCommand*\hologoRobust[1]% }% }{% - \protected\def\hologorobust#1% + \protected\def\hologoRobust#1% }% {% \edef\HOLOGO@name{#1}% - \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogo@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{HoLogo@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name}{% \@PackageError{hologo}{% Unknown logo `\HOLOGO@name'% }\@ehc ?\HOLOGO@name?% }{% - \csname HoLogo@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name\endcsname\ltx@firstoftwo - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\hologo} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\hologo#1{% - \HOLOGO@IfExists\texorpdfstring\texorpdfstring\ltx@firstoftwo - {% - \hologorobust{#1}% - }{% - \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogoBkm@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}}{% - \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogo@#1}{?#1?}{#1}% + \ltx@IfUndefined{ver@tex4ht.sty}{% + \HoLogoFont@font\HOLOGO@name{general}{% + \csname HoLogo@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name\endcsname + \ltx@firstoftwo + }% }{% - \csname HoLogoBkm@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}\endcsname\ltx@firstoftwo + \ltx@IfUndefined{HoLogoHtml@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name}{% + \HOLOGO@name + }{% + \csname HoLogoHtml@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name\endcsname + \ltx@firstoftwo + }% }% }% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\Hologorobust} +% \begin{macro}{\HologoRobust} % \begin{macrocode} \ltx@IfUndefined{protected}{% \ltx@IfUndefined{DeclareRobustCommand}{% - \def\Hologorobust#1% + \def\HologoRobust#1% }{% - \DeclareRobustCommand*\Hologorobust[1]% + \DeclareRobustCommand*\HologoRobust[1]% }% }{% - \protected\def\Hologorobust#1% + \protected\def\HologoRobust#1% }% {% \edef\HOLOGO@name{#1}% - \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogo@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{HoLogo@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name}{% \@PackageError{hologo}{% Unknown logo `\HOLOGO@name'% }\@ehc ?\HOLOGO@name?% }{% - \csname HoLogo@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name\endcsname\ltx@secondoftwo + \ltx@IfUndefined{ver@tex4ht.sty}{% + \HoLogoFont@font\HOLOGO@name{general}{% + \csname HoLogo@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name\endcsname + \ltx@secondoftwo + }% + }{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{HoLogoHtml@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name}{% + \expandafter\HOLOGO@Uppercase\HOLOGO@name + }{% + \csname HoLogoHtml@\HOLOGO@Variant\HOLOGO@name\endcsname + \ltx@secondoftwo + }% + }% }% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\Hologo} +% \begin{macro}{\hologoVariantRobust} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\Hologo#1{% - \HOLOGO@IfExists\texorpdfstring\texorpdfstring\ltx@firstoftwo - {% - \Hologorobust{#1}% +\ltx@IfUndefined{protected}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{DeclareRobustCommand}{% + \def\hologoVariantRobust#1#2% }{% - \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogoBkm@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}}{% - \ltx@ifundefined{HoLogo@#1}{?#1?}{#1}% - }{% - \csname HoLogoBkm@\HOLOGO@Variant{#1}\endcsname\ltx@secondoftwo - }% + \DeclareRobustCommand*\hologoVariantRobust[2]% }% +}{% + \protected\def\hologoVariantRobust#1#2% +}% +{% + \begingroup + \hologoLogoSetup{#1}{variant={#2}}% + \hologoRobust{#1}% + \endgroup } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HologoVariantRobust} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ltx@IfUndefined{protected}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{DeclareRobustCommand}{% + \def\HologoVariantRobust#1#2% + }{% + \DeclareRobustCommand*\HologoVariantRobust[2]% + }% +}{% + \protected\def\HologoVariantRobust#1#2% +}% +{% + \begingroup + \hologoLogoSetup{#1}{variant={#2}}% + \HologoRobust{#1}% + \endgroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\hologorobust} +% Macro \cs{hologorobust} is only defined for compatibility. +% Its use is deprecated. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\hologorobust{\hologoRobust} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsection{Helpers} % +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@Uppercase} +% Macro \cs{HOLOGO@Uppercase} is restricted to \cs{uppercase}, +% because \hologo{plainTeX} or \hologo{iniTeX} do not provide +% \cs{MakeUppercase}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HOLOGO@Uppercase#1{\uppercase{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@PdfdocUnicode} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HOLOGO@PdfdocUnicode{% @@ -910,6 +1715,51 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@Span} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HOLOGO@Span#1#2{% + \HCode{<span class="HoLogo-#1">}% + #2% + \HCode{</span>}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Text subscript} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@SubScript}% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HOLOGO@SubScript#1{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{textsubscript}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{text}{% + \ltx@mbox{% + \mathsurround=0pt\relax + $% + _{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{sf@size}{% + \mathrm{#1}% + }{% + \mbox{% + \fontsize\sf@size{0pt}\selectfont + #1% + }% + }% + }% + $% + }% + }{% + \ltx@mbox{% + \mathsurround=0pt\relax + $_{\text{#1}}$% + }% + }% + }{% + \textsubscript{#1}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsection{\hologo{TeX} and friends} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{TeX}} @@ -922,6 +1772,40 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@TeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@TeX#1{% + \HoLogoCss@TeX + \HOLOGO@Span{TeX}{% + T% + \HOLOGO@Span{e}{% + E% + }% + X% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@TeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@TeX{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{% + position:relative;% + top:.5ex;% + margin-left:-.1667em;% + margin-right:-.125em;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + a span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{% + text-decoration:none;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@TeX\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{plainTeX}} % @@ -933,6 +1817,11 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@plainTeX@space} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCs@plainTeX@space#1{#1{p}{P}lain TeX}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@plainTeX@space} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogoBkm@plainTeX@space#1{% @@ -940,6 +1829,13 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@plainTeX@space} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@plainTeX@space#1{% + #1{p}{P}lain \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@plainTeX@hyphen} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -948,6 +1844,11 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@plainTeX@hyphen} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCs@plainTeX@hyphen#1{#1{p}{P}lain-TeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@plainTeX@hyphen} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogoBkm@plainTeX@hyphen#1{% @@ -955,6 +1856,13 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@plainTeX@hyphen} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@plainTeX@hyphen#1{% + #1{p}{P}lain-\hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@plainTeX@runtogether} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -963,6 +1871,11 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@plainTeX@runtogether} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCs@plainTeX@runtogether#1{#1{p}{P}lainTeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@plainTeX@runtogether} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogoBkm@plainTeX@runtogether#1{% @@ -970,24 +1883,65 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@plainTeX@runtogether} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@plainTeX@runtogether#1{% + #1{p}{P}lain\hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@plainTeX} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogo@plainTeX{\HoLogo@plainTeX@space} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@plainTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCs@plainTeX{\HoLogoCs@plainTeX@space} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@plainTeX} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogoBkm@plainTeX{\HoLogoBkm@plainTeX@space} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@plainTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@plainTeX{\HoLogoHtml@plainTeX@space} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{LaTeX}} % -% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@LaTeX} % Source: \hologo{LaTeX} kernel. +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\DeclareRobustCommand{\LaTeX}{% +% L% +% \kern-.36em% +% {% +% \sbox\z@ T% +% \vbox to\ht\z@{% +% \hbox{% +% \check@mathfonts +% \fontsize\sf@size\z@ +% \math@fontsfalse +% \selectfont +% A% +% }% +% \vss +% }% +% }% +% \kern-.15em% +% \TeX +%} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@La} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\HoLogo@LaTeX#1{% +\def\HoLogo@La#1{% L% \kern-.36em% \begingroup @@ -998,7 +1952,7 @@ and the derived files \csname sevenrm\endcsname }{% \check@mathfonts - \fontsize\sf@size\z@ + \fontsize\sf@size{0pt}% \math@fontsfalse\selectfont }% A% @@ -1006,11 +1960,163 @@ and the derived files \vss }% \endgroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@LaTeX} +% Source: \hologo{LaTeX} kernel. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@LaTeX#1{% + \hologo{La}% \kern-.15em% \hologo{TeX}% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@LaTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@LaTeX#1{% + \HoLogoCss@LaTeX + \HOLOGO@Span{LaTeX}{% + L% + \HOLOGO@Span{a}{% + A% + }% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@LaTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@LaTeX{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-LaTeX span.HoLogo-a{% + position:relative;% + top:-.5ex;% + margin-left:-.36em;% + margin-right:-.15em;% + font-size:85\%;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@LaTeX\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{(La)TeX}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@LaTeXTeX} +% The kerning around the parentheses is taken +% from package \xpackage{dtklogos} \cite{dtklogos}. +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\DeclareRobustCommand{\LaTeXTeX}{% +% (% +% \kern-.15em% +% L% +% \kern-.36em% +% {% +% \sbox\z@ T% +% \vbox to\ht0{% +% \hbox{% +% $\m@th$% +% \csname S@\f@size\endcsname +% \fontsize\sf@size\z@ +% \math@fontsfalse +% \selectfont +% A% +% }% +% \vss +% }% +% }% +% \kern-.2em% +% )% +% \kern-.15em% +% \TeX +%} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@LaTeXTeX#1{% + (% + \kern-.15em% + \hologo{La}% + \kern-.2em% + )% + \kern-.15em% + \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@LaTeXTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@LaTeXTeX#1{(La)TeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@(La)TeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter +\let\csname HoLogo@(La)TeX\endcsname\HoLogo@LaTeXTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@(La)TeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter +\let\csname HoLogoBkm@(La)TeX\endcsname\HoLogoBkm@LaTeXTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@LaTeXTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@LaTeXTeX#1{% + \HoLogoCss@LaTeXTeX + \HOLOGO@Span{LaTeXTeX}{% + (% + \HOLOGO@Span{L}{L}% + \HOLOGO@Span{a}{A}% + \HOLOGO@Span{ParenRight}{)}% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@(La)TeX} +% Kerning after opening parentheses and before closing parentheses +% is $-0.1$\,em. The original values $-0.15$\,em +% looked too ugly for a serif font. +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter +\let\csname HoLogoHtml@(La)TeX\endcsname\HoLogoHtml@LaTeXTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@LaTeXTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@LaTeXTeX{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-LaTeXTeX span.HoLogo-L{% + margin-left:-.1em;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-LaTeXTeX span.HoLogo-a{% + position:relative;% + top:-.5ex;% + margin-left:-.36em;% + margin-right:-.1em;% + font-size:85\%;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-LaTeXTeX span.HoLogo-ParenRight{% + margin-right:-.15em;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@LaTeXTeX\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{LaTeXe}} % @@ -1029,6 +2135,25 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@LaTeXe} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifnum64=`\^^^^0040\relax % test for big chars of LuaTeX/XeTeX + \catcode`\$=9 % + \catcode`\&=14 % +\else + \catcode`\$=14 % + \catcode`\&=9 % +\fi +\def\HoLogoCs@LaTeXe#1{% + LaTeX2% +$ \string ^^^^0395% +& e% +}% +\catcode`\$=3 % +\catcode`\&=4 % +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@LaTeXe} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogoBkm@LaTeXe#1{% @@ -1039,14 +2164,63 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@LaTeXe} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@LaTeXe#1{% + \HoLogoCss@LaTeXe + \HOLOGO@Span{LaTeX2e}{% + \hologo{LaTeX}% + \HOLOGO@Span{2}{2}% + \HOLOGO@Span{e}{% + \HOLOGO@MathSetup + \ensuremath{\textstyle\varepsilon}% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@LaTeXe} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@LaTeXe{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-LaTeX2e span.HoLogo-2{% + padding-left:.15em;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-LaTeX2e span.HoLogo-e{% + position:relative;% + top:.35ex;% + text-decoration:none;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@LaTeXe\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@LaTeX2e} % \begin{macrocode} -\expandafter\let\csname HoLogo@LaTeX2e\endcsname\HoLogo@LaTeXe +\expandafter +\let\csname HoLogo@LaTeX2e\endcsname\HoLogo@LaTeXe +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@LaTeX2e} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter +\let\csname HoLogoCs@LaTeX2e\endcsname\HoLogoCs@LaTeXe % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@LaTeX2e} % \begin{macrocode} -\expandafter\let\csname HoLogoBkm@LaTeX2e\endcsname\HoLogoBkm@LaTeXe +\expandafter +\let\csname HoLogoBkm@LaTeX2e\endcsname\HoLogoBkm@LaTeXe +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@LaTeX2e} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter +\let\csname HoLogoHtml@LaTeX2e\endcsname\HoLogoHtml@LaTeXe % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1070,6 +2244,56 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@LaTeX3} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter +\let\csname HoLogoHtml@LaTeX3\expandafter\endcsname +\csname HoLogo@LaTeX3\endcsname +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{LaTeXML}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@LaTeXML} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@LaTeXML#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{% + \hologo{La}% + \kern-.15em% + T% + \kern-.1667em% + \lower.5ex\hbox{E}% + \kern-.125em% + \HoLogoFont@font{LaTeXML}{sc}{xml}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@pdfLaTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@LaTeXML#1{% + \HOLOGO@Span{LaTeXML}{% + \HoLogoCss@LaTeX + \HoLogoCss@TeX + \HOLOGO@Span{LaTeX}{% + L% + \HOLOGO@Span{a}{% + A% + }% + }% + \HOLOGO@Span{TeX}{% + T% + \HOLOGO@Span{e}{% + E% + }% + }% + \HCode{<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">}% + xml% + \HCode{</span>}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{eTeX}} % @@ -1078,17 +2302,33 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogo@eTeX#1{% \ltx@mbox{% - \hbox{% - \HOLOGO@MathSetup - $\varepsilon$% - -% - \HOLOGO@NegativeKerning{-T,T-,To}% - \hologo{TeX}% - }% + \HOLOGO@MathSetup + $\varepsilon$% + -% + \HOLOGO@NegativeKerning{-T,T-,To}% + \hologo{TeX}% }% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@eTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifnum64=`\^^^^0040\relax % test for big chars of LuaTeX/XeTeX + \catcode`\$=9 % + \catcode`\&=14 % +\else + \catcode`\$=14 % + \catcode`\&=9 % +\fi +\def\HoLogoCs@eTeX#1{% +$ #1{\string ^^^^0395}{\string ^^^^03b5}% +& #1{e}{E}% + TeX% +}% +\catcode`\$=3 % +\catcode`\&=4 % +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@eTeX} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogoBkm@eTeX#1{% @@ -1098,7 +2338,18 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@eTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@eTeX#1{% + \ltx@mbox{% + \HOLOGO@MathSetup + $\varepsilon$% + -% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{iniTeX}} % @@ -1106,11 +2357,28 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogo@iniTeX#1{% \HOLOGO@mbox{% - ini\hologo{TeX}% + #1{i}{I}ni\hologo{TeX}% }% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@iniTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCs@iniTeX#1{#1{i}{I}niTeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@iniTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@iniTeX#1{% + #1{i}{I}ni\hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@iniTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@iniTeX\HoLogo@iniTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{virTeX}} % @@ -1118,11 +2386,259 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogo@virTeX#1{% \HOLOGO@mbox{% - ini\hologo{TeX}% + #1{v}{V}ir\hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@virTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCs@virTeX#1{#1{v}{V}irTeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@virTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@virTeX#1{% + #1{v}{V}ir\hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@virTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@virTeX\HoLogo@virTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{SliTeX}} +% +% \paragraph{Definitions of the three variants.} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@SLiTeX@lift} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@SLiTeX@lift#1{% + \HoLogoFont@font{SliTeX}{rm}{% + S% + \kern-.06em% + L% + \kern-.18em% + \raise.32ex\hbox{\HoLogoFont@font{SliTeX}{sc}{i}}% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \kern-.06em% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@SLiTeX@lift} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@SLiTeX@lift#1{SLiTeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@SLiTeX@lift} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@SLiTeX@lift#1{% + \HoLogoCss@SLiTeX@lift + \HOLOGO@Span{SLiTeX-lift}{% + \HoLogoFont@font{SliTeX}{rm}{% + S% + \HOLOGO@Span{L}{L}% + \HOLOGO@Span{i}{i}% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@SLiTeX@lift} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@SLiTeX@lift{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-SLiTeX-lift span.HoLogo-L{% + margin-left:-.06em;% + margin-right:-.18em;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-SLiTeX-lift span.HoLogo-i{% + position:relative;% + top:-.32ex;% + margin-right:-.06em;% + font-variant:small-caps;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@SLiTeX@lift\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@SliTeX@simple} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@SliTeX@simple#1{% + \HoLogoFont@font{SliTeX}{rm}{% + \ltx@mbox{% + \HoLogoFont@font{SliTeX}{sc}{Sli}% + }% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@SliTeX@simple} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@SliTeX@simple#1{SliTeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@SliTeX@simple} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@SliTeX@simple\HoLogo@SliTeX@simple +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@SliTeX@narrow} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@SliTeX@narrow#1{% + \HoLogoFont@font{SliTeX}{rm}{% + \ltx@mbox{% + S% + \kern-.06em% + \HoLogoFont@font{SliTeX}{sc}{% + l% + \kern-.035em% + i% + }% + }% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \kern-.06em% + \hologo{TeX}% }% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@SliTeX@narrow} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@SliTeX@narrow#1{SliTeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@SliTeX@narrow} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@SliTeX@narrow#1{% + \HoLogoCss@SliTeX@narrow + \HOLOGO@Span{SliTeX-narrow}{% + \HoLogoFont@font{SliTeX}{rm}{% + S% + \HOLOGO@Span{l}{l}% + \HOLOGO@Span{i}{i}% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@SliTeX@narrow} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@SliTeX@narrow{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-SliTeX-narrow span.HoLogo-l{% + margin-left:-.06em;% + margin-right:-.035em;% + font-variant:small-caps;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-SliTeX-narrow span.HoLogo-i{% + margin-right:-.06em;% + font-variant:small-caps;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@SliTeX@narrow\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \paragraph{Macro set completion.} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@SLiTeX@simple} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@SLiTeX@simple{\HoLogo@SliTeX@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@SLiTeX@simple} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@SLiTeX@simple{\HoLogoBkm@SliTeX@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@SLiTeX@simple} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@SLiTeX@simple{\HoLogoHtml@SliTeX@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@SLiTeX@narrow} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@SLiTeX@narrow{\HoLogo@SliTeX@narrow} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@SLiTeX@narrow} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@SLiTeX@narrow{\HoLogoBkm@SliTeX@narrow} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@SLiTeX@narrow} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@SLiTeX@narrow{\HoLogoHtml@SliTeX@narrow} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@SliTeX@lift} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@SliTeX@lift{\HoLogo@SLiTeX@lift} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@SliTeX@lift} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@SliTeX@lift{\HoLogoBkm@SLiTeX@lift} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@SliTeX@lift} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@SliTeX@lift{\HoLogoHtml@SLiTeX@lift} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \paragraph{Defaults.} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@SLiTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@SLiTeX{\HoLogo@SLiTeX@lift} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@SLiTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@SLiTeX{\HoLogoBkm@SLiTeX@lift} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@SLiTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@SLiTeX{\HoLogoHtml@SLiTeX@lift} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@SliTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@SliTeX{\HoLogo@SliTeX@narrow} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@SliTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@SliTeX{\HoLogoBkm@SliTeX@narrow} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@SliTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@SliTeX{\HoLogoHtml@SliTeX@narrow} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{LuaTeX}} % @@ -1139,6 +2655,11 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@LuaTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@LuaTeX\HoLogo@LuaTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{LuaLaTeX}} % @@ -1152,24 +2673,219 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@LuaLaTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@LuaLaTeX\HoLogo@LuaLaTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{XeTeX}, \hologo{XeLaTeX}} % +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@IfCharExists} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifluatex + \ifnum\luatexversion<36 % + \else + \def\HOLOGO@IfCharExists#1{% + \ifnum + \directlua{% + if font and font.fonts and font.current then % + local f = font.fonts[font.current()]% + if f.characters and f.characters[\number#1] then % + tex.print("1")% + end % + end% + }0=\ltx@zero + \expandafter\ltx@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\ltx@firstoftwo + \fi + }% + \fi +\fi +\ltx@IfUndefined{HOLOGO@IfCharExists}{% + \def\HOLOGO@@IfCharExists#1{% + \begingroup + \tracinglostchars=\ltx@zero + \setbox\ltx@zero=\hbox{% + \kern7sp\char#1\relax + \ifnum\lastkern>\ltx@zero + \expandafter\aftergroup\csname iffalse\endcsname + \else + \expandafter\aftergroup\csname iftrue\endcsname + \fi + }% + % \if{true|false} from \aftergroup + \endgroup + \expandafter\ltx@firstoftwo + \else + \endgroup + \expandafter\ltx@secondoftwo + \fi + }% + \ifxetex + \ltx@IfUndefined{XeTeXfonttype}{}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{XeTeXcharglyph}{}{% + \def\HOLOGO@IfCharExists#1{% + \ifnum\XeTeXfonttype\font>\ltx@zero + \expandafter\ltx@firstofthree + \else + \expandafter\ltx@gobble + \fi + {% + \ifnum\XeTeXcharglyph#1>\ltx@zero + \expandafter\ltx@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\ltx@secondoftwo + \fi + }% + \HOLOGO@@IfCharExists{#1}% + }% + }% + }% + \fi +}{} +\ltx@ifundefined{HOLOGO@IfCharExists}{% + \ifnum64=`\^^^^0040\relax % test for big chars of LuaTeX/XeTeX + \let\HOLOGO@IfCharExists\HOLOGO@@IfCharExists + \else + \def\HOLOGO@IfCharExists#1{% + \ifnum#1>255 % + \expandafter\ltx@fourthoffour + \fi + \HOLOGO@@IfCharExists{#1}% + }% + \fi +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@Xe} % Source: package \xpackage{dtklogos} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogo@Xe#1{% X% \kern-.1em\relax - \ltx@IfUndefined{HOLOGO@ReflectBox}\ltx@firstoftwo{% - \ltx@IfUndefined{HOLOGO@ReflectBox@\hologodriver}% - \ltx@firstoftwo\ltx@secondoftwo + \HOLOGO@IfCharExists{"018E}{% + \lower.5ex\hbox{\char"018E}% + }{% + \chardef\HOLOGO@choice=\ltx@zero + \ifdim\fontdimen\ltx@one\font>0pt % + \ltx@IfUndefined{rotatebox}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{pgftext}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{psscalebox}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{HOLOGO@ScaleBox@\hologoDriver}{% + }{% + \chardef\HOLOGO@choice=4 % + }% + }{% + \chardef\HOLOGO@choice=3 % + }% + }{% + \chardef\HOLOGO@choice=2 % + }% + }{% + \chardef\HOLOGO@choice=1 % + }% + \ifcase\HOLOGO@choice + \HOLOGO@WarningUnsupportedDriver{Xe}% + e% + \or % 1: \rotatebox + \begingroup + \setbox\ltx@zero\hbox{\rotatebox{180}{E}}% + \ltx@LocDimenA=\dp\ltx@zero + \advance\ltx@LocDimenA by -.5ex\relax + \raise\ltx@LocDimenA\box\ltx@zero + \endgroup + \or % 2: \pgftext + \lower.5ex\hbox{% + \pgfpicture + \pgftext[rotate=180]{E}% + \endpgfpicture + }% + \or % 3: \psscalebox + \begingroup + \setbox\ltx@zero\hbox{\psscalebox{-1 -1}{E}}% + \ltx@LocDimenA=\dp\ltx@zero + \advance\ltx@LocDimenA by -.5ex\relax + \raise\ltx@LocDimenA\box\ltx@zero + \endgroup + \or % 4: \HOLOGO@PointReflectBox + \lower.5ex\hbox{\HOLOGO@PointReflectBox{E}}% + \else + \@PackageError{hologo}{Internal error (choice/it}\@ehc + \fi + \else + \ltx@IfUndefined{reflectbox}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{pgftext}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{psscalebox}{% + \ltx@IfUndefined{HOLOGO@ScaleBox@\hologoDriver}{% + }{% + \chardef\HOLOGO@choice=4 % + }% + }{% + \chardef\HOLOGO@choice=3 % + }% + }{% + \chardef\HOLOGO@choice=2 % + }% + }{% + \chardef\HOLOGO@choice=1 % + }% + \ifcase\HOLOGO@choice + \HOLOGO@WarningUnsupportedDriver{Xe}% + e% + \or % 1: reflectbox + \lower.5ex\hbox{% + \reflectbox{E}% + }% + \or % 2: \pgftext + \lower.5ex\hbox{% + \pgfpicture + \pgftransformxscale{-1}% + \pgftext{E}% + \endpgfpicture + }% + \or % 3: \psscalebox + \lower.5ex\hbox{% + \psscalebox{-1 1}{E}% + }% + \or % 4: \HOLOGO@Reflectbox + \lower.5ex\hbox{% + \HOLOGO@ReflectBox{E}% + }% + \else + \@PackageError{hologo}{Internal error (choice/up)}\@ehc + \fi + \fi + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@Xe} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@Xe#1{% + \HoLogoCss@Xe + \HOLOGO@Span{Xe}{% + X% + \HOLOGO@Span{e}{% + \HCode{&\ltx@hashchar x018e;}% + }% }% - {e}{% - \lower.5ex\hbox{% - \HOLOGO@ReflectBox{E}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@Xe} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@Xe{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-Xe span.HoLogo-e{% + position:relative;% + top:.5ex;% + left-margin:-.1em;% }% }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@Xe\relax } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1184,14 +2900,62 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@XeTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@XeTeX#1{% + \HoLogoCss@XeTeX + \HOLOGO@Span{XeTeX}{% + \hologo{Xe}% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@XeTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@XeTeX{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-XeTeX span.HoLogo-TeX{% + margin-left:-.15em;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@XeTeX\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@XeLaTeX} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogo@XeLaTeX#1{% \hologo{Xe}% + \kern-.13em% \hologo{LaTeX}% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@XeLaTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@XeLaTeX#1{% + \HoLogoCss@XeLaTeX + \HOLOGO@Span{XeLaTeX}{% + \hologo{Xe}% + \hologo{LaTeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@XeLaTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@XeLaTeX{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-XeLaTeX span.HoLogo-Xe{% + margin-right:-.13em;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@XeLaTeX\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{pdfTeX}, \hologo{pdfLaTeX}} % @@ -1204,6 +2968,23 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@pdfTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCs@pdfTeX#1{#1{p}{P}dfTeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@pdfTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@pdfTeX#1{% + #1{p}{P}df\hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@pdfTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@pdfTeX\HoLogo@pdfTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@pdfLaTeX} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1214,6 +2995,23 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@pdfLaTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCs@pdfLaTeX#1{#1{p}{P}dfLaTeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@pdfLaTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@pdfLaTeX#1{% + #1{p}{P}df\hologo{LaTeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@pdfLaTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@pdfLaTeX\HoLogo@pdfLaTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{VTeX}} % @@ -1226,6 +3024,11 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@VTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@VTeX\HoLogo@VTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{AmS}, \dots} % @@ -1234,14 +3037,13 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@AmS} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogo@AmS#1{% - \begingroup - \usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}% + \HoLogoFont@font{AmS}{sy}{% A% \kern-.1667em% \lower.5ex\hbox{M}% \kern-.125em% S% - \endgroup + }% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1250,6 +3052,36 @@ and the derived files \def\HoLogoBkm@AmS#1{AmS} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@AmS} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@AmS#1{% + \HoLogoCss@AmS +% \HoLogoFont@font{AmS}{sy}{% + \HOLOGO@Span{AmS}{% + A% + \HOLOGO@Span{M}{M}% + S% + }% +% }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@AmS} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@AmS{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-AmS span.HoLogo-M{% + position:relative;% + top:.5ex;% + margin-left:-.1667em;% + margin-right:-.125em;% + text-decoration:none;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@AmS\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@AmSTeX} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1262,7 +3094,12 @@ and the derived files % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@AmSTeX} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\HoLogoBkm@AmSLaTeX#1{AmS-TeX}% +\def\HoLogoBkm@AmSTeX#1{AmS-TeX}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@AmSTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@AmSTeX\HoLogo@AmSTeX % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1280,6 +3117,202 @@ and the derived files \def\HoLogoBkm@AmSLaTeX#1{AmS-LaTeX}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@AmSLaTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@AmSLaTeX\HoLogo@AmSLaTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{BibTeX}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@BibTeX@sc} +% A definition of \hologo{BibTeX} is provided in +% the documentation source for the manual of \hologo{BibTeX} +% \cite{btxdoc}. +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\def\BibTeX{% +% {% +% \rm +% B% +% \kern-.05em% +% {% +% \sc +% i% +% \kern-.025em % +% b% +% }% +% \kern-.08em +% T% +% \kern-.1667em% +% \lower.7ex\hbox{E}% +% \kern-.125em% +% X% +% }% +%} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@BibTeX@sc#1{% + B% + \kern-.05em% + \HoLogoFont@font{BibTeX}{sc}{% + i% + \kern-.025em% + b% + }% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \kern-.08em% + \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@BibTeX@sc} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@BibTeX@sc#1{% + \HoLogoCss@BibTeX@sc + \HOLOGO@Span{BibTeX-sc}{% + B% + \HOLOGO@Span{i}{i}% + \HOLOGO@Span{b}{b}% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@BibTeX@sc} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@BibTeX@sc{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-BibTeX-sc span.HoLogo-i{% + margin-left:-.05em;% + margin-right:-.025em;% + font-variant:small-caps;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-BibTeX-sc span.HoLogo-b{% + margin-right:-.08em;% + font-variant:small-caps;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@BibTeX@sc\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@BibTeX@sf} +% Variant \xoption{sf} avoids trouble with unavailable +% small caps fonts (e.g., bold versions of Computer Modern or +% Latin Modern). The definition is taken from +% package \xpackage{dtklogos} \cite{dtklogos}. +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\DeclareRobustCommand{\BibTeX}{% +% B% +% \kern-.05em% +% \hbox{% +% $\m@th$% %% force math size calculations +% \csname S@\f@size\endcsname +% \fontsize\sf@size\z@ +% \math@fontsfalse +% \selectfont +% I% +% \kern-.025em% +% B +% }% +% \kern-.08em% +% \-% +% \TeX +%} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@BibTeX@sf#1{% + B% + \kern-.05em% + \HoLogoFont@font{BibTeX}{bibsf}{% + I% + \kern-.025em% + B% + }% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \kern-.08em% + \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@BibTeX@sf} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@BibTeX@sf#1{% + \HoLogoCss@BibTeX@sf + \HOLOGO@Span{BibTeX-sf}{% + B% + \HoLogoFont@font{BibTeX}{bibsf}{% + \HOLOGO@Span{i}{I}% + B% + }% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@BibTeX@sf} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@BibTeX@sf{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-BibTeX-sf span.HoLogo-i{% + margin-left:-.05em;% + margin-right:-.025em;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-BibTeX-sf span.HoLogo-TeX{% + margin-left:-.08em;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@BibTeX@sf\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@BibTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@BibTeX{\HoLogo@BibTeX@sf} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@BibTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@BibTeX{\HoLogoHtml@BibTeX@sf} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{BibTeX8}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@BibTeX8} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter\def\csname HoLogo@BibTeX8\endcsname#1{% + \hologo{BibTeX}% + 8% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@BibTeX8} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter\def\csname HoLogoBkm@BibTeX8\endcsname#1{% + \hologo{BibTeX}% + 8% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@BibTeX8} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter +\let\csname HoLogoHtml@BibTeX8\expandafter\endcsname +\csname HoLogo@BibTeX8\endcsname +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsubsection{\hologo{ConTeXt}} % @@ -1292,6 +3325,11 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@ConTeXt@simple} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@ConTeXt@simple\HoLogo@ConTeXt@simple +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@ConTeXt@narrow} % This definition of logo \hologo{ConTeXt} with variant \xoption{narrow} @@ -1305,12 +3343,751 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@ConTeXt@narrow} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@ConTeXt@narrow#1{% + \HoLogoCss@ConTeXt@narrow + \HOLOGO@Span{ConTeXt-narrow}{% + \HOLOGO@Span{C}{C}% + on% + \hologo{TeX}% + t% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@ConTeXt@narrow} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@ConTeXt@narrow{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-ConTeXt-narrow span.HoLogo-C{% + margin-left:-.0333em;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-ConTeXt-narrow span.HoLogo-TeX{% + margin-left:-.0667em;% + margin-right:-.0333em;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@ConTeXt@narrow\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@ConTeXt} % \begin{macrocode} \def\HoLogo@ConTeXt{\HoLogo@ConTeXt@narrow} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@ConTeXt} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@ConTeXt{\HoLogoHtml@ConTeXt@narrow} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{emTeX}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@emTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@emTeX#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{#1{e}{E}m}% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@emTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCs@emTeX#1{#1{e}{E}mTeX}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@emTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@emTeX#1{% + #1{e}{E}m\hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@emTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@emTeX\HoLogo@emTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{ExTeX}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@ExTeX} +% The definition is taken from the FAQ of the +% project \hologo{ExTeX} +% \cite{ExTeX-FAQ}. +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\def\ExTeX{% +% \textrm{% Logo always with serifs +% \ensuremath{% +% \textstyle +% \varepsilon_{% +% \kern-0.15em% +% \mathcal{X}% +% }% +% }% +% \kern-.15em% +% \TeX +% }% +%} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@ExTeX#1{% + \HoLogoFont@font{ExTeX}{rm}{% + \ltx@mbox{% + \HOLOGO@MathSetup + $% + \textstyle + \varepsilon_{% + \kern-0.15em% + \HoLogoFont@font{ExTeX}{sy}{X}% + }% + $% + }% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \kern-.15em% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@ExTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@ExTeX#1{% + \HoLogoCss@ExTeX + \HoLogoFont@font{ExTeX}{rm}{% + \HOLOGO@Span{ExTeX}{% + \ltx@mbox{% + \HOLOGO@MathSetup + $\textstyle\varepsilon$% + \HOLOGO@Span{X}{$\textstyle\chi$}% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@ExTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@ExTeX#1{% + \HOLOGO@PdfdocUnicode{#1{e}{E}x}{\textepsilon\textchi}% + \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@ExTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@ExTeX{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-ExTeX{% + font-family:serif;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-ExTeX span.HoLogo-TeX{% + margin-left:-.15em;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@ExTeX\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{MiKTeX}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@MiKTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@MiKTeX#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{MiK}% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@MiKTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@MiKTeX\HoLogo@MiKTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{OzTeX} and friends} +% +% Source: \hologo{OzTeX} FAQ \cite{OzTeX}: +% \begin{quote} +% |\def\OzTeX{O\kern-.03em z\kern-.15em\TeX}|\\ +% (There is no kerning in OzMF, OzMP and OzTtH.) +% \end{quote} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@OzTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@OzTeX#1{% + O% + \kern-.03em % + z% + \kern-.15em % + \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@OzTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@OzTeX#1{% + \HoLogoCss@OzTeX + \HOLOGO@Span{OzTeX}{% + O% + \HOLOGO@Span{z}{z}% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@OzTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@OzTeX{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-OzTeX span.HoLogo-z{% + margin-left:-.03em;% + margin-right:-.15em;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@OzTeX\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@OzMF} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@OzMF#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{OzMF}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@OzMP} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@OzMP#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{OzMP}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@OzTtH} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@OzTtH#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{OzTtH}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{PCTeX}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@PCTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@PCTeX#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{PC}% + \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@PCTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@PCTeX\HoLogo@PCTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{PiCTeX}} +% +% The original definitions from \xfile{pictex.tex} \cite{PiCTeX}: +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\def\PiC{% +% P% +% \kern-.12em% +% \lower.5ex\hbox{I}% +% \kern-.075em% +% C% +%} +%\def\PiCTeX{% +% \PiC +% \kern-.11em% +% \TeX +%} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@PiC} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@PiC#1{% + P% + \kern-.12em% + \lower.5ex\hbox{I}% + \kern-.075em% + C% + \HOLOGO@SpaceFactor +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@PiC} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@PiC#1{% + \HoLogoCss@PiC + \HOLOGO@Span{PiC}{% + P% + \HOLOGO@Span{i}{I}% + C% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@PiC} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@PiC{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-PiC span.HoLogo-i{% + position:relative;% + top:.5ex;% + margin-left:-.12em;% + margin-right:-.075em;% + text-decoration:none;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@PiC\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@PiCTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@PiCTeX#1{% + \hologo{PiC}% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \kern-.11em% + \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@PiCTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@PiCTeX#1{% + \HoLogoCss@PiCTeX + \HOLOGO@Span{PiCTeX}{% + \hologo{PiC}% + \hologo{TeX}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@PiCTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@PiCTeX{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-PiCTeX span.HoLogo-PiC{% + margin-right:-.11em;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@PiCTeX\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{teTeX}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@teTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@teTeX#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{#1{t}{T}e}% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@teTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCs@teTeX#1{#1{t}{T}dfTeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@teTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@teTeX#1{% + #1{t}{T}e\hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@teTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@teTeX\HoLogo@teTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{TeX4ht}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@TeX4ht} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter\def\csname HoLogo@TeX4ht\endcsname#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{\hologo{TeX}4ht}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@TeX4ht} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter +\let\csname HoLogoHtml@TeX4ht\expandafter\endcsname +\csname HoLogo@TeX4ht\endcsname +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{SageTeX}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@SageTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@SageTeX#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{Sage}% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \HOLOGO@NegativeKerning{eT,oT,To}% + \hologo{TeX}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@SageTeX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@SageTeX\HoLogo@SageTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{\hologo{METAFONT} and friends} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@METAFONT} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@METAFONT#1{% + \HoLogoFont@font{METAFONT}{logo}{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{META}% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \HOLOGO@mbox{FONT}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@METAPOST} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@METAPOST#1{% + \HoLogoFont@font{METAPOST}{logo}{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{META}% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \HOLOGO@mbox{POST}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@MetaFun} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@MetaFun#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{Meta}% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \HOLOGO@mbox{Fun}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@MetaPost} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@MetaPost#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{Meta}% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \HOLOGO@mbox{Post}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Others} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{biber}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@biber} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@biber#1{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{#1{b}{B}i}% + \HOLOGO@discretionary + \HOLOGO@mbox{ber}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCs@biber} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCs@biber#1{#1{b}{B}iber} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@biber} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@biber#1{% + #1{b}{B}iber% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@biber} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\HoLogoHtml@biber\HoLogo@biber +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{KOMAScript}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@KOMAScript} +% The definition for \hologo{KOMAScript} is taken +% from \hologo{KOMAScript} (\xfile{scrlogo.dtx}, reformatted) \cite{scrlogo}: +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\@ifundefined{KOMAScript}{% +% \DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{% +% \textsf{% +% K\kern.05em O\kern.05emM\kern.05em A% +% \kern.1em-\kern.1em % +% Script% +% }% +% }% +%}{} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@KOMAScript#1{% + \HoLogoFont@font{KOMAScript}{sf}{% + \HOLOGO@mbox{% + K\kern.05em% + O\kern.05em% + M\kern.05em% + A% + }% + \kern.1em% + \HOLOGO@hyphen + \kern.1em% + \HOLOGO@mbox{Script}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@KOMAScript} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@KOMAScript#1{% + KOMA-Script% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@KOMAScript} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@KOMAScript#1{% + \HoLogoCss@KOMAScript + \HoLogoFont@font{KOMAScript}{sf}{% + \HOLOGO@Span{KOMAScript}{% + K% + \HOLOGO@Span{O}{O}% + M% + \HOLOGO@Span{A}{A}% + \HOLOGO@Span{hyphen}{-}% + Script% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@KOMAScript} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@KOMAScript{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-KOMAScript{% + font-family:sans-serif;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-KOMAScript span.HoLogo-O{% + padding-left:.05em;% + padding-right:.05em;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-KOMAScript span.HoLogo-A{% + padding-left:.05em;% + }% + }% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-KOMAScript span.HoLogo-hyphen{% + padding-left:.1em;% + padding-right:.1em;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@KOMAScript\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{LyX}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@LyX} +% The definition is taken from the documentation source files +% of \hologo{LyX}, \xfile{Intro.lyx} \cite{LyX}: +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\def\LyX{% +% \texorpdfstring{% +% L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@% +% }{% +% LyX% +% }% +%} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@LyX#1{% + L% + \kern-.1667em% + \lower.25em\hbox{Y}% + \kern-.125em% + X% + \HOLOGO@SpaceFactor +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@LyX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@LyX#1{% + \HoLogoCss@LyX + \HOLOGO@Span{LyX}{% + L% + \HOLOGO@Span{y}{Y}% + X% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoCss@LyX} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoCss@LyX{% + \Css{% + span.HoLogo-LyX span.HoLogo-y{% + position:relative;% + top:.25em;% + margin-left:-.1667em;% + margin-right:-.125em;% + text-decoration:none;% + }% + }% + \global\let\HoLogoCss@LyX\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\hologo{NTS}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@NTS} +% Definition for \hologo{NTS} can be found in +% package \xpackage{etex\textunderscore man} for the \hologo{eTeX} manual \cite{etexman} +% and in package \xpackage{dtklogos} \cite{dtklogos}: +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\def\NTS{% +% \leavevmode +% \hbox{% +% $% +% \cal N% +% \kern-0.35em% +% \lower0.5ex\hbox{$\cal T$}% +% \kern-0.2em% +% S% +% $% +% }% +%} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@NTS#1{% + \HoLogoFont@font{NTS}{sy}{% + N\/% + \kern-.35em% + \lower.5ex\hbox{T\/}% + \kern-.2em% + S\/% + }% + \HOLOGO@SpaceFactor +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\Hologo{TTH} (\hologo{TeX} to HTML translator)} +% +% Source: \url{http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/} +% In the HTML source the second `T' is printed as subscript. +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%T<sub>T</sub>H +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@TTH} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@TTH#1{% + \ltx@mbox{% + T\HOLOGO@SubScript{T}H% + }% + \HOLOGO@SpaceFactor +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@TTH} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@TTH#1{% + T\HCode{<sub>}T\HCode{</sub>}H% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{\Hologo{HanTheThanh}} +% +% Partial source: Package \xpackage{dtklogos}. +% The double accent is U+1EBF (latin small letter e with circumflex +% and acute). +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogo@HanTheThanh} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogo@HanTheThanh#1{% + \ltx@mbox{H\`an}% + \HOLOGO@space + \ltx@mbox{% + Th% + \HOLOGO@IfCharExists{"1EBF}{% + \char"1EBF\relax + }{% + \^e\hbox to 0pt{\hss\raise .5ex\hbox{\'{}}}% + }% + }% + \HOLOGO@space + \ltx@mbox{Th\`anh}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoBkm@HanTheThanh} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoBkm@HanTheThanh#1{% + H\`an % + Th\HOLOGO@PdfdocUnicode{\^e}{\9036\277} % + Th\`anh% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\HoLogoHtml@HanTheThanh} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HoLogoHtml@HanTheThanh#1{% + H\`an % + Th\HCode{&\ltx@hashchar x1ebf;} % + Th\`anh% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \subsection{Driver detection} % @@ -1319,181 +4096,284 @@ and the derived files \InputIfFileExists{hologo.cfg}{}{}% }{% \ltx@IfUndefined{pdf@filesize}{% - \chardef\HOLOGO@temp=15 % - \def\HOLOGO@CheckRead{% + \def\HOLOGO@InputIfExists{% + \openin\HOLOGO@temp=hologo.cfg\relax \ifeof\HOLOGO@temp + \closein\HOLOGO@temp \else - \ifcase\HOLOGO@temp - \csname newread\endcsname\HOLOGO@temp + \closein\HOLOGO@temp + \begingroup + \def\x{LaTeX2e}% + \expandafter\endgroup + \ifx\fmtname\x + \input{hologo.cfg}% \else - \begingroup - \count\ltx@cclv=\HOLOGO@temp - \advance\ltx@cclv by -1 % - \edef\x{\endgroup - \chardef\noexpand\HOLOGO@temp=\the\count\ltx@cclv\relax - }% - \x - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\HOLOGO@CheckRead + \input hologo.cfg\relax \fi \fi }% - \ifeof\HOLOGO@temp - \@PackageWarningNoLine{hologo}{% - Configuration file ignored, because\MessageBreak - a free read register could not be found% + \ltx@IfUndefined{newread}{% + \chardef\HOLOGO@temp=15 % + \def\HOLOGO@CheckRead{% + \ifeof\HOLOGO@temp + \HOLOGO@InputIfExists + \else + \ifcase\HOLOGO@temp + \@PackageWarningNoLine{hologo}{% + Configuration file ignored, because\MessageBreak + a free read register could not be found% + }% + \else + \begingroup + \count\ltx@cclv=\HOLOGO@temp + \advance\ltx@cclv by \ltx@minusone + \edef\x{\endgroup + \chardef\noexpand\HOLOGO@temp=\the\count\ltx@cclv + \relax + }% + \x + \fi + \fi }% - \else - \openin\HOLOGO@temp=hologo.cfg\relax - \ifeof\HOLOGO@temp - \closein\HOLOGO@temp - \else - \closein\HOLOGO@temp - \input hologo.cfg\relax - \fi - \fi + }{% + \csname newread\endcsname\HOLOGO@temp + \HOLOGO@InputIfExists + }% }{% \edef\HOLOGO@temp{\pdf@filesize{hologo.cfg}}% \ifx\HOLOGO@temp\ltx@empty \else - \input hologo.cfg\relax + \ifnum\HOLOGO@temp>0 % + \begingroup + \def\x{LaTeX2e}% + \expandafter\endgroup + \ifx\fmtname\x + \input{hologo.cfg}% + \else + \input hologo.cfg\relax + \fi + \else + \@PackageInfoNoLine{hologo}{% + Empty configuration file `hologo.cfg' ignored% + }% + \fi \fi }% } % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} -\ltx@IfUndefined{DeclareOption}{% - \ltx@gobble -}{% - \ltx@IfUndefined{ProcessOptions}\ltx@gobble\ltx@firstofone -}% -{% - \def\HOLOGO@temp#1#2{% - \DeclareOption{#1}{\edef\hologodriver{#2}}% - }% - \kv@parse@normalized{% - pdftex,% - luatex=pdftex,% - dvipdfm,% - dvipdfmx=dvipdfm,% - dvips,% - dvipsone=dvips,% - xdvi=dvips,% - xetex,% - vtex,% - }{% - \ifx\kv@value\relax - \expandafter\HOLOGO@temp\expandafter{\kv@key}\kv@key - \else - \expandafter\HOLOGO@temp\expandafter{\kv@key}\kv@value - \fi - \ltx@gobbletwo +\def\HOLOGO@temp#1#2{% + \kv@define@key{HoLogoDriver}{#1}[]{% + \begingroup + \def\HOLOGO@temp{##1}% + \ltx@onelevel@sanitize\HOLOGO@temp + \ifx\HOLOGO@temp\ltx@empty + \else + \@PackageError{hologo}{% + Value (\HOLOGO@temp) not permitted for option `#1'% + }% + \@ehc + \fi + \endgroup + \def\hologoDriver{#2}% }% - \ProcessOptions*% +}% +\def\HOLOGO@@temp#1#2{% + \ifx\kv@value\relax + \HOLOGO@temp{#1}{#1}% + \else + \HOLOGO@temp{#1}{#2}% + \fi +}% +\kv@parse@normalized{% + pdftex,% + luatex=pdftex,% + dvipdfm,% + dvipdfmx=dvipdfm,% + dvips,% + dvipsone=dvips,% + xdvi=dvips,% + xetex,% + vtex,% +}\HOLOGO@@temp +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\kv@define@key{HoLogoDriver}{driverfallback}{% + \def\HOLOGO@DriverFallback{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@DriverFallback} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HOLOGO@DriverFallback{dvips} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\hologoDriverSetup} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\hologoDriverSetup{% + \let\hologoDriver\ltx@undefined + \HOLOGO@DriverSetup +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@DriverSetup} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HOLOGO@DriverSetup#1{% + \kvsetkeys{HoLogoDriver}{#1}% + \HOLOGO@CheckDriver + \ltx@ifundefined{hologoDriver}{% + \begingroup + \edef\x{\endgroup + \noexpand\kvsetkeys{HoLogoDriver}{\HOLOGO@DriverFallback}% + }\x + }{}% + \@PackageInfoNoLine{hologo}{Using driver `\hologoDriver'}% } % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\hologodriver} +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@CheckDriver} % \begin{macrocode} -\ifpdf - \def\hologodriver{pdftex}% - \let\HOLOGO@pdfliteral\pdfliteral - \ifluatex +\def\HOLOGO@CheckDriver{% + \ifpdf + \def\hologoDriver{pdftex}% + \let\HOLOGO@pdfliteral\pdfliteral + \ifluatex + \ltx@IfUndefined{HOLOGO@pdfliteral}{% + \ifnum\luatexversion<36 % + \else + \begingroup + \let\HOLOGO@temp\endgroup + \ifcase0% + \directlua{% + if tex.enableprimitives then % + tex.enableprimitives('HOLOGO@', {'pdfliteral'})% + else % + tex.print('1')% + end% + }% + \ifx\HOLOGO@pdfliteral\@undefined 1\fi% + \relax% + \endgroup + \let\HOLOGO@temp\relax + \global\let\HOLOGO@pdfliteral\HOLOGO@pdfliteral + \fi% + \HOLOGO@temp + \fi + }{}% + \fi \ltx@IfUndefined{HOLOGO@pdfliteral}{% - \ifnum\luatexversion<36 % - \else - \begingroup - \let\HOLOGO@temp\endgroup - \ifcase0% - \directlua{% - if tex.enableprimitives then % - tex.enableprimitives('HOLOGO@', {'pdfliteral'})% - else % - tex.print('1')% - end% - }% - \ifx\HOLOGO@pdfliteral\@undefined 1\fi% - \relax% - \endgroup - \let\HOLOGO@temp\relax - \global\let\HOLOGO@pdfliteral\HOLOGO@pdfliteral - \fi% - \HOLOGO@temp - \fi + \@PackageWarningNoLine{hologo}{% + Cannot find \string\pdfliteral + }% }{}% - \fi - \ltx@IfUndefined{HOLOGO@pdfliteral}{% - \@PackageWarningNoLine{hologo}{% - Cannot find \string\pdfliteral - }% - }{}% -\else - \ifxetex - \def\hologodriver{xetex}% \else - \ifvtex - \def\hologodriver{vtex}% + \ifxetex + \def\hologoDriver{xetex}% + \else + \ifvtex + \def\hologoDriver{vtex}% + \fi \fi \fi -\fi +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ReflectBox} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@WarningUnsupportedDriver} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HOLOGO@WarningUnsupportedDriver#1{% + \@PackageWarningNoLine{hologo}{% + Logo `#1' needs driver specific macros,\MessageBreak + but driver `\hologoDriver' is not supported.\MessageBreak + Use a different driver or\MessageBreak + load package `graphics' or `pgf'% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Reflect box macros} +% +% Skip driver part if not needed. % \begin{macrocode} \ltx@IfUndefined{reflectbox}{}{% - \def\HOLOGO@ReflectBox{% - \reflectbox + \ltx@IfUndefined{rotatebox}{}{% + \HOLOGO@AtEnd }% +} +\ltx@IfUndefined{pgftext}{}{% + \HOLOGO@AtEnd +} +\ltx@IfUndefined{psscalebox}{}{% \HOLOGO@AtEnd -}% -\ltx@ifundefined{hologodriver}{% - \def\hologodriver{dvips}% - \@PackageInfoNoLine{hologo}{Using default driver `\hologodriver'}% -}{% - \@PackageInfoNoLine{hologo}{Using driver `\hologodriver'}% } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HOLOGO@temp{LaTeX2e} +\ifx\fmtname\HOLOGO@temp + \RequirePackage{kvoptions}[2011/06/30]% + \ProcessKeyvalOptions{HoLogoDriver}% +\fi +\HOLOGO@DriverSetup{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ReflectBox} +% \begin{macrocode} \def\HOLOGO@ReflectBox#1{% - \ltx@IfUndefined{HOLOGO@ReflectBox@\hologodriver}{% - \@PackageWarning{hologo}{% - Driver `\hologodriver' misses support for \string\reflectbox - }% - #1% - }{% - \begingroup - \setbox\ltx@zero\hbox{\begingroup#1\endgroup}% - \setbox\ltx@two\hbox{% - \kern\wd\ltx@zero - \csname HOLOGO@ReflectBox@\hologodriver\endcsname{% - \hbox to 0pt{\copy\z@\hss}% - }% + \begingroup + \setbox\ltx@zero\hbox{\begingroup#1\endgroup}% + \setbox\ltx@two\hbox{% + \kern\wd\ltx@zero + \csname HOLOGO@ScaleBox@\hologoDriver\endcsname{-1}{1}{% + \hbox to 0pt{\copy\ltx@zero\hss}% }% - \wd\ltx@two=\wd\ltx@zero - \box\ltx@two - \endgroup - }% + }% + \wd\ltx@two=\wd\ltx@zero + \box\ltx@two + \endgroup } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@PointReflectBox} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\HOLOGO@temp#1{% +\def\HOLOGO@PointReflectBox#1{% \begingroup - \def\x{#1}% - \expandafter\endgroup - \ifx\x\hologodriver - \expandafter\ltx@firstofone - \else - \expandafter\ltx@gobble - \fi + \setbox\ltx@zero\hbox{\begingroup#1\endgroup}% + \setbox\ltx@two\hbox{% + \kern\wd\ltx@zero + \raise\ht\ltx@zero\hbox{% + \csname HOLOGO@ScaleBox@\hologoDriver\endcsname{-1}{-1}{% + \hbox to 0pt{\copy\ltx@zero\hss}% + }% + }% + }% + \wd\ltx@two=\wd\ltx@zero + \box\ltx@two + \endgroup } % \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ReflectBox@pdftex} +% \end{macro} +% +% We must define all variants because of dynamic driver setup. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HOLOGO@temp#1#2{#2} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ScaleBox@pdftex} % \begin{macrocode} \HOLOGO@temp{pdftex}{% - \def\HOLOGO@ReflectBox@pdftex#1{% + \def\HOLOGO@ScaleBox@pdftex#1#2#3{% \HOLOGO@pdfliteral{% - q -1 0 0 1 0 0 cm% + q #1 0 0 #2 0 0 cm% }% - #1% + #3% \HOLOGO@pdfliteral{% Q% }% @@ -1501,18 +4381,18 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ReflectBox@dvips} +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ScaleBox@dvips} % \begin{macrocode} \HOLOGO@temp{dvips}{% - \def\HOLOGO@ReflectBox@dvips#1{% + \def\HOLOGO@ScaleBox@dvips#1#2#3{% \special{ps:% gsave % currentpoint % currentpoint translate % - -1 1 scale % + #1 #2 scale % neg exch neg exch translate% }% - #1% + #3% \special{ps:% currentpoint % grestore % @@ -1522,32 +4402,32 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ReflectBox@dvipdfm} +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ScaleBox@dvipdfm} % \begin{macrocode} \HOLOGO@temp{dvipdfm}{% - \let\HOLOGO@ReflectBox@dvipdfm\HOLOGO@ReflectBox@dvips + \let\HOLOGO@ScaleBox@dvipdfm\HOLOGO@ScaleBox@dvips } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % Since \hologo{XeTeX} v0.6. -% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ReflectBox@xetex} +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ScaleBox@xetex} % \begin{macrocode} \HOLOGO@temp{xetex}{% - \def\HOLOGO@ReflectBox@xetex#1{% + \def\HOLOGO@ScaleBox@xetex#1#2#3{% \special{x:gsave}% - \special{x:scale -1 1}% - #1% + \special{x:scale #1 #2}% + #3% \special{x:grestore}% }% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ReflectBox@vtex} +% \begin{macro}{\HOLOGO@ScaleBox@vtex} % \begin{macrocode} \HOLOGO@temp{vtex}{% - \def\HOLOGO@ReflectBox@vtex#1{% - \special{r(-1,0,0,1,0,0}% - #1% + \def\HOLOGO@ScaleBox@vtex#1#2#3{% + \special{r(#1,0,0,#2,0,0}% + #3% \special{r)}% }% } @@ -1680,7 +4560,7 @@ and the derived files %<*test-spacefactor> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \documentclass{article} -\usepackage{hologo}[2011/04/21] +\usepackage{hologo}[2012/04/26] \usepackage{kvsetkeys} \usepackage{qstest} \IncludeTests{*} @@ -1694,28 +4574,23 @@ and the derived files }% }% \makeatletter -\kv@parse@normalized{% - AmSLaTeX,% - AmSTeX,% - eTeX,% - iniTeX,% - LaTeX,% - LaTeX2e,% - LaTeX3,% - LaTeXe,% - LuaLaTeX,% - LuaTeX,% - pdfTeX,% - pdfLaTeX,% - plainTeX=,% - plainTeX={variant=space},% - plainTeX={variant=hyphen},% - plainTeX={variant=runtogether},% - TeX,% - virTeX,% - VTeX,% - XeLaTeX,% - XeTeX,% +\def\TestList{} +\def\hologoEntry#1#2#3{% + \edef\TestList{% + \ifx\TestList\@empty + \else + \TestList,% + \fi + #1% + \ifx\\#2\\% + \else + ={variant=#2}% + \fi + }% +} +\hologoList +\expandafter\kv@parse@normalized\expandafter{% + \TestList }{% \begingroup \let\@logo=\kv@key @@ -1734,6 +4609,78 @@ and the derived files %</test-spacefactor> % \end{macrocode} % +% \subsection{Complete list} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*test-list> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article} +\usepackage{hologo}[2012/04/26] +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{parskip} +\usepackage[unicode]{hyperref}[2011/09/28] +\usepackage{bookmark}[2011/09/19] +\bookmarksetup{% + numbered,% + open,% + openlevel=2,% +} +\renewcommand*{\contentsname}{List of logos} +\begin{document} +\tableofcontents +\def\TestFont#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \begingroup + \usefont{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}% + \HologoVariant{#1}{#2}/\hologoVariant{#1}{#2}% + \quad + \begingroup\scriptsize\hologoVariant{#1}{#2}\endgroup + \quad + \endgroup + (#3/#4/#5/#6)% + \par +} +\makeatletter +\def\hologoEntry#1#2#3{% + \section{% + \HologoVariant{#1}{#2}/\hologoVariant{#1}{#2} % + {[#1\ifx\\#2\\\else\space(#2)\fi]}% hash-ok + }% braces around [] because of bug in tex4ht + \begingroup + \hypersetup{unicode=false}% + \bookmark[% + dest=\@currentHref,% + rellevel=1,% + keeplevel,% + ]{% + \HologoVariant{#1}{#2}/\hologoVariant{#1}{#2} % + (PDFDocEncoding)% + }% + \endgroup + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{OT1}{cmr}{b}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{OT1}{cmr}{m}{it}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{OT1}{cmtt}{m}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{T1}{lmr}{m}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{T1}{lmss}{m}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{T1}{lmr}{b}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{T1}{lmr}{m}{it}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{T1}{lmtt}{m}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{T1}{lmvtt}{m}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{T1}{qtm}{m}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{T1}{qhv}{m}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{T1}{qtm}{b}{n}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{T1}{qtm}{m}{it}% + \TestFont{#1}{#2}{T1}{qcr}{m}{n}% + \newpage +} +\makeatother +\hologoList +\end{document} +%</test-list> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Installation} % % \subsection{Download} @@ -1795,8 +4742,10 @@ and the derived files % \begin{tabular}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l@{ $\rightarrow$ }>{\ttfamily}l@{}} % hologo.sty & tex/generic/oberdiek/hologo.sty\\ % hologo.pdf & doc/latex/oberdiek/hologo.pdf\\ +% example/hologo-example.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/example/hologo-example.tex\\ % test/hologo-test1.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/hologo-test1.tex\\ % test/hologo-test-spacefactor.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/hologo-test-spacefactor.tex\\ +% test/hologo-test-list.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/hologo-test-list.tex\\ % hologo.dtx & source/latex/oberdiek/hologo.dtx\\ % \end{tabular}^^A % }^^A @@ -1917,6 +4866,104 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{hologo.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hologo'> + <name>hologo</name> + <caption>A collection of logos with bookmark support.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2010-2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.10'/> + <description> + The package defines a single command <tt>\hologo</tt>, whose + argument is the usual case-confused ASCII version of the logo. + The command is bookmark-enabled, so that every logo becomes + available in bookmarks without further work. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hologo.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hologo.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{thebibliography}{9} +% \raggedright +% +% \bibitem{btxdoc} +% Oren Patashnik, +% \textit{\hologo{BibTeX}ing}, +% 1988-02-08.\\ +% \CTAN{biblio/bibtex/base/} +% +% \bibitem{dtklogos} +% Gerd Neugebauer, DANTE, +% \textit{Package \xpackage{dtklogos}}, +% 2011-04-25.\\ +% \CTAN{usergrps/dante/dtk/dtklogos.sty} +% +% \bibitem{etexman} +% The \hologo{NTS} Team, +% \textit{The \hologo{eTeX} manual}, +% 1998-02.\\ +% \CTAN{systems/e-tex/v2/doc/} +% +% \bibitem{ExTeX-FAQ} +% The \hologo{ExTeX} group, +% \textit{\hologo{ExTeX}: FAQ -- How is \hologo{ExTeX} typeset?}, +% 2007-04-14.\\ +% \url{http://www.extex.org/documentation/faq.html} +% +% \bibitem{LyX} +% %@MISC{ LyX, +% % title = {{LyX 2.0.0 -- The Document Processor [Computer software and manual]}}, +% % author = {{The LyX Team}}, +% % howpublished = {Internet: http://www.lyx.org}, +% % year = {2011-05-08}, +% % note = {Retrieved May 10, 2011, from http://www.lyx.org}, +% % url = {http://www.lyx.org/} +% %} +% The \hologo{LyX} Team, +% \textit{\hologo{LyX} -- The Document Processor}, +% 2011-05-08.\\ +% \url{http://www.lyx.org/} +% +% \bibitem{OzTeX} +% Andrew Trevorrow, +% \hologo{OzTeX} FAQ: What is the correct way to typeset ``\hologo{OzTeX}''?, +% 2011-09-15 (visited). +% \url{http://www.trevorrow.com/oztex/ozfaq.html#oztex-logo} +% +% \bibitem{PiCTeX} +% Michael Wichura, +% \textit{The \hologo{PiCTeX} macro package}, +% 1987-09-21. +% \CTAN{graphics/pictex/} +% +% \bibitem{scrlogo} +% Markus Kohm, +% \textit{\hologo{KOMAScript} Datei \xfile{scrlogo.dtx}}, +% 2009-01-30.\\ +% \CTAN{install/macros/latex/contrib/komascript.tds.zip} +% +% \end{thebibliography} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2010/04/08 v1.0} % \item @@ -1954,6 +5001,80 @@ and the derived files % \item % Wrong TDS directory for test files fixed. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/10/01 v1.6} +% \item +% Support for package \xpackage{tex4ht} added. +% \item +% Support for \cs{csname} added if \cs{ifincsname} is available. +% \item +% New logos: +% \hologo{(La)TeX}, +% \hologo{biber}, +% \hologo{BibTeX} (\xoption{sc}, \xoption{sf}), +% \hologo{emTeX}, +% \hologo{ExTeX}, +% \hologo{KOMAScript}, +% \hologo{La}, +% \hologo{LyX}, +% \hologo{MiKTeX}, +% \hologo{NTS}, +% \hologo{OzMF}, +% \hologo{OzMP}, +% \hologo{OzTeX}, +% \hologo{OzTtH}, +% \hologo{PCTeX}, +% \hologo{PiC}, +% \hologo{PiCTeX}, +% \hologo{METAFONT}, +% \hologo{MetaFun}, +% \hologo{METAPOST}, +% \hologo{MetaPost}, +% \hologo{SLiTeX} (\xoption{lift}, \xoption{narrow}, \xoption{simple}), +% \hologo{SliTeX} (\xoption{narrow}, \xoption{simple}, \xoption{lift}), +% \hologo{teTeX}. +% \item +% Fixes: +% \hologo{iniTeX}, +% \hologo{pdfLaTeX}, +% \hologo{pdfTeX}, +% \hologo{virTeX}. +% \item +% \cs{hologoFontSetup} and \cs{hologoLogoFontSetup} added. +% \item +% \cs{hologoVariant} and \cs{HologoVariant} added. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/11/22 v1.7} +% \item +% New logos: +% \hologo{BibTeX8}, +% \hologo{LaTeXML}, +% \hologo{SageTeX}, +% \hologo{TeX4ht}, +% \hologo{TTH}. +% \item +% \hologo{Xe} and friends: Driver stuff fixed. +% \item +% \hologo{Xe} and friends: Support for italic added. +% \item +% \hologo{Xe} and friends: Package support for \xpackage{pgf} +% and \xpackage{pstricks} added. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/11/29 v1.8} +% \item +% New logos: +% \hologo{HanTheThanh}. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/12/21 v1.9} +% \item +% Patch for package \xpackage{ifxetex} added for the case that +% \cs{newif} is undefined in \hologo{iniTeX}. +% \item +% Some fixes for \hologo{iniTeX}. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2012/04/26 v1.10} +% \item +% Fix in bookmark version of logo ``\hologo{HanTheThanh}''. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/holtxdoc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/holtxdoc.dtx index 1d352d29201..0220143a800 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/holtxdoc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/holtxdoc.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: holtxdoc.dtx -% Version: 2011/02/04 v0.21 -% -% Copyright (C) 1999-2011 by +% Version: 2012/03/21 v0.24 +% Info: Private additional ltxdoc support +% +% Copyright (C) 1999-2012 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file holtxdoc.dtx % and the derived files % holtxdoc.sty, holtxdoc.pdf, holtxdoc.ins, holtxdoc.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/holtxdoc.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/holtxdoc.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If holtxdoc.ins is present: % tex holtxdoc.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{holtxdoc.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If holtxdoc.drv is present: % latex holtxdoc.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex holtxdoc.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist holtxdoc.idx % pdflatex holtxdoc.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist holtxdoc.idx % pdflatex holtxdoc.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/holtxdoc.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/holtxdoc.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: holtxdoc 2011/02/04 v0.21 Private additional ltxdoc support (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: holtxdoc 2012/03/21 v0.24 Private additional ltxdoc support (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -86,9 +87,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: holtxdoc -Version: 2011/02/04 v0.21 +Version: 2012/03/21 v0.24 -Copyright (C) 1999-2011 by +Copyright (C) 1999-2012 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{holtxdoc.drv}{\from{holtxdoc.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{holtxdoc.sty}{\from{holtxdoc.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{holtxdoc.xml}{\from{holtxdoc.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,16 +148,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{holtxdoc.drv}% - [2011/02/04 v0.21 Private additional ltxdoc support (HO)]% + [2012/03/21 v0.24 Private additional ltxdoc support (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{holtxdoc.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{347} +% \CheckSum{361} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -173,7 +178,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{holtxdoc.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{holtxdoc} package} -% \date{2011/02/04 v0.21} +% \date{2012/03/21 v0.24} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -213,7 +218,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{holtxdoc}% - [2011/02/04 v0.21 Private additional ltxdoc support (HO)] + [2012/03/21 v0.24 Private additional ltxdoc support (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -222,7 +227,8 @@ and the derived files \RequirePackage{hyperref}[2010/03/30] \RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}[2010/04/01] \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2010/03/09] -\RequirePackage{hologo}[2010/04/24] +\RequirePackage{hologo}[2011/11/22] +\RequirePackage{ifluatex}[2010/03/01] \RequirePackage{array} % \end{macrocode} % @@ -237,6 +243,16 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % +% \subsection{Font setup for \hologo{LuaLaTeX}} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifluatex + \RequirePackage{fontspec}[2011/09/18]% + \RequirePackage{unicode-math}[2011/09/19]% + \setmathfont{lmmath-regular.otf}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% % \subsection{Date} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -278,9 +294,15 @@ and the derived files % % \subsection{History} % +% \begin{macro}{\historyname} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*{\historyname}{History} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\StartHistory}{% - \section{History}% + \section{\historyname}% } \@ifpackagelater{hyperref}{2009/11/27}{% \newcommand*{\HistVersion}[1]{% @@ -312,9 +334,13 @@ and the derived files \StartHistory \def\Version##1{% \HistVersion{##1}% - \itemize + \@ifnextchar\end{% + \let\endVersion\relax + }{% + \let\endVersion\enditemize + \itemize + }% }% - \let\endVersion\enditemize \raggedright }{} % \end{macrocode} @@ -679,6 +705,43 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{holtxdoc.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='holtxdoc'> + <name>holtxdoc</name> + <caption>Documentation macros for oberdiek bundle, etc.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999-2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.24'/> + <description> + These are personal macros, which are not necessarily useful to + other authors (they are provided as part off the source of others + of the author's packages). Macros that may be of use to other + authors are available separately, in package + <xref refid='hypdoc'>hypdoc</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/holtxdoc.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/holtxdoc.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{1999/06/26 v0.3} % \item @@ -760,6 +823,18 @@ and the derived files % \item % GL needs \cs{protected@edef} instead of \cs{edef} in \cs{HistLabel}. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/11/22 v0.22} +% \item +% Font stuff added for \hologo{LuaLaTeX}. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2012/03/07 v0.23} +% \item +% Accept empty history version. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2012/03/21 v0.24} +% \item +% Section title for history uses \cs{historyname}. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hopatch.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hopatch.dtx index b993c5f4ab7..7f51be0bab9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hopatch.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hopatch.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: hopatch.dtx -% Version: 2011/01/30 v1.0 -% +% Version: 2011/06/24 v1.1 +% Info: Wrapper for package hooks +% % Copyright (C) 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file hopatch.dtx % and the derived files % hopatch.sty, hopatch.pdf, hopatch.ins, hopatch.drv, % hopatch-test1.tex, hopatch-test2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hopatch.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hopatch.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If hopatch.ins is present: % tex hopatch.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{hopatch.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If hopatch.drv is present: % latex hopatch.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex hopatch.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hopatch.idx % pdflatex hopatch.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hopatch.idx % pdflatex hopatch.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/hopatch.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/hopatch.pdf @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: hopatch 2011/01/30 v1.0 Wrapper for package hooks (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: hopatch 2011/06/24 v1.1 Wrapper for package hooks (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -89,7 +90,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: hopatch -Version: 2011/01/30 v1.0 +Version: 2011/06/24 v1.1 Copyright (C) 2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> @@ -124,6 +125,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{hopatch-test1.tex}{\from{hopatch.dtx}{test1}}% \file{hopatch-test2.tex}{\from{hopatch.dtx}{test2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{hopatch.xml}{\from{hopatch.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -150,9 +155,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{hopatch.drv}% - [2011/01/30 v1.0 Wrapper for package hooks (HO)]% + [2011/06/24 v1.1 Wrapper for package hooks (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{caption} \usepackage{array} \setlength{\extrarowheight}{1pt} @@ -163,7 +168,7 @@ and the derived files %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{463} +% \CheckSum{465} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -184,7 +189,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{hopatch.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{hopatch} package} -% \date{2011/01/30 v1.0} +% \date{2011/06/24 v1.1} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -352,7 +357,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{hopatch}% - [2011/01/30 v1.0 Wrapper for package hooks (HO)] + [2011/06/24 v1.1 Wrapper for package hooks (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Resources} @@ -472,23 +477,27 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \AtBeginDocument{\HOpatch@list} \ltx@ifundefined{AtEndPreamble}{}{% - \AtEndPreamble{\HOpatch@list}% + \ltx@ifundefined{@endpreamblehook}{}{% + \AtEndPreamble{\HOpatch@list}% + }% } \ltx@ifundefined{AfterEndPreamble}{}{% - \AfterEndPreamble{% - \let\HOpatch@OrgIfPackageLoaded\@ifpackageloaded - \let\HOpatch@OrgIfPackageLater\@ifpackagelater - \let\HOpatch@OrgIfClassLoaded\@ifclassloaded - \let\HOpatch@OrgIfClassLater\@ifclasslater - \let\@ifpackageloaded\ltx@ifpackageloaded - \let\@ifpackagelater\ltx@ifpackagelater - \let\@ifclassloaded\ltx@ifclassloaded - \let\@ifclasslater\ltx@ifclasslater - \HOpatch@list - \let\@ifpackageloaded\HOpatch@OrgIfPackageLoaded - \let\@ifpackagelater\HOpatch@OrgIfPackageLater - \let\@ifclassloaded\HOpatch@OrgIfClassLoaded - \let\@ifclasslater\HOpatch@OrgIfClassLater + \ltx@ifundefined{@afterendpreamblehook}{}{% + \AfterEndPreamble{% + \let\HOpatch@OrgIfPackageLoaded\@ifpackageloaded + \let\HOpatch@OrgIfPackageLater\@ifpackagelater + \let\HOpatch@OrgIfClassLoaded\@ifclassloaded + \let\HOpatch@OrgIfClassLater\@ifclasslater + \let\@ifpackageloaded\ltx@ifpackageloaded + \let\@ifpackagelater\ltx@ifpackagelater + \let\@ifclassloaded\ltx@ifclassloaded + \let\@ifclasslater\ltx@ifclasslater + \HOpatch@list + \let\@ifpackageloaded\HOpatch@OrgIfPackageLoaded + \let\@ifpackagelater\HOpatch@OrgIfPackageLater + \let\@ifclassloaded\HOpatch@OrgIfClassLoaded + \let\@ifclasslater\HOpatch@OrgIfClassLater + }% }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -504,7 +513,7 @@ and the derived files % % \begin{macrocode} %<*test1> -\def\LoadCommand{\RequirePackage{hopatch}[2011/01/30]} +\def\LoadCommand{\RequirePackage{hopatch}[2011/06/24]} %</test1> % \end{macrocode} % \subsection{Catcode checks for loading} @@ -851,39 +860,76 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{hopatch.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hopatch'> + <name>hopatch</name> + <caption>Load patches for packages.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + The hopatch package provides a command with which the user may + register a piece of patch code for a particular package. Hopatch + will apply the patch immediately, if the relevant package has + already been loaded; otherwise it will store the patch until the + package appears. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hopatch.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hopatch.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \raggedright -% +% % \bibitem{etoolbox} % Philipp Lehman: % \textit{The etoolbox Package} % 2011-01-03. % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/etoolbox.pdf} -% +% % \bibitem{filehook} % Martin Scharrer: % \textit{The filehook Package}; % 2011-01-09. % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/filehook/filehook.pdf} -% +% % \bibitem{ltxcmds} % Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The ltxcmds Package}; % 2010-12-12. % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ltxcmds.pdf} -% +% % \bibitem{memoir} % Peter Wilson, Lars Madsen: % \textit{The Memoir Class for Configurable Typesetting, User Guide}; % 2010. % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf} -% +% % \bibitem{scrlfile} % Markus Kohm, Jens-Uwe Morawski: % \textit{The Guide KOMA-Script}; % 2011-01-20. % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf} -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -891,6 +937,12 @@ and the derived files % \item % First public version. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/06/24 v1.1} +% \item +% Fix the use of \cs{AtEndPreamble} and \cs{AfterEndPreamble}. +% They are redefined by package \xpackage{etoolbox} after their +% hooks are used and generate an error message then. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hycolor.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hycolor.dtx index fed8972258d..22fe31ee420 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hycolor.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hycolor.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: hycolor.dtx % Version: 2011/01/30 v1.7 -% +% Info: Color options for hyperref/bookmark +% % Copyright (C) 2007-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,11 +16,11 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file hycolor.dtx % and the derived files % hycolor.sty, hycolor.pdf, hycolor.ins, hycolor.drv, @@ -27,11 +28,11 @@ % hycolor-test3.tex, hycolor-test-xcol1.tex, % hycolor-test-xcol2.tex, hycolor-test-xcol3.tex, % hycolor-test-xcol4.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hycolor.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hycolor.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If hycolor.ins is present: % tex hycolor.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{hycolor.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If hycolor.drv is present: % latex hycolor.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex hycolor.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hycolor.idx % pdflatex hycolor.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hycolor.idx % pdflatex hycolor.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/hycolor.sty % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/xcolor-patch.sty @@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: hycolor 2011/01/30 v1.7 Color options of hyperref/bookmark (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: hycolor 2011/01/30 v1.7 Color options for hyperref/bookmark (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -142,6 +143,10 @@ and the derived files \file{hycolor-test-xcol2.tex}{\from{hycolor.dtx}{test-xcolor,xcol2}}% \file{hycolor-test-xcol3.tex}{\from{hycolor.dtx}{test-xcolor,xcol3}}% \file{hycolor-test-xcol4.tex}{\from{hycolor.dtx}{test-xcolor-fbox}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{hycolor.xml}{\from{hycolor.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -168,9 +173,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{hycolor.drv}% - [2011/01/30 v1.7 Color options of hyperref/bookmark (HO)]% + [2011/01/30 v1.7 Color options for hyperref/bookmark (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage[ruled]{algorithm2e} \makeatletter @@ -335,7 +340,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{hycolor}% - [2011/01/30 v1.7 Color options of hyperref/bookmark (HO)]% + [2011/01/30 v1.7 Color options for hyperref/bookmark (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2138,6 +2143,42 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{hycolor.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hycolor'> + <name>hycolor</name> + <caption>Implements colour for packages hyperref and bookmark.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.7'/> + <description> + This package provides the code for the color option + that is used by packages <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref> + and <xref refid='bookmark'>bookmark</xref>. + It is not intended as package for the user. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hycolor.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hycolor.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/04/09 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypbmsec.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypbmsec.dtx index 5c280aa348c..13b3d4ef511 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypbmsec.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypbmsec.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: hypbmsec.dtx % Version: 2007/04/11 v2.4 -% +% Info: Bookmarks in sectioning commands +% % Copyright (C) 1998-2000, 2006, 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file hypbmsec.dtx % and the derived files % hypbmsec.sty, hypbmsec.pdf, hypbmsec.ins, hypbmsec.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypbmsec.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypbmsec.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If hypbmsec.ins is present: % tex hypbmsec.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{hypbmsec.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If hypbmsec.drv is present: % latex hypbmsec.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex hypbmsec.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hypbmsec.idx % pdflatex hypbmsec.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hypbmsec.idx % pdflatex hypbmsec.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/hypbmsec.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/hypbmsec.pdf @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{hypbmsec.drv}{\from{hypbmsec.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{hypbmsec.sty}{\from{hypbmsec.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{hypbmsec.xml}{\from{hypbmsec.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -145,7 +150,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{hypbmsec.drv}% [2007/04/11 v2.4 Bookmarks in sectioning commands (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{hypbmsec.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -768,6 +773,43 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{hypbmsec.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hypbmsec'> + <name>hypbmsec</name> + <caption>Hypertext bookmarks in sectioning commands.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1998-2000,2006,2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.4'/> + <description> + Bookmark entries can be given as another argument to the LaTeX + sectioning commands. The <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref> + package is required to get the bookmarks, but the syntax + works without it. + <p/> + This package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypbmsec.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypbmsec.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{1998/11/20 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypcap.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypcap.dtx index 327ba0b69fd..a49d63c6195 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypcap.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypcap.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: hypcap.dtx % Version: 2011/02/16 v1.11 -% +% Info: Adjusting the anchors of captions +% % Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2006-2008, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file hypcap.dtx % and the derived files % hypcap.sty, hypcap.pdf, hypcap.ins, hypcap.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If hypcap.ins is present: % tex hypcap.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{hypcap.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If hypcap.drv is present: % latex hypcap.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex hypcap.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hypcap.idx % pdflatex hypcap.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hypcap.idx % pdflatex hypcap.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/hypcap.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: hypcap 2011/02/16 v1.11 Adjusting anchors of captions (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: hypcap 2011/02/16 v1.11 Adjusting the anchors of captions (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{hypcap.drv}{\from{hypcap.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{hypcap.sty}{\from{hypcap.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{hypcap.xml}{\from{hypcap.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,16 +148,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{hypcap.drv}% - [2011/02/16 v1.11 Adjusting anchors of captions (HO)]% + [2011/02/16 v1.11 Adjusting the anchors of captions (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{hypcap.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{170} +% \CheckSum{174} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -307,7 +312,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{hypcap}% - [2011/02/16 v1.11 Adjusting anchors of captions (HO)] + [2011/02/16 v1.11 Adjusting the anchors of captions (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % For unique command names this package uses |hc@| as prefix @@ -677,6 +682,47 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{hypcap.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hypcap'> + <name>hypcap</name> + <caption>Adjusting the anchors of captions.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999-2001,2006-2008,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.11'/> + <description> + The package offers a solution to the problem that when you link to + a float using <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref>, the link + anchors to below the float's caption, rather than the beginning of + the float. + <p/> + Hypcap defines a separate \capstart command, which you put where + you want links to end; you should have a \capstart command for each + \caption command. Package options can be used to auto-insert a + \capstart at the start of a float environment. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{1999/02/13 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypdestopt.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypdestopt.dtx index fa4ccc5ee2c..8005753e1af 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypdestopt.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypdestopt.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: hypdestopt.dtx -% Version: 2008/08/08 v2.2 -% -% Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2008 by +% Version: 2011/05/13 v2.3 +% Info: Hyperref destination optimizer +% +% Copyright (C) 2006-2008, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file hypdestopt.dtx % and the derived files % hypdestopt.sty, hypdestopt.pdf, hypdestopt.ins, hypdestopt.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdestopt.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdestopt.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If hypdestopt.ins is present: % tex hypdestopt.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{hypdestopt.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If hypdestopt.drv is present: % latex hypdestopt.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex hypdestopt.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hypdestopt.idx % pdflatex hypdestopt.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hypdestopt.idx % pdflatex hypdestopt.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/hypdestopt.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/hypdestopt.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: hypdestopt 2008/08/08 v2.2 Hyperref destination optimizer (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: hypdestopt 2011/05/13 v2.3 Hyperref destination optimizer (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -86,9 +87,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: hypdestopt -Version: 2008/08/08 v2.2 +Version: 2011/05/13 v2.3 -Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2008 by +Copyright (C) 2006-2008, 2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{hypdestopt.drv}{\from{hypdestopt.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{hypdestopt.sty}{\from{hypdestopt.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{hypdestopt.xml}{\from{hypdestopt.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,16 +148,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{hypdestopt.drv}% - [2008/08/08 v2.2 Hyperref destination optimizer (HO)]% + [2011/05/13 v2.3 Hyperref destination optimizer (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{hypdestopt.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{543} +% \CheckSum{565} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -173,7 +178,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{hypdestopt.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{hypdestopt} package} -% \date{2008/08/08 v2.2} +% \date{2011/05/13 v2.3} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -295,7 +300,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{hypdestopt}% - [2008/08/08 v2.2 Hyperref destination optimizer (HO)]% + [2011/05/13 v2.3 Hyperref destination optimizer (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Options} @@ -376,7 +381,8 @@ and the derived files \fi % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{auxhook} +\RequirePackage{auxhook}[2009/12/14] +\RequirePackage{pdfescape}[2007/04/21] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Preamble for auxiliary file} @@ -596,29 +602,36 @@ and the derived files \ifHypDest@name \let\HypDest@Org@DestName\Hy@DestName \renewcommand*{\Hy@DestName}[2]{% - \@ifundefined{\HypDest@Prefix#1}{% + \EdefUnescapeString\HypDest@temp{#1}% + \@ifundefined{\HypDest@Prefix\HypDest@temp}{% \HypDest@VerboseInfo{% - DestName: (#1) unused% + DestName: (\HypDest@temp) unused% }% }{% - \HypDest@Org@DestName{\csname\HypDest@Prefix#1\endcsname}{#2}% + \HypDest@Org@DestName{% + \csname\HypDest@Prefix\HypDest@temp\endcsname + }{#2}% \HypDest@VerboseInfo{% - DestName: (#1) % - 0x\pdf@escapehex{\csname\HypDest@Prefix#1\endcsname}% + DestName: (\HypDest@temp) % + 0x\pdf@escapehex{% + \csname\HypDest@Prefix\HypDest@temp\endcsname + }% }% }% }% \else \renewcommand*{\Hy@DestName}[2]{% - \@ifundefined{\HypDest@Prefix#1}{% + \EdefUnescapeString\HypDest@temp{#1}% + \@ifundefined{\HypDest@Prefix\HypDest@temp}{% \HypDest@VerboseInfo{% - DestName: (#1) unused% + DestName: (\HypDest@temp) unused% }% }{% - \pdfdest num\csname\HypDest@Prefix#1\endcsname#2\relax + \pdfdest num% + \csname\HypDest@Prefix\HypDest@temp\endcsname#2\relax \HypDest@VerboseInfo{% - DestName: (#1) % - num \csname\HypDest@Prefix#1\endcsname + DestName: (\HypDest@temp) % + num \csname\HypDest@Prefix\HypDest@temp\endcsname }% }% }% @@ -704,7 +717,11 @@ and the derived files \@ifundefined{\HypDest@Prefix#2}{% \edef#1{goto name{hypdestopt\string :unknown}}% }{% - \edef#1{goto num\csname\HypDest@Prefix#2\endcsname}% + \ifHypDest@name + \edef#1{goto name{\csname\HypDest@Prefix#2\endcsname}}% + \else + \edef#1{goto num\csname\HypDest@Prefix#2\endcsname}% + \fi }% }% \def\BKM@HypDestOptHook{% @@ -914,24 +931,61 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{hypdestopt.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hypdestopt'> + <name>hypdestopt</name> + <caption>Hyperref destination optimizer.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2008,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.3'/> + <description> + This package supports <xref refid='hyperref'>hyperref</xref>'s + pdftex driver. It removes unnecessary destinations + and shortens the destination names or uses numbered destinations + to get smaller PDF files. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdestopt.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdestopt.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{alphalph} % Heiko Oberdiek: \textit{The \xpackage{alphalph} package}; % 2006/05/30 v1.4; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/alphalph.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{hyperref} % Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The \xpackage{hyperref} package}; % 2006/06/01 v6.75a; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}. -% +% % \bibitem{ifpdf} % Heiko Oberdiek: \textit{The \xpackage{ifpdf} package}; % 2006/02/20 v1.4; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.pdf}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -954,6 +1008,13 @@ and the derived files % \item % Support for package \xpackage{bookmark} added. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/05/13 v2.3} +% \item +% Fix for \cs{Hy@DestName} if the destination name contains +% special characters. +% \item +% Fix for option \xoption{name} and package \xpackage{bookmark}. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypdoc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypdoc.dtx index 02f20687692..c3275a09b73 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypdoc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypdoc.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: hypdoc.dtx -% Version: 2010/03/26 v1.9 -% -% Copyright (C) 2002, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 by +% Version: 2011/08/19 v1.11 +% Info: Hyper extensions for doc.sty +% +% Copyright (C) 2002, 2006, 2007, 2009-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file hypdoc.dtx % and the derived files % hypdoc.sty, hypdoc.pdf, hypdoc.ins, hypdoc.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdoc.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdoc.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If hypdoc.ins is present: % tex hypdoc.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{hypdoc.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If hypdoc.drv is present: % latex hypdoc.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex hypdoc.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hypdoc.idx % pdflatex hypdoc.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hypdoc.idx % pdflatex hypdoc.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/hypdoc.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/hypdoc.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: hypdoc 2010/03/26 v1.9 Hyper extensions for doc.sty (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: hypdoc 2011/08/19 v1.11 Hyper extensions for doc.sty (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -86,9 +87,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: hypdoc -Version: 2010/03/26 v1.9 +Version: 2011/08/19 v1.11 -Copyright (C) 2002, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 by +Copyright (C) 2002, 2006, 2007, 2009-2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{hypdoc.drv}{\from{hypdoc.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{hypdoc.sty}{\from{hypdoc.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{hypdoc.xml}{\from{hypdoc.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,9 +148,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{hypdoc.drv}% - [2010/03/26 v1.9 Hyper extensions for doc.sty (HO)]% + [2011/08/19 v1.11 Hyper extensions for doc.sty (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{hypdoc.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -173,7 +178,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{hypdoc.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{hypdoc} package} -% \date{2010/03/26 v1.9} +% \date{2011/08/19 v1.11} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -350,7 +355,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{hypdoc}% - [2010/03/26 v1.9 Hyper extensions for doc.sty (HO)]% + [2011/08/19 v1.11 Hyper extensions for doc.sty (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % The package identification is done at the top of the |.dtx| file % in order to use only one identification string. @@ -385,7 +390,7 @@ and the derived files hyperindex=false,% pdfusetitle,% colorlinks,% - pdfpagelabels,% + pdfpagelabels% ]{hyperref}[2002/05/09]% \hypersetup{% plainpages=false,% @@ -807,7 +812,7 @@ and the derived files \ifhmode \settoheight{\HD@helplength}{[H]}% \addtolength{\HD@helplength}{0.4ex}% - \raisebox{\HD@helplength}{% + \raisebox{\HD@helplength}[0pt][0pt]{% \HD@maketarget }% \else @@ -1308,6 +1313,43 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{hypdoc.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hypdoc'> + <name>hypdoc</name> + <caption>Hyper extensions for doc.sty.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2002,2006,2007,2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.11'/> + <description> + This package adds hypertext features to the package + <xref refid='doc'>doc</xref> that is used in the documentation + system of <xref refid='latex'>LaTeX2e</xref>. Bookmarks are added + and references are linked as far as possible. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdoc.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypdoc.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2002/05/10 v1.0} % \item @@ -1361,6 +1403,16 @@ and the derived files % \item % Definition of \cs{HD@SetMacroIndex} is provided in the \xext{aux} file. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/05/05 v1.10} +% \item +% \cs{raisebox} in \cs{HD@target} with height and depth of \texttt{0pt} +% (request of GL). +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/08/19 v1.11} +% \item +% Latest comma in option list for hyperref removed to avoid option clash +% because of \hologo{LaTeX} 2011/06/27 with the new \cs{in@}. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypgotoe.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypgotoe.dtx index 751054ee439..d2b155d9fcf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypgotoe.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hypgotoe.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: hypgotoe.dtx % Version: 2007/10/30 v0.1 -% +% Info: Links to embedded files +% % Copyright (C) 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file hypgotoe.dtx % and the derived files % hypgotoe.sty, hypgotoe.pdf, hypgotoe.ins, hypgotoe.drv, % hypgotoe-example.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypgotoe.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypgotoe.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If hypgotoe.ins is present: % tex hypgotoe.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{hypgotoe.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If hypgotoe.drv is present: % latex hypgotoe.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex hypgotoe.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hypgotoe.idx % pdflatex hypgotoe.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hypgotoe.idx % pdflatex hypgotoe.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/hypgotoe.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/hypgotoe.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: hypgotoe 2007/10/30 v0.1 Experimental links to embedded files (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: hypgotoe 2007/10/30 v0.1 Links to embedded files (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{hypgotoe.sty}{\from{hypgotoe.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{hypgotoe-example.tex}{\from{hypgotoe.dtx}{example}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{hypgotoe.xml}{\from{hypgotoe.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,9 +153,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{hypgotoe.drv}% - [2007/10/30 v0.1 Experimental links to embedded files (HO)]% + [2007/10/30 v0.1 Links to embedded files (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{hypgotoe.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -311,7 +316,7 @@ Anker foobar is here. %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{hypgotoe}% - [2007/10/30 v0.1 Experimental links to embedded files (HO)]% + [2007/10/30 v0.1 Links to embedded files (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Load packages} @@ -657,6 +662,41 @@ Anker foobar is here. %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{hypgotoe.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hypgotoe'> + <name>hypgotoe</name> + <caption>Links to embedded files.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.1'/> + <description> + This experimental package is a first experiment for links to embedded + files. It is named after the PDF action name <tt>/GoToE</tt>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypgotoe.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypgotoe.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \bibitem{pdfspec} % Adobe Systems Incorporated: @@ -664,7 +704,7 @@ Anker foobar is here. % {\textit{PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, Version 1.7}},% % Oktober 2006; % \url{http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hyphsubst.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hyphsubst.dtx index b23a6f70ef1..de0a6fcb3f3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hyphsubst.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/hyphsubst.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: hyphsubst.dtx % Version: 2008/06/09 v0.2 -% +% Info: Substitute hyphenation patterns +% % Copyright (C) 2008 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,23 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file hyphsubst.dtx % and the derived files % hyphsubst.sty, hyphsubst.pdf, hyphsubst.ins, hyphsubst.drv, % hyphsubst-test1.tex, hyphsubst-test2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hyphsubst.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hyphsubst.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If hyphsubst.ins is present: % tex hyphsubst.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{hyphsubst.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If hyphsubst.drv is present: % latex hyphsubst.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex hyphsubst.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hyphsubst.idx % pdflatex hyphsubst.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist hyphsubst.idx % pdflatex hyphsubst.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/hyphsubst.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/hyphsubst.pdf @@ -130,6 +131,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{hyphsubst-test1.tex}{\from{hyphsubst.dtx}{test1}}% \file{hyphsubst-test2.tex}{\from{hyphsubst.dtx}{test2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{hyphsubst.xml}{\from{hyphsubst.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -158,7 +163,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{hyphsubst.drv}% [2008/06/09 v0.2 Substitute hyphenation patterns (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{hyphsubst.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -899,6 +904,45 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{hyphsubst.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='hyphsubst'> + <name>hyphsubst</name> + <caption>Substitute hyphenation patterns.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.2'/> + <description> + A TeX format file may include alternative hyphenation patterns + for a language with a different name. If the naming convention + follows <xref refid='babel'>babel’s</xref> rules, then the + hyphenation patterns + for a language can be replaced by the alternative hyphenation patterns, + provided in the format file. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hyphsubst.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hyphsubst.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2008/06/07 v0.1} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifdraft.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifdraft.dtx index 75fa973e831..7579674faa4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifdraft.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifdraft.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: ifdraft.dtx % Version: 2008/08/11 v1.3 -% +% Info: Detect class options draft and final +% % Copyright (C) 1999, 2005, 2006, 2008 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file ifdraft.dtx % and the derived files % ifdraft.sty, ifdraft.pdf, ifdraft.ins, ifdraft.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifdraft.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifdraft.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If ifdraft.ins is present: % tex ifdraft.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{ifdraft.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If ifdraft.drv is present: % latex ifdraft.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex ifdraft.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist ifdraft.idx % pdflatex ifdraft.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist ifdraft.idx % pdflatex ifdraft.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/ifdraft.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/ifdraft.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: ifdraft 2008/08/11 v1.3 Switch for option draft (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: ifdraft 2008/08/11 v1.3 Detect class options draft and final (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{ifdraft.drv}{\from{ifdraft.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{ifdraft.sty}{\from{ifdraft.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{ifdraft.xml}{\from{ifdraft.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,16 +148,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{ifdraft.drv}% - [2008/08/11 v1.3 Switch for option draft (HO)]% + [2008/08/11 v1.3 Detect class options draft and final (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{ifdraft.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{43} +% \CheckSum{46} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -270,7 +275,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{ifdraft}% - [2008/08/11 v1.3 Switch for option draft (HO)] + [2008/08/11 v1.3 Detect class options draft and final (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -505,6 +510,50 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{ifdraft.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='ifdraft'> + <name>ifdraft</name> + <caption>Detect "draft" and "final" class options.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999,2005,2006,2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + The package defines commands that switch according to the + prevailing ‘draft’ or ‘final’ + options; each command takes two arguments, the first for the + ‘true’, the second for the ‘false’ + case. Commands are:<br/> + — <tt>\ifdraft</tt> determines whether we're operating in + draft (‘true’) or final mode;<br/> + + — <tt>\ifoptiondraft</tt> determines whether a + ‘draft’ option has been given; and<br/> + — <tt>\ifoptionfinal</tt> determines whether a + ‘final’ option has been given. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifdraft.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifdraft.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{1999/12/28 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/iflang.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/iflang.dtx index e85ec0ac09f..ded9efc8fd8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/iflang.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/iflang.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: iflang.dtx % Version: 2007/11/11 v1.5 -% +% Info: Checks for the current language +% % Copyright (C) 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file iflang.dtx % and the derived files % iflang.sty, iflang.pdf, iflang.ins, iflang.drv, iflang-test1.tex, % iflang-test2.tex, iflang-test3.tex, iflang-test4.tex, % iflang-test5.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/iflang.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/iflang.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If iflang.ins is present: % tex iflang.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{iflang.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If iflang.drv is present: % latex iflang.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex iflang.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist iflang.idx % pdflatex iflang.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist iflang.idx % pdflatex iflang.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/iflang.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/iflang.pdf @@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: iflang 2007/11/11 v1.5 Language checks (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: iflang 2007/11/11 v1.5 Checks for the current language (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -138,6 +139,10 @@ and the derived files \file{iflang-test3.tex}{\from{iflang.dtx}{test3}}% \file{iflang-test4.tex}{\from{iflang.dtx}{test4}}% \file{iflang-test5.tex}{\from{iflang.dtx}{test5}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{iflang.xml}{\from{iflang.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -164,16 +169,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{iflang.drv}% - [2007/11/11 v1.5 Language checks (HO)]% + [2007/11/11 v1.5 Checks for the current language (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{iflang.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{909} +% \CheckSum{910} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -359,7 +364,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@iflang.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{iflang}% - [2007/11/11 v1.5 Language checks (HO)]% + [2007/11/11 v1.5 Checks for the current language (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1162,6 +1167,40 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{iflang.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='iflang'> + <name>iflang</name> + <caption>Expandable checks for the current language.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.5'/> + <description> + This package provides expandable checks for the current language + based on macro <tt>\languagename</tt> or hyphenation patterns. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/iflang.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/iflang.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Acknowledgement} % I wish to thank: % \begin{description} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifluatex.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifluatex.dtx index eb8eb494439..f6eefff4e0f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifluatex.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifluatex.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: ifluatex.dtx % Version: 2010/03/01 v1.3 -% +% Info: Provides the ifluatex switch +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2009, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,23 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file ifluatex.dtx % and the derived files % ifluatex.sty, ifluatex.pdf, ifluatex.ins, ifluatex.drv, % ifluatex-test1.tex, ifluatex-test2.tex, ifluatex-test3.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifluatex.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifluatex.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If ifluatex.ins is present: % tex ifluatex.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{ifluatex.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If ifluatex.drv is present: % latex ifluatex.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex ifluatex.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist ifluatex.idx % pdflatex ifluatex.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist ifluatex.idx % pdflatex ifluatex.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/ifluatex.pdf @@ -132,6 +133,10 @@ and the derived files \file{ifluatex-test1.tex}{\from{ifluatex.dtx}{test1}}% \file{ifluatex-test2.tex}{\from{ifluatex.dtx}{test-reload1}}% \file{ifluatex-test3.tex}{\from{ifluatex.dtx}{test-reload2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{ifluatex.xml}{\from{ifluatex.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -160,14 +165,14 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{ifluatex.drv}% [2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{ifluatex.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{568} +% \CheckSum{570} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -842,6 +847,41 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{ifluatex.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='ifluatex'> + <name>ifluatex</name> + <caption>Provides the \ifluatex switch.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2009,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + The package looks for LuaTeX regardless of its mode and provides + the switch <tt>\ifluatex</tt>; it works with Plain TeX or LaTeX. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifluatex.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifluatex.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='ifluatex'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/12/12 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifpdf.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifpdf.dtx index 6d1a9778135..4252d6a05fa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifpdf.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifpdf.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: ifpdf.dtx % Version: 2011/01/30 v2.3 -% +% Info: Provides the ifpdf switch +% % Copyright (C) 2001, 2005-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,22 +16,22 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file ifpdf.dtx % and the derived files % ifpdf.sty, ifpdf.pdf, ifpdf.ins, ifpdf.drv, ifpdf-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If ifpdf.ins is present: % tex ifpdf.ins @@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{ifpdf.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If ifpdf.drv is present: % latex ifpdf.drv @@ -49,14 +50,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex ifpdf.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist ifpdf.idx % pdflatex ifpdf.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist ifpdf.idx % pdflatex ifpdf.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/ifpdf.pdf @@ -126,6 +127,10 @@ and the derived files \file{ifpdf.sty}{\from{ifpdf.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{ifpdf-test1.tex}{\from{ifpdf.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{ifpdf.xml}{\from{ifpdf.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -154,14 +159,14 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{ifpdf.drv}% [2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{ifpdf.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{593} +% \CheckSum{600} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -926,6 +931,44 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{ifpdf.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='ifpdf'> + <name>ifpdf</name> + <caption>Provides the \ifpdf conditional.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2005-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.3'/> + <description> + This package looks for pdfTeX in pdf mode and implements and + sets the switch <tt>\ifpdf</tt>. The detection is based on the + value of <tt>\pdfoutput</tt> (which the package will not + change). The package works with plain or LaTeX formats. To use + it with LaTeX simply <tt>\usepackage{ifpdf}</tt>. Then use + <tt>\ifpdf ... \else ... \fi</tt>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2001/06/14 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifvtex.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifvtex.dtx index 44eae127e54..5dfa512464c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifvtex.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ifvtex.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: ifvtex.dtx % Version: 2010/03/01 v1.5 -% +% Info: Detect VTeX and its facilities +% % Copyright (C) 2001, 2006-2008, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,22 +16,22 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file ifvtex.dtx % and the derived files % ifvtex.sty, ifvtex.pdf, ifvtex.ins, ifvtex.drv, ifvtex-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifvtex.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifvtex.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If ifvtex.ins is present: % tex ifvtex.ins @@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{ifvtex.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If ifvtex.drv is present: % latex ifvtex.drv @@ -49,14 +50,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex ifvtex.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist ifvtex.idx % pdflatex ifvtex.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist ifvtex.idx % pdflatex ifvtex.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/ifvtex.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/ifvtex.pdf @@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: ifvtex 2010/03/01 v1.5 Switches for detecting VTeX and its modes (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: ifvtex 2010/03/01 v1.5 Detect VTeX and its facilities (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -126,6 +127,10 @@ and the derived files \file{ifvtex.sty}{\from{ifvtex.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{ifvtex-test1.tex}{\from{ifvtex.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{ifvtex.xml}{\from{ifvtex.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -152,16 +157,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{ifvtex.drv}% - [2010/03/01 v1.5 Switches for detecting VTeX and its modes (HO)]% + [2010/03/01 v1.5 Detect VTeX and its facilities (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{ifvtex.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{575} +% \CheckSum{580} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -315,7 +320,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@ifvtex.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{ifvtex}% - [2010/03/01 v1.5 Switches for detecting VTeX and its modes (HO)]% + [2010/03/01 v1.5 Detect VTeX and its facilities (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -819,6 +824,42 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{ifvtex.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='ifvtex'> + <name>ifvtex</name> + <caption>Detects use of VTeX and its facilities.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2006-2008,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.5'/> + <description> + The package looks for VTeX and sets the switch <tt>\ifvtex</tt>. + In the presence of VTeX, the mode switches <tt>\ifvtexdvi</tt>, + <tt>\ifvtexpdf</tt> and <tt>\ifvtexps</tt> are set; + <tt>\ifvtexgex</tt> tells you whether GeX is operating. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifvtex.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifvtex.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2001/09/26 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/infwarerr.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/infwarerr.dtx index f6a9472694f..0eebe6432ee 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/infwarerr.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/infwarerr.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: infwarerr.dtx % Version: 2010/04/08 v1.3 -% +% Info: Providing info/warning/error messages +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file infwarerr.dtx % and the derived files % infwarerr.sty, infwarerr.pdf, infwarerr.ins, infwarerr.drv, % infwarerr-test1.tex, infwarerr-test2.tex, % infwarerr-test3.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/infwarerr.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/infwarerr.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If infwarerr.ins is present: % tex infwarerr.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{infwarerr.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If infwarerr.drv is present: % latex infwarerr.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex infwarerr.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist infwarerr.idx % pdflatex infwarerr.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist infwarerr.idx % pdflatex infwarerr.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/infwarerr.pdf @@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/message (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -134,6 +135,10 @@ and the derived files \file{infwarerr-test1.tex}{\from{infwarerr.dtx}{test1}}% \file{infwarerr-test2.tex}{\from{infwarerr.dtx}{test2}}% \file{infwarerr-test3.tex}{\from{infwarerr.dtx}{test3}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{infwarerr.xml}{\from{infwarerr.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -160,9 +165,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{infwarerr.drv}% - [2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/message (HO)]% + [2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{infwarerr.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -311,7 +316,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@infwarerr.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{infwarerr}% - [2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/message (HO)]% + [2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -1173,6 +1178,43 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{infwarerr.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='infwarerr'> + <name>infwarerr</name> + <caption>Complete set of information/warning/error messages.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + This package provides a complete set of macros for information, + warning and error messages. Under LaTeX, the commands are + wrappers for the corresponding LaTeX commands; under Plain TeX + they are also available as complete implementations. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/infwarerr.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/infwarerr.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/04/26 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/inputenx.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/inputenx.dtx index 8417093d15b..c32a8163b40 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/inputenx.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/inputenx.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: inputenx.dtx -% Version: 2011/04/10 v1.8 -% +% Version: 2011/05/27 v1.10 +% Info: Enhanced input encoding handling +% % Copyright (C) 2006-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,11 +16,11 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file inputenx.dtx % and the derived files % inputenx.sty, inputenx.pdf, inputenx.ins, inputenx.drv, ix-alias.def, @@ -31,15 +32,15 @@ % x-iso-8859-14.def, x-iso-8859-15.def, x-iso-8859-16.def, % x-cp437.def, x-cp850.def, x-cp852.def, x-cp855.def, % x-cp858.def, x-cp865.def, x-cp866.def, x-cp1250.def, -% x-cp1251.def, x-cp1252.def, x-cp1257.def, x-dec-mcs.def, -% x-koi8-r.def, x-mac-centeuro.def, x-mac-cyrillic.def, -% x-mac-roman.def, x-nextstep.def, inputenx-licrcmds.txt, -% inputenx-utf8enc.txt. -% +% x-cp1251.def, x-cp1252.def, x-cp1255.def, x-cp1257.def, +% x-dec-mcs.def, x-koi8-r.def, x-mac-centeuro.def, +% x-mac-cyrillic.def, x-mac-roman.def, x-nextstep.def, +% inputenx-licrcmds.txt, inputenx-utf8enc.txt. +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/inputenx.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/inputenx.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If inputenx.ins is present: % tex inputenx.ins @@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{inputenx.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If inputenx.drv is present: % latex inputenx.drv @@ -58,14 +59,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex inputenx.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist inputenx.idx % pdflatex inputenx.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist inputenx.idx % pdflatex inputenx.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/inputenx.sty % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/ix-alias.def @@ -99,6 +100,7 @@ % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/x-cp1250.def % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/x-cp1251.def % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/x-cp1252.def +% TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/x-cp1255.def % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/x-cp1257.def % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/x-dec-mcs.def % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/x-koi8-r.def @@ -126,7 +128,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: inputenx 2011/04/10 v1.8 Enhanced input encoding handling (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: inputenx 2011/05/27 v1.10 Enhanced input encoding handling (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -138,7 +140,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: inputenx -Version: 2011/04/10 v1.8 +Version: 2011/05/27 v1.10 Copyright (C) 2006-2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> @@ -168,10 +170,10 @@ and the derived files x-iso-8859-14.def, x-iso-8859-15.def, x-iso-8859-16.def, x-cp437.def, x-cp850.def, x-cp852.def, x-cp855.def, x-cp858.def, x-cp865.def, x-cp866.def, x-cp1250.def, - x-cp1251.def, x-cp1252.def, x-cp1257.def, x-dec-mcs.def, - x-koi8-r.def, x-mac-centeuro.def, x-mac-cyrillic.def, - x-mac-roman.def, x-nextstep.def, inputenx-licrcmds.txt, - inputenx-utf8enc.txt. + x-cp1251.def, x-cp1252.def, x-cp1255.def, x-cp1257.def, + x-dec-mcs.def, x-koi8-r.def, x-mac-centeuro.def, + x-mac-cyrillic.def, x-mac-roman.def, x-nextstep.def, + inputenx-licrcmds.txt, inputenx-utf8enc.txt. \endpreamble \let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent @@ -212,6 +214,7 @@ and the derived files \file{x-cp1250.def}{\from{inputenx.dtx}{cp1250}}% \file{x-cp1251.def}{\from{inputenx.dtx}{cp1251}}% \file{x-cp1252.def}{\from{inputenx.dtx}{cp1252}}% + \file{x-cp1255.def}{\from{inputenx.dtx}{cp1255}}% \file{x-cp1257.def}{\from{inputenx.dtx}{cp1257}}% \file{x-dec-mcs.def}{\from{inputenx.dtx}{dec-mcs}}% \file{x-koi8-r.def}{\from{inputenx.dtx}{koi8-r}}% @@ -222,6 +225,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{inputenx-licrcmds.txt}{\from{inputenx.dtx}{licrcmds}}% \file{inputenx-utf8enc.txt}{\from{inputenx.dtx}{dfudoc}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{inputenx.xml}{\from{inputenx.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -240,9 +247,9 @@ and the derived files \Msg{* x-iso-8859-15.def, x-iso-8859-16.def, x-cp437.def,} \Msg{* x-cp850.def, x-cp852.def, x-cp855.def, x-cp858.def,} \Msg{* x-cp865.def, x-cp866.def, x-cp1250.def, x-cp1251.def,} -\Msg{* x-cp1252.def, x-cp1257.def, x-dec-mcs.def, x-koi8-r.def,} -\Msg{* x-mac-centeuro.def, x-mac-cyrillic.def, x-mac-roman.def,} -\Msg{* x-nextstep.def} +\Msg{* x-cp1252.def, x-cp1255.def, x-cp1257.def, x-dec-mcs.def,} +\Msg{* x-koi8-r.def, x-mac-centeuro.def, x-mac-cyrillic.def,} +\Msg{* x-mac-roman.def, x-nextstep.def} \Msg{*} \Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `inputenx.drv'} \Msg{* through LaTeX.} @@ -259,9 +266,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{inputenx.drv}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Enhanced input encoding handling (HO)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Enhanced input encoding handling (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{longtable} \begin{document} \DocInput{inputenx.dtx}% @@ -269,7 +276,7 @@ and the derived files %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{0} +% \CheckSum{10478} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -290,7 +297,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{inputenx.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{inputenx} package} -% \date{2011/04/10 v1.8} +% \date{2011/05/27 v1.10} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -359,6 +366,7 @@ and the derived files % \xfile{x-cp1250.def} & \xoption{cp1250} & Code page 1250\\ % \xfile{x-cp1251.def} & \xoption{cp1251} & Code page 1251\\ % \xfile{x-cp1252.def} & \xoption{cp1252}, \xoption{ansinew} & Code page 1252\\ +% \xfile{x-cp1255.def} & \xoption{cp1255} & Code page 1255\\ % \xfile{x-cp1257.def} & \xoption{cp1257} & Code page 1257\\ % \xfile{x-dec-mcs.def} & \xoption{dec-mcs}, \xoption{decmulti} & DEC Multinational\\ % \xfile{x-koi8-r.def} & \xoption{koi8-r} & KOI8-R (RFC1489)\\ @@ -425,7 +433,14 @@ and the derived files % \subsection{Unicode} % % File \xfile{ix-utf8enc.dfu} provides additions to \xpackage{inputenc}'s -% file \xfile{utf8enc.dfu}. +% file \xfile{utf8enc.dfu}. It can be loaded after \xfile{utf8.def}, +% for example: +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}% or package `inputenx' +%\input{ix-utf8enc.dfu} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} % % \subsection{Verbatim} % @@ -441,6 +456,7 @@ and the derived files %\begin{VerbatimOut}[codes={\InputEncoding{verbatim}}]{\jobname.tmp} % Text with 8 bit characters. %\end{VerbatimOut} +%\end{verbatim} %\end{quote} % % \subsection{Math} @@ -526,7 +542,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{inputenx}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Enhanced input encoding handling (HO)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Enhanced input encoding handling (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Encoding names} @@ -788,7 +804,7 @@ and the derived files % % \begin{macrocode} %<*alias> -\ProvidesFile{ix-alias.def}[2011/04/10 v1.8 Alias list (inputenx)] +\ProvidesFile{ix-alias.def}[2011/05/27 v1.10 Alias list (inputenx)] % \end{macrocode} % The alias mechanism is also used to hide the prefix |x-|: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -816,6 +832,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxAlias{cp1250}{x-cp1250} \InputenxAlias{cp1251}{x-cp1251} \InputenxAlias{cp1252}{x-cp1252} +\InputenxAlias{cp1255}{x-cp1255} \InputenxAlias{cp1257}{x-cp1257} \InputenxAlias{dec-mcs}{x-dec-mcs} \InputenxAlias{koi8-r}{x-koi8-r} @@ -871,7 +888,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*ascii> \ProvidesFile{x-ascii.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding ascii (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding ascii (inputenx)]% \csname @inpenc@test\endcsname %</ascii> % \end{macrocode} @@ -880,7 +897,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*verbatim> \ProvidesFile{x-verbatim.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding verbatim (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding verbatim (inputenx)]% \csname @inpenc@test\endcsname \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter @@ -911,7 +928,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*atarist> \ProvidesFile{x-atarist.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding atarist (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding atarist (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textGamma}{% @@ -1175,7 +1192,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-1> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-1.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-1 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-1 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciiacute}{% @@ -1340,7 +1357,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-2> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-2.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-2 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-2 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textacutedbl}{% @@ -1475,7 +1492,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-3> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-3.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-3 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-3 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciiacute}{% @@ -1615,7 +1632,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-4> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-4.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-4 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-4 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textTstroke}{% @@ -1756,7 +1773,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-5> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-5.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-5 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-5 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textnumero}{% @@ -1878,7 +1895,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-8> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-8.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-8 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-8 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciiacute}{% @@ -2017,7 +2034,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-9> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-9.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-9 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-9 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciiacute}{% @@ -2182,7 +2199,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-10> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-10.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-10 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-10 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textTstroke}{% @@ -2305,7 +2322,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-13> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-13.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-13 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-13 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textbrokenbar}{% @@ -2458,7 +2475,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-14> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-14.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-14 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-14 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \DeclareInputText{160}{\nobreakspace} @@ -2566,7 +2583,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-15> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-15.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-15 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-15 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciimacron}{% @@ -2713,7 +2730,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-16> \ProvidesFile{x-iso-8859-16.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding iso-8859-16 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding iso-8859-16 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textcommabelow}[1]{% @@ -2844,7 +2861,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp437> \ProvidesFile{x-cp437.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding cp437 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp437 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textGamma}{% @@ -3093,7 +3110,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp850> \ProvidesFile{x-cp850.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding cp850 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp850 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciiacute}{% @@ -3308,7 +3325,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp852> \ProvidesFile{x-cp852.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding cp852 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp852 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textacutedbl}{% @@ -3481,7 +3498,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp855> \ProvidesFile{x-cp855.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding cp855 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp855 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textblacksquare}{% @@ -3641,7 +3658,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp858> \ProvidesFile{x-cp858.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding cp858 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp858 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciiacute}{% @@ -3859,7 +3876,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp865> \ProvidesFile{x-cp865.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding cp865 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp865 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textGamma}{% @@ -4105,7 +4122,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp866> \ProvidesFile{x-cp866.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding cp866 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp866 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textblacksquare}{% @@ -4271,7 +4288,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp1250> \ProvidesFile{x-cp1250.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding cp1250 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp1250 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textacutedbl}{% @@ -4448,7 +4465,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp1251> \ProvidesFile{x-cp1251.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding cp1251 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp1251 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textbrokenbar}{% @@ -4622,7 +4639,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp1252> \ProvidesFile{x-cp1252.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding cp1252 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp1252 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciiacute}{% @@ -4815,12 +4832,162 @@ and the derived files %</cp1252> % \end{macrocode} % +% \subsubsection{Encoding cp1255} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*cp1255> +\ProvidesFile{x-cp1255.def}% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp1255 (inputenx)]% +\edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} +\makeatletter +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciiacute}{% + \@tabacckludge'{}% +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciidieresis}{% + \"{}% +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciimacron}{% + \@tabacckludge={}% +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textbrokenbar}{% + \TextSymbolUnavailable\textbrokenbar +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textcent}{% + \TextSymbolUnavailable\textcent +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{% + \ensuremath{{^\circ}}% +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdiv}{% + \TextSymbolUnavailable\textdiv +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\texteuro}{% + \TextSymbolUnavailable\texteuro +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textflorin}{% + \textit{f}% +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textlnot}{% + \ensuremath\lnot +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textmu}{% + \ensuremath\mu +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonehalf}{% + \ensuremath{\frac12}% +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{% + \ensuremath{\frac14}% +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonesuperior}{% + \ensuremath{{^1}}% +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textpm}{% + \ensuremath\pm +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textthreequarters}{% + \ensuremath{\frac34}% +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textthreesuperior}{% + \ensuremath{{^3}}% +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\texttimes}{% + \ensuremath\times +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\texttwosuperior}{% + \ensuremath{{^2}}% +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textyen}{% + \TextSymbolUnavailable\textyen +} +\DeclareInputText{128}{\texteuro} +\DeclareInputText{130}{\quotesinglbase} +\DeclareInputText{131}{\textflorin} +\DeclareInputText{132}{\quotedblbase} +\DeclareInputText{133}{\textellipsis} +\DeclareInputText{134}{\textdagger} +\DeclareInputText{135}{\textdaggerdbl} +\DeclareInputText{136}{\textasciicircum} +\DeclareInputText{137}{\textperthousand} +\DeclareInputText{139}{\guilsinglleft} +\DeclareInputText{145}{\textquoteleft} +\DeclareInputText{146}{\textquoteright} +\DeclareInputText{147}{\textquotedblleft} +\DeclareInputText{148}{\textquotedblright} +\DeclareInputText{149}{\textbullet} +\DeclareInputText{150}{\textendash} +\DeclareInputText{151}{\textemdash} +\DeclareInputText{152}{\textasciitilde} +\DeclareInputText{153}{\texttrademark} +\DeclareInputText{155}{\guilsinglright} +\DeclareInputText{160}{\nobreakspace} +\DeclareInputText{161}{\textexclamdown} +\DeclareInputText{162}{\textcent} +\DeclareInputText{163}{\textsterling} +\DeclareInputText{165}{\textyen} +\DeclareInputText{166}{\textbrokenbar} +\DeclareInputText{167}{\textsection} +\DeclareInputText{168}{\textasciidieresis} +\DeclareInputText{169}{\textcopyright} +\DeclareInputText{170}{\texttimes} +\DeclareInputText{171}{\guillemotleft} +\DeclareInputText{172}{\textlnot} +\DeclareInputText{173}{\-} +\DeclareInputText{174}{\textregistered} +\DeclareInputText{175}{\textasciimacron} +\DeclareInputText{176}{\textdegree} +\DeclareInputText{177}{\textpm} +\DeclareInputText{178}{\texttwosuperior} +\DeclareInputText{179}{\textthreesuperior} +\DeclareInputText{180}{\textasciiacute} +\DeclareInputText{181}{\textmu} +\DeclareInputText{182}{\textparagraph} +\DeclareInputText{183}{\textperiodcentered} +\DeclareInputText{184}{\c\ } +\DeclareInputText{185}{\textonesuperior} +\DeclareInputText{186}{\textdiv} +\DeclareInputText{187}{\guillemotright} +\DeclareInputText{188}{\textonequarter} +\DeclareInputText{189}{\textonehalf} +\DeclareInputText{190}{\textthreequarters} +\DeclareInputText{191}{\textquestiondown} +\DeclareInputText{224}{\hebalef} +\DeclareInputText{225}{\hebbet} +\DeclareInputText{226}{\hebgimel} +\DeclareInputText{227}{\hebdalet} +\DeclareInputText{228}{\hebhe} +\DeclareInputText{229}{\hebvav} +\DeclareInputText{230}{\hebzayin} +\DeclareInputText{231}{\hebhet} +\DeclareInputText{232}{\hebtet} +\DeclareInputText{233}{\hebyod} +\DeclareInputText{234}{\hebfinalkaf} +\DeclareInputText{235}{\hebkaf} +\DeclareInputText{236}{\heblamed} +\DeclareInputText{237}{\hebfinalmem} +\DeclareInputText{238}{\hebmem} +\DeclareInputText{239}{\hebfinalnun} +\DeclareInputText{240}{\hebnun} +\DeclareInputText{241}{\hebsamekh} +\DeclareInputText{242}{\hebayin} +\DeclareInputText{243}{\hebfinalpe} +\DeclareInputText{244}{\hebpe} +\DeclareInputText{245}{\hebfinaltsadi} +\DeclareInputText{246}{\hebtsadi} +\DeclareInputText{247}{\hebqof} +\DeclareInputText{248}{\hebresh} +\DeclareInputText{249}{\hebshin} +\DeclareInputText{250}{\hebtav} +\RestoreAtCatcode +%</cp1255> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \subsubsection{Encoding cp1257} % % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp1257> \ProvidesFile{x-cp1257.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding cp1257 (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding cp1257 (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciiacute}{% @@ -5008,7 +5175,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*dec-mcs> \ProvidesFile{x-dec-mcs.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding dec-mcs (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding dec-mcs (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textcent}{% @@ -5134,7 +5301,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*koi8-r> \ProvidesFile{x-koi8-r.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding koi8-r (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding koi8-r (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textapproxequal}{% @@ -5296,7 +5463,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*mac-centeuro> \ProvidesFile{x-mac-centeuro.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding mac-centeuro (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding mac-centeuro (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textasciicaron}{% @@ -5475,7 +5642,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*mac-cyrillic> \ProvidesFile{x-mac-cyrillic.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding mac-cyrillic (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding mac-cyrillic (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textapproxequal}{% @@ -5671,7 +5838,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*mac-roman> \ProvidesFile{x-mac-roman.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding mac-roman (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding mac-roman (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textOmega}{% @@ -5900,7 +6067,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*nextstep> \ProvidesFile{x-nextstep.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Input encoding nextstep (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Input encoding nextstep (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textacutedbl}{% @@ -6121,7 +6288,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*dfu> \ProvidesFile{ix-utf8enc.dfu}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Additions of inputenx for utf8enc.dfu]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Additions of inputenx for utf8enc.dfu]% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\nobreakspace} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\@tabacckludge=A} @@ -6366,7 +6533,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*name> \ProvidesFile{ix-name.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Name list (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Name list (inputenx)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \textit{List omitted here, see \xfile{ix-name.def}.} @@ -7076,7 +7243,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*slot> \ProvidesFile{ix-slot.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 SLOT and UC to Encodings (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 SLOT and UC to Encodings (inputenx)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \textit{List omitted here, see \xfile{ix-slot.def}.} @@ -7090,7 +7257,9 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{128}{0402}{\do{cp1251}} \InputenxSlot{128}{0410}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{128}{0452}{\do{cp855}} -\InputenxSlot{128}{20AC}{\do{cp1250}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}} +\InputenxSlot{128}{20AC}{% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% +} \InputenxSlot{128}{2500}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{129}{00C0}{\do{nextstep}} \InputenxSlot{129}{00C5}{\do{mac-roman}} @@ -7111,7 +7280,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{130}{0412}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{130}{0453}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{130}{201A}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{130}{250C}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{131}{00C2}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7119,7 +7288,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{131}{00E2}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}\do{cp865}% } -\InputenxSlot{131}{0192}{\do{cp1252}} +\InputenxSlot{131}{0192}{\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{131}{0403}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{131}{0413}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{131}{0453}{\do{cp1251}} @@ -7133,7 +7302,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{132}{0414}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{132}{0451}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{132}{201E}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{132}{2514}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{133}{00C4}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7145,7 +7314,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{133}{0401}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{133}{0415}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{133}{2026}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{133}{2518}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{134}{00C5}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7157,7 +7326,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{134}{0416}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{134}{0454}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{134}{2020}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{134}{251C}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{135}{00C7}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7168,7 +7337,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{135}{0404}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{135}{0417}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{135}{2021}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{135}{2524}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{136}{00C8}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7178,7 +7347,7 @@ and the derived files } \InputenxSlot{136}{0105}{\do{mac-centeuro}} \InputenxSlot{136}{0142}{\do{cp852}} -\InputenxSlot{136}{02C6}{\do{cp1252}} +\InputenxSlot{136}{02C6}{\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{136}{0418}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{136}{0455}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{136}{20AC}{\do{cp1251}} @@ -7192,7 +7361,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{137}{0405}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{137}{0419}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{137}{2030}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{137}{2534}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{138}{00CA}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7216,7 +7385,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{139}{0406}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{139}{041B}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{139}{2039}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{139}{2580}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{140}{00CC}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7287,7 +7456,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{145}{0409}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{145}{0421}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{145}{2018}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{145}{2592}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{146}{00C6}{% @@ -7299,7 +7468,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{146}{0422}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{146}{045A}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{146}{2019}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{146}{2593}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{147}{00D3}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7311,7 +7480,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{147}{040A}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{147}{0423}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{147}{201C}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{148}{00D4}{\do{nextstep}} \InputenxSlot{148}{00EE}{\do{mac-roman}} @@ -7322,7 +7491,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{148}{0424}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{148}{045B}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{148}{201D}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{148}{25A0}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{149}{00D5}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7335,7 +7504,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{149}{040B}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{149}{0425}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{149}{2022}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{149}{2219}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{150}{00D6}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7348,7 +7517,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{150}{0426}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{150}{045C}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{150}{2013}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{150}{221A}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{151}{00D9}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7360,7 +7529,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{151}{040C}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{151}{0427}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{151}{2014}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{151}{2248}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{152}{00DA}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -7370,7 +7539,7 @@ and the derived files } \InputenxSlot{152}{0117}{\do{mac-centeuro}} \InputenxSlot{152}{015B}{\do{cp852}} -\InputenxSlot{152}{02DC}{\do{cp1252}} +\InputenxSlot{152}{02DC}{\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{152}{0428}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{152}{045E}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{152}{2264}{\do{koi8-r}} @@ -7382,7 +7551,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{153}{040E}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{153}{0429}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{153}{2122}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{153}{2265}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{154}{00A0}{\do{koi8-r}} @@ -7403,7 +7572,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{155}{040F}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{155}{042B}{\do{cp866}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{155}{203A}{% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{156}{00A3}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp850}\do{cp858}\do{cp865}% @@ -7457,7 +7626,7 @@ and the derived files \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-4}% \do{iso-8859-5}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-10}% \do{iso-8859-13}\do{iso-8859-14}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{iso-8859-16}% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{160}{00A9}{\do{nextstep}} \InputenxSlot{160}{00E1}{% @@ -7468,7 +7637,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{160}{2550}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{161}{00A1}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}% - \do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% + \do{cp1255}\do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% } \InputenxSlot{161}{00B0}{\do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-cyrillic}\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{161}{00ED}{% @@ -7488,8 +7657,8 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{161}{2551}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{162}{00A2}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% - \do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{mac-roman}% - \do{nextstep}% + \do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% + \do{mac-roman}\do{nextstep}% } \InputenxSlot{162}{00F3}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}\do{cp865}% @@ -7509,8 +7678,8 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{163}{00A3}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}% \do{iso-8859-13}\do{iso-8859-14}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}% - \do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-cyrillic}% - \do{mac-roman}\do{nextstep}% + \do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{mac-centeuro}% + \do{mac-cyrillic}\do{mac-roman}\do{nextstep}% } \InputenxSlot{163}{00FA}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}\do{cp865}% @@ -7543,7 +7712,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{164}{2553}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{165}{00A5}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-15}% - \do{cp1252}\do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% + \do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% } \InputenxSlot{165}{00D1}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp850}\do{cp858}\do{cp865}% @@ -7562,7 +7731,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{165}{2554}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{166}{00A6}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{166}{00AA}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp850}\do{cp858}\do{cp865}% @@ -7584,7 +7753,8 @@ and the derived files \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-4}% \do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-10}\do{iso-8859-13}% \do{iso-8859-14}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{iso-8859-16}\do{cp1250}% - \do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% + \do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% + \do{nextstep}% } \InputenxSlot{167}{00BA}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp850}\do{cp858}\do{cp865}% @@ -7599,7 +7769,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{168}{00A4}{\do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}} \InputenxSlot{168}{00A8}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-4}% - \do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1252}% + \do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}% } \InputenxSlot{168}{00AE}{\do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-cyrillic}\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{168}{00BF}{% @@ -7618,8 +7788,8 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{169}{00A9}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% \do{iso-8859-14}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{iso-8859-16}\do{cp1250}% - \do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{mac-centeuro}% - \do{mac-cyrillic}\do{mac-roman}% + \do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% + \do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-cyrillic}\do{mac-roman}% } \InputenxSlot{169}{00AE}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{169}{0110}{\do{iso-8859-10}} @@ -7639,7 +7809,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{170}{00AC}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}\do{cp865}% } -\InputenxSlot{170}{00D7}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{170}{00D7}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{170}{0112}{\do{iso-8859-4}} \InputenxSlot{170}{0156}{\do{iso-8859-13}\do{cp1257}} \InputenxSlot{170}{015E}{\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{cp1250}} @@ -7656,7 +7826,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{171}{00AB}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% \do{iso-8859-15}\do{iso-8859-16}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}% - \do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% + \do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% } \InputenxSlot{171}{00B4}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{171}{00BD}{% @@ -7677,7 +7847,8 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{172}{00A8}{\do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{172}{00AC}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% - \do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}% + \do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{172}{00BC}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp850}\do{cp858}\do{cp865}% @@ -7701,7 +7872,7 @@ and the derived files \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-4}% \do{iso-8859-5}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-10}% \do{iso-8859-13}\do{iso-8859-14}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{iso-8859-16}% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{173}{015F}{\do{cp852}} \InputenxSlot{173}{0413}{\do{cp855}} @@ -7716,7 +7887,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{174}{00AE}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% \do{iso-8859-14}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}% - \do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{174}{00C6}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{174}{0123}{\do{mac-centeuro}} @@ -7731,7 +7902,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{175}{00A4}{\do{cp865}} \InputenxSlot{175}{00AF}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-4}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}% - \do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}% + \do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}% } \InputenxSlot{175}{00BB}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp855}\do{cp858}% @@ -7755,7 +7926,7 @@ and the derived files \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-4}% \do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-10}\do{iso-8859-13}% \do{iso-8859-15}\do{iso-8859-16}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}% - \do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% + \do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% } \InputenxSlot{176}{00E3}{\do{atarist}} \InputenxSlot{176}{012F}{\do{mac-centeuro}} @@ -7770,7 +7941,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{177}{00B1}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% \do{iso-8859-15}\do{iso-8859-16}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}% - \do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{mac-cyrillic}\do{mac-roman}% + \do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{mac-cyrillic}\do{mac-roman}% } \InputenxSlot{177}{00F5}{\do{atarist}} \InputenxSlot{177}{0105}{\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-4}\do{iso-8859-10}} @@ -7786,7 +7957,8 @@ and the derived files } \InputenxSlot{178}{00B2}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}% - \do{iso-8859-13}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% + \do{iso-8859-13}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% + \do{dec-mcs}% } \InputenxSlot{178}{00D8}{\do{atarist}} \InputenxSlot{178}{010C}{\do{iso-8859-16}} @@ -7804,7 +7976,8 @@ and the derived files } \InputenxSlot{179}{00B3}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}% - \do{iso-8859-13}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% + \do{iso-8859-13}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% + \do{dec-mcs}% } \InputenxSlot{179}{00F8}{\do{atarist}} \InputenxSlot{179}{0121}{\do{iso-8859-14}} @@ -7823,7 +7996,8 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{180}{00A5}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{180}{00B4}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-4}% - \do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}% + \do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{180}{00B7}{\do{nextstep}} \InputenxSlot{180}{012B}{\do{iso-8859-10}\do{mac-centeuro}} @@ -7843,7 +8017,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{181}{00B5}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}% \do{iso-8859-13}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}% - \do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{mac-cyrillic}\do{mac-roman}% + \do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{mac-cyrillic}\do{mac-roman}% } \InputenxSlot{181}{00C1}{\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{181}{0129}{\do{iso-8859-4}\do{iso-8859-10}} @@ -7859,7 +8033,8 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{182}{00B6}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% \do{iso-8859-14}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{iso-8859-16}\do{cp1250}% - \do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% + \do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% + \do{nextstep}% } \InputenxSlot{182}{00C0}{\do{atarist}} \InputenxSlot{182}{00C2}{\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}} @@ -7876,7 +8051,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{183}{00B7}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}% \do{iso-8859-10}\do{iso-8859-13}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{iso-8859-16}% - \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% + \do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% } \InputenxSlot{183}{00C0}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{183}{00C3}{\do{atarist}} @@ -7893,7 +8068,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{184}{00A9}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{184}{00B8}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-4}% - \do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1252}% + \do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}% } \InputenxSlot{184}{00D5}{\do{atarist}} \InputenxSlot{184}{00F8}{\do{iso-8859-13}\do{cp1257}} @@ -7912,7 +8087,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{185}{00A8}{\do{atarist}} \InputenxSlot{185}{00B9}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% - \do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% + \do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% } \InputenxSlot{185}{0105}{\do{cp1250}} \InputenxSlot{185}{010D}{\do{iso-8859-16}} @@ -7936,7 +8111,7 @@ and the derived files \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}% \do{dec-mcs}% } -\InputenxSlot{186}{00F7}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{186}{00F7}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{186}{0113}{\do{iso-8859-4}} \InputenxSlot{186}{013C}{\do{mac-centeuro}} \InputenxSlot{186}{0157}{\do{iso-8859-13}\do{cp1257}} @@ -7958,7 +8133,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{187}{00BB}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% \do{iso-8859-15}\do{iso-8859-16}\do{cp1250}\do{cp1251}\do{cp1252}% - \do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% + \do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% } \InputenxSlot{187}{011F}{\do{iso-8859-3}} \InputenxSlot{187}{0123}{\do{iso-8859-4}} @@ -7978,7 +8153,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{188}{00BA}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{188}{00BC}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% - \do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% + \do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% } \InputenxSlot{188}{0135}{\do{iso-8859-3}} \InputenxSlot{188}{013D}{\do{cp1250}} @@ -8001,7 +8176,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{189}{00A9}{\do{atarist}} \InputenxSlot{189}{00BD}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}% - \do{iso-8859-13}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% + \do{iso-8859-13}\do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}\do{dec-mcs}% } \InputenxSlot{189}{0139}{\do{mac-centeuro}} \InputenxSlot{189}{014A}{\do{iso-8859-4}} @@ -8023,7 +8198,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{190}{00AE}{\do{atarist}} \InputenxSlot{190}{00BE}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-8}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-13}% - \do{cp1252}\do{cp1257}% + \do{cp1252}\do{cp1255}\do{cp1257}% } \InputenxSlot{190}{00E6}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{190}{013A}{\do{mac-centeuro}} @@ -8042,7 +8217,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{191}{00A9}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{191}{00BF}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-15}\do{cp1252}% - \do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% + \do{cp1255}\do{dec-mcs}\do{nextstep}% } \InputenxSlot{191}{00E6}{\do{iso-8859-13}\do{cp1257}} \InputenxSlot{191}{00F8}{\do{mac-roman}} @@ -8651,7 +8826,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{224}{042F}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{224}{0430}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{224}{0440}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{224}{05D0}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{224}{05D0}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{224}{2021}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{225}{00B7}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{225}{00C6}{\do{nextstep}} @@ -8670,7 +8845,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{225}{0431}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{225}{0440}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{225}{0441}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{225}{05D1}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{225}{05D1}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{226}{00D4}{\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{226}{00E2}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-4}% @@ -8684,7 +8859,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{226}{0420}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{226}{0432}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{226}{0442}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{226}{05D2}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{226}{05D2}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{226}{201A}{\do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{227}{00AA}{\do{nextstep}} \InputenxSlot{227}{00D2}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} @@ -8700,7 +8875,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{227}{0433}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{227}{0441}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{227}{0443}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{227}{05D3}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{227}{05D3}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{227}{201E}{\do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{228}{00E4}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-4}% @@ -8717,7 +8892,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{228}{0421}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{228}{0434}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{228}{0444}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{228}{05D4}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{228}{05D4}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{228}{2030}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{229}{00C2}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{229}{00D5}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} @@ -8737,7 +8912,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{229}{0435}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{229}{0442}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{229}{0445}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{229}{05D5}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{229}{05D5}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{230}{00B5}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp850}\do{cp858}\do{cp865}% } @@ -8757,7 +8932,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{230}{0424}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{230}{0436}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{230}{0446}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{230}{05D6}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{230}{05D6}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{231}{00C1}{\do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{231}{00E7}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-9}% @@ -8774,7 +8949,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{231}{0437}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{231}{0443}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{231}{0447}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{231}{05D7}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{231}{05D7}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{232}{00CB}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{232}{00DE}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{232}{00E8}{% @@ -8793,7 +8968,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{232}{0425}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{232}{0438}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{232}{0448}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{232}{05D8}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{232}{05D8}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{233}{00C8}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{233}{00D8}{\do{nextstep}} \InputenxSlot{233}{00DA}{\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}} @@ -8809,7 +8984,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{233}{0436}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{233}{0439}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{233}{0449}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{233}{05D9}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{233}{05D9}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{234}{00CD}{\do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{234}{00DB}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{234}{00EA}{% @@ -8827,7 +9002,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{234}{0419}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{234}{043A}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{234}{044A}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{234}{05DA}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{234}{05DA}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{235}{00BA}{\do{nextstep}} \InputenxSlot{235}{00CE}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{235}{00D9}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} @@ -8844,7 +9019,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{235}{0432}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{235}{043B}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{235}{044B}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{235}{05DB}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{235}{05DB}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{236}{00CF}{\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{236}{00EC}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-14}% @@ -8860,7 +9035,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{236}{041B}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{236}{043C}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{236}{044C}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{236}{05DC}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{236}{05DC}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{236}{221E}{\do{cp437}\do{cp865}} \InputenxSlot{236}{222E}{\do{atarist}} \InputenxSlot{237}{00CC}{\do{mac-roman}} @@ -8878,7 +9053,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{237}{043D}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{237}{044C}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{237}{044D}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{237}{05DD}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{237}{05DD}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{238}{00AF}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{238}{00D3}{\do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{238}{00EE}{% @@ -8894,7 +9069,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{238}{042C}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{238}{043E}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{238}{044E}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{238}{05DE}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{238}{05DE}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{238}{2208}{\do{atarist}} \InputenxSlot{239}{00B4}{\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{239}{00D4}{\do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-roman}} @@ -8910,7 +9085,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{239}{041E}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{239}{043F}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{239}{044F}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{239}{05DF}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{239}{05DF}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{239}{2116}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{239}{2229}{\do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp865}} \InputenxSlot{240}{00AD}{% @@ -8930,7 +9105,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{240}{0401}{\do{cp866}} \InputenxSlot{240}{041F}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{240}{0440}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} -\InputenxSlot{240}{05E0}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{240}{05E0}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{240}{2116}{\do{iso-8859-5}} \InputenxSlot{240}{2261}{\do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp865}} \InputenxSlot{241}{00B1}{% @@ -8953,7 +9128,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{241}{0441}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{241}{044B}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{241}{0451}{\do{iso-8859-5}\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{241}{05E1}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{241}{05E1}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{242}{00DA}{\do{mac-centeuro}\do{mac-roman}} \InputenxSlot{242}{00F2}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-14}% @@ -8969,7 +9144,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{242}{042B}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{242}{0442}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{242}{0452}{\do{iso-8859-5}} -\InputenxSlot{242}{05E2}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{242}{05E2}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{242}{2017}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{242}{2265}{\do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp865}} \InputenxSlot{243}{00BE}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} @@ -8988,7 +9163,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{243}{0443}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{243}{0453}{\do{iso-8859-5}} \InputenxSlot{243}{0454}{\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{243}{05E3}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{243}{05E3}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{243}{2264}{\do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp865}} \InputenxSlot{244}{00B6}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{244}{00D9}{\do{mac-roman}} @@ -9006,7 +9181,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{244}{0422}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{244}{0444}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{244}{0454}{\do{iso-8859-5}} -\InputenxSlot{244}{05E4}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{244}{05E4}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{245}{00A7}{\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{245}{00F5}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-4}\do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-10}% @@ -9022,7 +9197,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{245}{0448}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{245}{0455}{\do{iso-8859-5}} \InputenxSlot{245}{0457}{\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{245}{05E5}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{245}{05E5}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{246}{00F6}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-4}% \do{iso-8859-9}\do{iso-8859-10}\do{iso-8859-13}\do{iso-8859-14}% @@ -9040,7 +9215,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{246}{0428}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{246}{0446}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{246}{0456}{\do{iso-8859-5}} -\InputenxSlot{246}{05E6}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{246}{05E6}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{247}{00B8}{\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{247}{00F7}{% \do{iso-8859-1}\do{iso-8859-2}\do{iso-8859-3}\do{iso-8859-4}% @@ -9058,7 +9233,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{247}{044D}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{247}{0457}{\do{iso-8859-5}} \InputenxSlot{247}{045E}{\do{cp866}} -\InputenxSlot{247}{05E7}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{247}{05E7}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{247}{1E6B}{\do{iso-8859-14}} \InputenxSlot{247}{2248}{\do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp865}} \InputenxSlot{248}{00AF}{\do{mac-roman}} @@ -9080,7 +9255,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{248}{042D}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{248}{0448}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{248}{0458}{\do{iso-8859-5}} -\InputenxSlot{248}{05E8}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{248}{05E8}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{249}{00A8}{\do{cp850}\do{cp852}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{249}{00F8}{\do{nextstep}} \InputenxSlot{249}{00F9}{% @@ -9095,7 +9270,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{249}{042B}{\do{koi8-r}} \InputenxSlot{249}{0449}{\do{cp855}\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{249}{0459}{\do{iso-8859-5}} -\InputenxSlot{249}{05E9}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{249}{05E9}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{249}{2219}{% \do{atarist}\do{cp437}\do{cp865}\do{cp866}% } @@ -9115,7 +9290,7 @@ and the derived files \InputenxSlot{250}{0429}{\do{cp855}} \InputenxSlot{250}{044A}{\do{cp1251}\do{mac-cyrillic}} \InputenxSlot{250}{045A}{\do{iso-8859-5}} -\InputenxSlot{250}{05EA}{\do{iso-8859-8}} +\InputenxSlot{250}{05EA}{\do{iso-8859-8}\do{cp1255}} \InputenxSlot{251}{00B9}{\do{cp850}\do{cp858}} \InputenxSlot{251}{00DF}{\do{nextstep}} \InputenxSlot{251}{00FB}{% @@ -9221,7 +9396,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*uc> \ProvidesFile{ix-uc.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 UC to LICR (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 UC to LICR (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter % \end{macrocode} @@ -10294,7 +10469,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*math> \ProvidesFile{ix-math.def}% - [2011/04/10 v1.8 Math list (inputenx)]% + [2011/05/27 v1.10 Math list (inputenx)]% \edef\RestoreAtCatcode{\catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax} \makeatletter % \end{macrocode} @@ -10386,7 +10561,7 @@ and the derived files % defined by standard \LaTeX\ without extra packages. % \begin{macrocode} %<*licrcmds> - % List of known LICR commdands of inputenx 2011/04/10 v1.8 + % List of known LICR commdands of inputenx 2011/05/27 v1.10 % % Format: \LICRcmd{<command>}{<type>} % Types: @@ -10495,7 +10670,7 @@ and the derived files % % \begin{macrocode} %<*dfudoc> - % inputenx-utf8enc.txt 2011/04/10 v1.8 + % inputenx-utf8enc.txt 2011/05/27 v1.10 % Commented additions for utf8enc.dfu % \end{macrocode} @@ -11662,6 +11837,7 @@ and the derived files % x-cp1250.def & tex/latex/oberdiek/x-cp1250.def\\ % x-cp1251.def & tex/latex/oberdiek/x-cp1251.def\\ % x-cp1252.def & tex/latex/oberdiek/x-cp1252.def\\ +% x-cp1255.def & tex/latex/oberdiek/x-cp1255.def\\ % x-cp1257.def & tex/latex/oberdiek/x-cp1257.def\\ % x-dec-mcs.def & tex/latex/oberdiek/x-dec-mcs.def\\ % x-koi8-r.def & tex/latex/oberdiek/x-koi8-r.def\\ @@ -11792,117 +11968,154 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{inputenx.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='inputenx'> + <name>inputenx</name> + <caption>Enhanced input encoding handling.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.10'/> + <description> + This package deals with input encodings. The first stage + provides input encodings using + standard mappings and covers nearly all slots. Thus it + serves as more uptodate replacement for package + <xref refid='inputenc'>inputenc</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/inputenx.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/inputenx.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{ltc} % Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, % \textit{The \LaTeX\ Companion}, second edition, April 2004. -% +% % \bibitem{inputenc} % Alan Jeffrey, Frank Mittelbach, % \textit{inputenc.sty}, 2006/05/05 v1.1b. % \CTAN{macros/latex/base/inputenc.dtx} -% +% % \bibitem{selinput} % Heiko Oberdiek, % \textit{The \xpackage{selinput} package}, 2007/06/16 v1.1. % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/selinput.pdf} -% +% % \bibitem{pmboxdraw} % Heiko Oberdiek, % \textit{The \xpackage{pmboxdraw} package}, 2006/05/03 v1.0. % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.pdf} -% +% % \bibitem{dash} % Wikipedia, \textit{Dash}. % \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dash} -% +% % \subsection{Mappings to Unicode} -% +% % \bibitem{atarist} % Philippe Verdy, Bruno Haible, % \textit{AtariST to Unicode}, 22th April 2005. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MISC/ATARIST.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{iso8859-1} % Ken Whistler, % \textit{ISO/IEC 8859-1:1998 to Unicode}, 27th July 1999. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/ISO8859/8859-1.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{iso8859-2} % Ken Whistler, % \textit{ISO/IEC 8859-2:1999 to Unicode}, 27th July 1999. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/ISO8859/8859-2.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{iso8859-3} % Ken Whistler, % \textit{ISO/IEC 8859-3:1999 to Unicode}, 27th July 1999. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/ISO8859/8859-3.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{iso8859-4} % Ken Whistler, % \textit{ISO/IEC 8859-4:1998 to Unicode}, 27th July 1999. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/ISO8859/8859-4.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{iso8859-5} % Ken Whistler, % \textit{ISO/IEC 8859-5:1998 to Unicode}, 27th July 1999. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/ISO8859/8859-5.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{iso8859-8} % Ken Whistler, % \textit{ISO/IEC 8859-8:1999 to Unicode}, 3rd January 2000. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/ISO8859/8859-8.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{iso8859-9} % Ken Whistler, % \textit{ISO/IEC 8859-9:1999 to Unicode}, 27th July 1999. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/ISO8859/8859-9.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{iso8859-15} % Ken Whistler, % \textit{ISO/IEC 8859-15:1999 to Unicode}, 27th July 1999. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/ISO8859/8859-15.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{iso8859-16} % Ken Whistler, % \textit{ISO/IEC 8859-16:2001 to Unicode}, 26th July 2001. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/ISO8859/8859-16.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{koi8-r} % Helmut Richter, % \textit{KOI8-R (RFC1486) to Unicode}, 18th August 1999. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MISC/KOI8-R.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{mac-centeuro} % Apple Computer, % \textit{Map (external version) from MAC OS Central European character % set to Unicode 2.1 and later}, 4th April 2005. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/CENTEURO.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{mac-cyrillic} % Apple Computer, % \textit{Map (external version) from MAC OS Cyrillic character % set to Unicode 2.1 and later}, 5th April 2005. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/CYRILLIC.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{mac-roman} % Apple Computer, % \textit{Map (external version) from MAC OS Roman character % set to Unicode 2.1 and later}, 5th April 2005. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/ROMAN.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{mac-ukrainian} % Apple Computer, % \textit{Map (external version) from MAC OS Urainian character % set to Unicode 2.1 and later}, 5th April 2005. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/UKRAINE.TXT} -% +% % \bibitem{nextstep} % Rick McGowan, % \textit{NextStep Encoding to Unicode}, 23rd September 1999. % \url{ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/NEXT/NEXTSTEP.TXT} -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -11957,6 +12170,14 @@ and the derived files % Some accented characters from set ``Latin Extended-B'' added to % \xfile{if-utf8enc.dfu}. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/04/26 v1.9} +% \item +% Added encoding: cp1255 (Hebrew, letters only). +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/05/27 v1.10} +% \item +% Documentation fixed (missing |\end{verbatim}| added). +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/intcalc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/intcalc.dtx index c31033ec217..9d1ec520e53 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/intcalc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/intcalc.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: intcalc.dtx % Version: 2007/09/27 v1.1 -% +% Info: Expandable calculations with integers +% % Copyright (C) 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file intcalc.dtx % and the derived files % intcalc.sty, intcalc.pdf, intcalc.ins, intcalc.drv, % intcalc-test1.tex, intcalc-test2.tex, intcalc-test3.tex, % intcalc-test4.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/intcalc.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/intcalc.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If intcalc.ins is present: % tex intcalc.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{intcalc.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If intcalc.drv is present: % latex intcalc.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex intcalc.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist intcalc.idx % pdflatex intcalc.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist intcalc.idx % pdflatex intcalc.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/intcalc.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/intcalc.pdf @@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: intcalc 2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable integer calculations (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: intcalc 2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable calculations with integers (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -136,6 +137,10 @@ and the derived files \file{intcalc-test2.tex}{\from{intcalc.dtx}{test2,etex}}% \file{intcalc-test3.tex}{\from{intcalc.dtx}{test2,noetex}}% \file{intcalc-test4.tex}{\from{intcalc.dtx}{test4,etex}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{intcalc.xml}{\from{intcalc.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -162,9 +167,8 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{intcalc.drv}% - [2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable integer calculations (HO)]% + [2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable calculations with integers (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] \usepackage{wasysym} \let\iint\relax \let\iiint\relax @@ -199,13 +203,14 @@ and the derived files \newcommand*{\op}[1]{% \textsf{#1}% } +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{intcalc.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{3221} +% \CheckSum{3222} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -525,7 +530,7 @@ and the derived files % \end{gather*} % ($0! = 1$) % -% \begin{declcs}{intcalcPow} M{x} M{y} +% \begin{declcs}{intcalcPow} \M{x} \M{y} % \end{declcs} % Macro \cs{intcalcPow} calculates the value of \meta{x} to the % power of \meta{y}. The error ``division by zero'' is thrown @@ -695,7 +700,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@intcalc.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{intcalc}% - [2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable integer calculations (HO)]% + [2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable calculations with integers (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -4239,6 +4244,42 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{intcalc.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='intcalc'> + <name>intcalc</name> + <caption>Expandable arithmetic operations with integers.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + This package provides expandable arithmetic operations + with integers, using the e-TeX extension <tt>\numexpr</tt> if it + is available. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/intcalc.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/intcalc.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/09/09 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.dtx index afff5f48f40..fc886576c52 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: kvdefinekeys.dtx % Version: 2011/04/07 v1.3 -% +% Info: Define keys +% % Copyright (C) 2010, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,23 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file kvdefinekeys.dtx % and the derived files % kvdefinekeys.sty, kvdefinekeys.pdf, kvdefinekeys.ins, kvdefinekeys.drv, % kvdefinekeys-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If kvdefinekeys.ins is present: % tex kvdefinekeys.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{kvdefinekeys.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If kvdefinekeys.drv is present: % latex kvdefinekeys.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex kvdefinekeys.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist kvdefinekeys.idx % pdflatex kvdefinekeys.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist kvdefinekeys.idx % pdflatex kvdefinekeys.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.pdf @@ -79,7 +80,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Defining keys (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -128,6 +129,10 @@ and the derived files \file{kvdefinekeys.sty}{\from{kvdefinekeys.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{kvdefinekeys-test1.tex}{\from{kvdefinekeys.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{kvdefinekeys.xml}{\from{kvdefinekeys.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -154,16 +159,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{kvdefinekeys.drv}% - [2011/04/07 v1.3 Defining keys (HO)]% + [2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{kvdefinekeys.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{426} +% \CheckSum{428} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -302,7 +307,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@kvdefinekeys.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{kvdefinekeys}% - [2011/04/07 v1.3 Defining keys (HO)]% + [2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -708,13 +713,49 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{kvdefinekeys.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='kvdefinekeys'> + <name>kvdefinekeys</name> + <caption>Define keys for use in the kvsetkeys package.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + The package provides a macro <tt>\kv@define@key</tt> (analogous to + <xref refid='keyval'>keyval’s</xref> <tt>\define@key</tt>, to + define keys for use by <xref refid='kvsetkeys'>kvsetkeys</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \bibitem{keyval} % David Carlisle: % \textit{The \xpackage{keyval} package}; % 1999/03/16 v1.13; % \CTAN{macros/latex/required/graphics/keyval.dtx}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.dtx index b320732c69f..0b98b24d021 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: kvoptions.dtx -% Version: 2010/12/23 v3.10 -% -% Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 by +% Version: 2011/06/30 v3.11 +% Info: Key value format for package options +% +% Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2007, 2009-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,11 +16,11 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file kvoptions.dtx % and the derived files % kvoptions.sty, kvoptions.pdf, kvoptions.ins, kvoptions.drv, @@ -27,11 +28,11 @@ % kvoptions-test1.tex, kvoptions-test2.tex, % kvoptions-test3.tex, kvoptions-test4.tex, % kvoptions-test4.sty. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvoptions.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvoptions.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If kvoptions.ins is present: % tex kvoptions.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{kvoptions.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If kvoptions.drv is present: % latex kvoptions.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex kvoptions.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist kvoptions.idx % pdflatex kvoptions.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist kvoptions.idx % pdflatex kvoptions.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions-patch.sty @@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: kvoptions 2010/12/23 v3.10 Keyval support for LaTeX options (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -97,9 +98,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: kvoptions -Version: 2010/12/23 v3.10 +Version: 2011/06/30 v3.11 -Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 by +Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2007, 2009-2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -141,6 +142,10 @@ and the derived files \file{kvoptions-test3.tex}{\from{kvoptions.dtx}{test3}}% \file{kvoptions-test4.tex}{\from{kvoptions.dtx}{test4}}% \file{kvoptions-test4.sty}{\from{kvoptions.dtx}{test4pkg}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{kvoptions.xml}{\from{kvoptions.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -167,16 +172,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{kvoptions.drv}% - [2010/12/23 v3.10 Keyval support for LaTeX options (HO)]% + [2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{kvoptions.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{2361} +% \CheckSum{2398} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -197,7 +202,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{kvoptions.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{kvoptions} package} -% \date{2010/12/23 v3.10} +% \date{2011/06/30 v3.11} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -485,7 +490,7 @@ and the derived files % Sometimes contrasting names are used to characterize the % two states of a boolean switch, for example \xoption{draft} % vs.\@ \xoption{final}. Both options behave like boolean -% options but they do not need to different switches, they +% options but they do not need two different switches, they % should share one. \cs{DeclareComplementaryOption} allows this. % The option \meta{key} shares the switch of option \meta{parent}. % Example: @@ -763,7 +768,7 @@ and the derived files % Package identification % ----------------------- \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{example-mycolorsetup}[2010/12/23 Managing my colors] +\ProvidesPackage{example-mycolorsetup}[2011/06/30 Managing my colors] \RequirePackage{ifpdf} \RequirePackage{kvoptions} @@ -944,7 +949,7 @@ and the derived files % Some remarks: % \begin{itemize} % \item The patch requires \eTeX, its \cs{unexpanded} feature -% is much to nice. It is possible to work around using token +% is much too nice. It is possible to work around using token % registers. But the code becomes longer, slower, more difficult % to read and maintain. The package without option \xoption{patch} % works and will work without \eTeX. @@ -1146,7 +1151,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@kvoptions.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{kvoptions}% - [2010/12/23 v3.10 Keyval support for LaTeX options (HO)]% + [2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \paragraph{Catcodes} @@ -1251,7 +1256,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{patch}{% \AtEndOfPackage{% - \RequirePackage{kvoptions-patch}[2010/12/23]% + \RequirePackage{kvoptions-patch}[2011/06/30]% }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -1858,6 +1863,59 @@ and the derived files % % \subsection{Process options} % +% \subsubsection{Get global options} +% +% Package \xpackage{xkeyval} removes options with equal signs from +% the global options (\cs{@classoptionslist}). The effect is that +% other packages and classes will not see these global options anymore. +% A bug-report was answered that this behaviour is ``by design''. +% Thus I call it a design bug. Now getting the global options require +% an algorithm instead of a simple macro call. +% \begin{macrocode} +%</package> +%<*package|patch> +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\KVO@IfDefThen} +% Call |#2| if command |#1| is defined and not \cs{relax}. +% (Package \xpackage{kvoptions-patch} does not load +% package \xpackage{ltxcmds}.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\KVO@IfDefThen#1#2{% + \ifx#1\ltx@undefined + \else + \ifx#1\relax + \else + #2% + \fi + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\KVO@GetClassOptionsList} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\KVO@GetClassOptionsList{% + \let\KVO@classoptionslist\@classoptionslist + \KVO@IfDefThen\@classoptionslist{% + \KVO@IfDefThen\XKV@documentclass{% + \ifx\XKV@documentclass\ltx@empty + \else + \KVO@IfDefThen\XKV@classoptionslist{% + \ifx\XKV@classoptionslist\ltx@empty + \else + \let\KVO@classoptionslist\XKV@classoptionslist + \fi + }% + \fi + }% + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +%</package|patch> +%<*package> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \subsubsection{\cs{ProcessKeyvalOptions}} % % \begin{macro}{\ProcessKeyvalOptions} @@ -1888,9 +1946,10 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\@currext\@clsextension \else - \ifx\@classoptionslist\relax + \KVO@GetClassOptionsList + \ifx\KVO@classoptionslist\relax \else - \@for\KVO@CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{% + \@for\KVO@CurrentOption:=\KVO@classoptionslist\do{% \@ifundefined{KV@#1@\expandafter\KVO@getkey \KVO@CurrentOption=\@nil}{% }{% @@ -2226,7 +2285,7 @@ and the derived files \TMP@EnsureCode{124}{12}% | \edef\KVO@AtEnd{\KVO@AtEnd\noexpand\endinput} \ProvidesPackage{kvoptions-patch}% - [2010/12/23 v3.10 LaTeX patch for keyval options (HO)]% + [2011/06/30 v3.11 LaTeX patch for keyval options (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % Check for \eTeX. @@ -2326,7 +2385,8 @@ and the derived files \ifx\@currext\@clsextension \toks@{}% \else - \toks@\expandafter{\@classoptionslist,}% + \KVO@GetClassOptionsList + \toks@\expandafter{\KVO@classoptionslist,}% \fi \toks\tw@\expandafter{\@curroptions}% \edef\x{\endgroup @@ -2347,7 +2407,8 @@ and the derived files \def\KVO@xprocess@ptions{% \ifx\@currext\@clsextension \else - \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{% + \KVO@GetClassOptionsList + \@for\CurrentOption:=\KVO@classoptionslist\do{% \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty \else \KVO@in@\CurrentOption\@declaredoptions @@ -2896,7 +2957,7 @@ and the derived files %<*test3> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \makeatletter -\RequirePackage{kvoptions}[2010/12/23] +\RequirePackage{kvoptions}[2011/06/30] \def\msg#{\immediate\write16} \define@key{testfamily}{testkey}{% \msg{[testfamily/testkey/#1]}% @@ -2936,8 +2997,8 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*test4pkg> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{kvoptions-test4}[2010/12/23 package for testing] -\RequirePackage{kvoptions}[2010/12/23] +\ProvidesPackage{kvoptions-test4}[2011/06/30 package for testing] +\RequirePackage{kvoptions}[2011/06/30] \SetupKeyvalOptions{% family=FOO,% prefix=foo,% @@ -2956,10 +3017,10 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*test4> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesFile{kvoptions-test4.tex}[2010/12/23 test file] +\ProvidesFile{kvoptions-test4.tex}[2011/06/30 test file] \RequirePackage[% str=A,set=B,str=C,% -]{kvoptions-test4}[2010/12/23] +]{kvoptions-test4}[2011/06/30] \def\TestExpected{C} \ifx\foostr\TestExpected \typeout{* Test ok.}% @@ -3160,12 +3221,46 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{kvoptions.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='kvoptions'> + <name>kvoptions</name> + <caption>Key value format for package options.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2004,2006,2007,2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='3.11'/> + <description> + This package offers support for package authors who want to + use options in key-value format for their package options. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvoptions.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvoptions.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \newcommand*{\bibpackage}[4]{^^A % \bibitem{#1} % Package \xpackage{#1}, #2, #3.^^A % \ifx\\#4\\\else\space#4\fi\par % } -% +% % \begin{thebibliography}{99} % \bibitem{tb94wright} % A guide to key-value methods, Joseph Wright, second draft for @@ -3191,7 +3286,7 @@ and the derived files % The \LaTeX3 Project, \textit{\LaTeXe\ for class and package writers}, % 2003/12/09. % \CTAN{macros/latex/doc/clsguide.pdf} -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -3324,6 +3419,11 @@ and the derived files % \hologo{TeX} argument to improve compatibility with % \cs{DeclareOption}. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/06/30 v3.11} +% \item +% Fix because of design bug in package \xpackage{xkeyval} that +% removes global options with equal signs. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.dtx index fb6d8b26895..68dd55834eb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: kvsetkeys.dtx -% Version: 2011/04/07 v1.13 -% -% Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2009-2011 by +% Version: 2012/04/25 v1.16 +% Info: Key value parser +% +% Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2009-2012 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,25 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file kvsetkeys.dtx % and the derived files % kvsetkeys.sty, kvsetkeys.pdf, kvsetkeys.ins, kvsetkeys.drv, % kvsetkeys-example.tex, kvsetkeys-test1.tex, -% kvsetkeys-test2.tex, kvsetkeys-test3.tex. -% +% kvsetkeys-test2.tex, kvsetkeys-test3.tex, +% kvsetkeys-test4.tex. +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If kvsetkeys.ins is present: % tex kvsetkeys.ins @@ -41,7 +43,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{kvsetkeys.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If kvsetkeys.drv is present: % latex kvsetkeys.drv @@ -51,14 +53,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex kvsetkeys.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist kvsetkeys.idx % pdflatex kvsetkeys.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist kvsetkeys.idx % pdflatex kvsetkeys.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.pdf @@ -66,6 +68,7 @@ % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/kvsetkeys-test1.tex % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/kvsetkeys-test2.tex % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/kvsetkeys-test3.tex +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/kvsetkeys-test4.tex % TDS:source/latex/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.dtx % %<*ignore> @@ -83,7 +86,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: kvsetkeys 2011/04/07 v1.13 Key value parser (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -95,9 +98,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: kvsetkeys -Version: 2011/04/07 v1.13 +Version: 2012/04/25 v1.16 -Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2009-2011 by +Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2009-2012 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -121,7 +124,8 @@ This work consists of the main source file kvsetkeys.dtx and the derived files kvsetkeys.sty, kvsetkeys.pdf, kvsetkeys.ins, kvsetkeys.drv, kvsetkeys-example.tex, kvsetkeys-test1.tex, - kvsetkeys-test2.tex, kvsetkeys-test3.tex. + kvsetkeys-test2.tex, kvsetkeys-test3.tex, + kvsetkeys-test4.tex. \endpreamble \let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent @@ -137,6 +141,11 @@ and the derived files \file{kvsetkeys-test1.tex}{\from{kvsetkeys.dtx}{test1}}% \file{kvsetkeys-test2.tex}{\from{kvsetkeys.dtx}{test2}}% \file{kvsetkeys-test3.tex}{\from{kvsetkeys.dtx}{test2,noetex}}% + \file{kvsetkeys-test4.tex}{\from{kvsetkeys.dtx}{test4}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{kvsetkeys.xml}{\from{kvsetkeys.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -163,16 +172,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{kvsetkeys.drv}% - [2011/04/07 v1.13 Key value parser (HO)]% + [2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{kvsetkeys.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{1265} +% \CheckSum{1557} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -193,7 +202,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{kvsetkeys.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{kvsetkeys} package} -% \date{2011/04/07 v1.13} +% \date{2012/04/25 v1.16} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -345,6 +354,18 @@ and the derived files % % \subsection{Processing key value pairs} % +% Key value pairs can be processed in many different ways. +% For example, the processor for \cs{kvsetkeys} works similar +% to \cs{setkeys} of package \xpackage{keyval}. There unknown +% keys raise an error. +% +% Package \xpackage{xkeyval} also knows a star form of \cs{setkeys} +% that stores unknown keys in an internal macro for further processing +% with \cs{setrmkeys} and similar macros. This feature is covered +% by processor \cs{kv@processor@known}. +% +% \subsubsection{Processing similar to \xpackage{keyval}} +% % \begin{declcs}{kv@processor@default}\,\M{family}\,\M{key}\,\M{value} % \end{declcs} % There are many possiblities to process key value pairs. @@ -357,19 +378,48 @@ and the derived files % may contain package \xpackage{babel}'s shorthands % (since 2011/04/07 v1.13). % +% Since 2011/10/18 v1.15 the family handler can reject the +% successful handling of a key by calling \cs{kv@handled@false}. +% +% Since 2012/04/25 v1.16 \cs{kv@processor@default} also defines +% macro \cs{kv@fam} with meaning \meta{family} for convenience. +% +% \subsubsection{Processing similar to \cs{setkeys*} of package \xpackage{xkeyval}} +% +% \begin{declcs}{kv@processor@known}\,\M{family}\,^^A +% \M{cmd}\,\M{key}\,\M{value} +% \end{declcs} +% The key value processor \cs{kv@processor@known} behaves similar +% to \cs{kv@processor@default}. If the \meta{key} exists in the +% \meta{family} its code is called, otherwise the family handler +% is tried. If the family handler is not set or cannot handle the +% key, the unknown key value pair is added to the macro \meta{cmd}. +% Since 2011/10/18 v1.15. +% % The behaviour in pseudo code: % \begin{quote} % if \meta{key} exists\\ % \hspace*{1.5em}call the keyval code of \meta{key}\\ % else\\ % \hspace*{1.5em}if \meta{handler} for \meta{family} exists\\ +% \hspace*{3em}handled = true\\ % \hspace*{3em}\meta{handler}\,\M{key}\,\M{value}\\ +% \hspace*{3em}if handled\\ +% \hspace*{3em}else\\ +% \hspace*{4.5em}add \texttt{"}\M{key}\texttt{=}\M{value}\texttt{"} +% to \M{cmd}\\ +% \hspace*{3em}fi\\ % \hspace*{1.5em}else\\ +% \hspace*{3em}add \texttt{"}\M{key}\texttt{=}\M{value}\texttt{"} +% to \M{cmd}\\ % \hspace*{3em}raise unknown key error\\ % \hspace*{1.5em}fi\\ % fi % \end{quote} % +% Since 2012/04/25 v1.16 \cs{kv@processor@known} also defines +% macro \cs{kv@fam} with meaning \meta{family} for convenience. +% % \subsection{Default family handler} % % \cs{kv@processor@default} calls \meta{handler}, the default @@ -385,17 +435,51 @@ and the derived files % can be used for the key and the value. If the value is not given, % \cs{kv@value} has the meaning \cs{relax}. % +% \begin{declcs}{kv@unset@family@handler}\,\M{family} +% \end{declcs} +% It removes the family handler for \meta{family}. +% Since 2011/10/18 v1.15. +% % \subsection{Put it all together} % % \begin{declcs}{kvsetkeys}\,\M{family}\,\M{key value list} % \end{declcs} -% The work is done by the previous commands. \cs{kvsetkeys} -% just calls them: +% Macro \cs{kvsetkeys} processes the \meta{key value list} with +% the standard processor \cs{kv@processor@default}: % \begin{quote} % \cs{kv@parse}\,\M{key value list}^^A % \texttt{\{}\cs{kv@processor@default}\,\M{family}\texttt{\}} % \end{quote} % +% \begin{declcs}{kvsetknownkeys}\,\M{family}\,\M{cmd}\,\M{key value list} +% \end{declcs} +% Macro \cs{kvsetknownkeys} processes the \meta{key value list} +% with processor \cs{kv@processor@known}. All key value pairs +% with keys that are not known in \meta{family} are stored +% in macro \meta{cmd}. A previous contents of macro \meta{cmd} +% will be overwritten. If all keys can be handled, \meta{cmd} +% will be empty, otherwise it contains a key value list of +% unhandled key value pairs. +% Since 2011/10/18 v1.15. +% +% Pseudo code: +% \begin{quote} +% create macro \meta{cmdaux} with unique name (inside the current group)\\ +% \cs{def}\meta{cmdaux}\{\}\\ +% \cs{kv@parse}\,\M{key value list}^^A +% \texttt{\{}\cs{kv@processor@known}\,\M{family}\,\M{cmdaux}\texttt{\}}\\ +% \cs{let}\meta{cmd}=\meta{cmdaux} +% \end{quote} +% +% \begin{declcs}{kvsetkeys@expandafter}\,\M{family}\,\M{list cmd}\\ +% \cs{kvsetknownkeys@expandafter}\,\M{family}\,% +% \M{cmd}\,\M{list cmd} +% \end{declcs} +% Both macros behave like the counterparts without suffix +% |@expandafter|. The difference is that the key value list is +% given as macro that is expanded once. +% Since 2011/10/18 v1.15. +% % Thus you can replace \cs{setkeys} of package \xpackage{keyval} % by the key value parser of this package: % \begin{quote} @@ -573,7 +657,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@kvsetkeys.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{kvsetkeys}% - [2011/04/07 v1.13 Key value parser (HO)]% + [2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -612,7 +696,9 @@ and the derived files \TMP@EnsureCode{36}{3}% $ \TMP@EnsureCode{38}{4}% & \TMP@EnsureCode{39}{12}% ' +\TMP@EnsureCode{43}{12}% + \TMP@EnsureCode{44}{12}% , +\TMP@EnsureCode{45}{12}% - \TMP@EnsureCode{46}{12}% . \TMP@EnsureCode{47}{12}% / \TMP@EnsureCode{91}{12}% [ @@ -713,11 +799,11 @@ $ \expandafter\endgroup \begingroup \toks@{,#1,}% \KVS@Comma - \KVS@SpaceComma{ }% + \KVS@SpaceComma \KVS@CommaSpace \KVS@CommaComma \KVS@Equals - \KVS@SpaceEquals{ }% + \KVS@SpaceEquals \KVS@EqualsSpace \xdef\KVS@Global{\the\toks@}% \endgroup @@ -731,7 +817,7 @@ $ \expandafter\endgroup \begingroup \toks@{,#1,}% \KVS@Comma - \KVS@SpaceComma{ }% + \KVS@SpaceComma \KVS@CommaSpace \KVS@CommaComma \xdef\KVS@Global{\the\toks@}% @@ -766,9 +852,12 @@ $ \expandafter\endgroup % \begin{macro}{\KVS@SpaceComma} % Removes spaces before the comma, may add commas at the end. % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\KVS@SpaceComma#1{% - \expandafter\KVS@@SpaceComma\the\toks@#1,\KVS@Nil +\def\KVS@SpaceComma#1{% + \def\KVS@SpaceComma{% + \expandafter\KVS@@SpaceComma\the\toks@#1,\KVS@Nil + }% } +\KVS@SpaceComma{ } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\KVS@@SpaceComma} @@ -777,8 +866,7 @@ $ \expandafter\endgroup \KVS@IfEmpty{#2}{% \toks@{#1}% }{% - \toks@{#1,#2}% - \expandafter\KVS@@SpaceComma\the\toks@\KVS@Nil + \KVS@@SpaceComma#1,#2\KVS@Nil }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -797,8 +885,7 @@ $ \expandafter\endgroup \KVS@IfEmpty{#2}{% \toks@{#1}% }{% - \toks@{#1,#2}% - \expandafter\KVS@@CommaSpace\the\toks@\KVS@Nil + \KVS@@CommaSpace#1,#2\KVS@Nil }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -814,10 +901,10 @@ $ \expandafter\endgroup % \begin{macro}{\KVS@@CommaComma} % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\KVS@@CommaComma#1,,#2\KVS@Nil{% - \toks@{#1,#2}% \KVS@IfEmpty{#2}{% + \toks@{#1,}% (!) }{% - \expandafter\KVS@@CommaComma\the\toks@\KVS@Nil + \KVS@@CommaComma#1,#2\KVS@Nil }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -857,9 +944,12 @@ $ \expandafter\endgroup % \begin{macro}{\KVS@SpaceEquals} % Removes spaces before the equals sign. % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\KVS@SpaceEquals#1{% - \expandafter\KVS@@SpaceEquals\the\toks@#1=\KVS@Nil +\def\KVS@SpaceEquals#1{% + \def\KVS@SpaceEquals{% + \expandafter\KVS@@SpaceEquals\the\toks@#1=\KVS@Nil + }% } +\KVS@SpaceEquals{ } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\KVS@@SpaceEquals} @@ -868,8 +958,7 @@ $ \expandafter\endgroup \KVS@IfEmpty{#2}{% \toks@{#1}% }{% - \toks@{#1=#2}% - \expandafter\KVS@@SpaceEquals\the\toks@\KVS@Nil + \KVS@@SpaceEquals#1=#2\KVS@Nil }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -888,8 +977,7 @@ $ \expandafter\endgroup \KVS@IfEmpty{#2}{% \toks@{#1}% }{% - \toks@{#1=#2}% - \expandafter\KVS@@EqualsSpace\the\toks@\KVS@Nil + \KVS@@EqualsSpace#1=#2\KVS@Nil }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -1034,6 +1122,30 @@ $ \let\kv@value\KVS@Global % % \subsection{Processing key value pairs} % +% \begin{macro}{\kv@handled@false} +% The handler can call \cs{kv@handled@false} or +% \cs{kv@handled@true} so report failure or success. +% The default is success (compatibility for versions +% before 2011/10/18 v1.15). +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\kv@handled@false{% + \let\ifkv@handled@\iffalse +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\kv@handled@true} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\kv@handled@true{% + \let\ifkv@handled@\iftrue +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ifkv@handled@} +% \begin{macrocode} +\kv@handled@true +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\kv@processor@default} % \begin{macrocode} \def\kv@processor@default#1#2{% @@ -1050,6 +1162,7 @@ $ \let\kv@value\KVS@Global % \begin{macro}{\KVS@ProcessorDefault} % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\KVS@ProcessorDefault#1#2#3{% + \def\kv@fam{#1}% & \unless\ifcsname KV@#1@#2\endcsname $ \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup $ \expandafter\ifx\csname KV@#1@#2\endcsname\relax @@ -1058,8 +1171,13 @@ $ \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup $ \expandafter\ifx\csname KVS@#1@handler\endcsname\relax \kv@error@unknownkey{#1}{#2}% \else + \kv@handled@true \csname KVS@#1@handler\endcsname{#2}{#3}% \relax + \ifkv@handled@ + \else + \kv@error@unknownkey{#1}{#2}% + \fi \fi \else \ifx\kv@value\relax @@ -1079,6 +1197,79 @@ $ \expandafter\ifx\csname KV@#1@#2@default\endcsname\relax % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\kv@processor@known} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\kv@processor@known#1#2#3{% + \begingroup + \csname @safe@activestrue\endcsname + \let\ifincsname\iftrue + \edef\KVS@temp{\endgroup + \noexpand\KVS@ProcessorKnown{#1}\noexpand#2{#3}% + }% + \KVS@temp +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\KVS@ProcessorKnown} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\KVS@ProcessorKnown#1#2#3#4{% + \def\kv@fam{#1}% +& \unless\ifcsname KV@#1@#3\endcsname +$ \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +$ \expandafter\ifx\csname KV@#1@#3\endcsname\relax +& \unless\ifcsname KVS@#1@handler\endcsname +$ \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +$ \expandafter\ifx\csname KVS@#1@handler\endcsname\relax + \KVS@AddUnhandled#2{#3}{#4}% + \else + \kv@handled@true + \csname KVS@#1@handler\endcsname{#3}{#4}% + \relax + \ifkv@handled@ + \else + \KVS@AddUnhandled#2{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \fi + \else + \ifx\kv@value\relax +& \unless\ifcsname KV@#1@#2@default\endcsname +$ \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +$ \expandafter\ifx\csname KV@#1@#3@default\endcsname\relax + \kv@error@novalue{#1}{#3}% + \else + \csname KV@#1@#3@default\endcsname + \relax + \fi + \else + \csname KV@#1@#3\endcsname{#4}% + \fi + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\KVS@AddUnhandled} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\KVS@AddUnhandled#1#2#3{% +& \edef#1{% +& \ifx#1\KVS@empty +& \else +& \etex@unexpanded{#1},% +& \fi +& \etex@unexpanded{{#2}={#3}}% +& }% +$ \begingroup +$ \ifx#1\KVS@empty +$ \toks@{{#2}={#3}}% +$ \else +$ \toks@\expandafter{#1,{#2}={#3}}% +$ \fi +$ \xdef\KVS@Global{\the\toks@}% +$ \endgroup +$ \let#1\KVS@Global +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\kv@set@family@handler} % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\kv@set@family@handler#1#2{% @@ -1091,6 +1282,18 @@ $ \expandafter\ifx\csname KV@#1@#2@default\endcsname\relax % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\kv@unset@family@handler} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\kv@unset@family@handler#1#2{% + \begingroup + \csname @safe@activestrue\endcsname + \let\ifincsname\iftrue + \expandafter\endgroup + \expandafter\let\csname KVS@#1@handler\endcsname\@UnDeFiNeD +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsection{Error handling} % % \begin{macro}{\kv@error@novalue} @@ -1132,6 +1335,85 @@ $ \expandafter\ifx\csname KV@#1@#2@default\endcsname\relax % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\kvsetkeys@expandafter} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\kvsetkeys@expandafter#1#2{% + \expandafter\kv@parse\expandafter{#2}{% + \kv@processor@default{#1}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\KVS@cmd} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\KVS@cmd{0}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\KVS@cmd@inc} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\KVS@cmd@inc{% +& \edef\KVS@cmd{\the\numexpr\KVS@cmd+1}% +$ \begingroup +$ \count255=\KVS@cmd\relax +$ \advance\count255 by 1\relax +$ \edef\x{\endgroup +$ \noexpand\def\noexpand\KVS@cmd{\number\count255}% +$ }% +$ \x +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\KVS@cmd@dec} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\KVS@cmd@dec{% +& \edef\KVS@cmd{\the\numexpr\KVS@cmd-1}% +$ \begingroup +$ \count255=\KVS@cmd\relax +$ \advance\count255 by -1\relax +$ \edef\x{\endgroup +$ \noexpand\def\noexpand\KVS@cmd{\number\count255}% +$ }% +$ \x +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\KVS@empty} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\KVS@empty{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\kvsetknownkeys} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\kvsetknownkeys{% + \expandafter + \KVS@setknownkeys\csname KVS@cmd\KVS@cmd\endcsname{}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\KVS@setknownkeys} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\KVS@setknownkeys#1#2#3#4#5{% + \let#1\KVS@empty + \KVS@cmd@inc + #2\kv@parse#2{#5}{\kv@processor@known{#3}#1}% + \KVS@cmd@dec + \let#4=#1% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\kvsetknownkeys@expandafter} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\kvsetknownkeys@expandafter{% + \expandafter + \KVS@setknownkeys + \csname KVS@cmd\KVS@cmd\endcsname\expandafter +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macrocode} \KVS@AtEnd% %</package> @@ -1261,7 +1543,7 @@ $ \expandafter\ifx\csname KV@#1@#2@default\endcsname\relax \makeatletter \chardef\KVS@TestMode=1 % \makeatother -\usepackage{kvsetkeys}[2011/04/07] +\usepackage{kvsetkeys}[2012/04/25] %<noetex>\let\unexpanded\SavedUnexpanded \usepackage{qstest} \IncludeTests{*} @@ -1507,6 +1789,68 @@ $ \expandafter\ifx\csname KV@#1@#2@default\endcsname\relax %</test2> % \end{macrocode} % +% \subsection{Tests for key value processing handler} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*test4> +\catcode`\{=1 +\catcode`\}=2 +\catcode`\#=6 +\catcode`\@=11 +\input kvdefinekeys.sty\relax +\input kvsetkeys.sty\relax +\input infwarerr.sty\relax +\def\Error#1{% + \@PackageError{test}{#1}\@ehc +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\temp#1#2{% + \kv@define@key{#1}{#2}{% + \edef\result{% + \result + [#1:#2=##1]% hash-ok + }% + }% +} +\temp{FA}{key1} +\temp{FA}{key2} +\temp{FB}{key3} +\temp{FB}{key3} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\setbox0=\hbox{% + \def\result{}% + \kvsetknownkeys{FA}\cmd{key1=234,key3=456}% + \def\expected{[FA:key1=234]}% + \ifx\expected\result + \else + \Error{% + \string\kvsetknownkeys/\string\result\MessageBreak + Expected: \expected\MessageBreak + Result: \space\result + }% + \fi + \def\expected{{key3}={456}}% + \ifx\cmd\expected + \else + \Error{% + \string\kvsetknownkeys/\string\cmd\MessageBreak + Expected: \expected\MessageBreak + Result: \space\cmd + }% + \fi +} +\ifdim\wd0=0pt % +\else + \Error{Spurious spaces?}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\csname @@end\endcsname\end +%</test4> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Installation} % % \subsection{Download} @@ -1572,6 +1916,7 @@ $ \expandafter\ifx\csname KV@#1@#2@default\endcsname\relax % test/kvsetkeys-test1.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/kvsetkeys-test1.tex\\ % test/kvsetkeys-test2.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/kvsetkeys-test2.tex\\ % test/kvsetkeys-test3.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/kvsetkeys-test3.tex\\ +% test/kvsetkeys-test4.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/kvsetkeys-test4.tex\\ % kvsetkeys.dtx & source/latex/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.dtx\\ % \end{tabular}^^A % }^^A @@ -1692,18 +2037,56 @@ $ \expandafter\ifx\csname KV@#1@#2@default\endcsname\relax %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{kvsetkeys.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='kvsetkeys'> + <name>kvsetkeys</name> + <caption>Key value parser with default handler support.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2007,2009-2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.16'/> + <description> + This package provides \kvsetkeys, a variant of package + <xref refid='keyval'>keyval</xref>'s <tt>\setkeys</tt>. It allows + the user to specify a handler that deals with unknown options. + Active commas and equal signs may be used (e.g. see + <xref refid='babel'>babel</xref>'s shorthands) and only one level + of curly braces are removed from the values. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \bibitem{tb94wright} % A guide to key-value methods, Joseph Wright, second draft for % \href{http://www.tug.org/tugboat}{TUGBoat}, 2009-03-17. % \url{http://www.texdev.net/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/keyval.pdf} -% +% % \bibitem{keyval} % David Carlisle: % \textit{The \xpackage{keyval} package}; % 1999/03/16 v1.13; % \CTAN{macros/latex/required/graphics/keyval.dtx}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -1781,6 +2164,28 @@ $ \expandafter\ifx\csname KV@#1@#2@default\endcsname\relax % \item % \cs{kv@set@family@handler} with shorthand support. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/06/15 v1.14} +% \item +% Some optimizations in token register uses (GL, HO). +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/10/18 v1.15} +% \item +% \cs{kv@processor@known} and \cs{kvsetknownkeys} added. +% \item +% \cs{kvsetkeys@expandafter} and \cs{kvsetknownkeys@expandafter} added. +% \item +% Family handler can report success or failure by \cs{kv@handled@true} +% or \cs{kv@handled@false}. +% \item +% \cs{kv@unset@family@handler} added. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2012/04/25 v1.16} +% \item +% \cs{kv@processor@default} and \cs{kv@processor@known} define +% macro \cs{kv@fam} for convenience. +% \item +% Catcode section: Catcode setting for \texttt{+} added for \hologo{eTeX}. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/letltxmacro.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/letltxmacro.dtx index 590a0808137..deded606ba7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/letltxmacro.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/letltxmacro.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: letltxmacro.dtx % Version: 2010/09/02 v1.4 -% +% Info: Let assignment for LaTeX macros +% % Copyright (C) 2008, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,21 +16,21 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file letltxmacro.dtx % and the derived files % letltxmacro.sty, letltxmacro.pdf, letltxmacro.ins, letltxmacro.drv, % letltxmacro-showcases.tex, letltxmacro-test1.tex, % letltxmacro-test2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/letltxmacro.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/letltxmacro.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If letltxmacro.ins is present: % tex letltxmacro.ins @@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{letltxmacro.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If letltxmacro.drv is present: % latex letltxmacro.drv @@ -48,14 +49,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex letltxmacro.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist letltxmacro.idx % pdflatex letltxmacro.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist letltxmacro.idx % pdflatex letltxmacro.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/letltxmacro.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/letltxmacro.pdf @@ -129,6 +130,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{letltxmacro-test1.tex}{\from{letltxmacro.dtx}{test1}}% \file{letltxmacro-test2.tex}{\from{letltxmacro.dtx}{test2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{letltxmacro.xml}{\from{letltxmacro.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -157,14 +162,14 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{letltxmacro.drv}% [2010/09/02 v1.4 Let assignment for LaTeX macros (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{letltxmacro.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{987} +% \CheckSum{990} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -1129,6 +1134,44 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{letltxmacro.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='letltxmacro'> + <name>letltxmacro</name> + <caption>Let assignment for LaTeX macros.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2008,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + TeX’s <tt>\let</tt> assignment does not work for LaTeX macros + with optional arguments or for macros that are defined + as robust macros by <tt>\DeclareRobustCommand</tt>. This package + defines <tt>\LetLtxMacro</tt> that also takes care of the involved + internal macros. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/letltxmacro.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/letltxmacro.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2008/06/09 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/listingsutf8.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/listingsutf8.dtx index 59f35a9750d..93c55a4c427 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/listingsutf8.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/listingsutf8.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: listingsutf8.dtx -% Version: 2007/11/11 v1.1 -% -% Copyright (C) 2007 by +% Version: 2011/11/10 v1.2 +% Info: Allow UTF-8 in listings input +% +% Copyright (C) 2007, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,22 +16,22 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file listingsutf8.dtx % and the derived files % listingsutf8.sty, listingsutf8.pdf, listingsutf8.ins, listingsutf8.drv, % listingsutf8-test1.tex, listingsutf8-test2.tex, % listingsutf8-test3.tex, listingsutf8-test4.tex, % listingsutf8-test5.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/listingsutf8.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/listingsutf8.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If listingsutf8.ins is present: % tex listingsutf8.ins @@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{listingsutf8.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If listingsutf8.drv is present: % latex listingsutf8.drv @@ -49,14 +50,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex listingsutf8.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist listingsutf8.idx % pdflatex listingsutf8.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist listingsutf8.idx % pdflatex listingsutf8.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/listingsutf8.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/listingsutf8.pdf @@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: listingsutf8 2007/11/11 v1.1 Adding support for UTF-8 to listings (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: listingsutf8 2011/11/10 v1.2 Allow UTF-8 in listings input (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -94,9 +95,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: listingsutf8 -Version: 2007/11/11 v1.1 +Version: 2011/11/10 v1.2 -Copyright (C) 2007 by +Copyright (C) 2007, 2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -134,6 +135,10 @@ and the derived files \file{listingsutf8-test3.tex}{\from{listingsutf8.dtx}{test3,utf8x}}% \file{listingsutf8-test4.tex}{\from{listingsutf8.dtx}{test4,utf8,noetex}}% \file{listingsutf8-test5.tex}{\from{listingsutf8.dtx}{test5,utf8x,noetex}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{listingsutf8.xml}{\from{listingsutf8.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -160,16 +165,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{listingsutf8.drv}% - [2007/11/11 v1.1 Adding support for UTF-8 to listings (HO)]% + [2011/11/10 v1.2 Allow UTF-8 in listings input (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{listingsutf8.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{285} +% \CheckSum{311} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -190,7 +195,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{listingsutf8.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{listingsutf8} package} -% \date{2007/11/11 v1.1} +% \date{2011/11/10 v1.2} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -322,7 +327,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{listingsutf8}% - [2007/11/11 v1.1 Adding support for UTF-8 to listings (HO)] + [2011/11/10 v1.2 Allow UTF-8 in listings input (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Package options} @@ -352,7 +357,7 @@ and the derived files % \subsection{Check prerequisites} % % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}[2007/11/11] +\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}[2011/04/22] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -374,7 +379,7 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{stringenc}[2007/10/22] +\RequirePackage{stringenc}[2010/03/01] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Add support for UTF-8} @@ -423,6 +428,7 @@ and the derived files \pdf@filedump{0}{\pdf@filesize{#1}}{#1}% }% }% + \lstU@CRLFtoLF\lstU@text \StringEncodingConvert\lstU@text\lstU@text{utf8}\lst@inputenc \def\lstU@temp{% \scantokens\expandafter{\lstU@text}% @@ -437,6 +443,31 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \subsubsection{Convert CR/LF pairs to LF} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lstU@CRLFtoLF} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup + \endlinechar=-1 % + \@makeother\^^J % + \@makeother\^^M % + \gdef\lstU@CRLFtoLF#1{% + \edef#1{% + \expandafter\lstU@CRLFtoLF@aux#1^^M^^J\@nil + }% + }% + \gdef\lstU@CRLFtoLF@aux#1^^M^^J#2\@nil{% + #1% + \ifx\relax#2\relax + \@car + \fi + ^^J% + \lstU@CRLFtoLF@aux#2\@nil + }% +\endgroup % +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsubsection{Patch \cs{lst@InputListing}} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -500,7 +531,7 @@ and the derived files \catcode`\%=14 % \catcode`\ =10 % \catcode13=5 % - \RequirePackage{listingsutf8}[2007/11/11]\relax + \RequirePackage{listingsutf8}[2011/11/10]\relax \RestoreCatcodes } \Test @@ -538,7 +569,7 @@ public class ExampleUTF8 { } } \end{filecontents*} -\usepackage{listingsutf8}[2007/11/11] +\usepackage{listingsutf8}[2011/11/10] \def\Text{% Umlauts: % ^^c3^^84^^c3^^96^^c3^^9c^^c3^^a4^^c3^^b6^^c3^^bc^^c3^^9f% @@ -738,25 +769,63 @@ public class ExampleUTF8 { %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{listingsutf8.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='listingsutf8'> + <name>listingsutf8</name> + <caption>Allow UTF-8 in listings input.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + Package <xref refid='listings'>listings</xref> does not support files + with multi-byte encodings such as UTF-8. In the case of + <tt>\lstinputlisting</tt>, a simple workaround is possible if a + one-byte encoding exists that the file can be converted to. The + package requires the e-TeX extensions under pdfTeX (in either PDF + or DVI output mode). + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/listingsutf8.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/listingsutf8.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{inputenc} % Alan Jeffrey, Frank Mittelbach, % \textit{inputenc.sty}, 2006/05/05 v1.1b. % \CTAN{macros/latex/base/inputenc.dtx} -% +% % \bibitem{listings} % Carsten Heinz, Brooks Moses: % \textit{The \xpackage{listings} package}; % 2007/02/22;\\ % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/listings/}. -% +% % \bibitem{stringenc} % Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The \xpackage{stringenc} package}; % 2007/10/22;\\ % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stringenc.pdf}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -768,6 +837,11 @@ public class ExampleUTF8 { % \item % Use of package \xpackage{pdftexcmds}. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/11/10 v1.2} +% \item +% DOS line ends CR/LF normalized to LF to avoid empty lines +% (Bug report of Thomas Benkert in de.comp.text.tex). +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ltxcmds.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ltxcmds.dtx index c13a2a457e5..1a6e0c4de65 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ltxcmds.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/ltxcmds.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: ltxcmds.dtx -% Version: 2011/04/18 v1.20 -% +% Version: 2011/11/09 v1.22 +% Info: LaTeX kernel commands for general use +% % Copyright (C) 2009-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,25 +16,26 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file ltxcmds.dtx % and the derived files % ltxcmds.sty, ltxcmds.pdf, ltxcmds.ins, ltxcmds.drv, % ltxcmds-test1.tex, ltxcmds-test-gobble.tex, % ltxcmds-test-ifempty.tex, ltxcmds-test-zapspace.tex, -% ltxcmds-test-ifboxempty.tex, ltxcmds-test-nextchar.tex. -% +% ltxcmds-test-ifboxempty.tex, ltxcmds-test-nextchar.tex, +% ltxcmds-test-carcdr.tex. +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ltxcmds.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ltxcmds.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If ltxcmds.ins is present: % tex ltxcmds.ins @@ -42,7 +44,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{ltxcmds.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If ltxcmds.drv is present: % latex ltxcmds.drv @@ -52,14 +54,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex ltxcmds.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist ltxcmds.idx % pdflatex ltxcmds.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist ltxcmds.idx % pdflatex ltxcmds.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/ltxcmds.pdf @@ -69,6 +71,7 @@ % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/ltxcmds-test-zapspace.tex % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/ltxcmds-test-ifboxempty.tex % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/ltxcmds-test-nextchar.tex +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/ltxcmds-test-carcdr.tex % TDS:source/latex/oberdiek/ltxcmds.dtx % %<*ignore> @@ -86,7 +89,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: ltxcmds 2011/04/18 v1.20 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -98,7 +101,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: ltxcmds -Version: 2011/04/18 v1.20 +Version: 2011/11/09 v1.22 Copyright (C) 2009-2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> @@ -125,7 +128,8 @@ and the derived files ltxcmds.sty, ltxcmds.pdf, ltxcmds.ins, ltxcmds.drv, ltxcmds-test1.tex, ltxcmds-test-gobble.tex, ltxcmds-test-ifempty.tex, ltxcmds-test-zapspace.tex, - ltxcmds-test-ifboxempty.tex, ltxcmds-test-nextchar.tex. + ltxcmds-test-ifboxempty.tex, ltxcmds-test-nextchar.tex, + ltxcmds-test-carcdr.tex. \endpreamble \let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent @@ -142,6 +146,11 @@ and the derived files \file{ltxcmds-test-zapspace.tex}{\from{ltxcmds.dtx}{test-zapspace}}% \file{ltxcmds-test-ifboxempty.tex}{\from{ltxcmds.dtx}{test-ifboxempty}}% \file{ltxcmds-test-nextchar.tex}{\from{ltxcmds.dtx}{test-nextchar}}% + \file{ltxcmds-test-carcdr.tex}{\from{ltxcmds.dtx}{test-carcdr}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{ltxcmds.xml}{\from{ltxcmds.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -168,9 +177,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{ltxcmds.drv}% - [2011/04/18 v1.20 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)]% + [2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{zref-savepos} \usepackage{paralist} \hfuzz=1pt @@ -180,7 +189,7 @@ and the derived files %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{2385} +% \CheckSum{2685} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -201,7 +210,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{ltxcmds.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{ltxcmds} package} -% \date{2011/04/18 v1.20} +% \date{2011/11/09 v1.22} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -306,7 +315,7 @@ and the derived files % Macros \cs{ltx@firstofthree}, \cs{ltx@secondofthree} % and \cs{ltx@thirdofthree} were added in version % 2010/11/12 v1.11. -% Macros \cs{ltx@firstoffour}, \dots, \cs{ltx@forthoffour} +% Macros \cs{ltx@firstoffour}, \dots, \cs{ltx@fourthoffour} % were added in version 2011/02/04 v1.16. % % \subsection{List helpers} @@ -321,28 +330,46 @@ and the derived files % % \begin{declcs}{ltx@cartwo} \M{1} \M{2} \dots\ \cs{@nil} % \TO \meta{1}\meta{2}\\ +% \cs{ltx@carsecond} \M{1} \M{2} \dots\ \cs{@nil} \TO \meta{2}\\ % \cs{ltx@cdrtwo} \M{1} \M{2} \dots\ \cs{@nil} \TO \dots % \end{declcs} % % \begin{declcs}{ltx@carthree} \M{1} \M{2} \M{3} \dots\ \cs{@nil} % \TO \meta{1}\meta{2}\meta{3}\\ +% \cs{ltx@carthird} \M{1} \M{2} \M{3} \dots\ \cs{@nil} +% \TO \meta{3}\\ % \cs{ltx@cdrthree} \M{1} \M{2} \M{3} \dots\ \cs{@nil} \TO \dots % \end{declcs} % % \begin{declcs}{ltx@carfour} \M{1} \M{2} \M{3} \M{4} \dots\ \cs{@nil} % \TO \meta{1}\meta{2}\meta{3}\meta{4}\\ +% \cs{ltx@carfourth} \M{1} \M{2} \M{3} \M{4} \dots\ \cs{@nil} +% \TO \meta{4}\\ % \cs{ltx@cdrfour} \M{1} \M{2} \M{3} \M{4} \dots\ \cs{@nil} \TO \dots % \end{declcs} % % \begin{declcs}{ltx@CarNum} \M{num} \M{1} \dots\ \M{\meta{num}} % \M{\meta{num}+1} \dots\ \cs{@nil}\\ % \TO \M{1} \dots\ \M{\meta{num}} \dots\\ +% \cs{ltx@CarNumth} \M{num} \M{1} \dots\ \M{\meta{num}} +% \M{\meta{num}+1} \dots\ \cs{@nil}\\ +% \TO \M{\meta{num}} \dots\\ % \cs{ltx@CdrNum} \M{num} \M{1} \dots\ \M{\meta{num}} % \M{\meta{num}+1} \dots\ \cs{@nil}\\ % \TO \M{\meta{num}+1} \dots % \end{declcs} -% Macros \cs{ltx@CarNum} and \cs{ltx@CdrNum} are expandable -% in exact two expansion steps. +% +% Macros with uppercase letters are expandable in two expansion steps. +% Changes in version 2011/11/09 v1.22: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item +% Macros \cs{ltx@carsecond}, \cs{ltx@carthird}, \cs{ltx@carfourth}, +% \cs{ltx@CarNumth} added. +% \item +% Macros \cs{ltx@cdr}, \cs{ltx@cdrtwo}, \cs{ltx@cdrthree}, \cs{ltx@cdrfour}, +% \cs{ltx@CdrNum} are expandable in two expansion steps and retain +% spaces and braces after the first gobbled arguments. +% \end{itemize} % % \subsection{Tail recursion} % @@ -499,9 +526,17 @@ and the derived files % \end{declcs} % The \meta{addition} is appended to the parameterless macro \meta{cmd}. % If \meta{cmd} is undefined or has the meaning \cs{relax}, then -% it will be initialized as empty macro before. Due to a bug \meta{addition} +% it will be initialized as empty macro beforehand. Due to a bug \meta{addition} % must not contain \cs{par} before version 2010/10/25 v1.9. % +% \begin{declcs}{ltx@GlobalPrependToMacro} \M{cmd} \M{addition}\\ +% \cs{ltx@LocalPrependToMacro} \M{cmd} \M{addition} +% \end{declcs} +% The \meta{addition} is prepended to the parameterless macro \meta{cmd}. +% If \meta{cmd} is undefined or has the meaning \cs{relax}, then +% it will be initialized as empty macro beforehand. The macros +% were added in version 2011/08/22 v1.21. +% % \subsection{Next character detection} % % \begin{declcs}{ltx@ifnextchar} \M{char} \M{yes} \M{no} @@ -692,7 +727,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@ltxcmds.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{ltxcmds}% - [2011/04/18 v1.20 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)]% + [2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1045,25 +1080,34 @@ and the derived files % % \subsection{List helpers} % -% \begin{macro}{\ltx@car} +% \begin{macro}{\ltx@carzero} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\ltx@car#1#2\@nil{#1} +\long\def\ltx@carzero#1\@nil{}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\ltx@cdr} +% \begin{macro}{\LTXcmds@cdrzero} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\ltx@cdr#1#2\@nil{#2} +\long\def\LTXcmds@cdrzero#1\@nil{#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ltx@cdrzero} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ltx@cdrzero{% + \romannumeral\LTXcmds@cdrzero\ltx@zero +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\ltx@carzero} +% \begin{macro}{\ltx@car} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\ltx@carzero#1\@nil{}% +\long\def\ltx@car#1#2\@nil{#1} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\ltx@cdrzero} +% \begin{macro}{\ltx@cdr} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\ltx@cdrzero#1\@nil{#1}% +\long\def\ltx@cdr#1{% + \romannumeral\LTXcmds@cdrzero\ltx@zero +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1072,9 +1116,16 @@ and the derived files \long\def\ltx@cartwo#1#2#3\@nil{#1#2} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ltx@carsecond} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\ltx@carsecond#1#2#3\@nil{#2} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\ltx@cdrtwo} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\ltx@cdrtwo#1#2#3\@nil{#3} +\long\def\ltx@cdrtwo#1#2{% + \romannumeral\LTXcmds@cdrzero\ltx@zero +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1083,9 +1134,16 @@ and the derived files \long\def\ltx@carthree#1#2#3#4\@nil{#1#2#3} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ltx@carthird} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\ltx@carthird#1#2#3#4\@nil{#3} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\ltx@cdrthree} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\ltx@cdrthree#1#2#3#4\@nil{#4} +\long\def\ltx@cdrthree#1#2#3{% + \romannumeral\LTXcmds@cdrzero\ltx@zero +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1094,9 +1152,16 @@ and the derived files \long\def\ltx@carfour#1#2#3#4#5\@nil{#1#2#3#4} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ltx@carfourth} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\ltx@carfourth#1#2#3#4#5\@nil{#4} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\ltx@cdrfour} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\ltx@cdrfour#1#2#3#4#5\@nil{#5} +\long\def\ltx@cdrfour#1#2#3#4{% + \romannumeral\LTXcmds@cdrzero\ltx@zero +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1140,18 +1205,33 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\ltx@CdrNum} +% \begin{macro}{\ltx@CarNumth} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\ltx@CdrNum#1{% - \romannumeral0% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\LTXcmds@CdrNum - \ltx@GobbleNum{#1}% +\def\ltx@CarNumth#1{% + \romannumeral + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \LTXcmds@CarNumth + \ltx@GobbleNum{#1}{}% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\LTXcmds@CdrNum} +% \begin{macro}{\LTXcmds@CarNumth} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\LTXcmds@CdrNum#1\@nil{ #1}% +\long\def\LTXcmds@CarNumth#1#2\@nil{% + \ltx@zero + #1% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ltx@CdrNum} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ltx@CdrNum#1{% + \romannumeral% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ltx@cdrzero + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ltx@zero + \ltx@GobbleNum{#1}% +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1569,6 +1649,45 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\ltx@GlobalPrependToMacro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\ltx@GlobalPrependToMacro#1#2{% + \ifx\ltx@undefined#1% + \let#1\ltx@empty + \else + \ifx\relax#1% + \let#1\ltx@empty + \fi + \fi + \begingroup + \ltx@LocToksA{#2}% + \ltx@LocToksB\expandafter{#1}% + \xdef#1{\the\ltx@LocToksA\the\ltx@LocToksB}% + \endgroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ltx@LocalPrependToMacro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\ltx@LocalPrependToMacro#1#2{% + \global\let\LTXcmds@gtemp#1% + \ifx\ltx@undefined\LTXcmds@gtemp + \global\let\LTXcmds@gtemp\ltx@empty + \else + \ifx\relax\LTXcmds@gtemp + \global\letLTXcmds@gtemp\ltx@empty + \fi + \fi + \begingroup + \ltx@LocToksA{#2}% + \ltx@LocToksB\expandafter{\LTXcmds@gtemp}% + \xdef\LTXcmds@gtemp{\the\ltx@LocToksA\the\ltx@LocToksB}% + \endgroup + \let#1\LTXcmds@gtemp +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsection{Next character detection} % % \begin{macro}{\ltx@ifnextchar} @@ -2056,7 +2175,7 @@ $ \next \expandafter\ifx\csname RequirePackage\endcsname\relax \input ltxcmds.sty\relax \else - \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/04/18]% + \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/11/09]% \fi \catcode`\@=11 % \def\msg#{\immediate\write16}% @@ -2243,7 +2362,7 @@ X=% \expandafter\ifx\csname RequirePackage\endcsname\relax \input ltxcmds.sty\relax \else - \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/04/18]% + \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/11/09]% \fi \def\msg#{\immediate\write16} \def\TestY{\Y} @@ -2363,7 +2482,7 @@ X=% \expandafter\ifx\csname RequirePackage\endcsname\relax \input ltxcmds.sty\relax \else - \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/04/18]% + \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/11/09]% \fi \def\msg#{\immediate\write16} \def\space{ } @@ -2437,7 +2556,7 @@ X=% \expandafter\ifx\csname RequirePackage\endcsname\relax \input ltxcmds.sty\relax \else - \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/04/18]% + \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/11/09]% \fi \def\msg#{\immediate\write16} % make box 0 void @@ -2534,7 +2653,7 @@ X=% \input ltxcmds.sty\relax \input eolgrab.sty\relax \else - \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/04/18]% + \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/11/09]% \RequirePackage{eolgrab}[2011/01/12]% \fi \def\msg#{\immediate\write16} @@ -2700,6 +2819,85 @@ X=% %</test-nextchar> % \end{macrocode} % +% \subsection{Test for list helpers} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*test-carcdr> +\catcode`\{=1 % +\catcode`\}=2 % +\catcode`\#=6 % +\catcode`\@=11 % +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname RequirePackage\endcsname\relax + \input ltxcmds.sty\relax + \input eolgrab.sty\relax +\else + \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/11/09]% + \RequirePackage{eolgrab}[2011/01/12]% +\fi +\def\msg#{\immediate\write16} +\def\space{ } +\long\def\Test#1#2#3{% + \begingroup + \def\TestExpected{#3}% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\TestResult + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + #1#2\@nil + }% + \ifx\TestResult\TestExpected + \else + \msg{\string\TestExpected: [\meaning\TestExpected]}% + \msg{\string\TestResult: \space\space[\meaning\TestResult]}% + \errmessage{Test failed!}% + \fi + \endgroup +} +\Test\ltx@carzero{abc}{} +\Test\ltx@carzero{}{} +\Test\ltx@carzero{\par\par}{} +\Test\ltx@cdrzero{}{} +\Test\ltx@cdrzero{abc}{abc} +\Test\ltx@cdrzero{ \par}{ \par} +\Test\ltx@cdrzero{\@empty}{\@empty} +\Test\ltx@cdrzero{{}}{{}} +\Test\ltx@car{abc}{a} +\Test\ltx@car{\par}{\par} +\Test\ltx@cdr{abc}{bc} +\Test\ltx@cdr{a \par}{ \par} +\Test\ltx@cdr{a\@empty}{\@empty} +\Test\ltx@cartwo{abc}{ab} +\Test\ltx@cartwo{\par\@empty}{\par\@empty} +\Test\ltx@carsecond{abc}{b} +\Test\ltx@carsecond{\@empty b\@empty}{b} +\Test\ltx@carsecond{\par\par\par}{\par} +\Test\ltx@cdrtwo{abc}{c} +\Test\ltx@cdrtwo{ab \par}{ \par} +\Test\ltx@cdrtwo{ab\@empty}{\@empty} +\Test\ltx@cdrtwo{ab{}}{{}} +\Test\ltx@cdrthree{abcdefg}{defg} +\Test\ltx@cdrfour{abcdefg}{efg} +\Test{\ltx@CdrNum{5}}{abcdefg}{fg} +\Test{\ltx@CdrNum{0}}{\par}{\par} +\Test{\ltx@CdrNum{0}}{\@empty}{\@empty} +\Test{\ltx@CdrNum{0}}{{}}{{}} +\Test{\ltx@CdrNum{0}}{ }{ } +\Test{\ltx@CdrNum{2}}{abcd}{cd} +\Test{\ltx@CdrNum{2}}{\vbox\par\hbox\par}{\hbox\par} +\Test{\ltx@carthree}{abcdefg}{abc} +\Test{\ltx@carfour}{abcdefg}{abcd} +\Test{\ltx@CarNum{5}}{abcdefg}{abcde} +\Test{\ltx@CarNum{2}}{\@empty\par}{\@empty\par} +\Test\ltx@carthird{abcdefg}{c} +\Test\ltx@carfourth{abcdefg}{d} +\Test{\ltx@CarNumth{5}}{abcdefg}{e} +\Test{\ltx@CarNumth{2}}{\@empty\@empty\@empty}{\@empty} +\Test{\ltx@CarNumth{2}}{\par\par\par}{\par} +\Test{\ltx@CarNumth{2}}{ab}{b} +\csname @@end\endcsname\end +%</test-carcdr> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Installation} % % \subsection{Download} @@ -2767,6 +2965,7 @@ X=% % test/ltxcmds-test-zapspace.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/ltxcmds-test-zapspace.tex\\ % test/ltxcmds-test-ifboxempty.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/ltxcmds-test-ifboxempty.tex\\ % test/ltxcmds-test-nextchar.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/ltxcmds-test-nextchar.tex\\ +% test/ltxcmds-test-carcdr.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/ltxcmds-test-carcdr.tex\\ % ltxcmds.dtx & source/latex/oberdiek/ltxcmds.dtx\\ % \end{tabular}^^A % }^^A @@ -2887,9 +3086,45 @@ X=% %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{ltxcmds.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='ltxcmds'> + <name>ltxcmds</name> + <caption>Some LaTeX kernel commands for general use.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.22'/> + <description> + This package exports some utility macros + from the LaTeX kernel into a separate namespace and + also makes them available for other formats such as plain TeX. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ltxcmds.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ltxcmds.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \raggedright -% +% % \bibitem{ifempty:schneck} % Robert R. Schneck: % \textit{Re: \cs{ifempty} solution % @@ -2899,7 +3134,7 @@ X=% % 2003-06-17.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/be03a159ec374895}} -% +% % \bibitem{ifnull:diez} % Ulrich Diez: % \textit{Re: TeX refuses to strip outer braces in argument}; @@ -2908,7 +3143,7 @@ X=% % 2010-11-12.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/803bd57221a04996}} -% +% % \bibitem{ifstrempty:musa} % Ahmed Musa: % \textit{Re: TeX refuses to strip outer braces in argument}; @@ -2917,7 +3152,7 @@ X=% % 2010-12-03.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/fbf7d61a0c3a807d}} -% +% % \bibitem{ifstrempty:diez1} % Ulrich Diez: % \textit{Re: TeX refuses to strip outer braces in argument}; @@ -2926,7 +3161,7 @@ X=% % 2010-12-03.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/0c230ee479487962}} -% +% % \bibitem{ifstrempty:diez2} % Ulrich Diez: % \textit{Re: TeX refuses to strip outer braces in argument}; @@ -2935,7 +3170,7 @@ X=% % 2010-12-03.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/bbef4263390d647b}} -% +% % \bibitem{ifstrempty:diez3} % Ulrich Diez: % \textit{Re: TeX refuses to strip outer braces in argument}; @@ -2944,7 +3179,7 @@ X=% % 2010-12-04.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/00dfd1ec103cd272}} -% +% % \bibitem{ifstrempty:gl} % GL: % \textit{Re: TeX refuses to strip outer braces in argument}; @@ -2953,7 +3188,7 @@ X=% % 2010-12-04.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/d3a75995c1cf267e}} -% +% % \bibitem{ifstrempty:ho} % Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{Re: TeX refuses to strip outer braces in argument}; @@ -2962,7 +3197,7 @@ X=% % 2010-12-04.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/5f7a23e3ab70e347}} -% +% % \bibitem{ifboxempty:dak} % David Kastrup: % \textit{How to detect if \cs{vbox} is empty}; @@ -2970,7 +3205,7 @@ X=% % 2011-02-04.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/8d3cb89496a4d86d}} -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -3095,6 +3330,20 @@ X=% % \cs{ltx@ifnextchar} with conditional support (thanks GL for % bug report). % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/08/22 v1.21} +% \item +% \cs{ltx@GlobalPrependToMacro}, \cs{ltx@LocalPrependToMacro} added +% (feature request of Martin M\"unch). +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/11/09 v1.22} +% \item +% \cs{ltx@carsecond}, \cs{ltx@carthird}, \cs{ltx@carfourth}, +% \cs{ltx@CarNumth} added. +% \item +% \cs{ltx@cdrzero}, \cs{ltx@cdr}, \cs{ltx@cdrtwo}, cs{ltx@cdrthree}, +% \cs{ltx@cdrfour}, \cs{ltx@CdrNum} modified to retain braces and spaces. +% They are expandable in two expansion steps. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/luacolor.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/luacolor.dtx index c714e3cc79e..4d4d4386e84 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/luacolor.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/luacolor.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: luacolor.dtx -% Version: 2011/04/23 v1.6 -% +% Version: 2011/11/01 v1.8 +% Info: Color support via LuaTeX's attributes +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,22 +16,22 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file luacolor.dtx % and the derived files % luacolor.sty, luacolor.pdf, luacolor.ins, luacolor.drv, % luacolor-test1.tex, luacolor-test2.tex, luacolor-test3.tex, % oberdiek.luacolor.lua, luacolor.lua, % oberdiek.luacolor-pre065.lua, luacolor-pre065.lua. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luacolor.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luacolor.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If luacolor.ins is present: % tex luacolor.ins @@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{luacolor.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If luacolor.drv is present: % latex luacolor.drv @@ -49,14 +50,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex luacolor.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist luacolor.idx % pdflatex luacolor.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist luacolor.idx % pdflatex luacolor.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/luacolor.sty % TDS:scripts/oberdiek/oberdiek.luacolor.lua @@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: luacolor 2011/04/23 v1.6 Coloring based on LuaTeX's node attributes (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: luacolor 2011/11/01 v1.8 Color support via LuaTeX's attributes (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: luacolor -Version: 2011/04/23 v1.6 +Version: 2011/11/01 v1.8 Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> @@ -134,6 +135,10 @@ and the derived files \file{luacolor-test1.tex}{\from{luacolor.dtx}{test1}}% \file{luacolor-test2.tex}{\from{luacolor.dtx}{test2}}% \file{luacolor-test3.tex}{\from{luacolor.dtx}{test3}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{luacolor.xml}{\from{luacolor.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \def\MetaPrefix{-- } \def\defaultpostamble{% @@ -178,9 +183,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{luacolor.drv}% - [2011/04/23 v1.6 Coloring based on LuaTeX's node attributes (HO)]% + [2011/11/01 v1.8 Color support via LuaTeX's attributes (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{paralist} \makeatletter \g@addto@macro\MakePrivateLetters{% @@ -214,7 +219,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{luacolor.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{luacolor} package} -% \date{2011/04/23 v1.6} +% \date{2011/11/01 v1.8} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -356,7 +361,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{luacolor}% - [2011/04/23 v1.6 Coloring based on LuaTeX's node attributes (HO)] + [2011/11/01 v1.8 Color support via LuaTeX's attributes (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Check for \LuaTeX} @@ -418,7 +423,7 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup - \edef\x{\LuaCol@directlua{tex.write("2011/04/23 v1.6")}}% + \edef\x{\LuaCol@directlua{tex.write("2011/11/01 v1.8")}}% \edef\y{% \LuaCol@directlua{% if oberdiek.luacolor.getversion then % @@ -593,7 +598,7 @@ module("oberdiek.luacolor", package.seeall) % \begin{macro}{getversion()} % \begin{macrocode} function getversion() - tex.write("2011/04/23 v1.6") + tex.write("2011/11/01 v1.8") end % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -645,7 +650,7 @@ function dvidetect() assert(v.id == node.id("hlist")) %<!pre065> for v in node.traverse_id(node.id("whatsit"), v.head) do %<pre065> for v in node.traverse_id(node.id("whatsit"), v.list) do - if v and v.subtype == 3 then -- special + if v and v.subtype == node.subtype("special") then local data = v.data for pattern, driver in pairs(patterns) do if string.find(data, pattern) then @@ -673,6 +678,13 @@ local map = { % \begin{macro}{get()} % \begin{macrocode} function get(color) + tex.write("" .. getvalue(color)) +end +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{getvalue()} +% \begin{macrocode} +function getvalue(color) local n = map[color] if not n then n = map.n + 1 @@ -680,7 +692,7 @@ function get(color) map[n] = color map[color] = n end - tex.write("" .. n) + return n end % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -696,6 +708,14 @@ end % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{getattribute()} +% \begin{macrocode} +function getattribute() + return attribute +end +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsubsection{Whatsit insertion} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -710,9 +730,9 @@ local node_types = { [node.id("glyph")] = COLOR, [node.id("disc")] = COLOR, [node.id("whatsit")] = { - [3] = COLOR, -- special - [8] = COLOR, -- pdf_literal - [14] = COLOR, -- pdf_refximage + [node.subtype("special")] = COLOR, + [node.subtype("pdf_literal")] = COLOR, + [node.subtype("pdf_refximage")] = COLOR, }, [node.id("glue")] = function(n) @@ -958,7 +978,7 @@ end \pdfoutput=0 % \fi \documentclass{minimal} -\usepackage{luacolor}[2011/04/23] +\usepackage{luacolor}[2011/11/01] \csname @@end\endcsname \end %</test2> @@ -970,7 +990,7 @@ end % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \documentclass{minimal} -\usepackage{luacolor}[2011/04/23] +\usepackage{luacolor}[2011/11/01] \usepackage{qstest} \IncludeTests{*} \LogTests{log}{*}{*} @@ -1169,6 +1189,40 @@ end %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{luacolor.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='luacolor'> + <name>luacolor</name> + <caption>Color support based on LuaTeX's node attributes.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.8'/> + <description> + This package implements color support based on LuaTeX's node + attributes. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luacolor.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luacolor.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/12/12 v1.0} % \item @@ -1224,6 +1278,16 @@ end % \item % Version check for Lua module added. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/10/22 v1.7} +% \item +% Lua functions \texttt{getattribute} and \texttt{getvalue} +% added to tell other external Lua functions +% the attribute register number for coloring. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/11/01 v1.8} +% \item +% Use of \texttt{node.subtype} instead of magic numbers. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/luatex.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/luatex.dtx index 891380bb656..c5e43771787 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/luatex.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/luatex.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: luatex.dtx % Version: 2010/03/09 v0.4 -% +% Info: LuaTeX basic definition package +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2009, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file luatex.dtx % and the derived files % luatex.sty, luatex.pdf, luatex.ins, luatex.drv, luatex-loader.sty, % luatex-test1.tex, luatex-test2.tex, luatex-test3.tex, % luatex-test4.tex, luatex-test5.tex, oberdiek.luatex.lua. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luatex.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luatex.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If luatex.ins is present: % tex luatex.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{luatex.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If luatex.drv is present: % latex luatex.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex luatex.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist luatex.idx % pdflatex luatex.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist luatex.idx % pdflatex luatex.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/luatex.sty % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/luatex-loader.sty @@ -141,6 +142,10 @@ and the derived files \file{luatex-test3.tex}{\from{luatex.dtx}{test1,test3}}% \file{luatex-test4.tex}{\from{luatex.dtx}{test4}}% \file{luatex-test5.tex}{\from{luatex.dtx}{test5}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{luatex.xml}{\from{luatex.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \def\MetaPrefix{-- } \def\defaultpostamble{% @@ -183,7 +188,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{luatex.drv}% [2010/03/09 v0.4 LuaTeX basic definition package (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{paralist} \begin{document} \DocInput{luatex.dtx}% @@ -1864,6 +1869,49 @@ table.insert(package.loaders, kpse_module_loader) %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{luatex.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='luatex'> + <name>luatex</name> + <caption>The LuaTeX engine.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2009,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.4'/> + <description> + LuaTeX is an extended version of pdfTeX using Lua as an embedded + scripting language. The LuaTeX project’s main objective + is to provide an open and configurable variant of TeX while at the + same time offering downward compatibility. + <p/> + LuaTeX uses Unicode (as UTF-8) as its default input encoding, and + is able to use modern (OpenType) fonts (for both text and mathematics). + <p/> + It should be noted that LuaTeX is still under development; its + specification has been declared stable, but absolute stability + may not in practice be assumed. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luatex.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/luatex.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/12/12 v0.1} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/magicnum.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/magicnum.dtx index 2050d78b194..161dd909801 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/magicnum.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/magicnum.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: magicnum.dtx % Version: 2011/04/10 v1.4 -% -% Copyright (C) 2007, 2009, 2010, 2011 by +% Info: Magic numbers +% +% Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file magicnum.dtx % and the derived files % magicnum.sty, magicnum.pdf, magicnum.ins, magicnum.drv, magicnum.txt, % magicnum-test1.tex, magicnum-test2.tex, magicnum-test3.tex, % magicnum-test4.tex, magicnum.lua, oberdiek.magicnum.lua. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/magicnum.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/magicnum.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If magicnum.ins is present: % tex magicnum.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{magicnum.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If magicnum.drv is present: % latex magicnum.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex magicnum.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist magicnum.idx % pdflatex magicnum.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist magicnum.idx % pdflatex magicnum.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/magicnum.sty % TDS:scripts/oberdiek/magicnum.lua @@ -100,7 +101,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: magicnum Version: 2011/04/10 v1.4 -Copyright (C) 2007, 2009, 2010, 2011 by +Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -143,6 +144,8 @@ and the derived files \nopostamble \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{magicnum.txt}{\from{magicnum.dtx}{data}}% + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{magicnum.xml}{\from{magicnum.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \def\MetaPrefix{-- } \def\defaultpostamble{% @@ -186,7 +189,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{magicnum.drv}% [2011/04/10 v1.4 Magic numbers (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{array} \begin{document} \DocInput{magicnum.dtx}% @@ -1518,6 +1521,42 @@ end %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{magicnum.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='magicnum'> + <name>magicnum</name> + <caption>Access TeX systems' "magic numbers".</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + This package allows access to the various parameter values in + TeX (catcode values), e-TeX (group, if and node types, and + interaction mode), and LuaTeX (pdfliteral mode) by a hierarchical + name system. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/magicnum.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/magicnum.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/12/12 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/makerobust.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/makerobust.dtx index 332bf02461d..2334906fd50 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/makerobust.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/makerobust.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: makerobust.dtx % Version: 2006/03/18 v1.0 -% +% Info: Make existing macro robust +% % Copyright (C) 2006 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file makerobust.dtx % and the derived files % makerobust.sty, makerobust.pdf, makerobust.ins, makerobust.drv, % makerobust-example.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/makerobust.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/makerobust.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If makerobust.ins is present: % tex makerobust.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{makerobust.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If makerobust.drv is present: % latex makerobust.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex makerobust.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist makerobust.idx % pdflatex makerobust.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist makerobust.idx % pdflatex makerobust.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/makerobust.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/makerobust.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: makerobust 2006/03/18 v1.0 Making a macro robust (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: makerobust 2006/03/18 v1.0 Make existing macro robust (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{makerobust.sty}{\from{makerobust.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{makerobust-example.tex}{\from{makerobust.dtx}{example}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{makerobust.xml}{\from{makerobust.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,9 +153,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{makerobust.drv}% - [2006/03/18 v1.0 Making a macro robust (HO)]% + [2006/03/18 v1.0 Make existing macro robust (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{makerobust.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -268,7 +273,7 @@ Second page. %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{makerobust}% - [2006/03/18 v1.0 Making a macro robust (HO)]% + [2006/03/18 v1.0 Make existing macro robust (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -493,6 +498,41 @@ Second page. %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{makerobust.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='makerobust'> + <name>makerobust</name> + <caption>Making a macro robust.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + This package provides the command MakeRobustCommand + that converts an existing macro to a robust one. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/makerobust.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/makerobust.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2006/03/18 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/mleftright.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/mleftright.dtx index b20c6f3280c..f74033db5af 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/mleftright.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/mleftright.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: mleftright.dtx % Version: 2010/09/25 v1.0 -% +% Info: Math left/right delim. as open/close +% % Copyright (C) 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,23 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file mleftright.dtx % and the derived files % mleftright.sty, mleftright.pdf, mleftright.ins, mleftright.drv, % mleftright-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/mleftright.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/mleftright.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If mleftright.ins is present: % tex mleftright.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{mleftright.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If mleftright.drv is present: % latex mleftright.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex mleftright.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist mleftright.idx % pdflatex mleftright.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist mleftright.idx % pdflatex mleftright.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/mleftright.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/mleftright.pdf @@ -79,7 +80,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: mleftright 2010/09/25 v1.0 Usual delimiter spacing with left and right (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: mleftright 2010/09/25 v1.0 Math left/right delim. as open/close (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -128,6 +129,10 @@ and the derived files \file{mleftright.sty}{\from{mleftright.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{mleftright-test1.tex}{\from{mleftright.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{mleftright.xml}{\from{mleftright.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -154,9 +159,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{mleftright.drv}% - [2010/09/25 v1.0 Usual delimiter spacing with left and right (HO)]% + [2010/09/25 v1.0 Math left/right delim. as open/close (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{mleftright}[2010/09/25] \begin{document} \DocInput{mleftright.dtx}% @@ -164,7 +169,7 @@ and the derived files %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{544} +% \CheckSum{550} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -353,7 +358,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@mleftright.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{mleftright}% - [2010/09/25 v1.0 Usual delimiter spacing with left and right (HO)]% + [2010/09/25 v1.0 Math left/right delim. as open/close (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -475,7 +480,7 @@ and the derived files \ltx@IfUndefined{currentgrouplevel}{% \catcode38=14 % & = comment }{% - \catcode38=9 % & = ignore_ + \catcode38=9 % & = ignore } % \end{macrocode} % @@ -886,8 +891,44 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{mleftright.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='mleftright'> + <name>mleftright</name> + <caption>Variants of delimiters that act as maths open/close.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + The package defines variants <tt>\mleft</tt> and <tt>\mright</tt> + of <tt>\left</tt> and <tt>\right</tt>, that make the delimiters + act as <tt>\mathopen</tt> and <tt>\mathclose</tt>. These commands + address spacing difficulties in subformulas. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/mleftright.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/mleftright.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Acknowledgement} -% +% % \begin{description} % \item[Donald Arsenau:] % He provided the main trick and the first macros. @@ -905,7 +946,7 @@ and the derived files % 2010-08-12. % \newblock % {\small\url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/e5b6833da7dc29bf}} -% +% % \bibitem{arseneau} % Donald Arseneau, % \textit{Re: spacing after \cs{right}\texttt) and before \cs{left}\texttt)}, @@ -914,7 +955,7 @@ and the derived files % 2010-08-30. % \newblock % {\small\url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/e0b2e4386e5d04e4}} -% +% % \bibitem{stephani} % Philipp Stephani, % \textit{Re: spacing after \cs{right}\texttt) and before \cs{left}\texttt)}, @@ -923,7 +964,7 @@ and the derived files % 2010-09-12. % \newblock % {\small\url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/87ac1f61321de3ef}} -% +% % \bibitem{oberdiek} % Heiko Oberdiek, % \textit{Re: spacing after \cs{right}\texttt) and before \cs{left}\texttt)}, @@ -932,7 +973,7 @@ and the derived files % 2010-09-12. % \newblock % {\small\url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/257aa6119bef878b}} -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/oberdiek.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/oberdiek.ins index c802b20d750..bde53bb30e8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/oberdiek.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/oberdiek.ins @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ % oberdiek.ins -% 2011/04/23 +% 2012/04/26 % % Copyright (C) 1999, 2001, 2006 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> @@ -43,9 +43,11 @@ \batchinput{dvipscol.dtx} \batchinput{embedfile.dtx} \batchinput{engord.dtx} +\batchinput{enparen.dtx} \batchinput{eolgrab.dtx} \batchinput{epstopdf.dtx} \batchinput{etexcmds.dtx} +\batchinput{fibnum.dtx} \batchinput{flags.dtx} \batchinput{gettitlestring.dtx} \batchinput{grfext.dtx} @@ -109,6 +111,7 @@ \batchinput{tabularht.dtx} \batchinput{tabularkv.dtx} \batchinput{telprint.dtx} +\batchinput{thepdfnumber.dtx} \batchinput{transparent.dtx} \batchinput{twoopt.dtx} \batchinput{uniquecounter.dtx} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/oberdiek.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/oberdiek.tex index d6fc4cb4fba..342d30c4a63 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/oberdiek.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/oberdiek.tex @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ \newcommand*{\Subject}{CTAN:\CTANdir} \newcommand*{\Author}{Heiko Oberdiek} \newcommand*{\Email}{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com} -\newcommand*{\Date}{2011/04/23} +\newcommand*{\Date}{2012/04/26} % Copyright (C) 2006-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> @@ -28,6 +28,14 @@ % for the projects in CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/. % \documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article} + +\usepackage{ifluatex} +\ifluatex + \usepackage{fontspec}[2011/09/18]% + \usepackage{unicode-math}[2011/09/19]% + \setmathfont{lmmath-regular.otf}% +\fi + \usepackage[ ignorehead, top=1in, @@ -36,6 +44,7 @@ \usepackage{color} \usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel} \usepackage{hologo} +\usepackage{biblatex}% for internals in .toc files \definecolor{link}{rgb}{1,0,0}% red \definecolor{file}{rgb}{0,0,1}% blue @@ -166,187 +175,193 @@ \begin{overview} \entry{accsupp}{2010/01/16}{0.3}{Accessibility support by marked content}% [\entrysep] -\entry{aliascnt}{2009/09/08}{1.3}{Alias counter}% +\entry{aliascnt}{2009/09/08}{1.3}{Alias counters}% [\entrysep] -\entry{alphalph}{2010/04/18}{2.3}{Converting numbers to letters}% +\entry{alphalph}{2011/05/13}{2.4}{Convert numbers to letters}% [\entrysep] -\entry{askinclude}{2008/08/11}{2.1}{Interactive asking of included files}% +\entry{askinclude}{2011/12/02}{2.2}{Interactive asking of included files}% [\entrysep] -\entry{atbegshi}{2011/01/30}{1.15}{At begin shipout hook}% +\entry{atbegshi}{2011/10/05}{1.16}{At begin shipout hook}% [\entrysep] \entry{atenddvi}{2007/04/17}{1.1}{At end DVI hook}% [\entrysep] -\entry{attachfile2}{2010/09/27}{2.6}{attach files into PDF}% +\entry{attachfile2}{2012/04/18}{2.7}{Attach files into PDF}% [\entrysep] -\entry{atveryend}{2011/04/23}{1.7}{Hooks at very end of document}% +\entry{atveryend}{2011/06/30}{1.8}{Hooks at the very end of document}% [\entrysep] \entry{auxhook}{2011/03/04}{1.3}{Hooks for auxiliary files}% [\entrysep] -\entry{bigintcalc}{2011/01/30}{1.2}{Expandable big integer calculations}% +\entry{bigintcalc}{2012/04/08}{1.3}{Expandable calculations on big integers}% [\entrysep] -\entry{bitset}{2011/01/30}{1.1}{Data type bit set}% +\entry{bitset}{2011/01/30}{1.1}{Handle bit-vector datatype}% [\entrysep] -\entry{bmpsize}{2009/09/04}{1.6}{Extract size and resolution data from bitmap files}% +\entry{bmpsize}{2009/09/04}{1.6}{Extract size/resolution from bitmap files}% [\entrysep] -\entry{bookmark}{2011/04/21}{1.21}{PDF bookmarks}% +\entry{bookmark}{2011/12/02}{1.24}{PDF bookmarks}% [\entrysep] -\entry{catchfile}{2011/03/01}{1.6}{Catches the contents of a file}% +\entry{catchfile}{2011/03/01}{1.6}{Catch the contents of a file}% [\entrysep] -\entry{centernot}{2010/03/29}{1.2}{Centers the not symbol horizontally}% +\entry{centernot}{2011/07/11}{1.3}{Centers the not symbol horizontally}% [\entrysep] -\entry{chemarr}{2006/02/20}{1.2}{Chemical reaction arrows}% +\entry{chemarr}{2006/02/20}{1.2}{Arrows for chemical reactions}% [\entrysep] -\entry{classlist}{2008/08/11}{1.3}{Record loaded classes}% +\entry{classlist}{2011/10/17}{1.4}{Record classes used in a document}% [\entrysep] \entry{colonequals}{2006/08/01}{1.0}{Colon equals symbols}% [\entrysep] -\entry{dvipscol}{2008/08/11}{1.2}{Fix for dvips.def}% +\entry{dvipscol}{2008/08/11}{1.2}{Alter the usage of the dvips color stack}% [\entrysep] -\entry{embedfile}{2011/04/13}{2.6}{embed files into PDF}% +\entry{embedfile}{2011/04/13}{2.6}{Embed files into PDF}% [\entrysep] \entry{engord}{2010/03/01}{1.8}{Provides English ordinal numbers}% [\entrysep] -\entry{eolgrab}{2011/01/12}{1.0}{Grab line end delimited argument}% +\entry{enparen}{2012/01/07}{1.0}{Parentheses nesting}% +[\entrysep] +\entry{eolgrab}{2011/01/12}{1.0}{Catch arguments delimited by end of line}% [\entrysep] \entry{epstopdf}{2010/02/09}{2.5}{Conversion with epstopdf on the fly}% [\entrysep] -\entry{etexcmds}{2011/02/16}{1.5}{Prefix for e-TeX command names}% +\entry{etexcmds}{2011/02/16}{1.5}{Avoid name clashes with \hologo{eTeX} commands}% [\entrysep] -\entry{flags}{2007/09/30}{0.4}{Flag setting in bit fields}% +\entry{fibnum}{2012/04/08}{1.0}{Fibonacci numbers}% +[\entrysep] +\entry{flags}{2007/09/30}{0.4}{Setting/clearing of flags in bit fields}% [\entrysep] \entry{gettitlestring}{2010/12/03}{1.4}{Cleanup title references}% [\entrysep] -\entry{grfext}{2010/08/19}{1.1}{Managing graphics extensions}% +\entry{grfext}{2010/08/19}{1.1}{Manage graphics extensions}% [\entrysep] -\entry{grffile}{2010/12/09}{1.13}{Extended file name support for graphics}% +\entry{grffile}{2012/04/05}{1.16}{Extended file name support for graphics}% [\entrysep] -\entry{hobsub}{2011/04/23}{1.4}{Subsetting bundle oberdiek}% +\entry{hobsub}{2012/04/25}{1.12}{Construct package bundles}% [\entrysep] -\entry{hologo}{2011/04/21}{1.5}{Logo collection}% +\entry{hologo}{2012/04/26}{1.10}{A logo collection with bookmark support}% [\entrysep] -\entry{holtxdoc}{2011/02/04}{0.21}{Private additional ltxdoc support}% +\entry{holtxdoc}{2012/03/21}{0.24}{Private additional ltxdoc support}% [\entrysep] -\entry{hopatch}{2011/01/30}{1.0}{Wrapper for package hooks}% +\entry{hopatch}{2011/06/24}{1.1}{Wrapper for package hooks}% [\entrysep] -\entry{hycolor}{2011/01/30}{1.7}{Color options of hyperref/bookmark}% +\entry{hycolor}{2011/01/30}{1.7}{Color options for hyperref/bookmark}% [\entrysep] \entry{hypbmsec}{2007/04/11}{2.4}{Bookmarks in sectioning commands}% [\entrysep] -\entry{hypcap}{2011/02/16}{1.11}{Adjusting anchors of captions}% +\entry{hypcap}{2011/02/16}{1.11}{Adjusting the anchors of captions}% [\entrysep] -\entry{hypdestopt}{2008/08/08}{2.2}{Hyperref destination optimizer}% +\entry{hypdestopt}{2011/05/13}{2.3}{Hyperref destination optimizer}% [\entrysep] -\entry{hypdoc}{2010/03/26}{1.9}{Hyper extensions for doc.sty}% +\entry{hypdoc}{2011/08/19}{1.11}{Hyper extensions for doc.sty}% [\entrysep] -\entry{hypgotoe}{2007/10/30}{0.1}{Experimental links to embedded files}% +\entry{hypgotoe}{2007/10/30}{0.1}{Links to embedded files}% [\entrysep] \entry{hyphsubst}{2008/06/09}{0.2}{Substitute hyphenation patterns}% [\entrysep] -\entry{ifdraft}{2008/08/11}{1.3}{Switch for option draft}% +\entry{ifdraft}{2008/08/11}{1.3}{Detect class options draft and final}% [\entrysep] -\entry{iflang}{2007/11/11}{1.5}{Language checks}% +\entry{iflang}{2007/11/11}{1.5}{Checks for the current language}% [\entrysep] \entry{ifluatex}{2010/03/01}{1.3}{Provides the ifluatex switch}% [\entrysep] \entry{ifpdf}{2011/01/30}{2.3}{Provides the ifpdf switch}% [\entrysep] -\entry{ifvtex}{2010/03/01}{1.5}{Switches for detecting VTeX and its modes}% +\entry{ifvtex}{2010/03/01}{1.5}{Detect \hologo{VTeX} and its facilities}% [\entrysep] -\entry{infwarerr}{2010/04/08}{1.3}{Providing info/warning/message}% +\entry{infwarerr}{2010/04/08}{1.3}{Providing info/warning/error messages}% [\entrysep] -\entry{inputenx}{2011/04/10}{1.8}{Enhanced input encoding handling}% +\entry{inputenx}{2011/05/27}{1.10}{Enhanced input encoding handling}% [\entrysep] -\entry{intcalc}{2007/09/27}{1.1}{Expandable integer calculations}% +\entry{intcalc}{2007/09/27}{1.1}{Expandable calculations with integers}% [\entrysep] -\entry{kvdefinekeys}{2011/04/07}{1.3}{Defining keys}% +\entry{kvdefinekeys}{2011/04/07}{1.3}{Define keys}% [\entrysep] -\entry{kvoptions}{2010/12/23}{3.10}{Keyval support for \LaTeX{} options}% +\entry{kvoptions}{2011/06/30}{3.11}{Key value format for package options}% [\entrysep] -\entry{kvsetkeys}{2011/04/07}{1.13}{Key value parser}% +\entry{kvsetkeys}{2012/04/25}{1.16}{Key value parser}% [\entrysep] -\entry{letltxmacro}{2010/09/02}{1.4}{Let assignment for \LaTeX{} macros}% +\entry{letltxmacro}{2010/09/02}{1.4}{Let assignment for \hologo{LaTeX} macros}% [\entrysep] -\entry{listingsutf8}{2007/11/11}{1.1}{Adding support for UTF-8 to listings}% +\entry{listingsutf8}{2011/11/10}{1.2}{Allow UTF-8 in listings input}% [\entrysep] -\entry{ltxcmds}{2011/04/18}{1.20}{\LaTeX{} kernel commands for general use}% +\entry{ltxcmds}{2011/11/09}{1.22}{\hologo{LaTeX} kernel commands for general use}% [\entrysep] -\entry{luacolor}{2011/04/23}{1.6}{Coloring based on LuaTeX's node attributes}% +\entry{luacolor}{2011/11/01}{1.8}{Color support via \hologo{LuaTeX}'s attributes}% [\entrysep] -\entry{luatex}{2010/03/09}{0.4}{LuaTeX basic definition package}% +\entry{luatex}{2010/03/09}{0.4}{\hologo{LuaTeX} basic definition package}% [\entrysep] \entry{magicnum}{2011/04/10}{1.4}{Magic numbers}% [\entrysep] -\entry{makerobust}{2006/03/18}{1.0}{Making a macro robust}% +\entry{makerobust}{2006/03/18}{1.0}{Make existing macro robust}% [\entrysep] -\entry{mleftright}{2010/09/25}{1.0}{Usual delimiter spacing with left and right}% +\entry{mleftright}{2010/09/25}{1.0}{Math left/right delim.\@ as open/close}% [\entrysep] \entry{pagegrid}{2009/12/04}{1.4}{Print page grid in background}% [\entrysep] -\entry{pagesel}{2008/08/11}{1.8}{Selecting shipout output pages}% +\entry{pagesel}{2008/08/11}{1.8}{Select pages of a document for output}% [\entrysep] -\entry{pdfcol}{2007/12/12}{1.2}{Maintaining additional color stacks for pdfTeX}% +\entry{pdfcol}{2007/12/12}{1.2}{Handle new color stacks for \hologo{pdfTeX}}% [\entrysep] -\entry{pdfcolfoot}{2007/09/09}{1.1}{pdfTeX's color stack for footnotes}% +\entry{pdfcolfoot}{2012/01/02}{1.2}{Color stack for footnotes with \hologo{pdfTeX}}% [\entrysep] -\entry{pdfcolmk}{2008/08/11}{1.2}{PDFtex COLor MarK}% +\entry{pdfcolmk}{2008/08/11}{1.2}{Color support for \hologo{pdfTeX} via marks}% [\entrysep] -\entry{pdfcolparallel}{2010/01/11}{1.3}{Fixed parallel with color stacks support}% +\entry{pdfcolparallel}{2010/01/11}{1.3}{Color stacks support for parallel}% [\entrysep] -\entry{pdfcolparcolumns}{2010/01/11}{1.3}{Color stacks support for parcolumns}% +\entry{pdfcolparcolumns}{2010/01/11}{1.3}{Color stacks for parcolumns}% [\entrysep] -\entry{pdfcrypt}{2007/04/26}{1.0}{Setting pdf encryption}% +\entry{pdfcrypt}{2007/04/26}{1.0}{Allows the setting of PDF encryption}% [\entrysep] -\entry{pdfescape}{2011/04/04}{1.12}{Provides string conversions}% +\entry{pdfescape}{2011/11/25}{1.13}{Implements \hologo{pdfTeX}'s escape features}% [\entrysep] -\entry{pdflscape}{2008/08/11}{0.10}{Landscape pages in PDF}% +\entry{pdflscape}{2008/08/11}{0.10}{Display of landscape pages in PDF}% [\entrysep] \entry{pdfrender}{2010/01/28}{1.2}{Access to some PDF graphics parameters}% [\entrysep] -\entry{pdftexcmds}{2011/04/22}{0.16}{Utilities of pdfTeX for LuaTeX}% +\entry{pdftexcmds}{2011/11/29}{0.20}{Utility functions of \hologo{pdfTeX} for \hologo{LuaTeX}}% [\entrysep] \entry{picture}{2009/10/11}{1.3}{Dimens for picture macros}% [\entrysep] \entry{pmboxdraw}{2011/03/24}{1.1}{Poor man's box drawing characters}% [\entrysep] -\entry{protecteddef}{2011/01/31}{1.0}{Definition of protected macros}% +\entry{protecteddef}{2011/01/31}{1.0}{Define protected commands}% [\entrysep] -\entry{refcount}{2010/12/01}{3.2}{Data extraction from references}% +\entry{refcount}{2011/10/16}{3.4}{Data extraction from label references}% [\entrysep] \entry{rerunfilecheck}{2011/04/15}{1.7}{Rerun checks for auxiliary files}% [\entrysep] -\entry{resizegather}{2010/03/01}{1.2}{Automatically resizing of too large equations}% +\entry{resizegather}{2010/03/01}{1.2}{Resize overly large equations}% [\entrysep] -\entry{rotchiffre}{2010/11/12}{1.0}{Provides ROT13, ROT5, ROT18, ROT47}% +\entry{rotchiffre}{2010/11/12}{1.0}{Perform simple rotation ciphers}% [\entrysep] -\entry{scrindex}{2008/08/11}{1.1}{Package index with scr* classes}% +\entry{scrindex}{2008/08/11}{1.1}{Package index with \hologo{KOMAScript} classes}% [\entrysep] -\entry{selinput}{2007/09/09}{1.2}{Select input encoding}% +\entry{selinput}{2007/09/09}{1.2}{Semi-automatic input encoding detection}% [\entrysep] \entry{setouterhbox}{2007/09/09}{1.7}{Set hbox in outer horizontal mode}% [\entrysep] -\entry{settobox}{2008/08/11}{1.4}{Getting box sizes}% +\entry{settobox}{2008/08/11}{1.4}{Assign box dimensions to length registers}% [\entrysep] -\entry{soulutf8}{2007/09/09}{1.0}{Adding support for UTF-8 to soul}% +\entry{soulutf8}{2007/09/09}{1.0}{Permit use of UTF-8 characters in soul}% [\entrysep] \entry{stackrel}{2007/11/11}{1.2}{Adding subscript option to stackrel}% [\entrysep] -\entry{stampinclude}{2008/07/14}{1.0}{Time stamp based including}% +\entry{stampinclude}{2008/07/14}{1.0}{Include files based on time stamps}% +[\entrysep] +\entry{stringenc}{2011/12/02}{1.10}{Convert strings between diff.\@ encodings}% [\entrysep] -\entry{stringenc}{2010/03/01}{1.8}{Converts strings between encodings}% +\entry{tabularht}{2007/04/11}{2.5}{Tabular with height specified}% [\entrysep] -\entry{tabularht}{2007/04/11}{2.5}{Tabular with height specification}% +\entry{tabularkv}{2006/02/20}{1.1}{Tabular with key value interface}% [\entrysep] -\entry{tabularkv}{2006/02/20}{1.1}{Key value interface for tabular parameters}% +\entry{telprint}{2008/08/11}{1.10}{Format German phone numbers}% [\entrysep] -\entry{telprint}{2008/08/11}{1.10}{Formatting of German phone numbers}% +\entry{thepdfnumber}{2011/11/24}{1.0}{Print PDF numbers with minimal digits}% [\entrysep] -\entry{transparent}{2007/01/08}{1.0}{Using a pdfTeX's color stack for transparency}% +\entry{transparent}{2007/01/08}{1.0}{Transparency via \hologo{pdfTeX}'s color stack}% [\entrysep] \entry{twoopt}{2008/08/11}{1.5}{Definitions with two optional arguments}% [\entrysep] -\entry{uniquecounter}{2011/01/30}{1.2}{Provides unlimited unique counter}% +\entry{uniquecounter}{2011/01/30}{1.2}{Provide unlimited unique counter}% [\entrysep] -\entry{zref}{2011/03/18}{2.21}{New reference scheme for \LaTeXe{}}% +\entry{zref}{2012/04/04}{2.24}{A new reference scheme for \hologo{LaTeX}}% \end{overview} \section{Packages} @@ -377,7 +392,7 @@ share the same counter register and clear list. \label{alphalph} \begin{abstract} The package provides methods to represent numbers with a limited -set of symbols. Both \LaTeX\ and \plainTeX are supported. +set of symbols. Both \hologo{LaTeX} and \hologo{plainTeX} are supported. \end{abstract} \tocinclude{alphalph} @@ -573,6 +588,15 @@ It can be used with plain and \LaTeX\ formats. \tocinclude{engord} \newpage +\subsection{\pkgsectformat{enparen}} +\label{enparen} +\begin{abstract} +The package defines macros to set parentheses that automatically +change the symbols from inner to outer fences. +\end{abstract} +\tocinclude{enparen} + +\newpage \subsection{\pkgsectformat{eolgrab}} \label{eolgrab} \begin{abstract} @@ -604,6 +628,15 @@ name clashes by adding a prefix to \eTeX's commands. For example, \tocinclude{etexcmds} \newpage +\subsection{\pkgsectformat{fibnum}} +\label{fibnum} +\begin{abstract} +The package \xpackage{fibnum} provides expandable fibonacci +numbers for both \hologo{LaTeX} and \hologo{plainTeX}. +\end{abstract} +\tocinclude{fibnum} + +\newpage \subsection{\pkgsectformat{flags}} \label{flags} \begin{abstract} @@ -1107,7 +1140,7 @@ Otherwise the macro is not made robust. References are not numbers, however they often store numerical data such as section or page numbers. \cs{ref} or \cs{pageref} cannot be used for counter assignments or calculations because -they are not expandable, generate warnings, or can even be links, +they are not expandable, generate warnings, or can even be links. The package provides expandable macros to extract the data from references. Packages \xpackage{hyperref}, \xpackage{nameref}, \xpackage{titleref}, and \xpackage{babel} are supported. @@ -1258,6 +1291,16 @@ German phone numbers. \tocinclude{telprint} \newpage +\subsection{\pkgsectformat{thepdfnumber}} +\label{thepdfnumber} +\begin{abstract} +The package converts real numbers to a minimal representation +that is stripped from leading or trailing zeros, +plus signs and decimal point if not necessary. +\end{abstract} +\tocinclude{thepdfnumber} + +\newpage \subsection{\pkgsectformat{transparent}} \label{transparent} \begin{abstract} @@ -1281,7 +1324,7 @@ optional arguments. \label{uniquecounter} \begin{abstract} This package provides a kind of counter that provides unique -number values. Several counter can be created by different names. +number values. Several counters can be created by different names. The numeric values are not limited. \end{abstract} \tocinclude{uniquecounter} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pagegrid.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pagegrid.dtx index ba6f54d9f20..e335c8f14cb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pagegrid.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pagegrid.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pagegrid.dtx % Version: 2009/12/04 v1.4 -% +% Info: Print page grid in background +% % Copyright (C) 2009 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pagegrid.dtx % and the derived files % pagegrid.sty, pagegrid.pdf, pagegrid.ins, pagegrid.drv, % pagegrid-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagegrid.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagegrid.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pagegrid.ins is present: % tex pagegrid.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pagegrid.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pagegrid.drv is present: % latex pagegrid.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pagegrid.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pagegrid.idx % pdflatex pagegrid.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pagegrid.idx % pdflatex pagegrid.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/pagegrid.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/pagegrid.pdf @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pagegrid.sty}{\from{pagegrid.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{pagegrid-test1.tex}{\from{pagegrid.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pagegrid.xml}{\from{pagegrid.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -150,7 +155,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{pagegrid.drv}% [2009/12/04 v1.4 Print page grid in background (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{pagegrid.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -1052,8 +1057,48 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pagegrid.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pagegrid'> + <name>pagegrid</name> + <caption>Print page grid in background.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + This package puts a grid on the paper. It was written for + developers of a class or package + who have to put elements on definite locations on a page + (e.g. letter class). The grid allows a faster optical check, + whether the positions are correct. If the previewer already + offers features for measuring, the package might be unnecessary. + Otherwise it saves the developer from printing the page and + measuring by hand. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagegrid.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagegrid.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Acknowledgement} -% +% % \begin{description} % \item[Klaus Braune:] % He provided the idea and the first \xpackage{tikz} code. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pagesel.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pagesel.dtx index b9bfe563c2c..e95e952587f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pagesel.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pagesel.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pagesel.dtx % Version: 2008/08/11 v1.8 -% +% Info: Select pages of a document for output +% % Copyright (C) 1999, 2003, 2006-2008 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pagesel.dtx % and the derived files % pagesel.sty, pagesel.pdf, pagesel.ins, pagesel.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagesel.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagesel.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pagesel.ins is present: % tex pagesel.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pagesel.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pagesel.drv is present: % latex pagesel.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pagesel.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pagesel.idx % pdflatex pagesel.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pagesel.idx % pdflatex pagesel.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/pagesel.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/pagesel.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: pagesel 2008/08/11 v1.8 Selecting shipout output pages (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: pagesel 2008/08/11 v1.8 Select pages of a document for output (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pagesel.drv}{\from{pagesel.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{pagesel.sty}{\from{pagesel.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pagesel.xml}{\from{pagesel.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,9 +148,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{pagesel.drv}% - [2008/08/11 v1.8 Selecting shipout output pages (HO)]% + [2008/08/11 v1.8 Select pages of a document for output (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{pagesel.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -295,7 +300,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{pagesel} - [2008/08/11 v1.8 Selecting shipout output pages (HO)]% + [2008/08/11 v1.8 Select pages of a document for output (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % If the package is loaded twice, the package code does not @@ -804,6 +809,41 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pagesel.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pagesel'> + <name>pagesel</name> + <caption>Select pages of a document for output.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999,2003,2006-2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.8'/> + <description> + Selects single pages, ranges of pages, odd pages or even pages + for output. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagesel.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pagesel.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{1999/03/01 v0.9} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcol.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcol.dtx index 94059d42cdc..7d85f26bc5f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcol.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcol.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pdfcol.dtx % Version: 2007/12/12 v1.2 -% +% Info: Handle new color stacks for pdfTeX +% % Copyright (C) 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,23 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pdfcol.dtx % and the derived files % pdfcol.sty, pdfcol.pdf, pdfcol.ins, pdfcol.drv, pdfcol-test1.tex, % pdfcol-test2.tex, pdfcol-test3.tex, pdfcol-test4.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcol.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcol.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pdfcol.ins is present: % tex pdfcol.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pdfcol.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pdfcol.drv is present: % latex pdfcol.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pdfcol.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcol.idx % pdflatex pdfcol.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcol.idx % pdflatex pdfcol.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/pdfcol.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/pdfcol.pdf @@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: pdfcol 2007/12/12 v1.2 Maintaining additional color stacks for pdfTeX (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: pdfcol 2007/12/12 v1.2 Handle new color stacks for pdfTeX (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -134,6 +135,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pdfcol-test2.tex}{\from{pdfcol.dtx}{test2}}% \file{pdfcol-test3.tex}{\from{pdfcol.dtx}{test3}}% \file{pdfcol-test4.tex}{\from{pdfcol.dtx}{test4}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pdfcol.xml}{\from{pdfcol.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -160,9 +165,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{pdfcol.drv}% - [2007/12/12 v1.2 Maintaining additional color stacks for pdfTeX (HO)]% + [2007/12/12 v1.2 Handle new color stacks for pdfTeX (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{pdfcol.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -371,7 +376,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@pdfcol.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{pdfcol}% - [2007/12/12 v1.2 Maintaining additional color stacks for pdfTeX (HO)]% + [2007/12/12 v1.2 Handle new color stacks for pdfTeX (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -1103,6 +1108,46 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pdfcol.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcol'> + <name>pdfcol</name> + <caption>Defines macros fpr maintaining color stacks under pdfTeX.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + Since version 1.40 pdfTeX supports color stacks. + The driver file <tt>pdftex.def</tt> for package + <xref refid='color'>color</xref> defines and uses a main color + stack since version v0.04b. + <p/> + This package is intended for package writers. + It defines macros for setting and maintaining new color stacks. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcol.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcol.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/09/09 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.dtx index 782ab0610d9..4706dc63de0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pdfcolfoot.dtx -% Version: 2007/09/09 v1.1 -% -% Copyright (C) 2007 by +% Version: 2012/01/02 v1.2 +% Info: Color stack for footnotes with pdfTeX +% +% Copyright (C) 2007, 2012 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pdfcolfoot.dtx % and the derived files % pdfcolfoot.sty, pdfcolfoot.pdf, pdfcolfoot.ins, pdfcolfoot.drv, % pdfcolfoot-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pdfcolfoot.ins is present: % tex pdfcolfoot.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pdfcolfoot.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pdfcolfoot.drv is present: % latex pdfcolfoot.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pdfcolfoot.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcolfoot.idx % pdflatex pdfcolfoot.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcolfoot.idx % pdflatex pdfcolfoot.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: pdfcolfoot 2007/09/09 v1.1 pdfTeX's color stack for footnotes (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: pdfcolfoot 2012/01/02 v1.2 Color stack for footnotes with pdfTeX (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -88,9 +89,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: pdfcolfoot -Version: 2007/09/09 v1.1 +Version: 2012/01/02 v1.2 -Copyright (C) 2007 by +Copyright (C) 2007, 2012 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pdfcolfoot.sty}{\from{pdfcolfoot.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{pdfcolfoot-test1.tex}{\from{pdfcolfoot.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pdfcolfoot.xml}{\from{pdfcolfoot.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,16 +153,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{pdfcolfoot.drv}% - [2007/09/09 v1.1 pdfTeX's color stack for footnotes (HO)]% + [2012/01/02 v1.2 Color stack for footnotes with pdfTeX (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{pdfcolfoot.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{238} +% \CheckSum{240} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -178,7 +183,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{pdfcolfoot.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{pdfcolfoot} package} -% \date{2007/09/09 v1.1} +% \date{2012/01/02 v1.2} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -277,7 +282,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{pdfcolfoot}% - [2007/09/09 v1.1 pdfTeX's color stack for footnotes (HO)]% + [2012/01/02 v1.2 Color stack for footnotes with pdfTeX (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Load package \xpackage{pdfcol}} @@ -449,6 +454,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \pdfcolfoot@patch\mem@makecol \pdfcolfoot@patch\mem@makecolbf + \pdfcolfoot@patch\m@mopfootnote % \end{macrocode} % Class \xclass{revtex4}: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -507,7 +513,7 @@ and the derived files \pdfcompresslevel=0 % \fi \documentclass[12pt,a5paper]{article} -\usepackage{pdfcolfoot}[2007/09/09] +\usepackage{pdfcolfoot}[2012/01/02] \dimen\footins=\baselineskip % for testing \begin{document} Black\footnote{Black \textcolor{blue}{Blue\\Blue} Black} % @@ -698,13 +704,49 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pdfcolfoot.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcolfoot'> + <name>pdfcolfoot</name> + <caption>Separate color stack for footnotes with pdfTeX.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + Since version 1.40 <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> supports + several colour stacks. This package uses a separate colour stack + for footnotes that can break across pages. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolfoot.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{pdfcol} % Heiko Oberdiek: \textit{The \xpackage{pdfcol} package}; % 2007/09/09;\\ % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcol.pdf}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} @@ -718,6 +760,11 @@ and the derived files % \item % Test file added. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2012/01/02 v1.2} +% \item +% Support updated for memoir 2011/03/06 v3.6j. +% (Thanks Bob for the bug report.) +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.dtx index 9a15b4db009..3598f608b05 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pdfcolmk.dtx % Version: 2008/08/11 v1.2 -% +% Info: Color support for pdfTeX via marks +% % Copyright (C) 2000, 2005-2008 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pdfcolmk.dtx % and the derived files % pdfcolmk.sty, pdfcolmk.pdf, pdfcolmk.ins, pdfcolmk.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pdfcolmk.ins is present: % tex pdfcolmk.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pdfcolmk.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pdfcolmk.drv is present: % latex pdfcolmk.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pdfcolmk.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcolmk.idx % pdflatex pdfcolmk.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcolmk.idx % pdflatex pdfcolmk.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: pdfcolmk 2008/08/11 v1.2 PDFtex COLor MarK (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: pdfcolmk 2008/08/11 v1.2 Color support for pdfTeX via marks (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pdfcolmk.drv}{\from{pdfcolmk.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{pdfcolmk.sty}{\from{pdfcolmk.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pdfcolmk.xml}{\from{pdfcolmk.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,9 +148,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{pdfcolmk.drv}% - [2008/08/11 v1.2 PDFtex COLor MarK (HO)]% + [2008/08/11 v1.2 Color support for pdfTeX via marks (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{pdfcolmk.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -275,7 +280,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{pdfcolmk}% - [2008/08/11 v1.2 PDFtex COLor MarK (HO)] + [2008/08/11 v1.2 Color support for pdfTeX via marks (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -939,6 +944,47 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pdfcolmk.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcolmk'> + <name>pdfcolmk</name> + <caption>Improving colour support under pdftex.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2000,2005-2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + The package provides macros that emulate the ‘colour stack’ + functionality of dvips. The colour stack deals with colour + manipulations when asynchronous events (like page-breaking) occur; + pdftex does not (yet) have such a stack, but dvips does, and the + <xref refid='color'>color</xref> package makes extensive use of + it. + <p/> + This package is an experimental solution to the problem, and works + best with pdf-e-tex. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolmk.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2000/08/27 v0.1} % \item @@ -985,7 +1031,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{Version}{2007/01/01 v1.0} % \item % If \xfile{pdftex.def} \textgreater= 2007/01/01 v0.04a is used with -% \pdfTeX\ 1.40.0, then package \xpackage{pdfcolmk} is obsolete. +% \pdfTeX\ \textgreater= 1.40.0, then package \xpackage{pdfcolmk} is obsolete. % \end{Version} % \begin{Version}{2007/04/11 v1.1} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.dtx index 405e568ba7e..18b7025ae0b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pdfcolparallel.dtx % Version: 2010/01/11 v1.3 -% +% Info: Color stacks support for parallel +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pdfcolparallel.dtx % and the derived files % pdfcolparallel.sty, pdfcolparallel.pdf, pdfcolparallel.ins, % pdfcolparallel.drv, pdfcolparallel-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pdfcolparallel.ins is present: % tex pdfcolparallel.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pdfcolparallel.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pdfcolparallel.drv is present: % latex pdfcolparallel.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pdfcolparallel.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcolparallel.idx % pdflatex pdfcolparallel.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcolparallel.idx % pdflatex pdfcolparallel.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: pdfcolparallel 2010/01/11 v1.3 Fixed parallel with color stacks support (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: pdfcolparallel 2010/01/11 v1.3 Color stacks support for parallel (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pdfcolparallel.sty}{\from{pdfcolparallel.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{pdfcolparallel-test1.tex}{\from{pdfcolparallel.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pdfcolparallel.xml}{\from{pdfcolparallel.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,9 +153,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{pdfcolparallel.drv}% - [2010/01/11 v1.3 Fixed parallel with color stacks support (HO)]% + [2010/01/11 v1.3 Color stacks support for parallel (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{pdfcolparallel.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -237,7 +242,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{pdfcolparallel}% - [2010/01/11 v1.3 Fixed parallel with color stacks support (HO)]% + [2010/01/11 v1.3 Color stacks support for parallel (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Load and fix package \xpackage{parallel}} @@ -1064,18 +1069,54 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pdfcolparallel.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcolparallel'> + <name>pdfcolparallel</name> + <caption>Fix colour problems in package 'parallel'.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2008,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + Since version 1.40 pdfTeX supports colour stacks. + This package uses them to fix colour problems in + package <xref refid='parallel'>parallel</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparallel.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{parallel} % Matthias Eckermann: \textit{The \xpackage{parallel}-package}; % 2003/04/13;\\ % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/parallel/}. -% +% % \bibitem{pdfcol} % Heiko Oberdiek: \textit{The \xpackage{pdfcol} package}; % 2007/09/09;\\ % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcol.pdf}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.dtx index 77eed31e550..97de92a9e5a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pdfcolparcolumns.dtx % Version: 2010/01/11 v1.3 -% +% Info: Color stacks for parcolumns +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pdfcolparcolumns.dtx % and the derived files % pdfcolparcolumns.sty, pdfcolparcolumns.pdf, pdfcolparcolumns.ins, % pdfcolparcolumns.drv, pdfcolparcolumns-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pdfcolparcolumns.ins is present: % tex pdfcolparcolumns.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pdfcolparcolumns.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pdfcolparcolumns.drv is present: % latex pdfcolparcolumns.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pdfcolparcolumns.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcolparcolumns.idx % pdflatex pdfcolparcolumns.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcolparcolumns.idx % pdflatex pdfcolparcolumns.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: pdfcolparcolumns 2010/01/11 v1.3 Color stacks support for parcolumns (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: pdfcolparcolumns 2010/01/11 v1.3 Color stacks for parcolumns (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pdfcolparcolumns.sty}{\from{pdfcolparcolumns.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{pdfcolparcolumns-test1.tex}{\from{pdfcolparcolumns.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pdfcolparcolumns.xml}{\from{pdfcolparcolumns.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,9 +153,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{pdfcolparcolumns.drv}% - [2010/01/11 v1.3 Color stacks support for parcolumns (HO)]% + [2010/01/11 v1.3 Color stacks for parcolumns (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{pdfcolparcolumns.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -255,7 +260,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{pdfcolparcolumns}% - [2010/01/11 v1.3 Color stacks support for parcolumns (HO)]% + [2010/01/11 v1.3 Color stacks for parcolumns (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Load packages} @@ -747,18 +752,54 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pdfcolparcolumns.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcolparcolumns'> + <name>pdfcolparcolumns</name> + <caption>Fix colour problems in package 'parcolumns'.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2008,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + Since version 1.40 pdfTeX supports colour stacks. + This package uses them to fix colour problems in + package <xref refid='parcolumns'>parcolumns</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcolparcolumns.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{parcolumns} % Jonathan Sauer: \textit{The \xpackage{parcolumns} package}; % 2004/11/25;\\ % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/sauerj/parcolumns.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{pdfcol} % Heiko Oberdiek: \textit{The \xpackage{pdfcol} package}; % 2007/09/09;\\ % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcol.pdf}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.dtx index 7f4843199a4..c28466122c7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pdfcrypt.dtx % Version: 2007/04/26 v1.0 -% +% Info: Allows the setting of PDF encryption +% % Copyright (C) 2001, 2006, 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,22 +16,22 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pdfcrypt.dtx % and the derived files % pdfcrypt.sty, pdfcrypt.pdf, pdfcrypt.ins, pdfcrypt.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pdfcrypt.ins is present: % tex pdfcrypt.ins @@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pdfcrypt.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pdfcrypt.drv is present: % latex pdfcrypt.drv @@ -49,14 +50,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pdfcrypt.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcrypt.idx % pdflatex pdfcrypt.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfcrypt.idx % pdflatex pdfcrypt.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.pdf @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: pdfcrypt 2007/04/26 v1.0 Setting pdf encryption (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: pdfcrypt 2007/04/26 v1.0 Allows the setting of PDF encryption (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -123,6 +124,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pdfcrypt.drv}{\from{pdfcrypt.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/generic/oberdiek}% \file{pdfcrypt.sty}{\from{pdfcrypt.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pdfcrypt.xml}{\from{pdfcrypt.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -149,16 +154,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{pdfcrypt.drv}% - [2007/04/26 v1.0 Setting pdf encryption (HO)]% + [2007/04/26 v1.0 Allows the setting of PDF encryption (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{pdfcrypt.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{676} +% \CheckSum{679} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -429,7 +434,7 @@ and the derived files % % \begin{macrocode} \ProvidesPackage{pdfcrypt}% - [2007/04/26 v1.0 Setting pdf encryption (HO)]% + [2007/04/26 v1.0 Allows the setting of PDF encryption (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1040,6 +1045,49 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pdfcrypt.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfcrypt'> + <name>pdfcrypt</name> + <caption>Allows the setting of pdf encryption.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2006,2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + Allows the setting of pdf encryption options for VTeX and some + older versions of pdfTeX. The options can be set as package + options or in the command <tt>\pdfcryptsetup</tt>. Options + include <tt>owner=OwnerPassword</tt>, <tt>user=UserPassword, + print</tt>, <tt>copy</tt>, <tt>edit</tt>, <tt>annotate=true, + false all, none</tt>. The encryption is set at + <tt>\begin{document}</tt> by default, but this can be forced for + an earlier time by option ‘set’. + <p/> + Example: + <tt>\usepackage[owner=Donald,user=Knuth,print=false]{pdfcrypt}</tt> + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfcrypt.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2001/04/02 v0.1} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfescape.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfescape.dtx index 04900d029b8..7dcc0a39a3b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfescape.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfescape.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pdfescape.dtx -% Version: 2011/04/04 v1.12 -% +% Version: 2011/11/25 v1.13 +% Info: Implements pdfTeX's escape features +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2010, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,25 +16,25 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pdfescape.dtx % and the derived files % pdfescape.sty, pdfescape.pdf, pdfescape.ins, pdfescape.drv, % pdfescape-test1.tex, pdfescape-test2.tex, % pdfescape-test3.tex, pdfescape-test4.tex, % pdfescape-test5.tex, pdfescape-test6.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfescape.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfescape.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pdfescape.ins is present: % tex pdfescape.ins @@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pdfescape.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pdfescape.drv is present: % latex pdfescape.drv @@ -52,14 +53,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pdfescape.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfescape.idx % pdflatex pdfescape.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfescape.idx % pdflatex pdfescape.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/pdfescape.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/pdfescape.pdf @@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: pdfescape 2011/04/04 v1.12 Provides string conversions (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: pdfescape 2011/11/25 v1.13 Implements pdfTeX's escape features (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -98,7 +99,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: pdfescape -Version: 2011/04/04 v1.12 +Version: 2011/11/25 v1.13 Copyright (C) 2007, 2010, 2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> @@ -142,6 +143,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pdfescape-test4.tex}{\from{pdfescape.dtx}{test4}}% \file{pdfescape-test5.tex}{\from{pdfescape.dtx}{test5}}% \file{pdfescape-test6.tex}{\from{pdfescape.dtx}{test6}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pdfescape.xml}{\from{pdfescape.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -168,16 +173,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{pdfescape.drv}% - [2011/04/04 v1.12 Provides string conversions (HO)]% + [2011/11/25 v1.13 Implements pdfTeX's escape features (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{pdfescape.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{2451} +% \CheckSum{2516} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -198,7 +203,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{pdfescape.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{pdfescape} package} -% \date{2011/04/04 v1.12} +% \date{2011/11/25 v1.13} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -349,7 +354,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@pdfescape.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{pdfescape}% - [2011/04/04 v1.12 Provides string conversions (HO)]% + [2011/11/25 v1.13 Implements pdfTeX's escape features (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -389,6 +394,8 @@ and the derived files } \TMP@EnsureCode\catcode{0}{12}% ^^@ \TMP@EnsureCode\catcode{34}{12}% " +\TMP@EnsureCode\catcode{36}{3}% $ +\TMP@EnsureCode\catcode{38}{4}% & \TMP@EnsureCode\catcode{39}{12}% ' \TMP@EnsureCode\catcode{42}{12}% * \TMP@EnsureCode\catcode{45}{12}% - @@ -798,7 +805,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \def\PE@OctII#1#2{% \ifcase\PE@TestOctDigit#2% - \def\PE@next{\PE@OctAll{#1#2}}% + \def\PE@next{\PE@OctIII#1#2}% \else \def\PE@next{\PE@OctAll{#1}#2}% \fi @@ -806,6 +813,35 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ltx@IfUndefined{numexpr}{% + \catcode`\$=9 % + \catcode`\&=14 % +}{% + \catcode`\$=14 % + \catcode`\&=9 % +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\PE@OctIII} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PE@OctIII#1#2#3{% + \ifnum#1<4 % + \def\PE@next{\PE@OctAll{#1#2#3}}% + \else +$ \count\ltx@cclv#1 % +$ \advance\count\ltx@cclv -4 % + \edef\PE@next{% + \noexpand\PE@OctAll{% +$ \the\count\ltx@cclv +& \the\numexpr#1-4\relax + #2#3% + }% + }% + \fi + \PE@next +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\PE@OctAll} % \begin{macrocode} \def\PE@OctAll#1{% @@ -1390,7 +1426,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*test2> \ProvidesFile{pdfescape-test2.tex}% - [2011/04/04 v1.12 Test with \string\pdfescape... commands]% + [2011/11/25 v1.13 Test with \string\pdfescape... commands]% %</test2> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1399,7 +1435,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*test3> \ProvidesFile{pdfescape-test3.tex}% - [2011/04/04 v1.12 Test without \string\pdfescape..., with e-TeX]% + [2011/11/25 v1.13 Test without \string\pdfescape..., with e-TeX]% %</test3> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1408,7 +1444,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*test4> \ProvidesFile{pdfescape-test4.tex}% - [2011/04/04 v1.12 Test without \string\pdfescape... and e-TeX]% + [2011/11/25 v1.13 Test without \string\pdfescape... and e-TeX]% %</test4> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1417,7 +1453,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} %<*test5> \ProvidesFile{pdfescape-test5.tex}% - [2011/04/04 v1.12 Test with LuaTeX]% + [2011/11/25 v1.13 Test with LuaTeX]% %</test5> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1831,6 +1867,15 @@ and the derived files \test{x\lf}{x\lf}% \test{x\lf\cr}{x\lf\lf}% \test{x\\\cr\lf y\cr}{xy\lf}% +% + \test{\\409}{ 9}% + \test{\\800}{800}% + \test{\\900}{900}% + \test{\\578}{/8}% + \test{\\477}{?}% + \test{\\377}{^^ff}% + \test{\\777}{^^ff}% + \test{\\7777}{^^ff7}% \end{qstest} \stop % \end{macrocode} @@ -2172,6 +2217,43 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pdfescape.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfescape'> + <name>pdfescape</name> + <caption>Implements pdfTeX's escape features using TeX or e-TeX.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.13'/> + <description> + This package implements <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref>'s + escape features (<tt>\pdfescapehex</tt>, <tt>\pdfunescapehex</tt>, + <tt>\pdfescapename</tt>, <tt>\pdfescapestring</tt>) using TeX or + e-TeX. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfescape.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfescape.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/02/21 v1.0} % \item @@ -2243,6 +2325,12 @@ and the derived files % \item % Test file for \hologo{iniTeX} added. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/11/25 v1.13} +% \item +% Higher order bit of octal sequences in \cs{EdefUnescapeString} +% ignored according to the PDF specification +% (Bug found by Bruno Le Floch). +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdflscape.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdflscape.dtx index 54cef809c15..f7ac7b7b804 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdflscape.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdflscape.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pdflscape.dtx % Version: 2008/08/11 v0.10 -% +% Info: Display of landscape pages in PDF +% % Copyright (C) 2001, 2004, 2006-2008 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,11 +16,11 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pdflscape.dtx % and the derived files % pdflscape.sty, pdflscape.pdf, pdflscape.ins, pdflscape.drv, @@ -27,11 +28,11 @@ % pdflscape-test3.tex, pdflscape-test4.tex, % pdflscape-test5.tex, pdflscape-test6.tex, % pdflscape-test6.txt, ExtractRotate.java. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdflscape.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdflscape.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pdflscape.ins is present: % tex pdflscape.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pdflscape.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pdflscape.drv is present: % latex pdflscape.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pdflscape.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdflscape.idx % pdflatex pdflscape.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdflscape.idx % pdflatex pdflscape.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/pdflscape.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/pdflscape.pdf @@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: pdflscape 2008/08/11 v0.10 Landscape pages in PDF (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: pdflscape 2008/08/11 v0.10 Display of landscape pages in PDF (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -144,6 +145,8 @@ and the derived files \nopostamble \file{pdflscape-test6.txt}{\from{pdflscape.dtx}{result6}}% \file{ExtractRotate.java}{\from{pdflscape.dtx}{ExtractRotate}}% + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pdflscape.xml}{\from{pdflscape.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -170,9 +173,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{pdflscape.drv}% - [2008/08/11 v0.10 Landscape pages in PDF (HO)]% + [2008/08/11 v0.10 Display of landscape pages in PDF (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{graphics} \begin{document} \DocInput{pdflscape.dtx}% @@ -267,7 +270,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{pdflscape}% - [2008/08/11 v0.10 Landscape pages in PDF (HO)] + [2008/08/11 v0.10 Display of landscape pages in PDF (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Driver options} @@ -996,6 +999,42 @@ public class ExtractRotate { %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pdflscape.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdflscape'> + <name>pdflscape</name> + <caption>Make landscape pages display as landscape.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2001,2004,2006-2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.10'/> + <description> + The package adds PDF support to the landscape environment of + package <xref refid='lscape'>lscape</xref>, by setting the PDF + <tt>/Rotate</tt> page attribute. Pages with this attribute will be + displayed in landscape orientation by conforming PDF viewers. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdflscape.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdflscape.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2001/01/15 v0.1} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfrender.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfrender.dtx index 252f49d78c9..1d7e171fff4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfrender.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdfrender.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pdfrender.dtx % Version: 2010/01/28 v1.2 -% +% Info: Access to some PDF graphics parameters +% % Copyright (C) 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,25 +16,25 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pdfrender.dtx % and the derived files % pdfrender.sty, pdfrender.pdf, pdfrender.ins, pdfrender.drv, % pdfrender-test1.tex, pdfrender-test2.tex, % pdfrender-test3.tex, pdfrender-test4.tex, % pdfrender-test5.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfrender.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfrender.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pdfrender.ins is present: % tex pdfrender.ins @@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pdfrender.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pdfrender.drv is present: % latex pdfrender.drv @@ -52,14 +53,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pdfrender.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfrender.idx % pdflatex pdfrender.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdfrender.idx % pdflatex pdfrender.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/pdfrender.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/pdfrender.pdf @@ -140,6 +141,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pdfrender-test3.tex}{\from{pdfrender.dtx}{test3}}% \file{pdfrender-test4.tex}{\from{pdfrender.dtx}{test4}}% \file{pdfrender-test5.tex}{\from{pdfrender.dtx}{test5}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pdfrender.xml}{\from{pdfrender.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -168,7 +173,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{pdfrender.drv}% [2010/01/28 v1.2 Access to some PDF graphics parameters (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{longtable} \renewcommand*{\arraystretch}{1.2} \begin{document} @@ -1822,8 +1827,44 @@ After % %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pdfrender.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdfrender'> + <name>pdfrender</name> + <caption>Control rendering parameters.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + The package provides interfaces for the user to control PDF + parameters, such as line width or text rendering mode. The + control operations work in a manner very similar to that of the + <xref refid='color'>color</xref> package. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfrender.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfrender.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Acknowledgement} -% +% % \begin{description} % \item[Friedrich Vosberg] asked in the % newsgroup \textsf{de.comp.text.tex} for the font @@ -1835,28 +1876,28 @@ After % % % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \raggedright -% +% % \bibitem{pdf-spec} % Adobe Systems Incorporated. \textit{PDF Reference -- % Adobe Portable Document format -- Version 1.7}. % 6th ed. 2006. % \textsc{URL:}\,\url{http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference_1-7.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{news-Vosberg} % Friedrich Vosberg, \textit{Text in Buchstabenumrissen}, % de.comp.text.tex, 2010-01-22. % \textsc{URL:}\,\url{http://groups.google.com/group/de.comp.text.tex/msg/f442310ac8b2d506}. -% +% % \bibitem{news-Pupus} % Gaius Pupus, \textit{Re: Text in Buchstabenumrissen}, % de.comp.text.tex, 2010-01-23. % \textsc{URL:}\,\url{http://groups.google.com/group/de.comp.text.tex/msg/95d890d77ac47eb1}. -% +% % \bibitem{news-Niepraschk} % Rolf Niepraschk, \textit{Re: Text in Buchstabenumrissen}, % de.comp.text.tex, 2010-01-24. % \textsc{URL:}\,\url{http://groups.google.com/group/de.comp.text.tex/msg/4eb61a5879db54db}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.dtx index 18aebaabbdb..455f5b95d17 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pdftexcmds.dtx -% Version: 2011/04/22 v0.16 -% +% Version: 2011/11/29 v0.20 +% Info: Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX +% % Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,25 +16,25 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pdftexcmds.dtx % and the derived files % pdftexcmds.sty, pdftexcmds.pdf, pdftexcmds.ins, pdftexcmds.drv, -% pdftexcmds-test1.tex, pdftexcmds-test2.tex, +% pdftexcmds.bib, pdftexcmds-test1.tex, pdftexcmds-test2.tex, % pdftexcmds-test-shell.tex, pdftexcmds-test-escape.tex, % oberdiek.pdftexcmds.lua, pdftexcmds.lua. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pdftexcmds.ins is present: % tex pdftexcmds.ins @@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pdftexcmds.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pdftexcmds.drv is present: % latex pdftexcmds.drv @@ -52,14 +53,15 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pdftexcmds.dtx +% bibtex pdftexcmds.aux % makeindex -s gind.ist pdftexcmds.idx % pdflatex pdftexcmds.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pdftexcmds.idx % pdflatex pdftexcmds.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty % TDS:scripts/oberdiek/oberdiek.pdftexcmds.lua @@ -86,7 +88,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: pdftexcmds 2011/04/22 v0.16 Utilities of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -98,7 +100,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: pdftexcmds -Version: 2011/04/22 v0.16 +Version: 2011/11/29 v0.20 Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> @@ -123,7 +125,7 @@ because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. This work consists of the main source file pdftexcmds.dtx and the derived files pdftexcmds.sty, pdftexcmds.pdf, pdftexcmds.ins, pdftexcmds.drv, - pdftexcmds-test1.tex, pdftexcmds-test2.tex, + pdftexcmds.bib, pdftexcmds-test1.tex, pdftexcmds-test2.tex, pdftexcmds-test-shell.tex, pdftexcmds-test-escape.tex, oberdiek.pdftexcmds.lua, pdftexcmds.lua. @@ -133,6 +135,11 @@ and the derived files \generate{% \file{pdftexcmds.ins}{\from{pdftexcmds.dtx}{install}}% \file{pdftexcmds.drv}{\from{pdftexcmds.dtx}{driver}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \file{pdftexcmds.bib}{\from{pdftexcmds.dtx}{bib}}% + \usepreamble\defaultpreamble + \usepostamble\defaultpostamble \usedir{tex/generic/oberdiek}% \file{pdftexcmds.sty}{\from{pdftexcmds.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% @@ -140,6 +147,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pdftexcmds-test2.tex}{\from{pdftexcmds.dtx}{test2}}% \file{pdftexcmds-test-shell.tex}{\from{pdftexcmds.dtx}{test-shell}}% \file{pdftexcmds-test-escape.tex}{\from{pdftexcmds.dtx}{test-escape}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pdftexcmds.xml}{\from{pdftexcmds.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \def\MetaPrefix{-- } \def\defaultpostamble{% @@ -175,23 +186,39 @@ and the derived files \endbatchfile %</install> +%<*bib> +@online{AndyThomas:Analog, + author={Thomas, Andy}, + title={Analog of {\texttt{\textbackslash}pdfelapsedtime} for + {\hologo{LuaTeX}} and {\hologo{XeTeX}}}, + url={http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/32531}, + urldate={2011-11-29}, +} +%</bib> %<*ignore> \fi %</ignore> %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{pdftexcmds.drv}% - [2011/04/22 v0.16 Utilities of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)]% + [2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{paralist} +\usepackage{csquotes} +\usepackage[ + bibencoding=ascii, + alldates=iso8601, +]{biblatex}[2011/11/13] +\bibliography{oberdiek-source} +\bibliography{pdftexcmds} \begin{document} \DocInput{pdftexcmds.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{1647} +% \CheckSum{1756} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -212,7 +239,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{pdftexcmds.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{pdftexcmds} package} -% \date{2011/04/22 v0.16} +% \date{2011/11/29 v0.20} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -229,7 +256,8 @@ and the derived files % % \section{Documentation} % -% Some primitives of \hologo{pdfTeX} are not defined by \hologo{LuaTeX}. +% Some primitives of \hologo{pdfTeX} \cite{pdftex-manual} +% are not defined by \hologo{LuaTeX} \cite{luatex-manual}. % This package implements macro based solutions using Lua code % for the following missing \hologo{pdfTeX} primitives; % \begin{compactitem} @@ -242,6 +270,8 @@ and the derived files % \item \cs{pdffilemoddate} % \item \cs{pdffiledump} % \item \cs{pdfmdfivesum} +% \item \cs{pdfresettimer} +% \item \cs{pdfelapsedtime} % \item |\immediate\write18| % \end{compactitem} % The original names of the primitives cannot be used: @@ -298,6 +328,8 @@ and the derived files % % \subsection{Macros} % +% \subsubsection[Strings]{Strings \cite[``7.15 Strings'']{pdftex-manual}} +% % \begin{declcs}{pdf@strcmp} \M{stringA} \M{stringB} % \end{declcs} % Same as |\pdfstrcmp{|\meta{stringA}|}{|\meta{stringB}|}|. @@ -318,6 +350,8 @@ and the derived files % string is treated as byte string, characters with more than % eight bits are ignored. % +% \subsubsection[Files]{Files \cite[``7.18 Files'']{pdftex-manual}} +% % \begin{declcs}{pdf@filesize} \M{filename} % \end{declcs} % Same as |\pdffilesize{|\meta{filename}|}|. @@ -341,6 +375,33 @@ and the derived files % \end{declcs} % Same as |\pdfmdfivesum file{|\meta{filename}|}|. % +% \subsubsection[Timekeeping]{Timekeeping \cite[``7.17 Timekeeping'']{pdftex-manual}} +% +% The timekeeping macros are based on Andy Thomas' work \cite{AndyThomas:Analog}. +% +% \begin{declcs}{pdf@resettimer} +% \end{declcs} +% Same as \cs{pdfresettimer}, it resets the internal timer. +% +% \begin{declcs}{pdf@elapsedtime} +% \end{declcs} +% Same as \cs{pdfelapsedtime}. It behaves like a read-only integer. +% For printing purposes it can be prefixed by \cs{the} or \cs{number}. +% It measures the time in scaled seconds (seconds multiplied with 65536) +% since the latest call of \cs{pdf@resettimer} or start of +% program/package. The resolution, the shortest time interval that +% can be measured, depends on the program and system. +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \hologo{pdfTeX} with |gettimeofday|: $\ge$ 1/65536\,s +% \item \hologo{pdfTeX} with |ftime|: $\ge$ 1\,ms +% \item \hologo{pdfTeX} with |time|: $\ge$ 1\,s +% \item \hologo{LuaTeX}: $\ge$ 10\,ms\\ +% (|os.clock()| returns a float number with two decimal digits in +% \hologo{LuaTeX} beta-0.70.1-2011061416 (rev 4277)). +% \end{itemize} +% +% \subsubsection[Miscellaneous]{Miscellaneous \cite[``7.21 Miscellaneous'']{pdftex-manual}} +% % \begin{declcs}{pdf@draftmode} % \end{declcs} % If the \TeX\ compiler knows \cs{pdfdraftmode} (\hologo{pdfTeX}, @@ -376,11 +437,24 @@ and the derived files % In \hologo{LuaTeX} before 0.68.0 \cs{pdf@shellescape} is not % available due to a bug in |os.execute()|. The argumentless form % crashes in some circumstances with segmentation fault. -% (It is fixed in version 0.70.0, revision 4167 of \hologo{LuaTeX}. +% (It is fixed in version 0.68.0 or revision 4167 of \hologo{LuaTeX}. % and packported to some version of 0.67.0). % % Hints for usage: % \begin{itemize} +% \item Before its use \cs{pdf@shellescape} should be tested, +% whether it is available. Example with package \xpackage{ltxcmds} +% (loaded by package \xpackage{pdftexcmds}): +%\begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%\ltx@IfUndefined{pdf@shellescape}{% +% % \pdf@shellescape is undefined +%}{% +% % \pdf@shellescape is available +%} +%\end{verbatim} +%\end{quote} +% Use \cs{ltx@ifundefined} in expandable contexts. % \item \cs{pdf@shellescape} might be a numerical constant, % expands to the primitive, or expands to a plain number. % Therefore use it in contexts where these differences does not matter. @@ -541,7 +615,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@pdftexcmds.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{pdftexcmds}% - [2011/04/22 v0.16 Utilities of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)]% + [2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -702,6 +776,17 @@ and the derived files \def\pdf@system#{% \immediate\write18% }% + \def\pdftexcmds@temp#1{% + \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup + \expandafter\ifx\csname pdf#1\endcsname\relax + \pdftexcmds@nopdftex + \else + \expandafter\let\csname pdf@#1\expandafter\endcsname + \csname pdf#1\endcsname + \fi + }% + \pdftexcmds@temp{resettimer}% + \pdftexcmds@temp{elapsedtime}% \fi % \end{macrocode} % @@ -811,7 +896,8 @@ and the derived files \endgroup \let\pdf@primitive\@undefined \@PackageInfoNoLine{pdftexcmds}{% - \string\pdf@primitive disabled, because\MessageBreak + \string\pdf@primitive\space disabled, % + because\MessageBreak \string\pdfprimitive\space is broken until pdfTeX 1.40.4% }% \begingroup @@ -1051,8 +1137,23 @@ and the derived files \pdftexcmds@directlua{% require("oberdiek.pdftexcmds")% } +\ifnum\luatexversion>37 % + \ifnum0% + \pdftexcmds@directlua{% + if status.ini_version then % + tex.write("1")% + end% + }>0 % + \everyjob\expandafter{% + \the\everyjob + \pdftexcmds@directlua{% + require("oberdiek.pdftexcmds")% + }% + }% + \fi +\fi \begingroup - \def\x{2011/04/22 v0.16}% + \def\x{2011/11/29 v0.20}% \ltx@onelevel@sanitize\x \edef\y{% \pdftexcmds@directlua{% @@ -1074,6 +1175,8 @@ and the derived files % % \subsection{Lua functions} % +% \subsubsection{Helper macros} +% % \begin{macro}{\pdftexcmds@toks} % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup @@ -1150,6 +1253,8 @@ and the derived files \fi % \end{macrocode} % +% \subsubsection[Strings]{Strings \cite[``7.15 Strings'']{pdftex-manual}} +% % \begin{macro}{\pdf@strcmp} % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\pdf@strcmp#1#2{% @@ -1234,6 +1339,9 @@ and the derived files } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection[Files]{Files \cite[``7.18 Files'']{pdftex-manual}} +% % \begin{macro}{\pdf@filesize} % \begin{macrocode} \def\pdf@filesize#1{% @@ -1291,6 +1399,82 @@ and the derived files % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \subsubsection[Timekeeping]{Timekeeping \cite[``7.17 Timekeeping'']{pdftex-manual}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\protected} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\pdftexcmds@temp=Y% +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname protected\endcsname\relax + \pdftexcmds@directlua0{% + if tex.enableprimitives then % + tex.enableprimitives('', {'protected'})% + end% + }% +\fi +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname protected\endcsname\relax + \let\pdftexcmds@temp=N% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\numexpr} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname numexpr\endcsname\relax + \pdftexcmds@directlua0{% + if tex.enableprimitives then % + tex.enableprimitives('', {'numexpr'})% + end% + }% +\fi +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname numexpr\endcsname\relax + \let\pdftexcmds@temp=N% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\pdftexcmds@temp N% + \@PackageWarningNoLine{pdftexcmds}{% + Definitions of \ltx@backslashchar pdf@resettimer and% + \MessageBreak + \ltx@backslashchar pdf@elapsedtime are skipped, because% + \MessageBreak + e-TeX's \ltx@backslashchar protected or % + \ltx@backslashchar numexpr are missing% + }% +\else +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\pdf@resettimer} +% \begin{macrocode} + \protected\def\pdf@resettimer{% + \pdftexcmds@directlua0{% + oberdiek.pdftexcmds.resettimer()% + }% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\pdf@elapsedtime} +% \begin{macrocode} + \protected\def\pdf@elapsedtime{% + \numexpr + \pdftexcmds@directlua0{% + oberdiek.pdftexcmds.elapsedtime()% + }% + \relax + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Shell escape} +% % \begin{macro}{\pdf@shellescape} % Caution: Catcode of digit zero might be `ignore'. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1376,8 +1560,13 @@ and the derived files module("oberdiek.pdftexcmds", package.seeall) local systemexitstatus function getversion() - tex.write("2011/04/22 v0.16") + tex.write("2011/11/29 v0.20") end +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection[Strings]{Strings \cite[``7.15 Strings'']{pdftex-manual}} +% +% \begin{macrocode} function strcmp(A, B) if A == B then tex.write("0") @@ -1546,6 +1735,11 @@ function escapename(str, mode) end ))) end +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection[Files]{Files \cite[``7.18 Files'']{pdftex-manual}} +% +% \begin{macrocode} function filesize(filename) local foundfile = kpse.find_file(filename, "tex", true) if foundfile then @@ -1631,6 +1825,37 @@ function filemdfivesum(filename) end end end +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection[Timekeeping]{Timekeeping \cite[``7.17 Timekeeping'']{pdftex-manual}} +% +% The functions for timekeeping are based on +% Andy Thomas' work \cite{AndyThomas:Analog}. +% Changes: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Overflow check is added. +% \item |string.format| is used to avoid exponential number +% representation for sure. +% \item |tex.write| is used instead of |tex.print| to get +% tokens with catcode 12 and without appended \cs{endlinechar}. +% \end{itemize} +% \begin{macrocode} +local basetime = 0 +function resettimer() + basetime = os.clock() +end +function elapsedtime() + local val = (os.clock() - basetime) * 65536 + .5 + if val > 2147483647 then + val = 2147483647 + end + tex.write(string.format("%d", val)) +end +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection[Miscellaneous]{Miscellaneous \cite[``7.21 Miscellaneous'']{pdftex-manual}} +% +% \begin{macrocode} function shellescape() if os.execute then if status @@ -2279,6 +2504,7 @@ end % \begin{quote} %\begin{verbatim} %pdflatex pdftexcmds.dtx +%bibtex pdftexcmds.aux %makeindex -s gind.ist pdftexcmds.idx %pdflatex pdftexcmds.dtx %makeindex -s gind.ist pdftexcmds.idx @@ -2286,6 +2512,47 @@ end %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pdftexcmds.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pdftexcmds'> + <name>pdftexcmds</name> + <caption>LuaTeX support for pdfTeX utility functions.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007,2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='0.20'/> + <description> + LuaTeX provides most of the commands of + <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> 1.40. However, a number of + utility functions are not available. This package tries to fill + the gap and implements some of the missing primitives using Lua. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \printbibliography[ +% heading=bibnumbered, +% ] +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/11/11 v0.1} % \item @@ -2368,6 +2635,24 @@ end % The version border is lowered to 0.68, because some % beta-0.67.0 seems also to work. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/06/29 v0.17} +% \item +% Documentation addition to \cs{pdf@shellescape}. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/07/01 v0.18} +% \item +% Add Lua module loading in \cs{everyjob} for \hologo{iniTeX} +% (\hologo{LuaTeX} only). +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/07/28 v0.19} +% \item +% Missing space in an info message added (Martin M\"unch). +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/11/29 v0.20} +% \item +% \cs{pdf@resettimer} and \cs{pdf@elapsedtime} added +% (thanks Andy Thomas). +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/picture.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/picture.dtx index 0e2eeacdcd8..0e8fda7bc17 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/picture.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/picture.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: picture.dtx % Version: 2009/10/11 v1.3 -% +% Info: Dimens for picture macros +% % Copyright (C) 2006-2009 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file picture.dtx % and the derived files % picture.sty, picture.pdf, picture.ins, picture.drv, % picture-example.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/picture.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/picture.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If picture.ins is present: % tex picture.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{picture.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If picture.drv is present: % latex picture.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex picture.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist picture.idx % pdflatex picture.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist picture.idx % pdflatex picture.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/picture.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/picture.pdf @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{picture.sty}{\from{picture.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{picture-example.tex}{\from{picture.dtx}{example}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{picture.xml}{\from{picture.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -150,14 +155,14 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{picture.drv}% [2009/10/11 v1.3 Dimens for picture macros (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{picture.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{321} +% \CheckSum{322} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -764,6 +769,42 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{picture.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='picture'> + <name>picture</name> + <caption>Dimens for picture macros.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2009'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.3'/> + <description> + There are macro and environment arguments that expect numbers + that will internally be multiplied by <tt>\unitlength</tt>. + This package extends the syntax of these arguments, so that + dimensions with calculation support may be used for these arguments. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/picture.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/picture.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2006/08/26 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.dtx index 870321b7085..6a0247b25d7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: pmboxdraw.dtx % Version: 2011/03/24 v1.1 -% +% Info: Poor man's box drawing characters +% % Copyright (C) 2006, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file pmboxdraw.dtx % and the derived files % pmboxdraw.sty, pmboxdraw.pdf, pmboxdraw.ins, pmboxdraw.drv, % pmboxdrawenc.dfu, pmboxdraw-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If pmboxdraw.ins is present: % tex pmboxdraw.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{pmboxdraw.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If pmboxdraw.drv is present: % latex pmboxdraw.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex pmboxdraw.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pmboxdraw.idx % pdflatex pmboxdraw.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist pmboxdraw.idx % pdflatex pmboxdraw.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.sty % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/pmboxdrawenc.dfu @@ -124,6 +125,10 @@ and the derived files \file{pmboxdrawenc.dfu}{\from{pmboxdraw.dtx}{utf8}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{pmboxdraw-test1.tex}{\from{pmboxdraw.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{pmboxdraw.xml}{\from{pmboxdraw.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -152,7 +157,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{pmboxdraw.drv}% [2011/03/24 v1.1 Poor man's box drawing characters (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{color} \let\orgdimexpr\dimexpr %\let\dimexpr\relax @@ -5552,30 +5557,64 @@ $ \kern.5\pmbd@C %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{pmboxdraw.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='pmboxdraw'> + <name>pmboxdraw</name> + <caption>Poor man's box drawing characters.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + This package declares box drawing characters of + old code pages, e.g. cp437. It uses rules instead of using a font. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pmboxdraw.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{inputenx} % Heiko Oberdiek, The \xpackage{inputenx} Package (Enhanced input encoding % handling), 2006/03/05 v1.0, % \url{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/inputenx.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{aglfn} % Adobe Systems Incorporated, % Adobe Glyph List for New Fonts (AGLFN), version 1.5, 2005/09/18, % \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/opentype/aglfn13.txt}. -% +% % \bibitem{2500} % Unicode Inc., % The Unicode Standard, Version 4.1, Box Drawing, Range: 2500--257F, % 2005. % \url{http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U2500.pdf} -% +% % \bibitem{2580} % Unicode Inc., % The Unicode Standard, Version 4.1, Block Elements, Range: 2580--259F, % 2005. % \url{http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U2580.pdf} -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/protecteddef.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/protecteddef.dtx index 7a216c4ab9c..b9353f26510 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/protecteddef.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/protecteddef.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: protecteddef.dtx % Version: 2011/01/31 v1.0 -% +% Info: Define protected commands +% % Copyright (C) 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,23 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file protecteddef.dtx % and the derived files % protecteddef.sty, protecteddef.pdf, protecteddef.ins, protecteddef.drv, % protecteddef-test1.tex, protecteddef-test2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/protecteddef.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/protecteddef.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If protecteddef.ins is present: % tex protecteddef.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{protecteddef.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If protecteddef.drv is present: % latex protecteddef.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex protecteddef.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist protecteddef.idx % pdflatex protecteddef.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist protecteddef.idx % pdflatex protecteddef.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/protecteddef.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/protecteddef.pdf @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: protecteddef 2011/01/31 v1.0 Definition of protected macros (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: protecteddef 2011/01/31 v1.0 Define protected commands (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -130,6 +131,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{protecteddef-test1.tex}{\from{protecteddef.dtx}{test1}}% \file{protecteddef-test2.tex}{\from{protecteddef.dtx}{test2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{protecteddef.xml}{\from{protecteddef.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -156,16 +161,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{protecteddef.drv}% - [2011/01/31 v1.0 Definition of protected macros (HO)]% + [2011/01/31 v1.0 Define protected commands (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{protecteddef.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{810} +% \CheckSum{811} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -349,7 +354,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@protecteddef.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{protecteddef}% - [2011/01/31 v1.0 Definition of protected macros (HO)]% + [2011/01/31 v1.0 Define protected commands (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -991,6 +996,42 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{protecteddef.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='protecteddef'> + <name>protecteddef</name> + <caption>Define protected commands.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + The package defines a command <tt>\ProtectedDef</tt> that will + create LaTeX ‘robust’ command or an e-TeX + ‘protected’ command as appropriate + to its environment. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/protecteddef.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/protecteddef.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2011/01/31 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/readme-ctan.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/readme-ctan.txt index eb3243dfd53..d0897c98c74 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/readme-ctan.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/readme-ctan.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -README 2011/04/15 +README 2012/04/26 This file describes the directory CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/refcount.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/refcount.dtx index 5840a945849..3aacff49d00 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/refcount.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/refcount.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: refcount.dtx -% Version: 2010/12/01 v3.2 -% -% Copyright (C) 1998, 2000, 2006, 2008, 2010 by +% Version: 2011/10/16 v3.4 +% Info: Data extraction from label references +% +% Copyright (C) 1998, 2000, 2006, 2008, 2010, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,21 +16,21 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file refcount.dtx % and the derived files % refcount.sty, refcount.pdf, refcount.ins, refcount.drv, % refcount-test1.tex, refcount-test2.tex, refcount-test3.tex, -% refcount-test4.tex. -% +% refcount-test4.tex, refcount-test5.tex. +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/refcount.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/refcount.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If refcount.ins is present: % tex refcount.ins @@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{refcount.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If refcount.drv is present: % latex refcount.drv @@ -48,14 +49,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex refcount.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist refcount.idx % pdflatex refcount.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist refcount.idx % pdflatex refcount.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/refcount.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/refcount.pdf @@ -63,6 +64,7 @@ % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/refcount-test2.tex % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/refcount-test3.tex % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/refcount-test4.tex +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/refcount-test5.tex % TDS:source/latex/oberdiek/refcount.dtx % %<*ignore> @@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: refcount 2010/12/01 v3.2 Data extraction from references (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: refcount 2011/10/16 v3.4 Data extraction from label references (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -92,9 +94,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: refcount -Version: 2010/12/01 v3.2 +Version: 2011/10/16 v3.4 -Copyright (C) 1998, 2000, 2006, 2008, 2010 by +Copyright (C) 1998, 2000, 2006, 2008, 2010, 2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -115,7 +117,7 @@ This work consists of the main source file refcount.dtx and the derived files refcount.sty, refcount.pdf, refcount.ins, refcount.drv, refcount-test1.tex, refcount-test2.tex, refcount-test3.tex, - refcount-test4.tex. + refcount-test4.tex, refcount-test5.tex. \endpreamble \let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent @@ -130,6 +132,11 @@ and the derived files \file{refcount-test2.tex}{\from{refcount.dtx}{test2}}% \file{refcount-test3.tex}{\from{refcount.dtx}{test3}}% \file{refcount-test4.tex}{\from{refcount.dtx}{test3,test4}}% + \file{refcount-test5.tex}{\from{refcount.dtx}{test5}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{refcount.xml}{\from{refcount.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -156,16 +163,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{refcount.drv}% - [2010/12/01 v3.2 Data extraction from references (HO)]% + [2011/10/16 v3.4 Data extraction from label references (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{refcount.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{1072} +% \CheckSum{1185} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -186,7 +193,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{refcount.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{refcount} package} -% \date{2010/12/01 v3.2} +% \date{2011/10/16 v3.4} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -195,7 +202,7 @@ and the derived files % References are not numbers, however they often store numerical % data such as section or page numbers. \cs{ref} or \cs{pageref} % cannot be used for counter assignments or calculations because -% they are not expandable, generate warnings, or can even be links, +% they are not expandable, generate warnings, or can even be links. % The package provides expandable macros to extract the data % from references. Packages \xpackage{hyperref}, \xpackage{nameref}, % \xpackage{titleref}, and \xpackage{babel} are supported. @@ -413,7 +420,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@refcount.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{refcount}% - [2010/12/01 v3.2 Data extraction from references (HO)]% + [2011/10/16 v3.4 Data extraction from label references (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -469,7 +476,7 @@ and the derived files \input ltxcmds.sty\relax \input infwarerr.sty\relax \else - \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2010/04/08]% + \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2011/11/09]% \RequirePackage{infwarerr}[2010/04/08]% \fi % \end{macrocode} @@ -501,6 +508,7 @@ and the derived files % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\rc@RobustDefOne} +% \begin{macro}{\rc@RobustDefZero} % \begin{macrocode} \ltx@IfUndefined{protected}{% \ltx@IfUndefined{DeclareRobustCommand}{% @@ -509,12 +517,22 @@ and the derived files #1\def#3##1{#4}% }% }% + \def\rc@RobustDefZero#1#2{% + \rc@IfDefinable#1{% + \def#1{#2}% + }% + }% }{% \def\rc@RobustDefOne#1#2#3#4{% \rc@IfDefinable#3{% \DeclareRobustCommand#2#3[1]{#4}% }% }% + \def\rc@RobustDefZero#1#2{% + \rc@IfDefinable#1{% + \DeclareRobustCommand#1{#2}% + }% + }% }% }{% \def\rc@RobustDefOne#1#2#3#4{% @@ -522,9 +540,15 @@ and the derived files \protected#1\def#3##1{#4}% }% }% + \def\rc@RobustDefZero#1#2{% + \rc@IfDefinable#1{% + \protected\def#1{#2}% + }% + }% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\rc@newcommand} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -629,7 +653,7 @@ and the derived files \def\rc@set#1#2#3#4{% \begingroup \csname @safe@activestrue\endcsname - \rc@refused{#4}% + \refused{#4}% \expandafter\rc@@set\csname r@#4\endcsname{#1}{#2}{#3}% \endgroup } @@ -640,7 +664,7 @@ and the derived files %\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{: }l@{}} % |#1|& \cs{r@<...>}\\ % |#2|& \cs{setcounter}, \cs{addtocounter}\\ -% |#3|& \cs{ltx@car} (for \cs{ref}), \cs{ltx@cartwo} (for \cs{pageref})\\ +% |#3|& \cs{ltx@car} (for \cs{ref}), \cs{ltx@carsecond} (for \cs{pageref})\\ % |#4|& \hologo{LaTeX} counter\\ %\end{tabular} %\end{quote} @@ -661,29 +685,29 @@ and the derived files % % \begin{macro}{\setcounterref} % \begin{macrocode} -\rc@newcommand*{\setcounterref}[0]{% +\rc@RobustDefZero\setcounterref{% \rc@set\setcounter\ltx@car } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\addtocounterref} % \begin{macrocode} -\rc@newcommand*{\addtocounterref}[0]{% +\rc@RobustDefZero\addtocounterref{% \rc@set\addtocounter\ltx@car } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\setcounterpageref} % \begin{macrocode} -\rc@newcommand*{\setcounterpageref}[0]{% - \rc@set\setcounter\ltx@cartwo +\rc@RobustDefZero\setcounterpageref{% + \rc@set\setcounter\ltx@carsecond } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\addtocounterpageref} % \begin{macrocode} -\rc@newcommand*{\addtocounterpageref}[0]{% - \rc@set\addtocounter\ltx@cartwo +\rc@RobustDefZero\addtocounterpageref{% + \rc@set\addtocounter\ltx@carsecond } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -989,7 +1013,7 @@ and the derived files \expandafter\ifx\csname RequirePackage\endcsname\relax \input refcount.sty\relax \else - \RequirePackage{refcount}[2010/12/01]% + \RequirePackage{refcount}[2011/10/16]% \fi \catcode`\@=11 % \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup @@ -1159,7 +1183,7 @@ and the derived files %<*test3> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \documentclass{article} -\usepackage{refcount}[2010/12/01] +\usepackage{refcount}[2011/10/16] %<test4>\usepackage{nameref} \usepackage{titleref} \begin{document} @@ -1207,6 +1231,74 @@ and the derived files \end{document} %</test3> % \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*test5> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\documentclass{book} +\usepackage{refcount}[2011/10/16] +\usepackage{zref-runs} +\newcounter{test} +\begin{document} +\ifnum\zruns>1 % + \makeatletter + \def\Test#1#2#3{% + \begingroup + \setcounter{test}{10}% + \sbox0{% + #1{test}{#2}% + \ifnum#3=\value{test}% + \else + \PackageError{test}{\string#1{#2} <> #3 (\the\value{test})}% + \fi + }% + \ifdim\wd0=0pt % + \else + \PackageError{test}{Non-empty box}\@ehc + \fi + \endgroup + }% + \makeatother + \Test\setcounterpageref{ch:two}{1}% + \Test\setcounterpageref{ch:three}{3}% + \Test\setcounterpageref{ch:four}{5}% + \Test\setcounterpageref{ch:five}{7}% + \Test\setcounterpageref{ch:six}{9}% + \Test\setcounterpageref{ch:seven}{13}% + \Test\addtocounterpageref{ch:two}{11}% + \Test\addtocounterpageref{ch:three}{13}% + \Test\addtocounterpageref{ch:four}{15}% + \Test\addtocounterpageref{ch:five}{17}% + \Test\addtocounterpageref{ch:six}{19}% + \Test\addtocounterpageref{ch:seven}{23}% + \Test\setcounterref{ch:two}{1}% + \Test\setcounterref{ch:three}{2}% + \Test\setcounterref{ch:four}{11}% + \Test\addtocounterref{ch:two}{11}% + \Test\addtocounterref{ch:three}{12}% + \Test\addtocounterref{ch:four}{21}% +\fi +\frontmatter +\chapter{Chapter one}\label{ch:one} +\cleardoublepage +\mainmatter +\chapter{Chapter two}\label{ch:two} +\cleardoublepage +\chapter{Chapter three}\label{ch:three} +\cleardoublepage +\setcounter{chapter}{10} +\chapter{Chapter four}\label{ch:four} +\cleardoublepage +\appendix +\chapter{Chapter five}\label{ch:five} +\cleardoublepage +\chapter{Chapter six}\label{ch:six} +\cleardoublepage +\null +\cleardoublepage +\chapter{Chapter seven}\label{ch:seven} +\end{document} +%</test5> +% \end{macrocode} % % \section{Installation} % @@ -1273,6 +1365,7 @@ and the derived files % test/refcount-test2.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/refcount-test2.tex\\ % test/refcount-test3.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/refcount-test3.tex\\ % test/refcount-test4.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/refcount-test4.tex\\ +% test/refcount-test5.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/refcount-test5.tex\\ % refcount.dtx & source/latex/oberdiek/refcount.dtx\\ % \end{tabular}^^A % }^^A @@ -1393,6 +1486,55 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{refcount.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='refcount'> + <name>refcount</name> + <caption>Counter operations with label references.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1998,2000,2006,2008,2010,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='3.4'/> + <description> + Provides commands <tt>\setcounterref</tt> and + <tt>\addtocounterref</tt> which use the section (or whatever) + number from the reference as the value to put into the counter, as + in: + + <pre> + ...\label{sec:foo} + ... + \setcounterref{foonum}{sec:foo} + </pre> + Commands <tt>\setcounterpageref</tt> and + <tt>\addtocounterpageref</tt> do the corresponding thing with the + page reference of the label. + <p/> + No <tt>.ins</tt> file is distributed; process the + <tt>.dtx</tt> with plain TeX to create one. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/refcount.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/refcount.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{1998/04/08 v1.0} % \item @@ -1434,6 +1576,18 @@ and the derived files % \item % Test files added. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/06/22 v3.3} +% \item +% Bug fix: \cs{rc@refused} is undefined for \cs{setcounterpageref} +% and similar macros. (Bug found by Marc van Dongen.) +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/10/16 v3.4} +% \item +% Bug fix: \cs{setcounterpageref} and \cs{addtocounterpageref} fixed. +% (Bug found by Staz.) +% \item +% Macros \cs{(set|addto)counter(page|)ref} are made robust. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.dtx index 2157386fbd9..d2f3a961736 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: rerunfilecheck.dtx % Version: 2011/04/15 v1.7 -% +% Info: Rerun checks for auxiliary files +% % Copyright (C) 2009-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,21 +16,21 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file rerunfilecheck.dtx % and the derived files % rerunfilecheck.sty, rerunfilecheck.pdf, rerunfilecheck.ins, % rerunfilecheck.drv, rerunfilecheck-example.cfg, % rerunfilecheck-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If rerunfilecheck.ins is present: % tex rerunfilecheck.ins @@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{rerunfilecheck.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If rerunfilecheck.drv is present: % latex rerunfilecheck.drv @@ -48,14 +49,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex rerunfilecheck.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist rerunfilecheck.idx % pdflatex rerunfilecheck.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist rerunfilecheck.idx % pdflatex rerunfilecheck.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.pdf @@ -129,6 +130,8 @@ and the derived files \nopostamble \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{rerunfilecheck-example.cfg}{\from{rerunfilecheck.dtx}{cfg}}% + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{rerunfilecheck.xml}{\from{rerunfilecheck.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -157,7 +160,7 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{rerunfilecheck.drv}% [2011/04/15 v1.7 Rerun checks for auxiliary files (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{rerunfilecheck.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -1012,6 +1015,41 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{rerunfilecheck.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='rerunfilecheck'> + <name>rerunfilecheck</name> + <caption>Checksum based rerun checks on auxiliary files.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.7'/> + <description> + The package provides additional rerun warnings if some + auxiliary files have changed. It is based on MD5 checksum, + provided by pdfTeX. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2009/12/10 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/resizegather.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/resizegather.dtx index 948882ccebe..8e7a96961a4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/resizegather.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/resizegather.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: resizegather.dtx % Version: 2010/03/01 v1.2 -% +% Info: Resize overly large equations +% % Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file resizegather.dtx % and the derived files % resizegather.sty, resizegather.pdf, resizegather.ins, resizegather.drv, % resizegather-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/resizegather.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/resizegather.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If resizegather.ins is present: % tex resizegather.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{resizegather.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If resizegather.drv is present: % latex resizegather.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex resizegather.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist resizegather.idx % pdflatex resizegather.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist resizegather.idx % pdflatex resizegather.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/resizegather.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/resizegather.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: resizegather 2010/03/01 v1.2 Automatically resizing of too large equations (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: resizegather 2010/03/01 v1.2 Resize overly large equations (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{resizegather.sty}{\from{resizegather.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{resizegather-test1.tex}{\from{resizegather.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{resizegather.xml}{\from{resizegather.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,12 +153,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{resizegather.drv}% - [2010/03/01 v1.2 Automatically resizing of too large equations (HO)]% + [2010/03/01 v1.2 Resize overly large equations (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{textcomp} -\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] +\usepackage{ifluatex} +\ifluatex +\else + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}% + \usepackage{textcomp}% + \usepackage{lmodern}% +\fi \begin{document} \DocInput{resizegather.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -395,7 +404,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@resizegather.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{resizegather}% - [2010/03/01 v1.2 Automatically resizing of too large equations (HO)]% + [2010/03/01 v1.2 Resize overly large equations (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -957,8 +966,46 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{resizegather.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='resizegather'> + <name>resizegather</name> + <caption>Automatically resize overly large equations.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009,2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + Equations that are too large are resized to fit the available + space. The environment ‘gather’ of package + <xref refid='amsmath'>amsmath</xref> is supported. Also the + environments ‘equation’ and + ‘displaymath’ are redefined using + ‘gather’ and its starred version. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/resizegather.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/resizegather.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Acknowledgement} -% +% % \begin{description} % \item[Dieter Jurzitza:] % He wanted the resizing feature at the \TeX\ table diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/rotchiffre.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/rotchiffre.dtx index 9a04606c724..b8c123be962 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/rotchiffre.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/rotchiffre.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: rotchiffre.dtx % Version: 2010/11/12 v1.0 -% +% Info: Perform simple rotation ciphers +% % Copyright (C) 2010 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,23 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file rotchiffre.dtx % and the derived files % rotchiffre.sty, rotchiffre.pdf, rotchiffre.ins, rotchiffre.drv, % rotchiffre-test1.tex, rotchiffre-test2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rotchiffre.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rotchiffre.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If rotchiffre.ins is present: % tex rotchiffre.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{rotchiffre.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If rotchiffre.drv is present: % latex rotchiffre.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex rotchiffre.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist rotchiffre.idx % pdflatex rotchiffre.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist rotchiffre.idx % pdflatex rotchiffre.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/rotchiffre.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/rotchiffre.pdf @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: rotchiffre 2010/11/12 v1.0 Provides ROT13, ROT5, ROT18, ROT47 (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: rotchiffre 2010/11/12 v1.0 Perform simple rotation ciphers (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -130,6 +131,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{rotchiffre-test1.tex}{\from{rotchiffre.dtx}{test1}}% \file{rotchiffre-test2.tex}{\from{rotchiffre.dtx}{test2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{rotchiffre.xml}{\from{rotchiffre.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -156,9 +161,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{rotchiffre.drv}% - [2010/11/12 v1.0 Provides ROT13, ROT5, ROT18, ROT47 (HO)]% + [2010/11/12 v1.0 Perform simple rotation ciphers (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{rotchiffre}[2010/11/12] \usepackage{wasysym} \begin{document} @@ -167,7 +172,7 @@ and the derived files %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{933} +% \CheckSum{934} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -370,7 +375,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@rotchiffre.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{rotchiffre}% - [2010/11/12 v1.0 Provides ROT13, ROT5, ROT18, ROT47 (HO)]% + [2010/11/12 v1.0 Perform simple rotation ciphers (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -1294,9 +1299,48 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{rotchiffre.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='rotchiffre'> + <name>rotchiffre</name> + <caption>Perform simple rotation cyphers.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2010'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + The package defines a command <tt>\EdefRot</tt> that defines a + macro (whose name is given as an argument) to the rotation of the + given string. Available rotations are <tt>ROT13</tt> (for + letters), <tt>ROT5</tt> (for digits), <tt>ROT18</tt> (for digits + and letters together) and <tt>ROT47</tt> (for all ASCII + characters). + <p/> + The package is part of the + <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rotchiffre.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rotchiffre.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \raggedright -% +% % \bibitem{fontspecthread} % Stephan Hennig et.\,al.: % \textit{fontspec: no ligatures with Times New Roman}; @@ -1305,7 +1349,7 @@ and the derived files % 2010-11-11.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/6266f98e998ce333/d7b32e9dcc610c87}} -% +% % \bibitem{rot13modern} % Stephan Hennig: % \textit{Re: fontspec: no ligatures with Times New Roman}; @@ -1314,7 +1358,7 @@ and the derived files % 2010-11-11.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/d7b32e9dcc610c87}} -% +% % \bibitem{rot13robin} % Robin Fairbairns: % \textit{Re: fontspec: no ligatures with Times New Roman}; @@ -1323,33 +1367,33 @@ and the derived files % 2010-11-12.\\ % {\small % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/7c03e91407144704}} -% +% % \bibitem{wiki:rot13:de} % Wikipedia/German: % \textit{ROT13}; % 2010-10-26. % {\small % \url{http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/ROT13}} -% +% % \bibitem{wiki:rot13:en} % Wikipedia/English: % \textit{ROT13}; % 2010-11-11. % {\small % \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ROT13}} -% +% % \bibitem{cf:rot18} % Computerfreak/German: \textit{ROT-18}; % 2010-04-12.\\ % {\small % \url{http://www.compufreak.info/2010/04/12/rot-18/}} -% +% % \bibitem{lazydog} % Wikipedia/English: \textit{The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog}; % 2010-11-09.\\ % {\small % \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_quick_brown_fox_jumps_over_the_lazy_dog}} -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/scrindex.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/scrindex.dtx index be502a8af45..71afbdbcd80 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/scrindex.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/scrindex.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: scrindex.dtx % Version: 2008/08/11 v1.1 -% +% Info: Package index with KOMA-Script classes +% % Copyright (C) 2008 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file scrindex.dtx % and the derived files % scrindex.sty, scrindex.pdf, scrindex.ins, scrindex.drv, % scrindex-example1.tex, scrindex-example2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/scrindex.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/scrindex.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If scrindex.ins is present: % tex scrindex.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{scrindex.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If scrindex.drv is present: % latex scrindex.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex scrindex.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist scrindex.idx % pdflatex scrindex.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist scrindex.idx % pdflatex scrindex.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/scrindex.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/scrindex.pdf @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: scrindex 2008/08/11 v1.1 Package index with scr* classes (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: scrindex 2008/08/11 v1.1 Package index with KOMA-Script classes (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -124,6 +125,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{scrindex-example1.tex}{\from{scrindex.dtx}{example1}}% \file{scrindex-example2.tex}{\from{scrindex.dtx}{example2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{scrindex.xml}{\from{scrindex.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -150,9 +155,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{scrindex.drv}% - [2008/08/11 v1.1 Package index with scr* classes (HO)]% + [2008/08/11 v1.1 Package index with KOMA-Script classes (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{calc} \begin{document} \DocInput{scrindex.dtx}% @@ -329,7 +334,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{scrindex} - [2008/08/11 v1.1 Package index with scr* classes (HO)]% + [2008/08/11 v1.1 Package index with KOMA-Script classes (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -706,6 +711,44 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{scrindex.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='scrindex'> + <name>scrindex</name> + <caption>Make index package work with Koma-script classes.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + This package redefines environment `theindex' of package `index', + if a class from <xref refid='koma-script'>KOMA-Script</xref> is loaded. + Also option `idxtotoc' is supported. Index preambles can be given + either by means of package `index' or via the interface provided + by <xref refid='koma-script'>KOMA-Script</xref>. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/scrindex.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/scrindex.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2008/07/07 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/selinput.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/selinput.dtx index 7a6119faa75..91675683517 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/selinput.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/selinput.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: selinput.dtx % Version: 2007/09/09 v1.2 -% +% Info: Semi-automatic input encoding detection +% % Copyright (C) 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,21 +16,21 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file selinput.dtx % and the derived files % selinput.sty, selinput.pdf, selinput.ins, selinput.drv, % selinput-test1.tex, selinput-test2.tex, selinput-test3.tex, % selinput-test4.tex, selinput-test5.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/selinput.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/selinput.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If selinput.ins is present: % tex selinput.ins @@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{selinput.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If selinput.drv is present: % latex selinput.drv @@ -48,14 +49,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex selinput.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist selinput.idx % pdflatex selinput.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist selinput.idx % pdflatex selinput.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/selinput.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/selinput.pdf @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: selinput 2007/09/09 v1.2 Select input encoding (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: selinput 2007/09/09 v1.2 Semi-automatic input encoding detection (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -132,6 +133,10 @@ and the derived files \file{selinput-test3.tex}{\from{selinput.dtx}{test,test3}}% \file{selinput-test4.tex}{\from{selinput.dtx}{test,test4}}% \file{selinput-test5.tex}{\from{selinput.dtx}{test,test5}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{selinput.xml}{\from{selinput.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -158,12 +163,12 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{selinput.drv}% - [2007/09/09 v1.2 Select input encoding (HO)]% + [2007/09/09 v1.2 Semi-automatic input encoding detection (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage{textcomp} \usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{color} \begin{document} \DocInput{selinput.dtx}% @@ -369,7 +374,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{selinput} - [2007/09/09 v1.2 Select input encoding (HO)]% + [2007/09/09 v1.2 Semi-automatic input encoding detection (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -953,27 +958,62 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{selinput.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='selinput'> + <name>selinput</name> + <caption>Semi-automatic detection of input encoding.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + This package selects the input encoding by specifying pairs + of input characters and their glyph names. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/selinput.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/selinput.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \bibitem{inputenx} % Heiko Oberdiek: \textit{The \xpackage{inputenx} package}; % 2007-04-11 v1.1; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/inputenx.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{adobe:glyphlist} % Adobe: \textit{Adobe Glyph List}; % 2002-09-20 v2.0; % \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/opentype/glyphlist.txt}. -% +% % \bibitem{adobe:aglfn} % Adobe: \textit{Adobe Glyph List For New Fonts}; % 2005-11-18 v1.5; % \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/opentype/aglfn13.txt}. -% +% % \bibitem{stringenc} % Heiko Oberdiek: \textit{The \xpackage{stringenc} package}; % 2007-06-16 v1.1; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stringenc.pdf}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/setouterhbox.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/setouterhbox.dtx index e4c4456f7a0..c057c3e5436 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/setouterhbox.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/setouterhbox.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: setouterhbox.dtx % Version: 2007/09/09 v1.7 -% -% Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007 by +% Info: Set hbox in outer horizontal mode +% +% Copyright (C) 2005-2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file setouterhbox.dtx % and the derived files % setouterhbox.sty, setouterhbox.pdf, setouterhbox.ins, setouterhbox.drv, % setouterhbox-example.tex, setouterhbox-test1.tex, % setouterhbox-test2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/setouterhbox.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/setouterhbox.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If setouterhbox.ins is present: % tex setouterhbox.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{setouterhbox.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If setouterhbox.drv is present: % latex setouterhbox.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex setouterhbox.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist setouterhbox.idx % pdflatex setouterhbox.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist setouterhbox.idx % pdflatex setouterhbox.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/setouterhbox.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/setouterhbox.pdf @@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: setouterhbox Version: 2007/09/09 v1.7 -Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007 by +Copyright (C) 2005-2007 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -135,6 +136,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{setouterhbox-test1.tex}{\from{setouterhbox.dtx}{test1}}% \file{setouterhbox-test2.tex}{\from{setouterhbox.dtx}{test2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{setouterhbox.xml}{\from{setouterhbox.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -163,14 +168,14 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{setouterhbox.drv}% [2007/09/09 v1.7 Set hbox in outer horizontal mode (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{setouterhbox.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{639} +% \CheckSum{643} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -1105,15 +1110,52 @@ by/a/very_long_long_long_path.html}% %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{setouterhbox.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='setouterhbox'> + <name>setouterhbox</name> + <caption>Set hbox in outer horizontal mode.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2005-2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.7'/> + <description> + If math stuff is set in an <tt>\hbox</tt>, then TeX + performs some optimization and omits the implicit + penalties <tt>\binoppenalty</tt> and <tt>\relpenalty</tt>. + This packages tries to put stuff into an <tt>\hbox</tt> + without losing those penalties. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/setouterhbox.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/setouterhbox.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{newsstart} % Damian Menscher, \Newsgroup{comp.text.tex}, % \textit{overlong lines in List of Figures}, % \nolinkurl{<dh058t$qbd$1@news.ks.uiuc.edu>}, % 23rd September 2005. % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/79648d4cf1f8bc13} -% +% % \bibitem{kastrup} % David Kastrup, \Newsgroup{comp.text.tex}, % \textit{Re: ANN: outerhbox.sty -- collect horizontal material, @@ -1121,17 +1163,17 @@ by/a/very_long_long_long_path.html}% % \nolinkurl{<85y855lrx3.fsf@lola.goethe.zz>}, % 7th October 2005. % \url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/7cf0a345ef932e52} -% +% % \bibitem{downes} % Michael Downes, \textit{Line breaking in \cs{unhbox}ed Text}, % TUGboat 11 (1990), pp. 605--612. -% +% % \bibitem{hyperref} % Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The \xpackage{hyperref} package}; % 2006/08/16 v6.75c; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/settobox.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/settobox.dtx index b9d0e45c021..b9360fa3bf7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/settobox.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/settobox.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: settobox.dtx % Version: 2008/08/11 v1.4 -% +% Info: Assign box dimensions to length registers +% % Copyright (C) 2000, 2006-2008 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file settobox.dtx % and the derived files % settobox.sty, settobox.pdf, settobox.ins, settobox.drv, % settobox-example.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/settobox.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/settobox.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If settobox.ins is present: % tex settobox.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{settobox.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If settobox.drv is present: % latex settobox.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex settobox.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist settobox.idx % pdflatex settobox.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist settobox.idx % pdflatex settobox.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/settobox.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/settobox.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: settobox 2008/08/11 v1.4 Getting box sizes (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: settobox 2008/08/11 v1.4 Assign box dimensions to length registers (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{settobox.sty}{\from{settobox.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{settobox-example.tex}{\from{settobox.dtx}{example}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{settobox.xml}{\from{settobox.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,9 +153,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{settobox.drv}% - [2008/08/11 v1.4 Getting box sizes (HO)]% + [2008/08/11 v1.4 Assign box dimensions to length registers (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{calc} \usepackage{settobox} \begin{document} @@ -159,7 +164,7 @@ and the derived files %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{97} +% \CheckSum{109} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -414,7 +419,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{settobox}% - [2008/08/11 v1.4 Getting box sizes (HO)] + [2008/08/11 v1.4 Assign box dimensions to length registers (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -715,6 +720,48 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{settobox.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='settobox'> + <name>settobox</name> + <caption>Assigning dimensions of a box to a length register.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2000,2006-2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.4'/> + <description> + Commands to assist the reuse of boxes (set up by <tt>\sbox</tt> or + by the <tt>lrbox</tt> environment); the <tt>\settobox...</tt> + commands behave similarly to the <tt>\settowidth</tt> (etc.) + commands. For example: + <pre> + \newsavebox{\mybox} + \newlength{\mylength} + \sbox{\mybox}{Hello World} + \settoboxwidth{\mylength}{\mybox} + </pre> + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/settobox.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/settobox.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2000/02/11 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/soulutf8.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/soulutf8.dtx index 3ac99e78da4..d4652d414d7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/soulutf8.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/soulutf8.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: soulutf8.dtx % Version: 2007/09/09 v1.0 -% +% Info: Permit use of UTF-8 characters in soul +% % Copyright (C) 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,24 +16,24 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file soulutf8.dtx % and the derived files % soulutf8.sty, soulutf8.pdf, soulutf8.ins, soulutf8.drv, % soulutf8-test1.tex, soulutf8-test2.tex, soulutf8-test3.tex, % soulutf8-test4.tex, soulutf8-test5.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/soulutf8.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/soulutf8.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If soulutf8.ins is present: % tex soulutf8.ins @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{soulutf8.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If soulutf8.drv is present: % latex soulutf8.drv @@ -51,14 +52,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex soulutf8.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist soulutf8.idx % pdflatex soulutf8.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist soulutf8.idx % pdflatex soulutf8.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/soulutf8.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/soulutf8.pdf @@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: soulutf8 2007/09/09 v1.0 Adding support for UTF-8 to soul (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: soulutf8 2007/09/09 v1.0 Permit use of UTF-8 characters in soul (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -138,6 +139,10 @@ and the derived files \file{soulutf8-test3.tex}{\from{soulutf8.dtx}{test3,utf8x}}% \file{soulutf8-test4.tex}{\from{soulutf8.dtx}{test4,utf8,noetex}}% \file{soulutf8-test5.tex}{\from{soulutf8.dtx}{test5,utf8x,noetex}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{soulutf8.xml}{\from{soulutf8.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -164,9 +169,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{soulutf8.drv}% - [2007/09/09 v1.0 Adding support for UTF-8 to soul (HO)]% + [2007/09/09 v1.0 Permit use of UTF-8 characters in soul (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{soulutf8.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -343,7 +348,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@soulutf8.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{soulutf8}% - [2007/09/09 v1.0 Adding support for UTF-8 to soul (HO)]% + [2007/09/09 v1.0 Permit use of UTF-8 characters in soul (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -1847,24 +1852,63 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{soulutf8.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='soulutf8'> + <name>soulutf8</name> + <caption>Permit use of UTF-8 characters in soul.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + This package extends package <xref refid='soul'>soul</xref> and adds + some support for UTF-8. Namely the input encodings in + ‘<tt>utf8.def</tt>’ from package + <xref refid='inputenc'>inputenc</xref> and + ‘<tt>utf8x.def</tt>’ from package + <xref refid='unicode'>ucs</xref> are supported. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/soulutf8.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/soulutf8.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% +% % \bibitem{soul} % Melchior Franz: \textit{The \xpackage{soul} package}; % 2003/11/17;\\ % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/soul/}. -% +% % \bibitem{ucs} % Dominique P. G. Unruh: \textit{\xpackage{ucs.sty} -- Unicode Support}; % 2004/10/17;\\ % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/unicode/}. -% +% % \bibitem{utf8} % Frank Mittelbach, Chris Rowley: % \textit{Providing some UTF-8 support via \xpackage{inputenc}}; % 2006/03/30;\\ % \CTAN{macros/latex/base/utf8ienc.dtx}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stackrel.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stackrel.dtx index a66e25adc1f..bf3894c6626 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stackrel.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stackrel.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: stackrel.dtx % Version: 2007/11/11 v1.2 -% +% Info: Adding subscript option to stackrel +% % Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file stackrel.dtx % and the derived files % stackrel.sty, stackrel.pdf, stackrel.ins, stackrel.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stackrel.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stackrel.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If stackrel.ins is present: % tex stackrel.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{stackrel.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If stackrel.drv is present: % latex stackrel.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex stackrel.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist stackrel.idx % pdflatex stackrel.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist stackrel.idx % pdflatex stackrel.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/stackrel.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/stackrel.pdf @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{stackrel.drv}{\from{stackrel.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{stackrel.sty}{\from{stackrel.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{stackrel.xml}{\from{stackrel.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -145,16 +150,16 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{stackrel.drv}% [2007/11/11 v1.2 Adding subscript option to stackrel (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] \usepackage{amsmath} -\usepackage{stackrel} +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] +\usepackage{stackrel}[2007/11/11] \begin{document} \DocInput{stackrel.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{90} +% \CheckSum{93} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -472,6 +477,42 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{stackrel.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='stackrel'> + <name>stackrel</name> + <caption>Enhancement to the \stackrel command.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006,2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + This package adds an optional argument to <tt>\stackrel</tt> for + putting something below the relational symbol and defines + <tt>\stackbin</tt> for binary symbols. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stackrel.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stackrel.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2006/12/02 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stampinclude.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stampinclude.dtx index 732a1e48af4..a1f93e5591a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stampinclude.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stampinclude.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: stampinclude.dtx % Version: 2008/07/14 v1.0 -% +% Info: Include files based on time stamps +% % Copyright (C) 2008 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file stampinclude.dtx % and the derived files % stampinclude.sty, stampinclude.pdf, stampinclude.ins, stampinclude.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stampinclude.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stampinclude.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If stampinclude.ins is present: % tex stampinclude.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{stampinclude.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If stampinclude.drv is present: % latex stampinclude.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex stampinclude.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist stampinclude.idx % pdflatex stampinclude.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist stampinclude.idx % pdflatex stampinclude.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/stampinclude.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/stampinclude.pdf @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: stampinclude 2008/07/14 v1.0 Time stamp based including (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: stampinclude 2008/07/14 v1.0 Include files based on time stamps (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{stampinclude.drv}{\from{stampinclude.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{stampinclude.sty}{\from{stampinclude.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{stampinclude.xml}{\from{stampinclude.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -143,16 +148,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{stampinclude.drv}% - [2008/07/14 v1.0 Time stamp based including (HO)]% + [2008/07/14 v1.0 Include files based on time stamps (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{stampinclude.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{118} +% \CheckSum{120} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -322,7 +327,7 @@ and the derived files %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{stampinclude} - [2008/07/14 v1.0 Time stamp based including (HO)]% + [2008/07/14 v1.0 Include files based on time stamps (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -614,19 +619,56 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{stampinclude.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='stampinclude'> + <name>stampinclude</name> + <caption>Inclusion based on .aux file date stamps.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + This package replaces <tt>\includeonly</tt> and selects the files for + <tt>\include</tt> by inspecting the timestamp of the <tt>.aux</tt> file. + The file is selected for inclusion if the <tt>.aux</tt> file does + not yet exist or is older than the corresponding <tt>.tex</tt> file. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stampinclude.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stampinclude.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{thebibliography}{9} % \bibitem{askinclude} % Pablo A. Straub, Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The \xpackage{askinclude} package}; % 2007/10/23 v2.0; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/askinclude.pdf}. -% +% % \bibitem{pdftexcmds} % Heiko Oberdiek: % \textit{The \xpackage{pdftexcmds} package}; % 2007/12/12 v0.3; % \CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.pdf}. -% +% % \end{thebibliography} % % \begin{History} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stringenc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stringenc.dtx index 7d20fef9f0d..0e8e8a0cbe7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stringenc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/stringenc.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: stringenc.dtx -% Version: 2010/03/01 v1.8 -% -% Copyright (C) 2007-2010 by +% Version: 2011/12/02 v1.10 +% Info: Convert strings between diff. encodings +% +% Copyright (C) 2007-2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,14 +16,14 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file stringenc.dtx % and the derived files % stringenc.sty, stringenc.pdf, stringenc.ins, stringenc.drv, @@ -39,11 +40,11 @@ % se-cp850.def, se-cp852.def, se-cp855.def, se-cp858.def, % se-cp865.def, se-cp866.def, se-cp1250.def, se-cp1251.def, % se-cp1257.def, stringenc-test1.tex, stringenc-test2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stringenc.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stringenc.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If stringenc.ins is present: % tex stringenc.ins @@ -52,7 +53,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{stringenc.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If stringenc.drv is present: % latex stringenc.drv @@ -62,14 +63,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex stringenc.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist stringenc.idx % pdflatex stringenc.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist stringenc.idx % pdflatex stringenc.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/stringenc.sty % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/se-utf32be.def @@ -132,7 +133,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: stringenc 2010/03/01 v1.8 Converts strings between encodings (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: stringenc 2011/12/02 v1.10 Convert strings between diff. encodings (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -144,9 +145,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: stringenc -Version: 2010/03/01 v1.8 +Version: 2011/12/02 v1.10 -Copyright (C) 2007-2010 by +Copyright (C) 2007-2011 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -234,6 +235,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{stringenc-test1.tex}{\from{stringenc.dtx}{test1}}% \file{stringenc-test2.tex}{\from{stringenc.dtx}{test2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{stringenc.xml}{\from{stringenc.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -272,9 +277,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{stringenc.drv}% - [2010/03/01 v1.8 Converts strings between encodings (HO)]% + [2011/12/02 v1.10 Convert strings between diff. encodings (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage{longtable} \begin{document} \DocInput{stringenc.dtx}% @@ -282,7 +287,7 @@ and the derived files %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{6179} +% \CheckSum{6178} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -303,7 +308,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{stringenc.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{stringenc} package} -% \date{2010/03/01 v1.8} +% \date{2011/12/02 v1.10} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -328,7 +333,7 @@ and the derived files % This can be prevented by \eTeX's \cs{detokenize}: %\begin{quote} %\begin{verbatim} -%\expandafter\StringEncodingConvert\expandafter\Result\expandafter{% +%\StringEncodingConvert\Result{% % \detokenize{Hello \textbf{world}!}% %}{ascii}{utf8} %\end{verbatim} @@ -429,6 +434,7 @@ and the derived files % & MAC OS Cyrillic\\ % \xoption{mac-roman}, \xoption{applemac} & MAC OS Roman\\ % \xoption{nextstep}, \xoption{next} & NextStep Encoding\\ +% \xoption{pdfdoc} & PDFDocEncoding\\ % \xoption{utf8}, \xoption{utf-8} & UTF-8\\ % \xoption{utf16be}, \xoption{utf-16be}, \xoption{utf16}, \xoption{utf-16} % & UTF-16BE\\ @@ -519,7 +525,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@stringenc.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{stringenc}% - [2010/03/01 v1.8 Converts strings between encodings (HO)]% + [2011/12/02 v1.10 Convert strings between diff. encodings (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -967,7 +973,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \def\SE@Nibble@NumToHex#1{% $ \ifcase\numexpr#1\relax -& \expandafter\ifcase\expandafter\ltx@firstofone\expandafter{\number#1} % +& \ifcase\expandafter\ltx@firstofone\expandafter{\number#1} % 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F% \fi @@ -978,7 +984,6 @@ $ \ifcase\numexpr#1\relax % \begin{macrocode} \def\SE@Nibble@NumToBin#1{% $ \ifcase\numexpr#1\relax -& \expandafter & \ifcase\expandafter\ltx@firstofone\expandafter{\number#1} % 0000\or 0001\or @@ -1500,8 +1505,8 @@ $ \fi % % \begin{macrocode} %<*utf32> -%<utf32be>\ProvidesFile{se-utf32be.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: UTF-32BE] -%<utf32le>\ProvidesFile{se-utf32le.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: UTF-32LE] +%<utf32be>\ProvidesFile{se-utf32be.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: UTF-32BE] +%<utf32le>\ProvidesFile{se-utf32le.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: UTF-32LE] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1659,7 +1664,7 @@ $ \fi % % \begin{macrocode} %<*utf8> -\ProvidesFile{se-utf8.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: UTF-8] +\ProvidesFile{se-utf8.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: UTF-8] % \end{macrocode} % % \noindent @@ -1999,7 +2004,7 @@ $ \fi % % \begin{macrocode} %<*utf16le> -\ProvidesFile{se-utf16le.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: UTF-16LE] +\ProvidesFile{se-utf16le.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: UTF-16LE] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2039,7 +2044,7 @@ $ \fi % % \begin{macrocode} %<*pdfdoc> -\ProvidesFile{se-pdfdoc.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: PDFDocEncoding] +\ProvidesFile{se-pdfdoc.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: PDFDocEncoding] % \end{macrocode} % % Pass ranges 32..126 and 160..255 through and use @@ -2170,7 +2175,7 @@ $ \fi % % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-1> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-1.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-1] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-1.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-1] % \end{macrocode} % % Excluded area: 0x80..0x9F @@ -2240,7 +2245,7 @@ $ \fi % % \begin{macrocode} %<*cp1252> -\ProvidesFile{se-cp1252.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: cp1252] +\ProvidesFile{se-cp1252.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: cp1252] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2341,7 +2346,7 @@ $ \fi % % \begin{macrocode} %<*ascii> -\ProvidesFile{se-ascii.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: US-ASCII] +\ProvidesFile{se-ascii.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: US-ASCII] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2390,7 +2395,7 @@ $ \fi % \begin{macrocode} %<*ascii-print> \ProvidesFile{se-ascii-print.def}% - [2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: Printable ASCII characters]% + [2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: Printable ASCII characters]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2453,7 +2458,7 @@ $ \fi % % \begin{macrocode} %<*clean7bit> -\ProvidesFile{se-clean7bit.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: Clean7Bit] +\ProvidesFile{se-clean7bit.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: Clean7Bit] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2539,123 +2544,123 @@ $ \fi % % \begin{macrocode} %<*iso-8859-2> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-2.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-2] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-2.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-2] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-2} %</iso-8859-2> %<*iso-8859-3> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-3.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-3] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-3.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-3] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-3} %</iso-8859-3> %<*iso-8859-4> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-4.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-4] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-4.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-4] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-4} %</iso-8859-4> %<*iso-8859-5> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-5.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-5] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-5.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-5] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-5} %</iso-8859-5> %<*iso-8859-6> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-6.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-6] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-6.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-6] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-6} %</iso-8859-6> %<*iso-8859-7> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-7.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-7] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-7.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-7] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-7} %</iso-8859-7> %<*iso-8859-8> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-8.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-8] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-8.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-8] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-8} %</iso-8859-8> %<*iso-8859-9> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-9.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-9] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-9.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-9] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-9} %</iso-8859-9> %<*iso-8859-10> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-10.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-10] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-10.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-10] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-10} %</iso-8859-10> %<*iso-8859-11> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-11.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-11] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-11.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-11] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-11} %</iso-8859-11> %<*iso-8859-13> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-13.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-13] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-13.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-13] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-13} %</iso-8859-13> %<*iso-8859-14> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-14.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-14] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-14.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-14] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-14} %</iso-8859-14> %<*iso-8859-15> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-15.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-15] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-15.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-15] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-15} %</iso-8859-15> %<*iso-8859-16> -\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-16.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: ISO-8859-16] +\ProvidesFile{se-iso-8859-16.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: ISO-8859-16] \def\SE@this{iso-8859-16} %</iso-8859-16> %<*koi8-r> -\ProvidesFile{se-koi8-r.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: KOI8-R] +\ProvidesFile{se-koi8-r.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: KOI8-R] \def\SE@this{koi8-r} %</koi8-r> %<*nextstep> -\ProvidesFile{se-nextstep.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: NextStep] +\ProvidesFile{se-nextstep.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: NextStep] \def\SE@this{nextstep} %</nextstep> %<*mac-centeuro> -\ProvidesFile{se-mac-centeuro.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: Mac OS Central European] +\ProvidesFile{se-mac-centeuro.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: Mac OS Central European] \def\SE@this{mac-centeuro} %</mac-centeuro> %<*mac-cyrillic> -\ProvidesFile{se-mac-cyrillic.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: Mac OS Cyrillic] +\ProvidesFile{se-mac-cyrillic.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: Mac OS Cyrillic] \def\SE@this{mac-cyrillic} %</mac-cyrillic> %<*mac-roman> -\ProvidesFile{se-mac-roman.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: Mac OS Roman] +\ProvidesFile{se-mac-roman.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: Mac OS Roman] \def\SE@this{mac-roman} %</mac-roman> %<*dec-mcs> -\ProvidesFile{se-dec-mcs.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: DEC-MCS] +\ProvidesFile{se-dec-mcs.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: DEC-MCS] \def\SE@this{dec-mcs} %</dec-mcs> %<*cp437> -\ProvidesFile{se-cp437.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: cp437] +\ProvidesFile{se-cp437.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: cp437] \def\SE@this{cp437} %</cp437> %<*cp850> -\ProvidesFile{se-cp850.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: cp850] +\ProvidesFile{se-cp850.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: cp850] \def\SE@this{cp850} %</cp850> %<*cp852> -\ProvidesFile{se-cp852.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: cp852] +\ProvidesFile{se-cp852.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: cp852] \def\SE@this{cp852} %</cp852> %<*cp855> -\ProvidesFile{se-cp855.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: cp855] +\ProvidesFile{se-cp855.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: cp855] \def\SE@this{cp855} %</cp855> %<*cp858> -\ProvidesFile{se-cp858.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: cp858] +\ProvidesFile{se-cp858.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: cp858] \def\SE@this{cp858} %</cp858> %<*cp865> -\ProvidesFile{se-cp865.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: cp865] +\ProvidesFile{se-cp865.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: cp865] \def\SE@this{cp865} %</cp865> %<*cp866> -\ProvidesFile{se-cp866.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: cp866] +\ProvidesFile{se-cp866.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: cp866] \def\SE@this{cp866} %</cp866> %<*cp1250> -\ProvidesFile{se-cp1250.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: cp1250] +\ProvidesFile{se-cp1250.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: cp1250] \def\SE@this{cp1250} %</cp1250> %<*cp1251> -\ProvidesFile{se-cp1251.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: cp1251] +\ProvidesFile{se-cp1251.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: cp1251] \def\SE@this{cp1251} %</cp1251> %<*cp1257> -\ProvidesFile{se-cp1257.def}[2010/03/01 v1.8 stringenc: cp1257] +\ProvidesFile{se-cp1257.def}[2011/12/02 v1.10 stringenc: cp1257] \def\SE@this{cp1257} %</cp1257> % \end{macrocode} @@ -6143,7 +6148,7 @@ $ \fi \catcode`\%=14 % \catcode`\ =10 % \catcode13=5 % - \usepackage{stringenc}[2010/03/01]% + \usepackage{stringenc}[2011/12/02]% \RestoreCatcodes } \Test @@ -6194,7 +6199,7 @@ $ \fi \let\SavedNumexpr\numexpr \let\numexpr\relax \fi -\usepackage{stringenc}[2010/03/01] +\usepackage{stringenc}[2011/12/02] \ifx\plainmode Y \let\numexpr\SavedNumexpr \fi @@ -6780,6 +6785,43 @@ $ \fi %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{stringenc.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='stringenc'> + <name>stringenc</name> + <caption>Converting a string between different encodings.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007-2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.10'/> + <description> + This package provides <tt>\StringEncodingConvert</tt> for converting + a string between different encodings. + Both <xref refid='latex'>LaTeX</xref> and + <xref refid='plain'>plain-TeX</xref> are supported. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stringenc.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stringenc.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/06/14 v1.0} % \item @@ -6826,6 +6868,16 @@ $ \fi % \item % Use of package \xpackage{ltxcmds}. % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/07/26 v1.9} +% \item +% Documentation: \xoption{pdfdoc} added in encoding list. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/12/02 v1.10} +% \item +% Small improvement for \cs{SE@Nibble@NumToBin} and +% \cs{SE@Nibble@NumToHex} if \hologo{eTeX} is not available +% (thanks Bruno Le Floch). +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/tabularht.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/tabularht.dtx index 694c279731f..683813d487f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/tabularht.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/tabularht.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: tabularht.dtx % Version: 2007/04/11 v2.5 -% -% Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007 by +% Info: Tabular with height specified +% +% Copyright (C) 2005-2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file tabularht.dtx % and the derived files % tabularht.sty, tabularht.pdf, tabularht.ins, tabularht.drv, % tabularht-example1.tex, tabularht-example2.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularht.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularht.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If tabularht.ins is present: % tex tabularht.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{tabularht.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If tabularht.drv is present: % latex tabularht.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex tabularht.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist tabularht.idx % pdflatex tabularht.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist tabularht.idx % pdflatex tabularht.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/tabularht.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/tabularht.pdf @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: tabularht 2007/04/11 v2.5 Tabular with height specification (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: tabularht 2007/04/11 v2.5 Tabular with height specified (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ This is a generated file. Project: tabularht Version: 2007/04/11 v2.5 -Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007 by +Copyright (C) 2005-2007 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -124,6 +125,10 @@ and the derived files \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{tabularht-example1.tex}{\from{tabularht.dtx}{example1}}% \file{tabularht-example2.tex}{\from{tabularht.dtx}{example2}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{tabularht.xml}{\from{tabularht.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -150,16 +155,16 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{tabularht.drv}% - [2007/04/11 v2.5 Tabular with height specification (HO)]% + [2007/04/11 v2.5 Tabular with height specified (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{tabularht.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{650} +% \CheckSum{654} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -401,7 +406,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{tabularht}% - [2007/04/11 v2.5 Tabular with height specification (HO)] + [2007/04/11 v2.5 Tabular with height specified (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Environments} @@ -1161,6 +1166,51 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{tabularht.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='tabularht'> + <name>tabularht</name> + <caption>Tabular environments with height specified.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2005-2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.5'/> + <description> + The tabularht package defines some environments that add a height + specification to tabular and array environments. The default set + of new environments take a value for their height in the first + argument: defined environments are: <tt>tabularht</tt>, + <tt>tabularht*</tt> and <tt>arrayht</tt>. If package + <xref refid='tabularx'>tabularx</xref> is also loaded, + the package also defines environments <tt>tabularxht</tt> and + <tt>tabularxht*</tt>. + <p/> + The places where stretching is to happen are signalled by<br/> + <tt>\noalign{\vfill}</tt><br/> + immediately after the <tt>\\</tt> that ends a row of the table or + array. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularht.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularht.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2005/09/22 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/tabularkv.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/tabularkv.dtx index 628dfeadd06..ffe6f12756c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/tabularkv.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/tabularkv.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: tabularkv.dtx % Version: 2006/02/20 v1.1 -% +% Info: Tabular with key value interface +% % Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file tabularkv.dtx % and the derived files % tabularkv.sty, tabularkv.pdf, tabularkv.ins, tabularkv.drv, % tabularkv-example.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularkv.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularkv.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If tabularkv.ins is present: % tex tabularkv.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{tabularkv.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If tabularkv.drv is present: % latex tabularkv.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex tabularkv.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist tabularkv.idx % pdflatex tabularkv.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist tabularkv.idx % pdflatex tabularkv.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/tabularkv.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/tabularkv.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: tabularkv 2006/02/20 v1.1 Key value interface for tabular parameters (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: tabularkv 2006/02/20 v1.1 Tabular with key value interface (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{tabularkv.sty}{\from{tabularkv.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{tabularkv-example.tex}{\from{tabularkv.dtx}{example}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{tabularkv.xml}{\from{tabularkv.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,9 +153,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{tabularkv.drv}% - [2006/02/20 v1.1 Key value interface for tabular parameters (HO)]% + [2006/02/20 v1.1 Tabular with key value interface (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{tabularkv.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -253,7 +258,7 @@ and the derived files % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{tabularkv}% - [2006/02/20 v1.1 Key value interface for tabular parameters (HO)] + [2006/02/20 v1.1 Tabular with key value interface (HO)] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -478,6 +483,44 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{tabularkv.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='tabularkv'> + <name>tabularkv</name> + <caption>Tabular environments with key-value interface.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2005,2006'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.1'/> + <description> + The tabularkv package creates an environment <tt>tabularkv</tt>, whose + arguments are specified in key-value form. The arguments chosen + determine which other type of tabular is to be used (whether + standard LaTeX ones, or environments from the + <xref refid='tabularx'>tabularx</xref> or the + <xref refid='tabularht'>tabularx</xref> package). + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularkv.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/tabularkv.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2005/09/22 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/telprint.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/telprint.dtx index f47d9a6877e..a3e7e84ed9d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/telprint.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/telprint.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: telprint.dtx % Version: 2008/08/11 v1.10 -% +% Info: Format German phone numbers +% % Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2004-2008 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,23 +16,23 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file telprint.dtx % and the derived files % telprint.sty, telprint.pdf, telprint.ins, telprint.drv, % telprint-test1.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/telprint.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/telprint.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If telprint.ins is present: % tex telprint.ins @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{telprint.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If telprint.drv is present: % latex telprint.drv @@ -50,14 +51,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex telprint.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist telprint.idx % pdflatex telprint.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist telprint.idx % pdflatex telprint.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/telprint.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/telprint.pdf @@ -79,7 +80,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: telprint 2008/08/11 v1.10 Formatting of German phone numbers (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: telprint 2008/08/11 v1.10 Format German phone numbers (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -128,6 +129,10 @@ and the derived files \file{telprint.sty}{\from{telprint.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% \file{telprint-test1.tex}{\from{telprint.dtx}{test1}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{telprint.xml}{\from{telprint.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -154,9 +159,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{telprint.drv}% - [2008/08/11 v1.10 Formatting of German phone numbers (HO)]% + [2008/08/11 v1.10 Format German phone numbers (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel} \begin{document} \DocInput{telprint.dtx}% @@ -164,7 +169,7 @@ and the derived files %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{601} +% \CheckSum{602} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -404,7 +409,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@telprint.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{telprint}% - [2008/08/11 v1.10 Formatting of German phone numbers (HO)]% + [2008/08/11 v1.10 Format German phone numbers (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -908,6 +913,41 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{telprint.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='telprint'> + <name>telprint</name> + <caption>Format German phone numbers.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1996,1997,2004-2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.10'/> + <description> + The package provides a command <tt>\telprint</tt> for formatting + German telephone numbers. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/telprint.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/telprint.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{1996/11/28 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7278d84a1ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,1590 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% File: thepdfnumber.dtx +% Version: 2011/11/24 v1.0 +% Info: Print PDF numbers with minimal digits +% +% Copyright (C) 2011 by +% Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later +% version. This version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt +% and the latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of +% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. +% +% The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', +% because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. +% +% This work consists of the main source file thepdfnumber.dtx +% and the derived files +% thepdfnumber.sty, thepdfnumber.pdf, thepdfnumber.ins, thepdfnumber.drv, +% thepdfnumber-test1.tex, thepdfnumber-test2.tex, +% thepdfnumber-test3.tex. +% +% Distribution: +% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.dtx +% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.pdf +% +% Unpacking: +% (a) If thepdfnumber.ins is present: +% tex thepdfnumber.ins +% (b) Without thepdfnumber.ins: +% tex thepdfnumber.dtx +% (c) If you insist on using LaTeX +% latex \let\install=y\input{thepdfnumber.dtx} +% (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) +% +% Documentation: +% (a) If thepdfnumber.drv is present: +% latex thepdfnumber.drv +% (b) Without thepdfnumber.drv: +% latex thepdfnumber.dtx; ... +% The class ltxdoc loads the configuration file ltxdoc.cfg +% if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. +% use A4 as paper format: +% \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} +% +% Programm calls to get the documentation (example): +% pdflatex thepdfnumber.dtx +% makeindex -s gind.ist thepdfnumber.idx +% pdflatex thepdfnumber.dtx +% makeindex -s gind.ist thepdfnumber.idx +% pdflatex thepdfnumber.dtx +% +% Installation: +% TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.sty +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.pdf +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/thepdfnumber-test1.tex +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/thepdfnumber-test2.tex +% TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/test/thepdfnumber-test3.tex +% TDS:source/latex/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.dtx +% +%<*ignore> +\begingroup + \catcode123=1 % + \catcode125=2 % + \def\x{LaTeX2e}% +\expandafter\endgroup +\ifcase 0\ifx\install y1\fi\expandafter + \ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi + \ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi\relax +\else\csname fi\endcsname +%</ignore> +%<*install> +\input docstrip.tex +\Msg{************************************************************************} +\Msg{* Installation} +\Msg{* Package: thepdfnumber 2011/11/24 v1.0 Print PDF numbers with minimal digits (HO)} +\Msg{************************************************************************} + +\keepsilent +\askforoverwritefalse + +\let\MetaPrefix\relax +\preamble + +This is a generated file. + +Project: thepdfnumber +Version: 2011/11/24 v1.0 + +Copyright (C) 2011 by + Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> + +This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later +version. This version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt +and the latest version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of +LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". + +This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. + +The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', +because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. + +This work consists of the main source file thepdfnumber.dtx +and the derived files + thepdfnumber.sty, thepdfnumber.pdf, thepdfnumber.ins, thepdfnumber.drv, + thepdfnumber-test1.tex, thepdfnumber-test2.tex, + thepdfnumber-test3.tex. + +\endpreamble +\let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent + +\generate{% + \file{thepdfnumber.ins}{\from{thepdfnumber.dtx}{install}}% + \file{thepdfnumber.drv}{\from{thepdfnumber.dtx}{driver}}% + \usedir{tex/generic/oberdiek}% + \file{thepdfnumber.sty}{\from{thepdfnumber.dtx}{package}}% + \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek/test}% + \file{thepdfnumber-test1.tex}{\from{thepdfnumber.dtx}{test1}}% + \file{thepdfnumber-test2.tex}{\from{thepdfnumber.dtx}{test2}}% + \file{thepdfnumber-test3.tex}{\from{thepdfnumber.dtx}{test2,active}}% +} + +\catcode32=13\relax% active space +\let =\space% +\Msg{************************************************************************} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} +\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* thepdfnumber.sty} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `thepdfnumber.drv'} +\Msg{* through LaTeX.} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* Happy TeXing!} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{************************************************************************} + +\endbatchfile +%</install> +%<*ignore> +\fi +%</ignore> +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesFile{thepdfnumber.drv}% + [2011/11/24 v1.0 Print PDF numbers with minimal digits (HO)]% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] +\usepackage{csquotes} +\usepackage[ + bibencoding=ascii, + alldates=iso8601, +]{biblatex}[2011/11/13] +\bibliography{oberdiek-source} +\begin{document} + \DocInput{thepdfnumber.dtx}% +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \CheckSum{1146} +% +% \CharacterTable +% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +% +% \GetFileInfo{thepdfnumber.drv} +% +% \title{The \xpackage{thepdfnumber} package} +% \date{2011/11/24 v1.0} +% \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% The package converts real numbers to a minimal representation +% that is stripped from leading or trailing zeros, +% plus signs and decimal point if not necessary. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \tableofcontents +% +% \section{Documentation} +% +% \subsection{Introduction} +% +% Dealing with the PDF format, there is sometimes the need to write +% some low level PDF stuff. In case of numbers, the numbers can +% arise from user input (e.g. color or transparency specifications) +% or can be calculated. For example, \hologo{LaTeX}'s \cs{strip@pt} +% makes a good job to output a real number. It automatically suppresses +% the decimal part if the number is an integer. However it leaves +% a leading zero for numbers greater zero and smaller one. +% Thus the package provides macros that can be used with different +% formats, even with \hologo{iniTeX} and generates numbers that +% are valid numbers of the PDF format and whose length is minimal. +% +% \subsection{Usage} +% +% The package \xpackage{thepdfnumber} can be used with \hologo{LaTeX}, +% \hologo{plainTeX} or even with \hologo{iniTeX}: +% \begin{quote} +% |\RequirePackage{thepdfnumber}| \textit{\% \hologo{LaTeX}}\\ +% |\input thepdfnumber.sty| \textit{\% \hologo{plainTeX}/\hologo{iniTeX}} +% \end{quote} +% The package does not need and have package options. +% +% \subsection{User macros} +% +% All user macros are expandable in exact two expansion steps. +% +% \begin{declcs}{thepdfnumber} \M{number} +% \end{declcs} +% Macro \cs{thepdfnumber} takes a number +% as argument and expands to a minimal representation of that number. +% Some examples: +% \begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{r@{.: }>{\ttfamily}l@{ $\rightarrow$\ }>{\ttfamily}l@{}} +% 1& +123 & 123\\ +% 2& --123 & 123\\ +% 3& -01 & -1\\ +% 4& 0045 & 45\\ +% 5& 1.0 & 1\\ +% 6& 1.20 & 1.2\\ +% 7& 0.0 & 0\\ +% 8& 0.78 & .78\\ +% 9& +012.340 & 12.34\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \end{quote} +% It reduces the length of the number representation: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The signs are collapsed and only one minus sign +% is output if the number is negative (see examples 1, 2, 3, 9). +% \item Leading zeros are removed (4, 8, 9) unless the number is zero (7). +% \item The decimal part is omitted, if the number is an integer (5, 7). +% \item Trailing zeros from the decimal part are stripped (5, 6, 7, 9). +% \end{itemize} +% The resulting number representation can be catched with one of the +% following Perl regular expressions: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item |^0$| (zero) +% \item |^-?[1-9][0-9]*$| (integer) +% \item |^-?[0-9]*\.[0-9]*[1-9]$| (real) +% \end{itemize} +% This is a valid numeric object of the PDF specification \cite[``7.3.3~Numeric Objects'']{pdfspec-iso32000-1}. +% +% \begin{declcs}{thepdfnumberNormZeroOne} +% \end{declcs} +% There are various places in the PDF specification where the +% number is in the domain 0.0 upto 1.0. Macro thepdfnumberNormZeroOne +% automatically adjusts the number to fit into that range. Negative +% numbers are mapped to |0| and numbers greater than one are +% replaced by |1|. Thus the result fits one of the following regular +% expressions: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item |^0$| +% \item |^\.[0-9]*[1-9]$| +% \item |^1$| +% \end{itemize} +% Examples: +% \begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l@{ $\rightarrow$\ }>{\ttfamily}l@{}} +% -456 & 0\\ +% -0.001 & 0\\ +% 0.0 & 0\\ +% 0.010 & .01\\ +% 0.456 & .456\\ +% 1.0 & 1\\ +% 01.001 & 1\\ +% 4 & 1\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \end{quote} +% +% \subsection{Input number} +% +% The user macros expect a number as argument. The number can either +% be given explicitely or as macro that expands in one step +% to an explicite number, because the first token of the argument +% is expanded once. +% +% The explicite number consists of +% \begin{itemize} +% \item optional signs `\texttt{+}' and `\texttt{-}', +% \item digits `\texttt{0}' upto `\texttt{9}' and +% \item an optional dot `\texttt{.}'. +% \end{itemize} +% All tokens must have catcode 12 (other), the default catcodes +% for these characters in \hologo{LaTeX}, \hologo{plainTeX} or +% \hologo{iniTeX}. As Perl regular expression the number is expected +% in one of the following forms: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item |^[+-]*[0-9]+$| +% \item |^[+-]*[0-9]*\.[0-9]*$| +% \end{itemize} +% At least one digit or the dot must be present. +% +% \subsection{Error handling} +% +% The package is not intended for validating numbers or to +% decide if an argument is a number. Therefore it is an usage +% error to use the user macros with arguments that are not +% explicite numbers as specified in the previous sections. +% Nevertheless some error conditions are sometimes recognized. +% Errors are given in form of an undefined command sequence. +% It is the only way to notify \hologo{TeX} in expandable context. +% Expanding to some error text would invalidate the output. +% Currently the following errors are thrown: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\cs{thepdfnumber@ErrorEndMarker}:] +% Internally the argument parsing uses an end marker that +% is never called directly. If it is called with valid +% user input, then this is a bug. Otherwise it means the user input +% contains nasty stuff. +% \item[\cs{thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd}:] The macros expect at least one digit +% or the dot, otherwise if the argument is empty or only contains +% signs, then this error is called. +% \item[\cs{thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken}:] It is called if the number +% contains other tokens than signs, digits or the dot or the +% token at the wrong place (e.g. a sign after a digit). +% In case of \cs{thepdfnumberNormZeroOne} this error condition might +% not always be detected, because the number parsing might stop +% at an early point, when the result is already clear (e.g. +% if the number is negative or will be greater than one). +% \item[Improper alphabetic constant:] This error might be +% thrown by \hologo{TeX}, if the number contains +% command tokens instead of characters. +% \end{description} +% +% \StopEventually{ +% } +% +% \section{Implementation} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Reload check and package identification} +% Reload check, especially if the package is not used with \LaTeX. +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax% + \catcode13=5 % ^^M + \endlinechar=13 % + \catcode35=6 % # + \catcode39=12 % ' + \catcode44=12 % , + \catcode45=12 % - + \catcode46=12 % . + \catcode58=12 % : + \catcode64=11 % @ + \catcode123=1 % { + \catcode125=2 % } + \expandafter\let\expandafter\x\csname ver@thepdfnumber.sty\endcsname + \ifx\x\relax % plain-TeX, first loading + \else + \def\empty{}% + \ifx\x\empty % LaTeX, first loading, + % variable is initialized, but \ProvidesPackage not yet seen + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname PackageInfo\endcsname\relax + \def\x#1#2{% + \immediate\write-1{Package #1 Info: #2.}% + }% + \else + \def\x#1#2{\PackageInfo{#1}{#2, stopped}}% + \fi + \x{thepdfnumber}{The package is already loaded}% + \aftergroup\endinput + \fi + \fi +\endgroup% +% \end{macrocode} +% Package identification: +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax% + \catcode13=5 % ^^M + \endlinechar=13 % + \catcode35=6 % # + \catcode39=12 % ' + \catcode40=12 % ( + \catcode41=12 % ) + \catcode44=12 % , + \catcode45=12 % - + \catcode46=12 % . + \catcode47=12 % / + \catcode58=12 % : + \catcode64=11 % @ + \catcode91=12 % [ + \catcode93=12 % ] + \catcode123=1 % { + \catcode125=2 % } + \expandafter\ifx\csname ProvidesPackage\endcsname\relax + \def\x#1#2#3[#4]{\endgroup + \immediate\write-1{Package: #3 #4}% + \xdef#1{#4}% + }% + \else + \def\x#1#2[#3]{\endgroup + #2[{#3}]% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \xdef#1{#3}% + \fi + \ifx#1\relax + \xdef#1{#3}% + \fi + }% + \fi +\expandafter\x\csname ver@thepdfnumber.sty\endcsname +\ProvidesPackage{thepdfnumber}% + [2011/11/24 v1.0 Print PDF numbers with minimal digits (HO)]% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Catcodes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax% + \catcode13=5 % ^^M + \endlinechar=13 % + \catcode123=1 % { + \catcode125=2 % } + \catcode64=11 % @ + \def\x{\endgroup + \expandafter\edef\csname ThPdNu@AtEnd\endcsname{% + \endlinechar=\the\endlinechar\relax + \catcode13=\the\catcode13\relax + \catcode32=\the\catcode32\relax + \catcode35=\the\catcode35\relax + \catcode61=\the\catcode61\relax + \catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax + \catcode123=\the\catcode123\relax + \catcode125=\the\catcode125\relax + }% + }% +\x\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax% +\catcode13=5 % ^^M +\endlinechar=13 % +\catcode35=6 % # +\catcode64=11 % @ +\catcode123=1 % { +\catcode125=2 % } +\def\TMP@EnsureCode#1#2{% + \edef\ThPdNu@AtEnd{% + \ThPdNu@AtEnd + \catcode#1=\the\catcode#1\relax + }% + \catcode#1=#2\relax +} +\TMP@EnsureCode{33}{12}% ! +\TMP@EnsureCode{36}{3}% $ +\TMP@EnsureCode{38}{4}% & +\TMP@EnsureCode{42}{12}% * +\TMP@EnsureCode{43}{12}% + +\TMP@EnsureCode{45}{12}% - +\TMP@EnsureCode{46}{12}% . +\TMP@EnsureCode{60}{12}% < +\TMP@EnsureCode{62}{12}% > +\TMP@EnsureCode{96}{12}% ` +\edef\ThPdNu@AtEnd{\ThPdNu@AtEnd\noexpand\endinput} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Helper macros} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@FIN} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@FIN{\thepdfnumber@ErrorEndMarker} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@space} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@space{ } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@zero} +% \begin{macrocode} +\chardef\ThPdNu@zero=0 % +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@one} +% \begin{macrocode} +\chardef\ThPdNu@one=1 % +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@firstoftwo} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\ThPdNu@firstoftwo#1#2{#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@secondoftwo} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\ThPdNu@secondoftwo#1#2{#2} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Detect \hologo{eTeX}} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname detokenize\endcsname\relax + \catcode`\&=14 % + \catcode`\$=9 % +\else + \catcode`\&=9 % + \catcode`\$=14 % +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{User macro \cs{thepdfnumber}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\thepdfnumber} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\thepdfnumber#1{% + \romannumeral +& \iftrue\expandafter\ThPdNu@State@Plus\expandafter\fi +& \detokenize\expandafter{#1}% +& \ThPdNu@FIN +$ \ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#1\ThPdNu@FIN +$ \expandafter\ThPdNu@firstoftwo +$ \else +$ \expandafter\ThPdNu@secondoftwo +$ \fi +$ {% +$ \ThPdNu@zero +$ 0\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd +$ }{% +$ \iftrue\expandafter\ThPdNu@State@Plus\expandafter\fi#1\ThPdNu@FIN +$ }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{State definitions for sign} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@State@Plus} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@State@Plus#1\fi#2{% + \fi + \ifcase\ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#2% + 0% +& \else\ifx-#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=45 % - + 1% + \else\ifx0#2% + 2% + \else\ifnum`#2>48 % + \ifnum`#2<58 % + 3% + \else + 9% + \fi +& \else\ifx.#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=46 % . + 4% +& \else\ifx+#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=43 % + + 5% + \else + 9% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\ThPdNu@space + \expandafter\ThPdNu@zero + \expandafter0% + \expandafter\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Minus + \or + \ThPdNu@State@SkipZeros!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Int!#2!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Dot!\ThPdNu@zero*\ThPdNu@zero!!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Plus + \else + \ThPdNu@ReturnError{0}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@State@Minus} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@State@Minus#1\fi#2{% + \fi + \ifcase\ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#2% + 0% + \else\ifx0#2% + 1% + \else\ifnum`#2>48 % + \ifnum`#2<58 % + 2% + \else + 9% + \fi +& \else\ifx.#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=46 % . + 3% +& \else\ifx-#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=45 % - + 4% +& \else\ifx+#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=43 % + + 5% + \else + 9% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\ThPdNu@space + \expandafter\ThPdNu@zero + \expandafter0% + \expandafter\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd + \or + \ThPdNu@State@SkipZeros-!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Int-!#2!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Dot-!\ThPdNu@zero*\ThPdNu@zero!!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Plus + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Minus + \else + \ThPdNu@ReturnError{0}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@ReturnError} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@ReturnError#1#2\fi#3\ThPdNu@FIN{% + \fi + \ThPdNu@zero + #1% + \thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{State definitions for integer part} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@State@SkipZeros} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@State@SkipZeros#1!#2\fi#3{% + \fi + \ifcase\ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#3% + 0% + \else\ifx0#3% + 1% + \else\ifnum`#3>48 % + \ifnum`#3<58 % + 2% + \else + 9% + \fi +& \else\ifx.#3% +$ \else\ifnum`#3=46 % . + 3% + \else + 9% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\ThPdNu@space + \expandafter\ThPdNu@zero + \expandafter0% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@SkipZeros#1!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Int#1!#3!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Dot#1!\ThPdNu@zero*\ThPdNu@zero!!% + \else + \ThPdNu@ReturnError{0}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@State@Int} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@State@Int#1!#2!#3\fi#4{% + \fi + \ifcase\ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#4% + 0% + \else\ifnum`#4>47 % + \ifnum`#4<58 % + 1% + \else + 9% + \fi +& \else\ifx.#4% +$ \else\ifnum`#4=46 % . + 2% + \else + 9% + \fi\fi\fi\ThPdNu@space + \ThPdNu@ReturnInt{#1#2}% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Int#1!#2#4!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Dot#1!\ThPdNu@one#2*\ThPdNu@zero!!% + \else + \ThPdNu@ReturnError{#1#2}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@ReturnInt} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@ReturnInt#1#2\fi{% + \fi + \ThPdNu@zero + #1% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{State definitions for decimal digits} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@State@Dot} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@State@Dot#1*#2#3!#4!#5\fi#6{% + \fi + \ifcase\ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#6% + 0% + \else\ifnum`#6>48 % + \ifnum`#6<58 % + 1% + \else + 9% + \fi + \else\ifx0#6% + 2% + \else + 9% + \fi\fi\fi\ThPdNu@space + \ThPdNu@ReturnNumber#1*#2#3!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Dot#1*\ThPdNu@one#3#4#6!!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@DotZero#1*#2#3!#4#6!% + \else + \ThPdNu@ReturnNumberInvalid#1*#2#3!% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@State@DotZero} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@State@DotZero#1*#2#3!#4!#5\fi#6{% + \fi + \ifcase\ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#6% + 0% + \else\ifnum`#6>48 % + \ifnum`#6<58 % + 1% + \else + 9% + \fi + \else\ifx0#6% + 2% + \else + 9% + \fi\fi\fi\ThPdNu@space + \ThPdNu@ReturnNumber#1*#2#3!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@Dot#1*\ThPdNu@one#3#4#6!!% + \or + \ThPdNu@State@DotZero#1*#2#3!#4#6!% + \else + \ThPdNu@ReturnNumber#1*#2#3!% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@ReturnNumber} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@ReturnNumber#1!#2#3*#4#5!#6\fi{% + \fi + \ifcase#2% + \expandafter\ThPdNu@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\ThPdNu@secondoftwo + \fi + {% + \ifcase#4% + \expandafter\ThPdNu@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\ThPdNu@secondoftwo + \fi + {\ThPdNu@zero 0}% + {\ThPdNu@zero #1.#5}% + }{% + \ifcase#4% + \expandafter\ThPdNu@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\ThPdNu@secondoftwo + \fi + {\ThPdNu@zero #1#3}% + {\ThPdNu@zero #1#3.#5}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@ReturnNumberInvalid} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@ReturnNumberInvalid#1*#2!#3\fi#4\ThPdNu@FIN{% + \fi + \iftrue\ThPdNu@ReturnNumber#1*#2!\fi + \thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Norm macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\thepdfnumberNormZeroOne} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\thepdfnumberNormZeroOne#1{% + \romannumeral +& \iftrue\expandafter\ThPbNu@StateN@Plus\expandafter\fi +& \detokenize\expandafter{#1}% +& \ThPdNu@FIN +$ \ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#1\ThPdNu@FIN +$ \expandafter\ThPdNu@firstoftwo +$ \else +$ \expandafter\ThPdNu@secondoftwo +$ \fi +$ {% +$ \ThPdNu@zero +$ 0\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd +$ }{% +$ \iftrue\expandafter\ThPbNu@StateN@Plus\expandafter\fi#1\ThPdNu@FIN +$ }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{State definitions for sign} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPbNu@StateN@Plus} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPbNu@StateN@Plus#1\fi#2{% + \fi + \ifcase\ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#2% + 0% +& \else\ifx-#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=45 % - + 1% + \else\ifx0#2% + 2% + \else\ifnum`#2>48 % + \ifnum`#2<58 % + 3% + \else + 9% + \fi +& \else\ifx.#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=46 % . + 4% +& \else\ifx+#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=43 % + + 5% + \else + 9% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\ThPdNu@space + \expandafter\ThPdNu@zero + \expandafter0% + \expandafter\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@Minus + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@SkipZeros + \or + \ThPdNu@ReturnAndSkip{1}% + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@Dot\ThPdNu@zero!!% + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@Plus + \else + \ThPdNu@ReturnError{0}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPbNu@StateN@Minus} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPbNu@StateN@Minus#1\fi#2{% + \fi + \ifcase\ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#2% + 0% + \else\ifnum`#2>47 % + \ifnum`#2<58 % + 1% + \else + 9% + \fi +& \else\ifx.#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=46 % . + 1% +& \else\ifx-#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=45 % - + 2% +& \else\ifx+#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=43 % + + 3% + \else + 9% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\ThPdNu@space + \expandafter\ThPdNu@zero + \expandafter0% + \expandafter\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd + \or + \ThPdNu@ReturnAndSkip{0}% + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@Plus + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@Minus + \else + \ThPdNu@ReturnError{0}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@ReturnAndSkip} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@ReturnAndSkip#1#2\fi#3\ThPdNu@FIN{% + \fi + \ThPdNu@zero + #1% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{State definitions for integer part} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPbNu@StateN@SkipZeros} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPbNu@StateN@SkipZeros#1\fi#2{% + \fi + \ifcase\ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#2% + 0% + \else\ifx0#2% + 1% + \else\ifnum`#2>48 % + \ifnum`#2<58 % + 2% + \else + 9% + \fi +& \else\ifx.#2% +$ \else\ifnum`#2=46 % . + 3% + \else + 9% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\ThPdNu@space + \expandafter\ThPdNu@zero + \expandafter0% + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@SkipZeros% + \or + \ThPdNu@ReturnAndSkip{1}% + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@Dot\ThPdNu@zero!!% + \else + \ThPdNu@ReturnError{0}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{State definitions for decimal digits} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPbNu@StateN@Dot} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPbNu@StateN@Dot#1#2!#3!#4\fi#5{% + \fi + \ifcase\ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#5% + 0% + \else\ifnum`#5>48 % + \ifnum`#5<58 % + 1% + \else + 9% + \fi + \else\ifx0#5% + 2% + \else + 9% + \fi\fi\fi\ThPdNu@space + \ThPdNu@ReturnFracNumber#1#2!% + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@Dot\ThPdNu@one#2#3#5!!% + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@DotZero#1#2!#3#5!% + \else + \ThPdNu@ReturnFracNumberInvalid#1#2!% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPbNu@StateN@DotZero} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPbNu@StateN@DotZero#1#2!#3!#4\fi#5{% + \fi + \ifcase\ifx\ThPdNu@FIN#5% + 0% + \else\ifnum`#5>48 % + \ifnum`#5<58 % + 1% + \else + 9% + \fi + \else\ifx0#5% + 2% + \else + 9% + \fi\fi\fi\ThPdNu@space + \ThPdNu@ReturnFracNumber#1#2!% + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@Dot\ThPdNu@one#2#3#5!!% + \or + \ThPbNu@StateN@DotZero#1#2!#3#5!% + \else + \ThPdNu@ReturnFracNumberInvalid#1#2!% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@ReturnFracNumber} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@ReturnFracNumber#1#2!#3\fi{% + \fi + \ifcase#1% + \expandafter\ThPdNu@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\ThPdNu@secondoftwo + \fi + {\ThPdNu@zero 0}% + {\ThPdNu@zero .#2}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ThPdNu@ReturnFracNumberInvalid} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ThPdNu@ReturnFracNumberInvalid#1!#2\fi#3\ThPdNu@FIN{% + \fi + \iftrue\ThPdNu@ReturnFracNumber#1!\fi + \thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ThPdNu@AtEnd% +%</package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Test} +% +% \subsection{Catcode checks for loading} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*test1> +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\catcode`\{=1 % +\catcode`\}=2 % +\catcode`\#=6 % +\catcode`\@=11 % +\expandafter\ifx\csname count@\endcsname\relax + \countdef\count@=255 % +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname @gobble\endcsname\relax + \long\def\@gobble#1{}% +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname @firstofone\endcsname\relax + \long\def\@firstofone#1{#1}% +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname loop\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\@firstofone +\else + \expandafter\@gobble +\fi +{% + \def\loop#1\repeat{% + \def\body{#1}% + \iterate + }% + \def\iterate{% + \body + \let\next\iterate + \else + \let\next\relax + \fi + \next + }% + \let\repeat=\fi +}% +\def\RestoreCatcodes{} +\count@=0 % +\loop + \edef\RestoreCatcodes{% + \RestoreCatcodes + \catcode\the\count@=\the\catcode\count@\relax + }% +\ifnum\count@<255 % + \advance\count@ 1 % +\repeat + +\def\RangeCatcodeInvalid#1#2{% + \count@=#1\relax + \loop + \catcode\count@=15 % + \ifnum\count@<#2\relax + \advance\count@ 1 % + \repeat +} +\def\RangeCatcodeCheck#1#2#3{% + \count@=#1\relax + \loop + \ifnum#3=\catcode\count@ + \else + \errmessage{% + Character \the\count@\space + with wrong catcode \the\catcode\count@\space + instead of \number#3% + }% + \fi + \ifnum\count@<#2\relax + \advance\count@ 1 % + \repeat +} +\def\space{ } +\expandafter\ifx\csname LoadCommand\endcsname\relax + \def\LoadCommand{\input thepdfnumber.sty\relax}% +\fi +\def\Test{% + \RangeCatcodeInvalid{0}{47}% + \RangeCatcodeInvalid{58}{64}% + \RangeCatcodeInvalid{91}{96}% + \RangeCatcodeInvalid{123}{255}% + \catcode`\@=12 % + \catcode`\\=0 % + \catcode`\%=14 % + \LoadCommand + \RangeCatcodeCheck{0}{36}{15}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{37}{37}{14}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{38}{47}{15}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{48}{57}{12}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{58}{63}{15}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{64}{64}{12}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{65}{90}{11}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{91}{91}{15}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{92}{92}{0}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{93}{96}{15}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{97}{122}{11}% + \RangeCatcodeCheck{123}{255}{15}% + \RestoreCatcodes +} +\Test +\csname @@end\endcsname +\end +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +%</test1> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Macro tests} +% +% \subsubsection{Preamble} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*test2> +\catcode`\{=1 +\catcode`\}=2 +\catcode`\#=6 +\catcode`\@=11 +\errorcontextlines=10000 % +\def\msg#{\immediate\write16} +\def\space{ } +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname RequirePackage\endcsname\relax + \input thepdfnumber.sty\relax +\else + \RequirePackage{thepdfnumber}[2011/11/24]% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\Test} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\Test#1#2{% + \def\TestExpected{#2}% +%<*active> + \edef\TestExpected{\TestExpected}% +%</active> + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\TestResult + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \TestCommand{#1}% + }% + \begingroup + \toks0\expandafter{\TestResult}% + \toks2\expandafter{\TestExpected}% + \ifx\TestResult\TestExpected + \msg{* OK: #1 => \the\toks0}% + \else + \errmessage{FAILED: #1 => \the\toks0\space(\the\toks2)}% + \fi + \endgroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd\relax +\let\thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Test with active catcodes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*active> +\catcode`\~=13 % +\def\ThPdNu@Temp#1{% + \begingroup + \lccode`\~=`#1 % + \lowercase{\endgroup + \edef~% + }{\string#1}% + \catcode`#1=13 % +} +\ThPdNu@Temp{.} +\ThPdNu@Temp{-} +\ThPdNu@Temp{+} +%</active> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Test cases for \cs{thepdfnumber}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\TestCommand} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\TestCommand\thepdfnumber +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\Test{0}{0} +\Test{1}{1} +\Test{23}{23} +\Test{0045}{45} +\Test{4500}{4500} +\Test{-0}{0} +\Test{-1}{-1} +\Test{-00002}{-2} +\Test{-010203}{-10203} +\Test{+0}{0} +\Test{+123}{123} + +\Test{+-4}{-4} +\Test{+-+-4}{4} +\Test{++--++--++4}{4} +\Test{+++---+++---+++---4}{-4} + +\Test{.}{0} +\Test{0.}{0} +\Test{.0}{0} +\Test{0.}{0} +\Test{-.}{0} +\Test{-0.}{0} +\Test{-.0}{0} +\Test{-0.}{0} +\Test{010.020}{10.02} +\Test{123.456}{123.456} +\Test{12.}{12} +\Test{.123}{.123} +\Test{.0001}{.0001} +\Test{.00100}{.001} +\Test{.12003400560078009}{.12003400560078009} +\Test{-.12003400560078009}{-.12003400560078009} +\Test{04.0500000}{4.05} + +\Test{}{0\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd} +\Test{+}{0\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd} +\Test{-}{0\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd} +\Test{a}{0\thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken} +\Test{0x1}{0\thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken} +\Test{4x56}{4\thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken} +\Test{012,34}{12\thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken} +\Test{0.12x4}{.12\thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Test cases for \cs{thepdfnumberNormZeroOne}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\TestCommand} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\TestCommand\thepdfnumberNormZeroOne +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\Test{0}{0} +\Test{1}{1} +\Test{23}{1} +\Test{12}{1} +\Test{10}{1} +\Test{0045}{1} +\Test{001}{1} +\Test{-0}{0} +\Test{-1}{0} +\Test{-01}{0} +\Test{-4}{0} + +\Test{+-0}{0} +\Test{+-+-1}{1} +\Test{++--++--++1}{1} +\Test{+++---+++---+++---1}{0} + +\Test{.}{0} +\Test{0.}{0} +\Test{.0}{0} +\Test{0.}{0} +\Test{-.}{0} +\Test{-0.}{0} +\Test{-.0}{0} +\Test{-0.}{0} +\Test{010.020}{1} +\Test{123.456}{1} +\Test{12.}{1} +\Test{.123}{.123} +\Test{.0001}{.0001} +\Test{.00100}{.001} +\Test{.12003400560078009}{.12003400560078009} +\Test{-.12003400560078009}{0} +\Test{04.0500000}{1} +\Test{0.1200340056}{.1200340056} +\Test{1.05}{1} + +\Test{}{0\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd} +\Test{+}{0\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd} +\Test{-}{0\thepdfnumber@ErrorUnexpectedEnd} +\Test{a}{0\thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken} +\Test{0x1}{0\thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken} +\Test{4x56}{1} +\Test{012,34}{1} +\Test{.012x4}{.012\thepdfnumber@ErrorInvalidToken} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\csname @@end\endcsname\end +%</test2> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Installation} +% +% \subsection{Download} +% +% \paragraph{Package.} This package is available on +% CTAN\footnote{\url{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/}}: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.dtx}] The source file. +% \item[\CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.pdf}] Documentation. +% \end{description} +% +% +% \paragraph{Bundle.} All the packages of the bundle `oberdiek' +% are also available in a TDS compliant ZIP archive. There +% the packages are already unpacked and the documentation files +% are generated. The files and directories obey the TDS standard. +% \begin{description} +% \item[\CTAN{install/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek.tds.zip}] +% \end{description} +% \emph{TDS} refers to the standard ``A Directory Structure +% for \TeX\ Files'' (\CTAN{tds/tds.pdf}). Directories +% with \xfile{texmf} in their name are usually organized this way. +% +% \subsection{Bundle installation} +% +% \paragraph{Unpacking.} Unpack the \xfile{oberdiek.tds.zip} in the +% TDS tree (also known as \xfile{texmf} tree) of your choice. +% Example (linux): +% \begin{quote} +% |unzip oberdiek.tds.zip -d ~/texmf| +% \end{quote} +% +% \paragraph{Script installation.} +% Check the directory \xfile{TDS:scripts/oberdiek/} for +% scripts that need further installation steps. +% Package \xpackage{attachfile2} comes with the Perl script +% \xfile{pdfatfi.pl} that should be installed in such a way +% that it can be called as \texttt{pdfatfi}. +% Example (linux): +% \begin{quote} +% |chmod +x scripts/oberdiek/pdfatfi.pl|\\ +% |cp scripts/oberdiek/pdfatfi.pl /usr/local/bin/| +% \end{quote} +% +% \subsection{Package installation} +% +% \paragraph{Unpacking.} The \xfile{.dtx} file is a self-extracting +% \docstrip\ archive. The files are extracted by running the +% \xfile{.dtx} through \plainTeX: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|tex thepdfnumber.dtx| +% \end{quote} +% +% \paragraph{TDS.} Now the different files must be moved into +% the different directories in your installation TDS tree +% (also known as \xfile{texmf} tree): +% \begin{quote} +% \def\t{^^A +% \begin{tabular}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l@{ $\rightarrow$ }>{\ttfamily}l@{}} +% thepdfnumber.sty & tex/generic/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.sty\\ +% thepdfnumber.pdf & doc/latex/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.pdf\\ +% test/thepdfnumber-test1.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/thepdfnumber-test1.tex\\ +% test/thepdfnumber-test2.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/thepdfnumber-test2.tex\\ +% test/thepdfnumber-test3.tex & doc/latex/oberdiek/test/thepdfnumber-test3.tex\\ +% thepdfnumber.dtx & source/latex/oberdiek/thepdfnumber.dtx\\ +% \end{tabular}^^A +% }^^A +% \sbox0{\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \begingroup +% \advance\linewidth by\leftmargin +% \advance\linewidth by\rightmargin +% \edef\x{\endgroup +% \def\noexpand\lw{\the\linewidth}^^A +% }\x +% \def\lwbox{^^A +% \leavevmode +% \hbox to \linewidth{^^A +% \kern-\leftmargin\relax +% \hss +% \usebox0 +% \hss +% \kern-\rightmargin\relax +% }^^A +% }^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\small\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\footnotesize\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\scriptsize\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \ifdim\wd0>\lw +% \sbox0{\tiny\t}^^A +% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth +% \lwbox +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \else +% \lwbox +% \fi +% \else +% \usebox0 +% \fi +% \end{quote} +% If you have a \xfile{docstrip.cfg} that configures and enables \docstrip's +% TDS installing feature, then some files can already be in the right +% place, see the documentation of \docstrip. +% +% \subsection{Refresh file name databases} +% +% If your \TeX~distribution +% (\teTeX, \mikTeX, \dots) relies on file name databases, you must refresh +% these. For example, \teTeX\ users run \verb|texhash| or +% \verb|mktexlsr|. +% +% \subsection{Some details for the interested} +% +% \paragraph{Attached source.} +% +% The PDF documentation on CTAN also includes the +% \xfile{.dtx} source file. It can be extracted by +% AcrobatReader 6 or higher. Another option is \textsf{pdftk}, +% e.g. unpack the file into the current directory: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|pdftk thepdfnumber.pdf unpack_files output .| +% \end{quote} +% +% \paragraph{Unpacking with \LaTeX.} +% The \xfile{.dtx} chooses its action depending on the format: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\plainTeX:] Run \docstrip\ and extract the files. +% \item[\LaTeX:] Generate the documentation. +% \end{description} +% If you insist on using \LaTeX\ for \docstrip\ (really, +% \docstrip\ does not need \LaTeX), then inform the autodetect routine +% about your intention: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|latex \let\install=y\input{thepdfnumber.dtx}| +% \end{quote} +% Do not forget to quote the argument according to the demands +% of your shell. +% +% \paragraph{Generating the documentation.} +% You can use both the \xfile{.dtx} or the \xfile{.drv} to generate +% the documentation. The process can be configured by the +% configuration file \xfile{ltxdoc.cfg}. For instance, put this +% line into this file, if you want to have A4 as paper format: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|\PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article}| +% \end{quote} +% An example follows how to generate the +% documentation with pdf\LaTeX: +% \begin{quote} +%\begin{verbatim} +%pdflatex thepdfnumber.dtx +%makeindex -s gind.ist thepdfnumber.idx +%pdflatex thepdfnumber.dtx +%makeindex -s gind.ist thepdfnumber.idx +%pdflatex thepdfnumber.dtx +%\end{verbatim} +% \end{quote} +% +% \printbibliography[ +% heading=bibnumbered, +% ] +% +% \begin{History} +% \begin{Version}{2011/11/24 v1.0} +% \item +% First version. +% \end{Version} +% \end{History} +% +% \PrintIndex +% +% \Finale +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/transparent.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/transparent.dtx index c59cc5363e3..275487a2f4b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/transparent.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/transparent.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: transparent.dtx % Version: 2007/01/08 v1.0 -% +% Info: Transparency via pdfTeX's color stack +% % Copyright (C) 2007 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,20 +16,20 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file transparent.dtx % and the derived files % transparent.sty, transparent.pdf, transparent.ins, transparent.drv, % transparent-example.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/transparent.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/transparent.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If transparent.ins is present: % tex transparent.ins @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{transparent.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If transparent.drv is present: % latex transparent.drv @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex transparent.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist transparent.idx % pdflatex transparent.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist transparent.idx % pdflatex transparent.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/transparent.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/transparent.pdf @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: transparent 2007/01/08 v1.0 Using a pdfTeX's color stack for transparency (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: transparent 2007/01/08 v1.0 Transparency via pdfTeX's color stack (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -122,6 +123,10 @@ and the derived files \file{transparent.sty}{\from{transparent.dtx}{package}}% \usedir{doc/latex/oberdiek}% \file{transparent-example.tex}{\from{transparent.dtx}{example}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{transparent.xml}{\from{transparent.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -148,9 +153,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{transparent.drv}% - [2007/01/08 v1.0 Using a pdfTeX's color stack for transparency (HO)]% + [2007/01/08 v1.0 Transparency via pdfTeX's color stack (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{transparent.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -236,7 +241,7 @@ Hello World %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{transparent}% - [2007/01/08 v1.0 Using a pdfTeX's color stack for transparency (HO)]% + [2007/01/08 v1.0 Transparency via pdfTeX's color stack (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Initial checks} @@ -568,6 +573,42 @@ Hello World %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{transparent.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='transparent'> + <name>transparent</name> + <caption>Using a color stack for transparency with pdfTeX.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2007'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.0'/> + <description> + Since version 1.40 <xref refid='pdftex'>pdfTeX</xref> supports + several color stacks. This package shows how a separate colour stack + can be used for transparency, a property other than colour. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/transparent.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/transparent.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2007/01/08 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/twoopt.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/twoopt.dtx index d4ba443b540..f53e4c46de5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/twoopt.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/twoopt.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: twoopt.dtx % Version: 2008/08/11 v1.5 -% +% Info: Definitions with two optional arguments +% % Copyright (C) 1999, 2006, 2008 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,19 +16,19 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file twoopt.dtx % and the derived files % twoopt.sty, twoopt.pdf, twoopt.ins, twoopt.drv. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/twoopt.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/twoopt.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If twoopt.ins is present: % tex twoopt.ins @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{twoopt.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If twoopt.drv is present: % latex twoopt.drv @@ -46,14 +47,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex twoopt.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist twoopt.idx % pdflatex twoopt.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist twoopt.idx % pdflatex twoopt.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/twoopt.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/twoopt.pdf @@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ and the derived files \file{twoopt.drv}{\from{twoopt.dtx}{driver}}% \usedir{tex/latex/oberdiek}% \file{twoopt.sty}{\from{twoopt.dtx}{package}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{twoopt.xml}{\from{twoopt.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -145,14 +150,14 @@ and the derived files \ProvidesFile{twoopt.drv}% [2008/08/11 v1.5 Definitions with two optional arguments (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{twoopt.dtx}% \end{document} %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{105} +% \CheckSum{108} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -556,6 +561,41 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{twoopt.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='twoopt'> + <name>twoopt</name> + <caption>Definitions with two optional arguments.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='1999,2006,2008'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.5'/> + <description> + Variants of <tt>\newcommand</tt>, <tt>\renewcommand</tt> and + <tt>\providecommand</tt> are provided. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/twoopt.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/twoopt.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{1998/10/30 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/uniquecounter.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/uniquecounter.dtx index 0251888cfb6..5b64e6d6708 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/uniquecounter.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/uniquecounter.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: uniquecounter.dtx % Version: 2011/01/30 v1.2 -% +% Info: Provide unlimited unique counter +% % Copyright (C) 2009, 2011 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,25 +16,25 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format', % because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file uniquecounter.dtx % and the derived files % uniquecounter.sty, uniquecounter.pdf, uniquecounter.ins, % uniquecounter.drv, uniquecounter-example.tex, % uniquecounter-test1.tex, uniquecounter-test2.tex, % uniquecounter-test3.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/uniquecounter.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/uniquecounter.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If uniquecounter.ins is present: % tex uniquecounter.ins @@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{uniquecounter.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If uniquecounter.drv is present: % latex uniquecounter.drv @@ -52,14 +53,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex uniquecounter.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist uniquecounter.idx % pdflatex uniquecounter.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist uniquecounter.idx % pdflatex uniquecounter.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/generic/oberdiek/uniquecounter.sty % TDS:doc/latex/oberdiek/uniquecounter.pdf @@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: uniquecounter 2011/01/30 v1.2 Provides unlimited unique counter (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: uniquecounter 2011/01/30 v1.2 Provide unlimited unique counter (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -139,6 +140,10 @@ and the derived files \file{uniquecounter-test1.tex}{\from{uniquecounter.dtx}{test1}}% \file{uniquecounter-test2.tex}{\from{uniquecounter.dtx}{test2}}% \file{uniquecounter-test3.tex}{\from{uniquecounter.dtx}{test3}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{uniquecounter.xml}{\from{uniquecounter.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -165,9 +170,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{uniquecounter.drv}% - [2011/01/30 v1.2 Provides unlimited unique counter (HO)]% + [2011/01/30 v1.2 Provide unlimited unique counter (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \begin{document} \DocInput{uniquecounter.dtx}% \end{document} @@ -202,7 +207,7 @@ and the derived files % % \begin{abstract} % This package provides a kind of counter that provides unique -% number values. Several counter can be created by different names. +% number values. Several counters can be created by different names. % The numeric values are not limited. % \end{abstract} % @@ -341,7 +346,7 @@ and the derived files \fi \expandafter\x\csname ver@uniquecounter.sty\endcsname \ProvidesPackage{uniquecounter}% - [2011/01/30 v1.2 Provides unlimited unique counter (HO)]% + [2011/01/30 v1.2 Provide unlimited unique counter (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Catcodes} @@ -986,6 +991,42 @@ and the derived files %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{uniquecounter.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='uniquecounter'> + <name>uniquecounter</name> + <caption>Provides unlimited unique counter.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2009,2011'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='1.2'/> + <description> + This package provides a kind of counter that provides unique + number values. Several counters can be created with different names. + The numeric values are not limited. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/uniquecounter.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/uniquecounter.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{History} % \begin{Version}{2009/09/11 v1.0} % \item diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/zref.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/zref.dtx index f677354b025..6b30275cf7e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/zref.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/oberdiek/zref.dtx @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment -% +% % File: zref.dtx -% Version: 2011/03/18 v2.21 -% -% Copyright (C) 2006-2011 by +% Version: 2012/04/04 v2.24 +% Info: A new reference scheme for LaTeX +% +% Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by % Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> -% +% % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either % version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later @@ -15,11 +16,11 @@ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. -% +% % This work consists of the main source file zref.dtx % and the derived files % zref.sty, zref.pdf, zref.ins, zref.drv, zref-base.sty, @@ -33,11 +34,11 @@ % zref-example-nextpage.tex, zref-test1.tex, % zref-test-base.tex, zref-test-runs.tex, % zref-test-titleref-memoir.tex. -% +% % Distribution: % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/zref.dtx % CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/zref.pdf -% +% % Unpacking: % (a) If zref.ins is present: % tex zref.ins @@ -46,7 +47,7 @@ % (c) If you insist on using LaTeX % latex \let\install=y\input{zref.dtx} % (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% +% % Documentation: % (a) If zref.drv is present: % latex zref.drv @@ -56,14 +57,14 @@ % if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. % use A4 as paper format: % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% +% % Programm calls to get the documentation (example): % pdflatex zref.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist zref.idx % pdflatex zref.dtx % makeindex -s gind.ist zref.idx % pdflatex zref.dtx -% +% % Installation: % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/zref.sty % TDS:tex/latex/oberdiek/zref-base.sty @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ \input docstrip.tex \Msg{************************************************************************} \Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: zref 2011/03/18 v2.21 New reference scheme for LaTeX2e (HO)} +\Msg{* Package: zref 2012/04/04 v2.24 A new reference scheme for LaTeX (HO)} \Msg{************************************************************************} \keepsilent @@ -123,9 +124,9 @@ This is a generated file. Project: zref -Version: 2011/03/18 v2.21 +Version: 2012/04/04 v2.24 -Copyright (C) 2006-2011 by +Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> This work may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -193,6 +194,10 @@ and the derived files \file{zref-test-base.tex}{\from{zref.dtx}{test-base}}% \file{zref-test-runs.tex}{\from{zref.dtx}{test-runs}}% \file{zref-test-titleref-memoir.tex}{\from{zref.dtx}{test-titleref-memoir}}% + \nopreamble + \nopostamble + \usedir{source/latex/oberdiek/catalogue}% + \file{zref.xml}{\from{zref.dtx}{catalogue}}% } \catcode32=13\relax% active space @@ -225,9 +230,9 @@ and the derived files %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{zref.drv}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 New reference scheme for LaTeX2e (HO)]% + [2012/04/04 v2.24 A new reference scheme for LaTeX (HO)]% \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/02/04] +\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22] \setlength{\emergencystretch}{1em} \begin{document} \DocInput{zref.dtx}% @@ -235,7 +240,7 @@ and the derived files %</driver> % \fi % -% \CheckSum{3468} +% \CheckSum{4013} % % \CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -256,7 +261,7 @@ and the derived files % \GetFileInfo{zref.drv} % % \title{The \xpackage{zref} package} -% \date{2011/03/18 v2.21} +% \date{2012/04/04 v2.24} % \author{Heiko Oberdiek\\\xemail{heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com}} % % \maketitle @@ -447,19 +452,27 @@ and the derived files % Declares a new empty property list. % % \begin{declcs}{zref@addprop} -% \M{listname} \M{propname list} +% \M{listname} \M{propname}\\ +% \cs{zref@localaddprop} \M{listname} \M{propname} % \end{declcs} -% Adds the properties of \meta{propname list} (comma separated) +% Adds the property \meta{propname} % to the property list \meta{listname}. % The property and list must exist. -% A \meta{propname list} can be given since 2010/04/19 v2.13. -% Before this version only one property name could be added in one call -% of \cs{zref@addprop}. -% -% \begin{declcs}{zref@localaddprop} -% \M{listname} \M{propname list} +% The addition is global by \cs{zref@addprop} and limited to +% local scope by \cs{zref@localaddprop}. +% Between 2010/04/19 v2.13 and 2010/10/22 v2.19 a comma separated list +% of properties could be used as argument \meta{propname}. +% Since 2010/10/22 v2.19 the addition of several properties +% at once is supported by \cs{zref@addprops}. +% +% \begin{declcs}{zref@addprops} +% \M{listname} \M{propname list}\\ +% \cs{zref@localaddprops} \M{listname} \M{propname list} % \end{declcs} -% Local variant of \cs{zref@addprop}. +% These macros add a comma separated list of properties +% \meta{propname list} to list \meta{listname}. +% \cs{zref@addprops} works globally and \cs{zref@localaddprops} +% locally. Since 2010/10/22 v2.19. % % \begin{declcs}{zref@listexists} % \M{listname} \M{then} @@ -601,10 +614,22 @@ and the derived files % mark their use outside by \cs{zref@refused}, see the example % file. % +% \begin{declcs}{zref@def@extract}% +% \M{cmd} \M{refname} \M{propname}\\ +% \cs{zref@def@extractdefault} +% \M{cmd} \M{refname} \M{propname} \M{default} +% \end{declcs} +% Both macros extract the property \meta{propname} from the reference +% \meta{refname} the same way as macros \cs{zref@extract} and +% \cs{zref@extractdefault}. The result is stored in macro \meta{cmd}. +% Also \cs{zref@refused} is called to notify \hologo{LaTeX} that +% the reference \meta{refname} is used. Added in 2011/10/04 v2.22. +% % \begin{declcs}{zref@ifrefundefined}\markexp % \M{refname} \M{then} \M{else} % \end{declcs} -% A possibility to check whether a reference exists. +% Macro \cs{zref@ifrefundefined} calls arguments \meta{then} or \meta{else} +% dependent on the existence of the reference \meta{refname}. % % \begin{declcs}{zifrefundefined} % \M{refname} \M{then} \M{else} @@ -914,7 +939,7 @@ and the derived files \newcounter{foo} \renewcommand*{\thefoo}{\Alph{foo}} -\usepackage{zref-lastpage,zref-user}[2011/03/18] +\usepackage{zref-lastpage,zref-user}[2012/04/04] \makeatletter \zref@newprop{thefoo}{\thefoo} @@ -1028,7 +1053,7 @@ and the derived files %<<END_EXAMPLE \documentclass{book} -\usepackage{zref-nextpage}[2011/03/18] +\usepackage{zref-nextpage}[2012/04/04] \znextpagesetup {\thepage}% next page is unknown {\thepage\ (#1)}% this page is last page @@ -1262,6 +1287,14 @@ and the derived files % The reference stores the location where \cs{zsavepos} % is executed in properties |posx| and |posy|. % +% \begin{declcs}{zsaveposx} +% \M{refname}\\ +% \cs{zsaveposy} +% \M{refname} +% \end{declcs} +% Same as \cs{zsavepos} except that only the |x| or |y| component +% of the position is stored. Since 2011/12/05 v2.23. +% % \begin{declcs}{zposx}\markexp % \M{refname}\\ % \SpecialUsageIndex{\zposy}\cs{zposy}\markexp \M{refname} @@ -1291,7 +1324,10 @@ and the derived files % by calling \cs{pdfsavepos} (if \xext{aux} files are writable). % % Thus \cs{zsavepos} is basically \cs{zref@savepos} followed -% by |\zreflabelbylist{|\texttt{\meta{refname}}|}{savepos}|. +% by |\zref@labelbylist{|\texttt{\meta{refname}}|}{savepos}|. +% If \cs{TeXXeTstate} is detected and enabled, \cs{savepos} +% also adds \cs{zref@savepos} at the end to support \cs{beginR} +% where the whatits are processed in reverse order. % The property list |savepos| contains the properties |posx| % and |posy|. % @@ -1587,13 +1623,13 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref} - [2011/03/18 v2.21 New reference scheme for LaTeX2e (HO)]% + [2012/04/04 v2.24 A new reference scheme for LaTeX (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsubsection{Load basic module} % % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] % \end{macrocode} % Abort package loading if \xpackage{zref-base} could not be % loaded successfully. @@ -1608,7 +1644,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \def\ZREF@temp#1{% \DeclareOption{#1}{% \AtEndOfPackage{% - \RequirePackage{zref-#1}[2011/03/18]% + \RequirePackage{zref-#1}[2012/04/04]% }% }% } @@ -1674,13 +1710,13 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*base> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-base}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module base for zref (HO)]% + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module base for zref (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \subsubsection{Utilities} % % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2010/03/01] +\RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2010/12/02] \RequirePackage{infwarerr}[2010/04/08] \RequirePackage{kvsetkeys}[2010/03/01] \RequirePackage{kvdefinekeys}[2010/03/01] @@ -2249,6 +2285,41 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\zref@showprop} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ZREF@Robust\def\zref@showprop#1{% + \zref@ifpropundefined{#1}{% + \@PackageInfoNoLine{\ZREF@name}{% + Show property `#1': <undefined>% + }% + }{% + \begingroup + \toks@\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \csname Z@C@#1\endcsname + }% + \edef\ZREF@value{\the\toks@}% + \ltx@onelevel@sanitize\ZREF@value + \toks@\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \csname Z@D@#1\endcsname + }% + \edef\ZREF@default{\the\toks@}% + \ltx@onelevel@sanitize\ZREF@default + \@PackageInfoNoLine{\ZREF@name}{% + Show property `#1':\MessageBreak + \expandafter\ifx\csname Z@X@#1\endcsname\ltx@empty + Immediate % + \else + Delayed % + \fi + value: [\ZREF@value]\MessageBreak + Default: [\ZREF@default]% + }% + \endgroup + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\zref@setcurrent} % \cs{zref@setcurrent} sets the current value for a property. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2693,6 +2764,45 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\zref@def@extract} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ZREF@Robust\def\zref@def@extract#1{% + \zref@wrapper@babel{\ZREF@def@extract{#1}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@def@extract} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@def@extract#1#2#3{% + \zref@refused{#2}% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#1% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \zref@extract{#2}{#3}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\zref@def@extractdefault} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ZREF@Robust\def\zref@def@extractdefault#1{% + \zref@wrapper@babel{\ZREF@def@extractdefault{#1}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@def@extractdefault} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@def@extractdefault#1#2#3#4{% + \zref@refused{#2}% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#1% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \zref@extractdefault{#2}{#3}{#4}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\ZREF@wrapper@unexpanded} % \begin{macrocode} \ZREF@Robust{\long\def}\ZREF@wrapper@unexpanded#1{% @@ -2783,9 +2893,9 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \begin{macro}{\ZREF@number} % \begin{macrocode} \ltx@IfUndefined{numexpr}{% - \let\ZREF@number\number + \def\ZREF@number#1{\number#1}% }{% - \def\ZREF@number#1{\the\numexpr#1}% + \def\ZREF@number#1{\the\numexpr(#1)\relax}% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2884,6 +2994,14 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@NewPropPageValue} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@NewPropPageValue{% + \zref@newprop*{pagevalue}[0]{\number\c@page}% + \global\let\ZREF@NewPropPageValue\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \paragraph{Mark successful loading} % @@ -2899,8 +3017,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*user> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-user}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module user for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module user for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -2990,8 +3108,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*abspage> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-abspage}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module abspage for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module abspage for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -3002,7 +3120,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % to the \verb|main| property list for absolute page numbers. % These are recorded by the help of package \xpackage{atbegshi}. % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{atbegshi}% +\RequirePackage{atbegshi}[2011/10/05]% % \end{macrocode} % The counter \verb|abspage| must not go in the clear list % of \verb|@ckpt| that is used to set counters in @@ -3038,8 +3156,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*counter> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-counter}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module counter for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module counter for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -3078,9 +3196,9 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*lastpage> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-lastpage}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module lastpage for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] -\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module lastpage for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] +\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2012/04/04] \RequirePackage{atveryend}[2009/12/07] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else @@ -3150,8 +3268,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*thepage> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-thepage}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module thepage for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module thepage for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -3159,14 +3277,24 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{atbegshi} -\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2011/03/18] +\RequirePackage{atbegshi}[2011/10/05] +\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2012/04/04] % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \zref@newlist{thepage} \zref@addprop{thepage}{page} +\ZREF@NewPropPageValue +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\zref@thepage@atbegshi@hook} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\zref@thepage@atbegshi@hook\ltx@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\zref@addprop{thepage}{pagevalue} \AtBeginShipout{% - \zref@wrapper@immediate{% + \AtBeginShipoutAddToBox{% + \zref@thepage@atbegshi@hook \zref@labelbylist{thepage\the\value{abspage}}{thepage}% }% } @@ -3215,8 +3343,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*nextpage> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-nextpage}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module nextpage for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module nextpage for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -3224,9 +3352,9 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2011/03/18] -\RequirePackage{zref-thepage}[2011/03/18] -\RequirePackage{zref-lastpage}[2011/03/18] +\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2012/04/04] +\RequirePackage{zref-thepage}[2012/04/04] +\RequirePackage{zref-lastpage}[2012/04/04] \RequirePackage{uniquecounter}[2009/12/18] % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -3319,8 +3447,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*totpages> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-totpages}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module totpages for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module totpages for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -3330,8 +3458,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % The absolute page number of the last page is the total % page number. % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2011/03/18] -\RequirePackage{zref-lastpage}[2011/03/18] +\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2012/04/04] +\RequirePackage{zref-lastpage}[2012/04/04] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\ztotpages} @@ -3361,8 +3489,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*pagelayout> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-pagelayout}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module pagelayout for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module pagelayout for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -3370,11 +3498,13 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{zref-thepage}[2011/03/18] +\RequirePackage{zref-thepage}[2012/04/04] \RequirePackage{ifluatex}[2010/03/01] \RequirePackage{atveryend}[2010/03/24] % \end{macrocode} % +% \subsubsection{Support for \hologo{LuaTeX}} +% % \begin{macrocode} \ifluatex \ifnum\luatexversion<39 % @@ -3407,6 +3537,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \fi % \end{macrocode} % +% \subsubsection{Define layout properties} +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\ZREF@temp#1{% \begingroup @@ -3415,8 +3547,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \edef\x{% \endgroup \noexpand\zref@newprop*{\string#1}% - [\number\noexpand#1]% hash-ok - {\number\noexpand#1}% + [\noexpand\number\noexpand#1]% hash-ok + {\noexpand\number\noexpand#1}% \noexpand\zref@addprop{thepage}{\string#1}% }% \x @@ -3425,8 +3557,10 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \ZREF@temp\mag \ZREF@temp\paperwidth \ZREF@temp\paperheight -\ZREF@temp\stockwidth -\ZREF@temp\stockheight +\ZREF@temp\stockwidth % memoir.cls, crop.sty +\ZREF@temp\stockheight % memoir.cls, crop.sty +\ZREF@temp\mediawidth % VTeX +\ZREF@temp\mediaheight % VTeX \ZREF@temp\pdfpagewidth \ZREF@temp\pdfpageheight \ZREF@temp\pdfhorigin @@ -3445,6 +3579,25 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \ZREF@temp\marginparsep \ZREF@temp\columnwidth \ZREF@temp\columnsep +\ZREF@temp\trimedge % memoir.cls +\ZREF@temp\spinemargin % memoir.cls +\ZREF@temp\foremargin % memoir.cls +\ZREF@temp\trimtop % memoir.cls +\ZREF@temp\uppermargin % memoir.cls +\ZREF@temp\headmargin % memoir.cls +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\zref@newprop*{outputboxwd}[0pt]{\AtBeginShipoutBoxWidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\zref@newprop*{outputboxht}[0pt]{\AtBeginShipoutBoxHeight} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\zref@newprop*{outputboxdp}[0pt]{\AtBeginShipoutBoxDepth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\zref@addprops{thepage}{outputboxwd,outputboxht,outputboxdp} % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\ifZREF@pl@list} @@ -3508,6 +3661,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{paperheight}% \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{stockwidth}% \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{stockheight}% + \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{mediawidth}% + \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{mediaheight}% \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{pdfpagewidth}% \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{pdfpageheight}% \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{pdfhorigin}% @@ -3526,6 +3681,12 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{marginparsep}% \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{columnwidth}% \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{columnsep}% + \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{trimedge}% + \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{spinemargin}% + \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{foremargin}% + \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{trimtop}% + \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{uppermargin}% + \ZREF@pl@ListEntry{headmargin}% }% }% }\x @@ -3558,6 +3719,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \ZREF@pl@AfterLastShipout } % \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macrocode} %</pagelayout> % \end{macrocode} @@ -3569,8 +3731,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*pageattr> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-pageattr}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module pageattr for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module pageattr for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -3620,7 +3782,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \def\zref@pdfpageattr#1{}% \def\zref@pdfpageattr@used#1{}% }{% - \RequirePackage{zref-thepage}[2011/03/18]% + \RequirePackage{zref-thepage}[2012/04/04]% \zref@newprop*{pdfpageattr}[]{\zref@hex{\the\pdfpageattr}}% \zref@addprop{thepage}{pdfpageattr}% \let\ZREF@temp=Y% @@ -3632,7 +3794,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \def\zref@pdfpagesattr{}% \def\zref@pdfpagesattr@used{}% }{% - \RequirePackage{zref-lastpage}[2011/03/18]% + \RequirePackage{zref-lastpage}[2012/04/04]% \zref@newprop*{pdfpagesattr}[]{\zref@hex{\the\pdfpagesattr}}% \zref@addprop{LastPage}{pdfpagesattr}% \let\ZREF@temp=Y% @@ -3644,7 +3806,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \fi % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2011/03/18] +\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2012/04/04] \RequirePackage{atveryend}[2010/03/24] \RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}[2010/04/01] \let\ZREF@temp=Y% @@ -3714,7 +3876,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \begin{macrocode} \def\zref@pageattr#1{% \zref@unhex{% - \zref@extract{thepage\ZREF@number#1}{pdfpageattr}% + \zref@extract{thepage\ZREF@number{#1}}{pdfpageattr}% }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -3722,7 +3884,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \begin{macro}{\zref@pageattr@used} % \begin{macrocode} \ZREF@Robust\def\zref@pageattr@used#1{% - \zref@refused{thepage\ZREF@number#1}% + \zref@refused{thepage\ZREF@number{#1}}% } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -3794,8 +3956,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*marks> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-marks}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module marks for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module marks for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -3805,7 +3967,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\zref@marks@register}[3][]{% \edef\ZREF@TempName{#1}% - \edef\ZREF@TempNum{\ZREF@number#2}% + \edef\ZREF@TempNum{\ZREF@number{#2}}% \ifnum\ZREF@TempNum<\ltx@zero % \PackageError\ZREF@name{% \string\zref@marks@register\ltx@space is called with invalid% @@ -3900,7 +4062,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*runs> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-runs}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module runs for zref (HO)]% + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module runs for zref (HO)]% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\zruns} @@ -3932,8 +4094,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*perpage> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-perpage}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module perpage for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module perpage for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -3948,14 +4110,14 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % For detecting changed pages module \xmodule{abspage} % is loaded. % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2011/03/18] +\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}[2012/04/04] % \end{macrocode} % % We group the properties for the needed references % in the property list |perpage|. The property |pagevalue| % records the correct value of the page counter. % \begin{macrocode} -\zref@newprop*{pagevalue}[0]{\number\c@page} +\ZREF@NewPropPageValue \zref@newlist{perpage} \zref@addprops{perpage}{abspage,page,pagevalue} % \end{macrocode} @@ -4099,8 +4261,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*titleref> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-titleref}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module titleref for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module titleref for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -4421,6 +4583,17 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \ZREF@org@ttl@sect@i{#1}{#2}[{#3}]{#4}% }% }% + \ZREF@patch{ttl@straight@i}{% + \def\ttl@straight@i#1[#2]#3{% + \def\ZREF@temp{#2}% + \ifx\ZREF@temp\ltx@empty + \zref@titleref@setcurrent{#3}% + \else + \zref@titleref@setcurrent{#2}% + \fi + \ZREF@org@ttl@straight@i{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% + }% + }% }{}% % \end{macrocode} % @@ -4501,8 +4674,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*xr> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-xr}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module xr for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module xr for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -5037,8 +5210,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*hyperref> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-hyperref}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module hyperref for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module hyperref for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -5067,8 +5240,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*savepos> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-savepos}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module savepos for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module savepos for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -5130,18 +5303,52 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@zsavepos} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@zsavepos#1#2#3{% + \@bsphack + \if@filesw + \zref@savepos + #1{#3}{#2}% + \ltx@IfUndefined{TeXXeTstate}{% + }{% + \ifnum\TeXXeTstate=\ltx@zero + \else + \zref@savepos + \fi + }% + \fi + \@esphack +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\zsavepos} % The current location is stored in a reference with the % given name. % \begin{macrocode} \ZREF@IfDefinable\zsavepos\def{% - #1{% - \@bsphack - \if@filesw - \zref@savepos - \zref@labelbylist{#1}{savepos}% - \fi - \@esphack + {% + \ZREF@zsavepos\zref@labelbylist{savepos}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zsaveposx} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ZREF@IfDefinable\zsaveposx\def{% + {% + \ZREF@zsavepos\zref@labelbyprops{posx}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\zsaveposy} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ZREF@IfDefinable\zsaveposy\def{% + {% + \ZREF@zsavepos\zref@labelbyprops{posy}% }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -5192,8 +5399,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*abspos> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-abspos}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module abspos for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module abspos for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -5201,18 +5408,616 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{zref-savepos}[2011/03/18] +\RequirePackage{zref-savepos}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@savepos@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput \fi % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{zref-pagelayout}[2011/03/18] +\RequirePackage{zref-pagelayout}[2012/04/04] \zref@addprop{savepos}{abspage} % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{ifpdf}[2010/09/13] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@absposx} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\zref@absposx}[3]{% + \number + \expandafter\zref@absposnumx\expandafter{% + \number\zref@extractdefault{#1}{abspage}{0}% + }{#2}{#3}% + \ltx@space +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@absposy} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\zref@absposy}[3]{% + \number + \expandafter\zref@absposnumy\expandafter{% + \number\zref@extractdefault{#1}{abspage}{0}% + }{#2}{#3}% + \ltx@space +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@absposnumx} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\zref@absposnumx}[3]{% + \number +% \ifnum#1>\ltx@zero +% \zref@ifrefundefined{thepage#1}{% +% 0% +% }{% + \numexpr\ZREF@absposnum{thepage#1}{#2}{x}{#3}\relax +% }% +% \else +% 0% +% \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@absposnumy} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\zref@absposnumy}[3]{% + \number +% \ifnum#1>\ltx@zero +% \zref@ifrefundefined{thepage#1}{% +% 0% +% }{% + \numexpr\ZREF@absposnum{thepage#1}{#2}{y}{#3}\relax +% }% +% \else +% 0% +% \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@absposnum} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@absposnum#1#2#3#4{% + \ltx@ifundefined{ZREF@abspos@#2@#3@#4}{% + 0% + }{% + \csname ZREF@abspos@#2@#3@#4\endcsname{#1}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@def@absposx} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ZREF@Robust\def\zref@def@absposx#1{% + \zref@wrapper@babel{\ZREF@def@abspos{#1}\zref@absposx}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@def@absposy} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ZREF@Robust\def\zref@def@absposy#1{% + \zref@wrapper@babel{\ZREF@def@abspos{#1}\zref@absposy}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@def@absposnumx} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ZREF@Robust\def\zref@def@absposnumx#1{% + \zref@wrapper@babel{\ZREF@def@abspos{#1}\zref@absposnumx}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@def@absposnumy} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ZREF@Robust\def\zref@def@absposnumy#1{% + \zref@wrapper@babel{\ZREF@def@abspos{#1}\zref@absposnumy}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@def@abspos} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@def@absposnumy#1#2#3#4#5{% + \edef#1{#2{#3}{#4}{#5}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@absposused} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ZREF@Robust\def\zref@absposused{% + \zref@wrapper@babel\ZREF@abspos@used +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@used} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@used#1{% + \zref@refused{#1}% + \zref@ifrefundefined{#1}{% + }{% + \begingroup + \edef\ZREF@temp{% + \zref@extractdefault{#1}{abspage}{0}% + }% + \ifnum\ZREF@temp>\ltx@zero + \zref@refused{thepage\ZREF@temp}% + \else + \@PackageError{zref-abspos}{% + \string\zref@pos@label@used\ltx@space + needs property `abspage'\MessageBreak + in label `#1'% + }\@ehc + \fi + \endgroup + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@absposnumused} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\zref@absposnumused}[1]{% + \ifnum#1>\ltx@zero + \zref@refused{thepage\number#1}% + \else + \@PackageError{zref-abspos}{% + Invalid absolute page number (#1)\MessageBreak + for \string\zref@pos@num@used.\MessageBreak + A positive integer is expected% + }\@ehc + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@ifabsposundefined} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\zref@ifabsposundefined#1{% + \zref@ifrefundefined{#1}\ltx@firsttwo{% + \expandafter\zref@ifabsposnumundefined\expandafter{% + \number\zref@extractdefault{#1}{abspage}{0}% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\zref@ifabsposnumundefined} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\zref@ifabsposnumundefined#1{% + \ifnum\ZREF@number{#1}>\ltx@zero + \zref@ifrefundefined{thepage#1}% + \ltx@firstoftwo\ltx@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\ltx@firstoftwo + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Media} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@media@width} +% \begin{macrocode} +\edef\ZREF@abspos@media@width{% + \ltx@ifundefined{pdfpagewidth}{% + \ltx@ifundefined{mediawidth}{% + \ltx@ifundefined{stockwidth}{% + paperwidth% + }{% + stockwidth% + }% + }{% + mediawidth% + }% + }{% + pdfpagewidth% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@media@height} +% \begin{macrocode} +\edef\ZREF@abspos@media@height{% + \ltx@ifundefined{pdfpageheight}{% + \ltx@ifundefined{mediaheight}{% + \ltx@ifundefined{stockheight}{% + paperheight% + }{% + stockheight% + }% + }{% + mediaheight% + }% + }{% + \noexpand\ifcase\pdfpageheight + \ltx@ifundefined{stockheight}{% + paperheight% + }{% + stockheight% + }% + \noexpand\else + pdfpageheight% + \noexpand\fi + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@media@x@left} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@media@x@left#1{% + 0% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@media@x@right} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@media@x@right#1{% + \zref@extract{#1}\ZREF@abspos@media@width +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@media@x@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@media@x@center#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@media@x@left{#1}% + +\zref@extract{#1}\ZREF@abspos@media@width/2% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@media@y@top} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@media@y@top#1{% + \zref@extract{#1}\ZREF@abspos@media@height +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@media@y@bottom} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@media@y@bottom#1{% + 0% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@media@y@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@media@y@center#1{% + \zref@extract{#1}\ZREF@abspos@media@height/2% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Paper} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@paper@x@left} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@paper@x@left#1{% + 0% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@paper@x@right} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@paper@x@right#1{% + \zref@extract{#1}{paperwidth}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@paper@x@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@paper@x@center#1{% + \zref@extract{#1}{paperwidth}/2% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@paper@y@top} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@paper@y@top\ZREF@abspos@media@y@top +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@paper@y@bottom} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@paper@y@bottom#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@paper@y@top{#1}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{paperheight}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@paper@y@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@paper@y@center#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@paper@y@top{#1}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{paperheight}/2% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Origin} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@origin@x} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@temp\ltx@two +\ltx@IfUndefined{pdfhorigin}{}{% + \ifpdf + \let\ZREF@temp\ltx@zero + \fi +} +\ifx\ZREF@temp\ltx@two + \ifnum\mag=1000 % + \let\ZREF@temp\ltx@one + \fi +\fi +\ifcase\ZREF@temp + \def\ZREF@abspos@origin@x#1{% + \zref@extract{#1}{pdfhorigin}% + }% +\or + \def\ZREF@abspos@origin@x#1{% + 4736286% + }% +\or + \def\ZREF@abspos@origin@x#1{% + \numexpr\mag/1000*\dimexpr 1truein\relax\relax + }% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@origin@y} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@temp\ltx@two +\ltx@IfUndefined{pdfvorigin}{}{% + \ifpdf + \let\ZREF@temp\ltx@zero + \fi +} +\ifx\ZREF@temp\ltx@two + \ifnum\mag=1000 % + \let\ZREF@temp\ltx@one + \fi +\fi +\ifcase\ZREF@temp + \def\ZREF@abspos@origin@y#1{% + \zref@extract{#1}{pdfvorigin}% + }% +\or + \def\ZREF@abspos@origin@y#1{% + 4736286% + }% +\or + \def\ZREF@abspos@origin@y#1{% + \numexpr\mag/1000*\dimexpr 1truein\relax\relax + }% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Header} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@head@x@left} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@head@x@left#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@paper@x@left{#1}% + +\ZREF@abspos@origin@x{#1}% + +\zref@extract{#1}{hoffset}% + +\ifodd\zref@extractdefault{#1}{pagevalue}{\number\c@page} % + \zref@extract{#1}{oddsidemargin}% + \else + \zref@extract{#1}{evensidemargin}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@head@x@right} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@head@x@right#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@head@x@left{#1}% + +\zref@extract{#1}{textwidth}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@head@x@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@head@x@center#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@head@x@left{#1}% + +\zref@extract{#1}{textwidth}/2% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@head@y@top} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@head@y@top#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@paper@y@top{#1}% + -\ZREF@abspos@origin@y{#1}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{voffset}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{topmargin}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@head@y@bottom} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@head@y@bottom#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@head@y@top{#1}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{headheight}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@head@y@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@head@y@center#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@head@y@top{#1}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{headheight}/2% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Body} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@body@x@left} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@body@x@left\ZREF@abspos@head@x@left +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@body@x@right} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@body@x@right\ZREF@abspos@head@x@right +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@body@x@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@body@x@center\ZREF@abspos@head@x@center +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@body@y@top} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@body@y@top#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@head@y@bottom{#1}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{headsep}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@body@y@bottom} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@body@y@bottom#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@body@y@top{#1}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{textheight}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@body@y@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@body@y@center#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@body@y@top{#1}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{textheight}/2% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Footer} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@foot@x@left} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@foot@x@left\ZREF@abspos@head@x@left +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@foot@x@right} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@foot@x@right\ZREF@abspos@head@x@right +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@foot@x@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@foot@x@center\ZREF@abspos@head@x@center +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@foot@y@bottom} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@foot@y@bottom#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@body@y@bottom{#1}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{footskip}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Marginal notes} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@x@left} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@x@left#1{% + \ifodd\zref@extractdefault{#1}{pagevalue}{\number\c@page} % + \ZREF@abspos@body@x@right{#1}% + +\zref@extract{#1}{marginparsep}% + \else + \ZREF@abspos@body@x@left{#1}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{marginparsep}% + -\zref@extract{#1}{marginparwidth}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@x@right} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@x@right#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@marginpar@x@left{#1}% + +\zref@extract{#1}{marginparwidth}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@x@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@x@center#1{% + \ZREF@abspos@marginpar@x@left{#1}% + +\zref@extract{#1}{marginparwidth}/2% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@y@top} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@y@top\ZREF@abspos@body@y@top +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@y@bottom} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@y@bottom\ZREF@abspos@body@y@bottom +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@y@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@marginpar@y@center\ZREF@abspos@body@y@center +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Stock paper} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@stock@x@left} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@stock@x@left\ZREF@abspos@paper@x@left +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@stock@x@right} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@stock@x@right\ZREF@abspos@paper@x@right +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@stock@x@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@stock@x@center\ZREF@abspos@paper@x@center +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@stock@y@top} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@stock@y@top\ZREF@abspos@paper@y@top +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@stock@y@bottom} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@stock@y@bottom\ZREF@abspos@paper@y@bottom +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ZREF@abspos@stock@y@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ZREF@abspos@stock@y@center\ZREF@abspos@paper@y@center +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} %</abspos> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -5223,8 +6028,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*dotfill> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-dotfill}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module dotfill for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module dotfill for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -5234,7 +6039,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % For measuring the width of \cs{zdotfill} we use the features % provided by module \xmodule{savepos}. % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{zref-savepos}[2011/03/18] +\RequirePackage{zref-savepos}[2012/04/04] % \end{macrocode} % For automatically generated label names we use the unique % counter of module \xmodule{base}. @@ -5323,8 +6128,8 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*env> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{zref-env}% - [2011/03/18 v2.21 Module env for zref (HO)]% -\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] + [2012/04/04 v2.24 Module env for zref (HO)]% +\RequirePackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \ifx\ZREF@base@ok Y% \else \expandafter\endinput @@ -5369,7 +6174,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \nofiles \documentclass{article} -\usepackage{zref-base}[2011/03/18] +\usepackage{zref-base}[2012/04/04] \usepackage{qstest} \IncludeTests{*} \LogTests{log}{*}{*} @@ -5409,7 +6214,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*test-base> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \documentclass{article} -\usepackage{zref-base,zref-titleref}[2011/03/18] +\usepackage{zref-base,zref-titleref}[2012/04/04] \usepackage{qstest} \IncludeTests{*} \LogTests{log}{*}{*} @@ -5468,7 +6273,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*test-runs> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \documentclass{article} -\usepackage{zref-runs}[2011/03/18] +\usepackage{zref-runs}[2012/04/04] \usepackage{qstest} \IncludeTests{*} \LogTests{log}{*}{*} @@ -5497,7 +6302,7 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %<*test-titleref-memoir> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \documentclass{memoir} -\usepackage{zref-titleref}[2011/03/18] +\usepackage{zref-titleref}[2012/04/04] \usepackage{qstest} \IncludeTests{*} \LogTests{log}{*}{*} @@ -5761,12 +6566,51 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is %\end{verbatim} % \end{quote} % +% \section{Catalogue} +% +% The following XML file can be used as source for the +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}{\TeX\ Catalogue}. +% The elements \texttt{caption} and \texttt{description} are imported +% from the original XML file from the Catalogue. +% The name of the XML file in the Catalogue is \xfile{zref.xml}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalogue> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='us-ascii'?> +<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM 'catalogue.dtd'> +<entry datestamp='$Date$' modifier='$Author$' id='zref'> + <name>zref</name> + <caption>A new reference scheme for LaTeX.</caption> + <authorref id='auth:oberdiek'/> + <copyright owner='Heiko Oberdiek' year='2006-2012'/> + <license type='lppl1.3'/> + <version number='2.24'/> + <description> + This package offers a means to remove the limitation, of only two + properties, that is inherent in the way LaTeX’s reference system + works. The package implements an extensible referencing system, + where properties are handled in a more flexible way. It provides + an interface for macro programmers to access the new reference + scheme and some applications that use it. + <p/> + The package is part of the <xref refid='oberdiek'>oberdiek</xref> + bundle. + </description> + <documentation details='Package documentation' + href='ctan:/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/zref.pdf'/> + <ctan file='true' path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/zref.dtx'/> + <miktex location='oberdiek'/> + <texlive location='oberdiek'/> + <install path='/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/oberdiek.tds.zip'/> +</entry> +%</catalogue> +% \end{macrocode} +% % \newcommand*{\bibpackage}[4]{^^A % \bibitem{#1} % Package \xpackage{#1}, #2, #3.^^A % \ifx\\#4\\\else#4\fi\par % } -% +% % \begin{thebibliography}{99} % \bibpackage{footmisc}{Robin Fairbairns}{2004/01/23 v5.3a} % {\CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/footmisc/footmisc.dtx}} @@ -6016,6 +6860,28 @@ the height difference of the two baselines is % \item % Fix for \cs{zref@localaddprop} (probably since v2.19). % \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/10/05 v2.22} +% \item +% Documentation fixed for \cs{zref@(local)addprop(s)}. +% \item +% Module \xmodule{base}: \cs{zref@def@extract}, \cs{zref@def@extractdefault} +% added. +% \item +% Fix in module \xmodule{pagelayout}: Because of missing \cs{noexpand} +% commands the values of the pagelayout properties on all pages were +% the values at package loading. +% \item +% Module \xmodule{base}: \cs{zref@showprop} added. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2011/12/05 v2.23} +% \item +% Module \xmodule{savepos}: \cs{zsaveposx} and \cs{zsaveposy} added. +% \end{Version} +% \begin{Version}{2012/04/04 v2.24} +% \item +% Module \xmodule{titleref}, package \xpackage{titlesec}: +% some support for class `straight' (\cs{ttl@straight@i}) added. +% \end{Version} % \end{History} % % \PrintIndex |